Sie sind auf Seite 1von 1181

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the


information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
HANDBOOKS

THE STUDY OF SANSKRIT.


ED1TF.D J1Y

MAX MULLER, M.A.


TArUJiUAJ* mVTVBSaOn OV MODERN EUROPEAN XAXGUAOBB AND UTliATUUK
is trb I'MVEnany uv oxfoud.
HANDBOOKS

THE STUDY OF SANSKRIT.


EDITED DY

MAX MULLEK, M.A.


TAYKUXUV."* roorassoa OK MODERN KUIlOrEAV LAXCDAI1ES AMD Liriin-vnj;iE
I-N T1IK LKIVKB3ITT OT CXTOIID.
HANDBOOKS FOE THE STUDY OF SANSKRIT.

Edited by Max Mulleb, M.A.

THE FIRST BOOK OP THE HITOPADESA ; with Interlinear Trans


lation and Grammatical Analysis. It. 6d.

THE SANSKEIT TEXT OF THE FIRST BOOK. 8. 6d.


ii
THE SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH BOOKS OF THE HITO-
PADESA. Sanskrit Text, with Interlinear Translation. It. 6d.
m
THE SANSKRIT TEXT OF THE SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH
BOOKS. St. <W.
IV

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. By Professor Th. Bkktet.


V

A SANSKRIT GRAMMAR FOR BEGINNERS. By Professor Max


MULLBR, M.A. [in preparation.

\
1TI1I TIT RI'OTTIMVOODB A X D UO
NKVY BTRKKT BQUAUB
SANSKRIT- ENGLISH DICTIONARY

WITH REFERENCES TO THE BEST EDITIONS

OF SANSKRIT AUTHORS

AND

ETYMOLOGIES AND COMPARISONS OF COGNATE WORDS

CHIEFLY IN

GREEK, LATIN, GOTHIC, AND ANGLO-SAXON.

COMPILED BY

THEODORE BENFEY
TT.OFWSWR IX THII CTNTVERCTTY OP OOTTINGEK, CORRESPONDING MKMJ1ER OF TTTK

IMrEBUL INSTITUTE OF FRANCE, ETC.

LONDON :
LONGMANS, OREEN, AND CO.
I860.
-K 433
'/

i.62216
TO

FRANCIS BOPP,
n~> FIFTT YEARS AGO LAID THE FOUNDATION OF THE SCIENCE

OF LANGUAGE IN HIS WORK

' THE SYSTEM OF CONJUGATION TO 8ANSKRIT COMPARED WITH THE

GREEK, LATIN, PERSIAN, AND GERMAN,'

I)T HIS GRATEFUL DISCIPLE,

THEODORE BENFEY.
PKEFACE

Foa some years past there has been no Sanskrit Dictionary available
for the English student. The second edition of that by Wilson,
published in 1831, has been long exhausted, as also Yates' Abridg
ment, published in Calcutta in 1846. Dr. Goldstiicker's excellent
work has not yet reached the end of the first vowel, and the St.
Petersburg Dictionary, by Messrs. Bhtlingk and Koth, besides being
in German, has only just completed the letter ph.
The present work aims at supplying this long-felt want. It does
not exceed the limits of one volume, but at the same time it is hoped
that it contains all that the student is likely to require. It especially
includes all the words occurring in the different Chrestomathies and
Selections generally in use (as Lassen's Anthology, my own Chre-
stomathy, Bopp's Nala, Johnson's Mahbhrata Selections, &c),
and in the texts usually read by students, as the Hitopadea, Pancha-
tantra, Manu's Laws, akuntal, Vikramorva, TJttararmacharita,
Mlatmdhava, and Meghadta ; but it is also believed to contain
most of the words likely to occur in the general classical literature.
It does not profess to contain the technical terms of the grammarians
or philosophers, nor are purely Vaidik words included, except such
as occur in the extracts given in the above-mentioned Chresto
mathies.
References have been added to the greater part of the meanings,
and sometimes explanations of passages also ; but these latter arc
rarely introduced, for fear of swelling the volume beyond its proper
size. For the same reason, compound words are generally printed
in roraan type, and arranged alphabetically under their last part.
Thus the student must look for a-magala, an-ama, and megha-dta
respectively under mngala, atha, and dta. The difficulty arising
viii PREFACE.

instance chandraqehhara, is not found under ch, its first component


part chandra will be found ; and the student has only to turn to the
letter g to find the remaining part cekhara, and under it in its place
the very word he is in search of.
For the same reason, feminines ending in a, i, it, ilia, are inserted
under the corresponding masculines (where there are such) in a, i,
ri, n, nt, afich, as, u, aha ; while participles, participles used as sub
stantives, and absolutives are inserted under the verbs to which they
belong.
The etymology of every word is given, where ascertainable ; but
here also, to save space, abbreviations have been used. The several
parts of a compound word are separated by hyphens, except in the
case of the grammatical element, which is always preceded by + :
thus, in p. 2, a-karuna + tva denotes that this word is compounded
of a and karuna, with the affix tva ; and similarly, in p. 397, daqa-
rathi is analysed as dacaratha + i.
As Sanskrit is also of the greatest use in the study of Comparative
Grammar, I have added at. the end of the principal articles the
kindred words in the Greek, Latin, and German (particularly the
Gothic and Anglo-Saxon) languages.
I have availed myself of the valuable labours of my predecessors,
especially the works, already mentioned, of Wilson, Goldstiickcr,
Bohtlingk, and Roth (as far as published), besides the Cabdakal-
padruma of Raja Radhakanta Deva, and the various glossaries which
have been published for special books ; but for the latter half some
of these aids have failed mc, and I have been chiefly left to my own
resources. I must therefore crave the reader's indulgence for the
deficiencies and shortcomings which he may discover.
I cannot close this Preface without expressing my sincere thanks
to Mr. E. B. Cowell and Professor Max Miillcr, for the assistance
which they have rendered to mc while carrying this work through
the press.
Gottinoen : Jan. 1, 1860.
CONTRACTIONS AND SIGNS.

ilhy. = adhyya. Reports of the Berlin Academy of Sciences,


Amar. = Amaruataka, ed. Calcutt. Class of History and Philology,' 1864.
nambil. = Anandalahar, in Hiiberlin's Cb. = Chezy.
Sanskrit Anthology. Chat. = Chtaka, in Zeitschrift fr die
Arj. = Arjunasamgama, an episode of Kunde des Morgenlands, i.e. 'Journal for
the MBh., ed. Bopp. the Knowledge of the Orient,' vol. iv.
A.S. = Anglo-Saxon. Chaur. and Chaurap. = Chaurapanch-
Atm. = tmanepada. ik, in Bohlen's cd. of Bhartrihari.
Aufr. UjjvahuL = Ujjvaladatta, ed. Auf Chr. = my Sanskrit Chrestomathy.
recht. i. = iuplavadha, 2. ed. Cale; the
Bhag. = Bhagavadgt, ed. Schlegel. ninth book in my Chr.
Btig. P. = Bhgavata-Purna, ed. Bur- KD. = abdakalpdruma.
ouof. Comp. = Compound.
Bbartr. = Bhartrihari, ed. Bohlen. ringrat. = ringratilaka, cd. Gilde-
Bhahp. = Bhshparichchheda, in Bib- meister, in his edition of the Megha-
lh<tbeca ndica, and in my Sanskrit Chre- dta.
stomalhy. Crut, and rutab. = rutabodha, ed.
Bhatt. = Bhattikvya, ed. Cale. Brockhaus.
BbaYishyap. = Bbavishya-Purna. ukas. =r ukasaptati (MSS. of St.
BOh. Chr. = Bhtlingk, Sanskrit Chre- Petersburg).
etomathy. vet. Up. = vetTataropanishad, in
Bhtl. Ind. Spr.= Bhtlingk, Indische Bibliotheca Indica.
Sprche (Indian Sentences). d. = distich.
Br. = Brockhaus. Daak. = Daakumracharita, ed. Wil
Brahman, and Brahmanav. = Brhmana- son, partly in my Chr.
vilpa, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp. Daar. = Daa-Rpa, ed. Fitz-Edward
Brahmav. P. = Brahmavaivarta-Purna, Hall.
eU. Sttnzler. denomin. = denominative.
ik. = kuntala, ed. Bhtlingk. desid. = desiderative.
inti. = ntiataka, in Hiiberlin's Dev. = Devimhtmya, ed. Poley.
San.-tric Anthology. Draup. = Draupadipramtha, an episode
irng. Paddb. = rngadhara-Padtlbati of the MBh., ed. Bopp.
(MSS. used by Bbtl.). frequent. = frequentative.
atr. = atrumjayamhtmya, d. A. Ghat. = Ghatakarpara, ed. Cale.
Weber. Gt. = Gtagovinda, ed. Lassen.
. = Causal. Goth. = Gothic.
Chin. = Chnakya, published in Hber- Gott. Gel. Anz. = Gttinger Gelehrte
lin' Anthology, and by Weber in Berl. Anzeigen, i.e. ' Scientific Reports published
MoDittb. Hiat. Phil. CI., i.e. in 'Monthly in Gttingen.'
CONTRACTIONS AND SIGNS.

Govardh. Aryas. = Govardhana Arya- Mit. = Mitakshara, ed. Calc, 1 8:29.


saptati, ed. Soma Nath Mookerjea. Mrichchh. = Mrichchhakatika, ei
Grammar. = Grammarians. Stenzler.
Hab. and Haberl. Chr. or Anth. = Mudrdr. = Mudrarakshasa, ed. Calc.
Kavya Sangralia, ' A Sanskrit Anthology,' Naish. = Naishadhacharita, ed. Calc.
by John Hiiberlin. Nal. = Nala, an episode of the MDI
Hnriv. = Harivafhca, ed. Calc. ed. Bopp. ; a numeral in brackets denott
Hid. = Hidimbavadha, an episode of the Bohtlingk's ed. in his Chrestomathy.
MBh., ed. Bopp. Nalod. = Nalodaya, ed. Benary.
Hit. = Hitopadeca, ed. of Lassen, and N.H.G. = New High German.
when followed by M.M., that of Max N.N.L. = New Netlierlandis or Dutch
Miiller. When followed by two Arabian Nyay. S. = Nyaya-Sulrini of Gotam;
numerals, the first denotes the page, the ed. Calc.
second the line ; when followed by a O.H.G. = Old High German.
Roman and Arabian numeral, the first O.N. = Old Norse.
denotes the book, the second the distich. Padmap. = Padma-Purana, ed. Woll
Icel. = Icelandic. heim.
Indr. = Indralokagamana, an episode of Pan. = Panini, ed. Bohtlingk.
the MBh., ed. Bopp. Pailch. = Pafichatantra, ed. Kosegarter
Johns. Sel. = Johnson's Selections from the numerals are used on the same systei
the Mahabharata. as in Hit. When there is added 'ed. orn.
Kam. and Kamand. NHis. = Kaman- it denotes the fragment of the recensi
dakiya Nitisara, in Bibliotheca Indica. ornatior, published by Kosegarten.
Kathas. = Kathasaritsagara, ed. Brock- Par. = Parasmaipada.
haus. Part. = particle.
Kavya Prak. = Kavya Prakaca, 2. ed. Pr. = prologue.
Calcutta, 1865. Prab. = Prabodhachandrodaya, .-;
Kir. and Kirat. = Kiratarjuniya, 2. ed. Brockbaus.
Calc, 1846, and the fifth book in my Chr. Prakr. = Prakrit.
Kull. = Kulluka Schol. ed. Man. Ragh. = Itaghuvamca, ed. Stenzler.
Kumaras. = Kumarasaiubhava, ed. Ragh. = RitghavAnanda, Sch. ad Man.
Stenzler. Rajat. = Rajatarangini, ed. Troyer, tli
Kusumanj. = Kusum&fijali, ed. Cowell. fifth book in my Chrestomathy.
Lalit. = Lalitavistara, in Bibliotheca Ram. = Ramayana, the two first bool
Indica. after the ed. of Schlegcl ; when that of Got
Lass. = Lassen, Anthologia Sanskritica. resio is meant, there is added Gorr. ; it
Lass. Pent. = Lassen, Commentatio de remaining books after Gorresio's.
Pentapotamia Indica. Ratnav = Ratnavali, 2. ed. Calc.
Lat. = Latin. Rigv. = Rigveda.
Mahav. = Mahaviracharita, ed. Trithen. Rit. = Ritusamhara, ed. Bohlen, the fin
Malat. = Malatimadhava, ed. Calc. chapter also in Lass., the sixth in my Chrt
Malav. = Mdlavikagnimitra, ed. Tull- stomathy.
berg. Sah. D. = Sahitya Darpana, in Biblic
Man. = Mauavadharmacastra, ed. Haugh- theca Indica.
ton and Lois. (i.e. LoiseleurDeslongchamps). Sankhya Aph. = Siinkhya Sutras, i
Where there is a numeral in brackets, it Hall's ed. of Sankhya Pravachana Bhashj
denotes the verse of Jones' translation. in Bibl. Ind.
Mark. P. = Markandeya-Purapa, in Sav. = Savitryupakhyina, an episode c
Bibliotheca Indica. the MBh., ed. Bopp.
Matsyop. = Matsyopakhyana, an episode Siddh.K. = Siddhantakaumudi,ed.Calc
of the MBh., ed. Lopp. 4to.
MBh. = Mahilbbiirata, ed. Calc. Siddh. Mukt. = Siddhanta Muktuvali
Megh. = Meghaduta, ed. Gildemetster. ed. Roer in Bibl. Ind.
CONTRACTIONS AND SIGNS.

Skandap. Kkh.= Kkhanda, a part Vop. = Vopadeva, ed. Bhtlingk.


oftheSkanda-Purna (MSS.). Web. Ind. St. = Weber, Indische Stu
Somadev. Nal. = Somadeva's Kala, pub dien, i.e. ' Essays concerning India.'
lished by Brockhaus. Yjfi. = Yjnavalkya, ed. Stenzler.
S~k. and Sskr. = Sanskrit. Yogas. = Yogastrni, ed. Allahabad,
Sur. = Sucruta, ed. Cale. ; the first 1852-53.
numeral denotes the vol., the second the f denotes verbs or meanings for which
page, the third the line. there are no authoritative references.
Sund. = Sundopasundopkhyna, an epi S when before, denotes that the word
sode of the MBh., ed. Bopp. occurs only as latter part of a compound ;
Swed. = Swedish. when after, as former.
Upak. = Upakoca, an episode of the denotes abbreviations, which may be
Kathis., ed. Brockbaus. easily supplied from the context.
LJu. Rmach. = Uttara Kmacharita, 2.
- denotes, in the etymological analysis,
ed. Cale, 1862.
elements which are to be found in the
Yarh. Brih. = Varhamihira's Brihajj-
dictionary ; in comp, that the word which
laka. is the subject of the article must be sup
Virah. Brih. S. = Varhamihira'a Bri-
plied, as e.g. 1, A, 8, after An- must be
hatsaihit.
added afha; 51, , 10 bel., before -pana
Vrt.=Vrtika.
must be added ardha.
Vedntas. = Vedntasra, in my Chre-
stomathy. + denotes grammatical elements of a word.
Vikr. = Vikramorvai, ed. Bollensen. * denotes fictitious forms.
SANSKRIT DICTIONARY.

4135^ aihftt + ka, 11. I. leaf. 2.


. Fine cloth; cloth; leaf and cloth, Rit.
6, 19.Comp. China-, n. silk. Tanu-,
4S "> a negative prefix, corre n. a thin cloth. Patk-, n. a flag.
sponding to the o- privative in Greek ; Sita-, adj., f. h, dressed in a white
see -. cloth. Stana-, n. a cloth covering the
bosom.
1 AMC, see ans.
434*1 ni amu + mant. I. adj., f.
4JT. aiha, rarely amsa, m. 1. mall. Radiant. II. m. The sun.
A part, a share. 2. Booty. 3. In ^j^ AMS, also ^aj AM, i. 10,
heritance, Man. 9, 47. 4. See amsa. Par. To divide.With f^ vi. 1. To
Comp. An-, adj. excluded from a
share of the heritage, Man. 9, 201. break asunder. 2. To deceive, Panch.
202, 25.
Eha-, m. 1. single part, Alan. 9, 150.
2. a part Chaturtha-, 1. m. a fourth. % amsa, also ' a iha, probably
2. a-lj. entitled to a quarter, Man. 8, from am (originally, To be strong), m.
210. Triliya-, adj. entitled to a third and n. The shoulder.Cf. Goth, amsa;
part, Man. 8, 210. Tri-, (m.) sing, aiXXa; Lat. humerus and ansa.
three shares, Man. 9, 151. Dvi-, ( m.)
|} amsa + la, adj., f. la. Strong.
sing, two shares, Man. 9, 153.
amu (cf. o), m. A ray of light, 4Jm AMU, i. 1, Atm. To go. Caus.
a sonbeam. Comp. Gharma-, m. To send, f i. 10, Par. To shine, or to
the sun. Tigma-, m. the sun. Ti- speak.
*J**J-, I. adj. having hot beams. II. ^5)^54 ttmhas (A instead of gh, cf.
m. 1. the sun. 2. fire. Dagana-, m.
agha ; from a lost vb. =\),
the brightness of the teeth. Divya-, m.
n. 1. Pain. 2. Sin.Cf. xwpat,
the sun. Dipla-, m. the sun. Pr-
&\o, u.Ka-(iiv, uyo, and iyyii corre
ky-, m. the moon. Sahasra-, m. the
sponding to Ved. 11/11 /tu; Goth, aggvus ;
m- Sudh-, m. 1. the moon. 2. Lat. angustus, angere, anxius, etc.
camphor. Hamsa-, adj. white. JETi-
"i . 1. the moon. 2. camphor. 4gf^ amhri ( instead of gh, cf.
a.<wu. . aghri), m. The foot.
fSW AK, i. 1, Par. To wind or 1. ^lf^ aksha, probably from a lc
move tortuously. vb. aksh, corresponding to 6atr in &
oo/xai. I. n. 1. The eye ; particulai-
^M4i4iqc? a-karuna + tva (cf. ka-
as latter part of comp. adj., f. kshi.
runa), n. Cruelty. An organ of sense, Panch. ii, d. in
^SRftSjHir a-karna + ka, adj., f. nika. II. m. 1. A die, Man. 4, 74. 2. T*l
Having no ears. Ram. 5, 17, 24. name of a plant, Terminalia Bellerio
of which the nuts are used as dice, an
S|<fc<5^ffT a-kalka + ta, f. Honesty. the seed for making rosaries. Com]
Kamala-patra-, adj., f. kshi, adj. hat
^f^JTTrTT a-kama + ta, f. Exemp
ing eyes like lotus-leaves. Kuta-, m .
tion from love, Man. 2, 2. false die. Jala-, m. a lattice window
^Sff^ff%^*TlT akimchithara, i. e. a Tamra-, adj . red-eyed. Taraka-, 1 . ad,
'kim-chid-kara, adj. Innocent, Paiich. having stars for eyes. 2. m. a prope
187, 24. name. Tryaksha,i.e. tri-, I. adj.havin
three eyes. II. m. a name of Rudra
^l^pTT'TO ahutobhaya, i.e. a-kutas
(,Mva, and of a demon. Dagaksha, i.e
-bhaya, adj., f. t/d. Free from any dan dagan-, m. the name of a spell
ger. charm. Padma-, adj. lotus-eyed
Nqj<flcU a-kula+ta, f. Low state, Piindarika-, m. a name of Vishnu
Pushkara-, adj. lotus- eyed. Manda-
Man. 3, 63.
n. modesty. Lohita-, adj. red-eyed
TSf^T^ akuha, adj. s. One who does Sahasra-,1. adj. thousand-eyed. II. m
not deceive, an honest man, Earn. 2, a name of Indra. Su-, adj. 1. hand
109, 27 Cf. a-kuhaka. some-eyed. 2. acute. Cf. oaaofiat
^IIkT a-krita. I. adj., f. *d. 1. Not okkoc ; Lat. oculus ; and see akshi.

done. 2. Undone, Man. 8, 117. 3. 2. ^5J^J aksha, probably akin to aj.


Not cultivated, Man. 10, 114. 4. m. 1. The axle of a wheel. 2. A
Wavering, MBh. 14, 34. II. f. ta. A wheel. 3. A car.Comp. Eka-, adj.
daughter who is not by a formal de having one axle. Cf. awe; O.H.G.
claration, but only mentally, appointed iihsu; A.S. eax ; Lat. axis.
to supply an heir for her father, MBh. 9,
136 Comp. Krita-, adj. 1. wrought ^r^cf akshan, see akshi. Comp.
and unwrought. 2. prepared and not Tryakshan, i.e. tri-, and hari-, adj. epi
prepared. thets of Rudra.
^lirT^f^i^ akrita-buddhi + tva, n. TT^ntp^ a-kshaya+tva, n. Imper-
Rudeness of mind, Bhag. 18, 16. ishableness.
^PR aktu, m. Night, Chr. 289, 2
'Sl^j^ a-kshara. I. adj., f. ra. Im
=Rigv. 1, 50, 2.
perishable. II. n. 1. A word. 2.
^Sf^J AKSH (probably an old desi- A syllable. 3. The holy syllable om.
derat. of l.ap), i. 1. and ii. 5, akshnu, 4. A letter. 5. A vowel. Comp.
Par. To pervade, to fill, to accumu An-, adj. one who utters what ought
not to be said. Eka-, adj. monosyllabic,
late.With fspj ?iis, To disperse.
Man. 2, 83. Ghuna-, n. a figure
With ^J sam, To pervade. bored by a woodworm, and by accident
resembling a letter, Rj at. 4, 167 ?!^ a-guru. I. adj. Short. II. n.
(Pancb. 42, 12, read ghunkshara). Aloe wood (Aquilaria Agallochum
Ckaiur-, n. four syllables. Tryakshara, Roxb.)Comp. Kla-, . a black sort
i.e. tri-, adj. triliteral, Man. 11, 265. of Agallochum.
Shadakthara, i.e. hash-, adj. contain
ing six syllables, Paiich. i. d. 184. ^? "ff (probably from anj in its
original signification, To shine), m.
44*1 <l| akshavati, i.e. aksha + vant
1. Fire. 2. The sacrificial fire. 3.
+ i, f. Gaming with dice, The deity of fire. 4. The digestive
power. Comp. An-, adj. without
"^i (cf. 1. aksh), ., in some
fire, Man. 6, 25. Ahita- (vb. dha), adj.
cases akshan is substituted. The eye. one who keeps up a consecrated fire,
Comp. Agra-, n. the first look. Man. 3, 282. An-hita-, adj. one who
Cf. eat in vatru, ktoWoc, ifiafu'i ; neglects to keep up a consecrated fire,
Goth, augo ; A. S. aegb, eag. Man. 11, 14. Rata-, m. a fire of dry
' akthi-gata (vb. garni) adj., grass, Man. 8, 377. -, and hrodha-,
f. t. 1. Present, i. 5, 81. 2. Hated. m. the fire of wrath. JAna-, m. the
flame of knowledge, Man. 11, 946.
^P3TT%T$t akshauhini, i. e. ahsha Trina-, m. a fire of dry grass, Man.
+ in + , f. A complete army. 3, 168. Dakshina-, m. one kind of
sacred fire, that which is taken from
t AG, i, 1, Par. To wind, or the domestic fire and is placed to tbe
tortuously. south. Dva-, m. the fire of a forest
conflagration. Pachagni, i.e. pon
^flf -//, in. 1. A mountain. 2.
chan-, adj. one who keeps the five
A tree. fires constantly burning, Man. 3, 185.
4*1(^4 agatika, i.e. a-gati + ka (i Rjgni, i.e. rjan-, m. the fire of a
king (in wrath), Man. 7, 9. Visha-, m.
is lengthened on account of the metre),
the fire of poison. oka-, m. the fire
adj. Impervious, MBh. 12, 3078.
of grief. Huta- (vb. am), and homa-,
^prernUffifa agamygamaniya, m. the sacrificial fire.Cf. Lat. ignis.
i.e. a-gamya-gamana + iya (cf. ), S^RT^T -agni + ha. A substitutafor
adj. Caused by illicit intercourse, -agni at the end of many comp. adj. :
Man. li, 169. e.g. sa-, adj., with Agni.
Vlfifl agasti, and 4RTQ 5"*- ^ifilfaf^ agni-chi+t, adj. One who
*<ya, m. The name of a Rishi, or saint, has arranged a sacrificial fire.
the son of Mitra and Varuna.
^ffT^" agni-da, m. An incendiary,
4 'l| (J) | | ag lmaj, i. .
Man. 9, 278.
-atnaj, f. A name of Prvat, the
daughter of the Himalaya, Kir. 5, 13. 4ffjT4 agni-bhu (vb. bh), . Water,
Man. 9, 321.
Vll^ agora (probahly akin to
ag*i, and originally a hearth), . A ^ ogni+mant, adj., f. matt.
h<mse, Man. 9, 265 Comp. Agnya- X. One who maintains a sacrificial fire,
yero, i.e. agni-, n. the place where Man. 3, 122. 2. Having a good diges
the sacred fire is kept. tion.
^jftT^rT agnishtut, i.e. agni-stu + t, part: e.g. Eka-, adj. 1. one whose mini
m. The name of a sacrifice, Man. i],74. is fixed on one object, Bhag. 6, is
2. intent. An-eha-, adj. inattentive
^fTCTIJT'T agnishtoma, i. e. agni
Kuga-, n. the point of a blade of kuc:
stoma, m. The name of a series of offer grass. Daihshtra-, n. the point of J
ings to Agni, forming the first part of tooth. Dakshina.-, adj. that of which tin
the Jyotishtoma sacrifice, Man. 2, 143. points are directed southward. Druma-
^lfil*^l t1 agnishvatta, also '^jflT- m. the top of a tree, Ram. 5, 60, 16
Nakha-, n. the tip of the nails, Man. 2
4^1 TJ agni-svatta (vb. svad), m. A 1^7. Naga-, n. the summit of a moun
class ofPitris or Manes,viz. those of the tain. Nasika.-, n. the tip of the nose
Devas and Brahmanas, Man. 3, 195, 199. Mandala-, m. a sword.
^rflTTrfr agni-sat (sat is the ori ^|t|| agra-ga, adj. 1. Going ir
ginal abl. of sa), adv. Completely re presence of somebody, Raj at. 5, 196.
duced to fire ; with kri, To burn, Da- 2. Going in front, a leader.Comp
cak. in Chr. 187, 14. Sena.-, m. the leader of an army.
^ra^TRl agnihotrin, i. e. agni ^WTO agra-ganya (vb. gan), adj.
-holra -f- in, m. One who keeps the holy One who must be considered as the
*fea^Man. 11, 41. first, Dacak. in Chr. 184, 8.
^TjJl^TJT agnishoma, i.e. agni-soma, ^g^J3T agra-ja. I. adj., f.ja. First
m. du. Agni and Soma. born. II. m. I. An elder brother, Man.
^fTJ^rrW^T agnyadheya, i. e. agni 3, 171. 2. A Brahmana, Man. 2, 20.
-adheya (vb. dha), n. Preparing the Comp. Gada-, m. the elder brother
holy fire, Man. 2, 143. of Gada, a name of Krishna.

^I7mf^fT agnyahita, i.e. agni- TJ^nJ^ agrani, i.e. agra-ni, m. A


ahita (vb. dha), m. One who has leader.
arranged a sacred fire, Ram. 6, 93, 30. ^JJrJ^^agra + tas. I. adv. 1. Be
^TCJ agra. I. adj. First, Megh. 4. fore. 2. In front. 3. Forward. II.
II. n. 1. Point, Man. 2, 167. 2. Sum preposition with the gen. 1. Before,
mit, top. 3. Forepart, front. 4. Be Man. 3, 244. 2 In presence of.Comp.
ginning, Man. 2, 161. 5. The first, or Bhairava-, adv. in the presence of
best. III. ace. sing, agram, adv. Be Bhairava.
fore, dishtyasi me Raghava chakshusho ^TCTO^ agrasara, i.e. agra-sri+a,
'gram praptah, 'fortunately, O descend adj., f. ri. First.Comp. Pra-, adj.
ant of Raghu, are you come before my
First, Cak. d. US.
eyes.' Rim. 6, 36, 72. IV. loc. sing. agre.
1. Before. 2. First ; with abl. Sooner, ^STCUTCrTT agrasara + ta, f. Going
Man. 3, 114. 3. Forward, Palich. 245, in front, Ragh. 5. 71.
13.Comp. As former part of a comp. ^HJtJT^ agra-hara, m. A grant of
1. the forepart, the tip : e.g. agra-
nakha, the tip of the nail. 2. in land or villages conferred upon Brah
front: e.g. agra-yayin, adj. going in manas.
front, Cilk. d. 185. 3. best: e.g. agra ^PEmil^r a-grahya + ha (vb. grah),
v&jin, m. an excellent horse. As latt adj. Incomprehensible, MBh. 12, Co.'4.
44lfJ1l*i<1rTT agrhyanmaka- Lat. uncus; O.H.G. ango, anga, angul;
t, i.e. a-grnya-nman + ka + t (vb. A.S. angel, etc.
prah), f. Condition of having a name ^ ahka-bhj (vb. bhaj), adj.
not fit to be assumed, Lass. 75, 1.
Approaching, Kir. 5, 52.
^TCJl^fira agredidhish, i.e. agra +
^flTT ahkura (from auch, cf. ),
i-didhish, f. A younger sister mar
m. 1. A shoot, or sprout, Pancb. i. d.
ried before her elder, Man. 3, 160.
251. 2. Intumescence. Comp. Abhi-
agresora, i.e. agr +i-sri+ a, lsha-, m. the germ of desire,
adj., f. ri. Going in front, first. Rjat. 5, 376. Kula-, m. offspring, a
agrya, i.e. agra+ya, adj., f. young child, k. d. 178. Damshlr-,
in. the point of a tooth, Bhartr. 2, 4.
y. 1. First. 2. Best, Man. 12, 30. Rada-, m. the point of a tooth. Visha-,
Comp. Dvija-, m. a Br h m ana, Man. m. a spear, a dart. Fija-, m. a seedling,
3, as. Pach. i. d. 254. Smara-, m. 1. a lo
ftr^ AGH, i, 10, aghaya, Par. To ver, a lecher. 2. a finger nail.
sin. ^$*K*f ankurita, i.e. akura + ita,
^ ag^a (from a vb. ugh, see adj. Furnished with shoots, Vikr. d. 12.
amhai),n. 1. Sin, Man. 3, 118. 2. Im ". ahuga, i.e. ahku (in the
purity, Man. 5, 63.Comp. An-, adj., Ved. ahkya from auch, cf. ahka) + a,
f- 1. sinless, Man. 12, 1. 2. pure. m. and . 1. A hook. 2. A goad for
3. unblamable, k. d. 43. driving elephants with. Comp. Ati-,
44'uRr*! aghagafnsin, i. e. agha adj. unmanageable. An-, adj. unruly.
Nirahkua, i.e. nis-, adj. 1. unchecked.
-ftto + in, adj. Wicked, Daak.2, 19.
2. unruly. 3. independent, free.
\m*i aghyu, i.e. Ved. aghya + ,
4^ ahkotha, and ^^ ah-
adj. Mischievous.
kola, m. A plant, Alangium hexa-
T -, i, 10 (rather a dno petalum.
mmt, derived from a'nka), Par. and
*?<; AKH, i, 10. 1. To take
i-l.Atm. 1. To mark, Pauch. 46,8.
* To adorn, Raj at. 5, 230. 3. To hold. 2. To stop.With the pre-
brand, Man. 9, 240. 4. To stigmatise, pos. ^ pari, To surround.
Ebartr. 2, 44. 5. J To go.
^Tf^ AG, i. 1, Par. and f i. ,
4^f ahka, i.e. ach + a, m. 1. A
Par. 1. To go, Nalod. 1, 23. 2. t i.
hok- 2. A mark. 3. A cipher.
* An act in a drama. 5. The flank. 10, To markWith the prepos. vfa
6- TLelap. 7. The arm, Vikr. d. 147. pali for Tjfc pari, Caus. To stir up.
* Proximity, Bhartr. 2, 23.Comp.
Pass. To go round With f%4%
-, adj. branded, Man. 8, 281. Jam-
bida< adj. full of swamps. Makara-, vi-pali, Caus. tm. To cover one's self.
m- be god of love. Mriga-, m. the 1. '^ ahga, n. 1. A limb, Man.
. Valga-, adj. holding a bridle,
3, 178. 2. The penis, Man. 8, 374.
B4t- 5, 342. Svanmanka, i. e. Sva 3. A part, Man. 11, 11. 4. A supple
-**w-, adj. called after his name, mentary part. 5. A division of Hindu
vf. fiycij, liytitv, ytuXo, ; learning, comprehending such sciences
as are considered dependent upon the 3. ^J5 ahga, m. 1. The name of
Vedas; cf. a'ngavidya. 6. An expedient.
country, Bengal proper, and its inh
7. The body Comp. In comp. adj. the
bitants. 2. The name of a king.
fem. ends generally in ^t, sometimes also
in ga. An-, m. Kama, the god of love. ^T^eR" ahga + ha. l. = i. ahga, e.j
An-a-vadya-(vb.vad),ndj.,f.gi, of fault Body, Cic. 4, 66. 2. A substitute f<
less form. Ashtanga, i.e. ashtan-, adj. 1. ahga at the end of comp. adj., f. gift,
consisting of eight parts. Uttama-, u. e.g. alingita- (vb. ling), One whot
the head, Man, 1, 93. Eka-, I. n. one body is embraced, Rajat. 5, 410.
part only. II. m. pi. body-guards.
Kala-, adj. having a dark-blue blade, ^pST ahga-ja, adj. Produced froi
MBh. 4, 231. Kushtha-, adj. leprous. the body, bodily.
Kriga-, adj., f. gi, meagre. Khatva-, n.
^J^**U ahgana, for ahgana (q. cf/
one of Civa's weapons (a club with a
skull at the top), also carried by devotees. n. A court, a yard. Dev. 5, 50.
Chatur-, I. adj. consisting of four parts; Comp. Rahga-, n. the area of ai
with liala, a complete army, consisting of amphitheatre. Harmya-, n. the cour
chariots, elephants, horse, and foot. II. of a palace.
n. 1. a complete army. 2. chess. ^TjfffT^ ahga + tag, adv. From thi
' Chitra-, m. a proper name. Tanu-, f.
body, Man. 4, 167.
gi, a delicate woman. Tanu-ja-, n.
a wing. Nirahga, i.e. fit*-, adj. de ^J^^ ahga + tva, n. Corporality.
prived of expedients. Panchanga, i.e.
panchan-, adj. consisting of five parts. ^Ff% ahga-da (vb. 3. da). I. n. A
Maha-, m. a camel. Rakta-, I. m. 1. a bracelet. II. m. A proper name.
bug. 2. planet Mars. II. n. I. coral. Comp. Chitra-, 1. adj. adorned with
2. saffron. Hatha-, I. n. 1. any part splendid or variegated bracelets. 2. m.
of a carriage. 2. a wheel. II. m. the a proper name. 3. f. da, a proper
ruddy goose, Anas casarca. Vakra-, m. name.
1. the ruddy goose. 2. a goose. Vara-,
^ffl ahg + ana, n. 1. A passage.
I. m. an elephant. II. n. 1. an ele
gant body. 2. the head. 3. puden 2. A court.Comp. Rana-, n. a field
dum, male or female. Vi-chitra-, I. adj. of battle.
1. handsome. 2. having the body of ^T^IT ahgana (cf. anga), f. I. A
various colours. II. m. 1. a tiger. beautiful woman. 2. A woman in
2. a peacock. Hina- (vb. 2. ha), I. general. 3. The female of any animal.
adj. maimed, Man. 4, 141. II. f. gi, Comp. Kula-, f. a chaste woman.
an ant. Hema-, I. adj. golden, Ram. Vara., f. a lovely woman.
3. 55, 32. II. m. 1. a lion. 2. Brahman.
3. Garuda, a fabulous bird. ^PTI ahga-ruh + a, n. Hair.
2. ^5f|p ahga (an old instr. sing, of ^Tff^TT ahga-vidya, f. 1. Such
the last, signifying 'by my body'), par learning as is comprehended under the
ticle: 1. Of asseveration, Indeed, to title ahga, viz. pronunciation, grammar,
be sure. 2. Of solicitation, invocation, prosody, explanation of obscure terms,
Ram. 2, 97, 16. 3. Of interrogation, description of religious rites, and as
Dacak. in Chr. 192, 7. 4. Again, further, tronomy, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 6. 2.
Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1106. Palmistry, Man. 6, 40.
^T5t

VjfWW ahga-hina+ tva (vb. 2. ^fFf% and ^l*^t ahguli, f. A


Ji'ln. Defect of some limb, Man. 11, 50. finger.Comp. Lata-, f. a branch serv
^JTH ahgara (vb. an/, cf. agni), ing instead of a finger, (^i<;. 9, 4.

a. and n. Charcoal, Man. 8, 25P. ^rS-frl -si ahguli-tra (vb. rro), n.


Oranp. Kula-, m. or n., an enemy to A piece of leather or thin iron, worn
iiii own family, Panch. 211,14. Mrita-, by archers to prevent the fingers being
m. a proper name. injured by the bowstring.
^IJK* ahgara + ka, m. 1. The =S( yi^l "^T*rT ahgulitra + vant, adj.
planet Mars. 2. The name of a king. Protected by the ahgulitra.
Comp. Sa-, adj. attended by the ^f^'^fa aiigulxya, i.e.ahguli + iya,
planet Mars.
n. A finger-ring Cf. Lat. annulus.
%fy<I ahgin, i.e. ahga+in, adj., f.
"*a'^)<<* ahguliya + ka, n. A
t. L Having limbs. 2. Having ex
finger-ring.
tents. 3. Chief.Comp. Chatur-,
(i.e. chaturaiiga + in), adj., f. tnt, con Tjj'g'g ahgushtha, i.e. angu-stha (cf.
juring of four parts (Bhag. P. 1, 10, angula), m. 1. The thumb. 2. Tiie
n,f). great toe. 3. A thumb's breadth as a
^lj'f, angiras, m. The name of measure.
a Risbi, or saint.Comp. Trina-soma-, t ^Ti^ ANGH, i, 1. Atm. X. To
"> one of the seven priests attending go. 2. To begin moving. 3. To be
sacrifice. gin. 4. To hasten. 5. To blame. 6.
To despise.
TjT^T^I ahgxkarana, i.e. 2. a</
*!* ana, n. Agreement, consent, ^ffiF anghri (akin to jahgha from
\wianlas. in Chr. 213, 19. jahghan, the frequent, of han ; the
initial consonant is lost, as e.g. in
Sylqu^ ahgUtdra, i.e. 2. ahgakri
iniiksh for ninasksh and others, and n
^<",m. Agreement, Vedantas. in Chr. is changed to r, as in pivar + i fern, of
-: . ->.
pivan), m. X. A foot. 2. The root
^ J\lf * ahguriyaka = ahguli- of a tree.Comp. firwa- (vb. gri),
!<** (q. cf.). m. Yama.
^H^ttJ a-chala. I. adj., f. la. I. Im
TjW ahgula (from a lost base,
1*5*) m. L A finger's breadth as a movable. 2. Steady, Parich. 202, 19.
ioear measure. 2. A substitute for II. ra. A mountain.Comp. Kula-, m.
*?*/i at the end of many comp. words: a principal mountain. Tuhina-, ra. II i-
*? dafahgula, i.e. dafan-, adj. Ten malaya. Maha-, m. a great mountain.
fingers long, Man. 8, 271 Comp. PaA- ^S^T achchha (akin to l.aksha),
d'hgula, i.e. paAchan-, m. The
adj., f. chha. Transparent, clear, Megh.
cMtor-oil plant.
52 Comp. Su-, adj. 1. transparent,
^^HpW -ahgula -\- ha, a substitute 2. pure. 3. white. 4. healthy.
for ahgula at the end of comp-. words: TSrai AJ, i, 1, Par., in the Vedas
,H^ahgulaka, i.e. shodagan-, adj. Of also Atm. I. To go. 2. To drive ;
uteen fingers' breadth. to direct, Chr.297, i6=Rigv. l, 112, 16.
to
With the prepos. ^? ud, To drive ^I^U*TrT ajigarta, m. The name
out, Chr. 297, l2 = Rigv. 1, 112, 12. a Rishi or saint, Man. lo, 105.
Cf. &y<i>, irpaaou (irpay-jto); Lat. ago, ^^flfwl ajirnin, i.e. a-jirna -f-
igitur (for agitur); ON. aka.
(vb.jri), adj. Suffering from indigc
1. "?JS| <t-ja, adj., f.ja. Unborn. tion.
2. ^5fSJ aja. 1. m. A he-goat. 2. f. *3|33|<ti| ajjuka, f. 1. A courtes:
ja. A she-goat. Comp. Vana-, m. a (Mrichchh. 27, 2, Prakr.; in the Ss
wild goat. Cf. all, of which the base translation ajju). 2. (in Prakr. ajj
is ay + c. and in the Ssk. translation ajjuka, <^a
p. 105, 3.) A mother.
^T^TT^ ajagara, i.e. aja-gri + a, m.
A large serpent, Boa constrictor. HItJHT a-jna + ta, f. Ignorance.
^jfSTfcf a-jan + ani, f. Privation ^^1 aj+man, n. Battle, Ch

of birth, used as imprecation, Panch. i. 297, 17 = Rigv. 1, 112, 17.Cf. La


d. 355. agmen ; -ayfia in K&rayfia, etc.
^ST^J a-jarya (vb. ,/ri), n. Friend %(^j aj + ra, m. A field.Cf. aypo
ship, Ragh. 18, 6. Lat. ager; Goth, akrs; A.S. acer.
^jfJ^J a-jas+ra, adj., f. ra. Con ^T^ ANCH (cf. ahka), i. 1, Pa
tinual, ace. ram, adv. Continually, Atm. I. To go. 2. To ask. 3. To spea
always, Man. l, 57. indistinctly. 4. To bend, to curvi
^^TTcT a-jata (vb. ./an), adj., f. /<z. Nal. 12, 45. 5. To honour, Ragh. !
24. 6. i. 10 (rather Caus.). To mak
I. Unborn. 2. As former part of comp. clear, to manifest, Git. lo, n Wit
adj., Not having, e.g. ajata-vyanjana,
adj. beardless, ajata-gatru. 1. Having the prep. ^^ud, To rise, Rajat. 5, 36:
no enemies. 2. One with whom no
^TlpTawcA-f ana, n. Bending, curv
body can contend; epithet and name
of Yudhishthira and others. ing.
^Tir^r aiich + ala, m. The end o
^f^TTT^^T ajavika, i.e. aja-avi + ka,
border of a cloth.
n. sing. Goats and sheep, Man. 8, 235.
^r^v ANJ, ii. 7, anaj, anj, Pai
^ff^TT ajina (perhaps derived from
(Ved. also Attn.). To cause to shine b;
2 aja), n. The hide of any animal,
smearing with greasy substances. ]
particularly of the black antelope, used
To anoint, to smear, Man. 5, 25. 2
as a covering, Man. 2, 64, as purse,
To adorn, Chr. 294, i = Rigv. l, 92, 1
Dacak. 191, 16. Comp. Krishna-, n.
3. To make clear. 4. To be beau
the hide of the black antelope.
tiful. 5. t To go. Caus. To anoint
^ff^TT aJ+ira> n- A court, Panch. Man. 4, 44. f i. 10. To shine Witl
138, 1 Comp. Itana-, n. a field of the prepos. ^f^ abhi. 1. To anoint
battle. Man. 4, 44. 2. To pollute, ak. d
^fa^l'l a~jihma-ga. I. adj. Ad 108.With f^ vi. 1. Atm. To dres.
vancing in a straight path, Man. 6, 31. one's self, Chr. 290, 4=Rigv. i, 64, 4
II. m. An arrow. 2. To make clear, MBh. 2, 2122. vyakta
manifest, clear, Ram. 3, 73, 12. ace. Brahmanjali, i.e. brahman-, m. 1. join
^ g. tarn, adv. to be sure, Dacak. in ing both hands together whilst reading
Chr. 199, 11. Comp. A-vyakta, adj. the Vedas, Man. 2, 71. 2. paying obei
I. invisible, Man. 1, 6. 2. imperceptible, sance to the spiritual preceptor at the
Earn. 1, 70, 9. ace. sing, tarn, adv. beginning or end of a lecture.
indistinctly, Brahmanav. 3, SI. n. the
primary Being, Ragh. 13, 60. Caus. "y^tJI anjasa (instr. sing, of the
1. To make discernible, Man. 1, 6. 2. Ved. anj+at, n. Smoothness, slip), adv.
To betray, Man. 10, 58. 3. To show, 1. Straightforward, directly, Man. 2,
Rajat. s, 107. Vyanjita, discerned, 244. 2. Instantly, Vikr.d. 48. 3. Truly,
Man. 9, 36.WithT?jfrf5f abhi-vi, 1. Man. 8, 101.
To discern clearly, Vedantas. in Chr. ^f%t"y + '> m- An ornament,
*>S23. 2. To reveal. Abhivyakta + m, Chr. 290, 4=Rigv. 1, 64, 4. 2. The
adv. evidently, Nal. 17, 8 With *J7 penis : cf. Lat. inguen.
tarn, To adorn, Chr. 290, i=Rigv. 1, ^fi AT, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry
**, Cf. Lat.unguere; O.H.G-. anko, also Atm., MBh. 3, 1586), To roam,
batter ; and ay in dyXaor, dyaWw. with the loc. and ace. MBh. 1, 1031 ;
X^T*T anj + ana. I. n. 1. Anointing, Dagak. in Chr. 179, 6.With the pre
Man. 4, 152. 2. A collyrium or appli position Tff^ pari, To wander about,
cation to the eyelashes to darken and Panch. 55, 1. Paryatita, n. Wander
improve them, Man. 2, 178. II. m. ing about, Panch. 70, 12.
1. The elephant of the west or south
west quarter. 2. The name of a moun ^TJ*T a( + ana, n. Rambling, Man.
tain. 3. A particular plant, Panch. 9, 12Comp. BMksha-, n. wander
n, 7. HX f. na. The name of a female ing about for begging alms, Panch.
monkey, the mother of Hanumant. 116. 17.
Comp. Niraiijana, i.e. nis-, adj., f. na, ^I<if*T and *9Z<fft alani, f. The
artless. Rasa-, n. a particular sort
of collyrium, CJc. 9, 21. notched extremity of a bow.

^J^pij anjali, m. I. The cavity ^T2"ft atavi ( <-)> f- A wood.


formed by putting the hands together t^ ATT, i. 1, Atm. I. To
and hollowing the palms, Man. 4, 63. transgress. 2. To kill. i. 10, Par.
X This cavity as measure: two hand- To slight.
fuls. 3. Putting the hands together and
raising them to the forehead, as humble ,*fjr atta, m. 1. A room on the
salutation of inferiors to their supe top of a house, a sollar. 2. A tower,
riors. Comp. Ud-, adj. with uplifted Ram. 5, 56, 142. 3. As former part of
hand*, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 1. Karna-,m. some comp. words, High, lofty, loud,
the auditory passage. Krita-, adj. with (cf. the next.)
humble salutation, Man. 4, 154. Jala-,
^MfrTTRrPST attapalibhaga-
ra. 1. two handfuls of water in honour
of a deceased relation. 2. farewell, hhya, i.e. atla-pati-bh.aga-ahh.ya, adj.
resignation : jalat'ijaliih dattva duhhaya Called the part of the great king, name
cha tukhaya cha, ' having completely of a government office, R&jat. 5, 166.
renounced sorrow and joy, 'Rftjat. 4, 284. ^TS^fW aita-hasa, m. A horse-
*tt*t
'Slffaffl
laugh. Comp. Sa-attahasa + m, adv. ''Sfl^Sf anda-ja. I. adj. Oviparou
with a horse-laugh. Man. 1, 44. II. m. 1. A bird.
^5TT<?r attala (derived from atta), A fish.Comp. Kala-, m. the Indis
vn. A room on the top of a house. cuckoo.
^liT'sr^r attala + ka, m. A tower. TUr^ AT, i. l, Par. 1. To go.
To move continually.
^5T^fT at+ya, f. Wandering about. t
^M^^ a-tad-arha, adj. Not di
Comp. Vritha-, f. strolling about,
serving that, Ram. 2, 13, 1.
Man. 7, 47.
t ^5T^ ATH, i. l, Par. Atm. To go. ^H^Pj^^T atandrita, i.e. a-tandra -
ita, adj., f. ta. Unwearied, not remis
t ^5f^ AD, i. l, Par. To strive or Man. 2, 186.
endeavour. TJflPWS! a-tapas + ka, adj. Impiou
t ^I ADD, i. l, Par. 1. To at
^5ffTH a + tas (cf. idam), adv.
tack. 2. To connect. 3. To medi
tate. abl. of idam, From this, Man. 2, 21
2. From this place. 3. From th
| T5JTSJ AN, i. l, Par. To sound,
time, then, now, Man. 5, 26. 4. Froi
i. 4, Atm. To breathe (cf. aw). this reason, therefore.
^IWT'T animan, i.e. anu + iman, T5jf?J ati. I. adv. Over, exceedingly
m. Subtility; the superhuman power in a high degree, much. Comparat. ati -
of making one's self infinitely small. taram, very much.Vcdantas. in Chr. 21 :
^JTJI anu. I. adj., f. nu and mi. 1. io. II. prepos. with the ace. Ove;
beyond, more than. III. Combined an
Small, minute ; anv api, the least,
compounded with verbs and their dc
Man. 3, 51. 2. Subtile, Hariv. 1241.
rivatives. 17. Former part of com
Comparat. aniyaMs, very soft, Dagak.
pound nouns and adverbs, implying
in Chr. 198, 22. II. m. An atom,
1. Exceedingly, much, very : e.g. ati
Bhashap. 35. Comp. Parama-, m.
guru, adj. very heavy ; ati-haya, adj
an atom.
having a very large body, gigantic
^SfOTpf anu+tva, n. 1. Smallness. 2. Too much : e.g. ati-pranaya, re
2. Condition of being an atom, exorbitant love, Dacak. in Chr. I8i
Bhashap. 84. 10; atyagnant, i.e. ati- (vb. 2.ag), adj
^SWrrM'R' anumdtriha, i. e. anu eating too much. 3. Surpassing th
object denoted by the following part o
-matra + ika, adj. Composed of atoms, the comp. These comps. are generally
Man. 1, 56. a) adj. e.g. atindriya, i.e. ati-, sur
t^TJ? ANTII, i. l, Atm. To go. passing the senses, transcendental, b
adv., e.g. ati-matra + m. exceedingly
^5JTT^ anda, n. 1. An egg. 2. A extraordinarily. Cf. In; Lat. at ii
testicle. Comp. Brahmanda, i.e. atavus, and et.
brahman-, n. the world. Mesha-, m. ^ifdlsft+i ati-kram + a, m. 1
Indra; see putyanda.
Transgression (of time), Paiich. 55,
^5|T55^T anda + ka, n. 1. A bird's 5. 2. Violation, Man. n, 120. 3,
egg. 2. An egg in general, Cic. 9, 9. Offence. 4. Irreverence, Man. 3, 63.
Comp. Duratikrama, i.e. dus-, adj. adj. l. Outrunning. 2. Acute (as a
1. hard to be overcome, unconquer disease).
able, Man. 11, 238. 2. difficult of
^frTHT^ atibhava, i.e. ati-lhu + a,
accomplishment.
m. Overcoming.
^ff| * *i <U atikramana, i. e. a/t
^Jlfl1lpl<1l atim&nita, i. e. ati
-iraut~ ana, n. 1. Overstepping (of
boundary), Tajn. 2, 155. 2. Trans -m&nin + ta, f. Excessive self-conceit,
gression (of time), Pancb. i. d. 170. Bhag. 16, 3.
'(f'PlftPJ ati-kram f in, adj., f. mi. ^jfcTfpfi ati-mukta (vb. much), m.
One who violates. A large creeper, Gaertnera racemosa.
S'NIrl*! -ati-ga, adj. 1. Surpassing, ^5lf?T*<?fl* atimukta + ka, m. The
(nrra-loka-,) Ram. 2, 19, 33. 2. Pierc name of several plants, as Dalbergia
ing, (deha-,) Eagh. 12, 48. Cf. royo- ougeinensis, Gaertnera racemosa, etc.
tifa. ^frT^nt "tiyaca, see yacas.
Klnfij ori^i(vb. at), m. 1. A guest.
^ffdf^^icil ati-rihta + ta (vb. rich),
1 The name of a king. Comp. Deca-,
f. Excess, MBh. 2, 2270.
bl a foreigner.
^U^^T atireka, i.e. ati-rich + a,
^fnftiJcf atilhigva, m. A name of
m. Excess, high degree.
, Dnroda*a,Chr. 297, 14=Rigv. i. 112, 14.
^frT^ra^rJT ati-lubdha + ta (vb.
Ufrlfap* alUhi + tva, n. Hospi
lubh), f. Excessive greediness, Bohtl.
tality.
Ind. Spr. 109.
^mfavfaTf atithidharmin, i.e.
^frT*TTTrTT ali-lobha + ta, f. Ex
ttithi-dharma + in, adj. Having the
character of a guest, as guest, Man. 3, cessive greediness.
111 ^5ffr(e(r|f ativartana, i.e. ati-vrit +
^fl^flll atidarcin, i.e. ati-dric + ana, n. Remission (of a fine), Man. 8,
', adj., f. ni. Seeing very far. 290.

^fn^H atideca, i.e. ati-dif + a, ^Sffrfafnl ativartin, i.e. ati-vrit +


m. Extension, as e.g. of the significa in, adj., f. ni. 1. Crossing, passing
tion of & word by analogy, Bhashap. 79. over. 2. Not caring, Dacnk. in Clir.
194, 8. 3. Offending, Bam. 4, 16, 37.
^falH*5f^ atbiirvasutva, i.e. ati
m-tatu -r tta, n. Excessive poverty, ^fa^T^ ativada, i.e. ati-vad+a,
Bj. , 7. m. A reproachful speech, Man. 6, 47.

^rfrmf-tj ati-pat+ti, f. 1. Lapse ^pl^ltS ati-v&hya (vb. vah), n.


(of time). 2. Unsuitableness, Yaju. Passing (as time), Bohtl. Chr. 217, 38.
*i '< (defa-kata-atipattau, 'should TSjfr^^pri ati-vrit + ti, f. Trespass",
time or place not permit'),
Dacak. in Chr. 181, 3.
^M^TrT atipata, i.e. ati-pat+a,m. ^ifrtT^J aticaya, i.e. ati-ci + a, m. 1.
* Neglect, Cak. 7, 10. 2. Hurting. Excellence. 2. Excess, (^ic. 9, 77. 3.
^UroifrP! atip&tin,\.e.ati-pat+in, Plenty, Vikr. d. 157. 4. As former
part of comp. words : 1. In a high ^iap? atyaya, i.e. ati-i+a, m. 1
degree, great, Paiich. 239, 14. 2.
Passing away, lapse (of time), Man. 8,
Violent.Comp. Niratigaya, i.e. nit-,
145. 2. Death. 3. Danger, Man. 5.
adj. not to he surpassed, greatest,
27. 4. Transgression, crime, fault, Man.
Paiich. i. d. 36. Sa-, adj. most ex
8, 243 ; dapyo 'shfagunam atyayam,
cellent, Man. 9, 114.
' he shall be fined eight times the amou 11 1
^5ff^T3jf^T atigayin, i.e. atigaya + of the defraudation,' Man. 8, 400
in, adj., f. ni. Most excellent, Vikr. d. Comp. An-, adj. imperishable. Kala-,
159. m. lapse of time, Man. 8, 145. Jala-,
^ffn*I[Tfa\ atu;ayin, i.e. ati-gi + in, m. the end of the rainy season, i.e.
autumn. Tapa-, m. 1. the end of
adj. Surpassing, Da9ak. in Chr. 182, 1. the hot season, i.e. the rainy season.
^f^Wft^JTT ati-samipa + ta, f. 2. the end of the heat, i.e. sunset,
Too close proximity, <^ig. 9, 81. Cak. d. 60. Duratyaya, i.e. dus-, adj.,
f. ya, 1. hard to be crossed (as a
^(FRPT atisarga, i.e. ati-srij + a, m.
river), MBh. 4, 1970. 2. hard to be
Granting (of a wish), Ram. 4, 52, 21. attained, 13, 4880. 3. unfathomable,
^fft*JK' and ^rffaTT attsara, i.e. Ram. 3, 71, 15. Niratyaya, i.e. nis~,
ati-sri+a, in. Diarrhcea. adj., f. ya, 1. free from danger. 2.
infallible. Malta-, 1. m. great pain,
^jflR^J atindriya, i.e. ati-indriya. Chr. 11, 15. 2. adj. very pernicious,
I. adj. Surpassing the senses, trans Chr. 22, 22. Su-maha-, adj. very dan
cendental, Bhashap. 57. II. n. Mind, gerous, Chr. 37, 3.
Man. 1, 7.
"^ST^T1^ atyartham, i.e. ati-artha
^frffa aliva, i.e. ati-iva, adv. 1.
+ m, adv. Exceedingly.
Much, very. 2. Indeed, Cak. d. 137, v.r.
T5Hf a + tra (cf. idam), adv. 1.=
^n?fSRTT a-tripti+ta. f. Insatia-
hleness, (pic,. 9, 64. the loc. of idam, In this, Cak. d. 59.
2. Here, therein, Man. 3, 235.
^5ffTl^J*^ atortham, i.e. atas-artha
^r^clT atra + fyfl> adJ- Of this place,
+ m, adv. To that end, Ram. 3, 8, 15.
Dacak. in Chr. 186, 18.
^tTT att&, A mother, Mrichchh.
^if^ atri, m. The name of a Rishi,
27, 2. (Prakr.)
or saint, Man. 1, 35.
^JtT attri, i.e. ad+tfi, m. One who
^lf^^ atrin (for atlrin, vb. ad), adj.
eats, Man. 5, 30 ; (a king) who swal
lows up the possessions of his people, A demon, Chr. 292, lO=Rigv. I, 85, 10.
Man. 8, 309. ^T*I a + tha (probably for atha, Ved.
^ftST at+ya, m. A horse, Chr. 290, cf. idam), adv. 1. Then, NaL 17, 35.
6=Rigv. 1, 64, 6. 2. Now, at the beginning of works and
^ipy n atyanta, i.e. ati-anta, adj., f. parts of works. 3. But, Nal. 22, 13.
4. In conditional sentences : If, atha
ta. 1. Excessive, very large. 2. tan nanu gachchhdmi gamishyami ya-
Endless, perpetual, Man. 6, 40 ; eternal, makshayam, ' if I do not follow them,
ace. sing, tarn, adv. 1 . very much. 2. I shall go to the house of death,' Ram.
for ever, Man. 9, 202. 2, 60, 3 With following u, (atho): 1.
19.
afterwards, then, Chr. 56, it. 2. ^I^H adas, pronoun, nom. sing. m.
and, Man. 2, 430. 3. even, Chr. 3, 1 ;
and f. asau, nom. and ace. sing. n. adas ;
*nd 23, 23 With following api : ne
the bases of the remaining cases are
vertheless, Ram. 2, 29, 7. With fol
amu, amu, and ami. That, you, Man.
lowing va : 1. or also, or, Man. 2, 219.
10, 128. It is preceded by the rela
Paiich. i, d. 399, vatha instead of va-
tive pronoun, He-who, Man. l, 7.
tia ra (cf. Paiich. iii, d. 36. atho va,
Man. 3, 202). 2. or even, Bhartr. 2, ^ifaqr adayika, i.e. a-daya +
10. 8. but no, Cak. 60, 18. 4. it is ika, adj. For which there are no heirs.
particularly used to introduce sen ^rf^frT a-diti, f. The name of a fe
tences: for, Paiich. 26, 14 With fol
lowing kim : yes, well (in dialogue, cf. male deity, Chr. 298, 25=Rigv. l, 112,
ri f,qr).Cf. Lat. at. 25 ; the mother of the gods, Ram.
~H *!=(? atharvan (borrowed from 3, 20, 15.

the Zend, athra-van, derived from ^rfSIrTT a-drigya + ta. (vb. drig),
atar, ' fire"), m. 1. A priest. 2. The f. Invisibility, Bhartr. 1, 95.
name of a Rishi, or saint. 3. The ^RpPRT^T a-dcga-kala, s. A wrong
Atharraveda.
place and wrong time, Bhag. 17, 22.
^Tf^TfTf^W alharvahgirasa, i.e.
^T3"cT adbhuta. I. adj., f. ta. Sur
atharvan-aAgiras+a. 1. adj., f. si.
prising, wonderful ; superl. adbhuta +
Revealed to Atharvan and Angiras,
tama, most surprising. II. n. A strange
Man. n, 33. 2. sing, and pi. The
phenomenon, Man. 4, 118; a prodigy
hymns of the Atharvaveda.
Comp. Atyadbhuta, i.e. ati-, adj. very
^|VJ|i atharvi, f. (probably from a- surprising. Malta- adj. very surprising.
tharcan), The wife of a priest (?), Chr. ^RJ adya, Ved. also adya, i. e. a
m, io = Rigv. I, 112, to.
-div + a (cf. idam), adv. 1. To-day.
V4J I atho, see atha. 2. Now.-Cf. Lat. ho-die, ftr).
^J^* AD, ii, 2, Par. (in epic poetry ^R7rTT adya + tana, adj., f. nt. I.
also Atm. Nal. 12, 35). To eat, Man. Of to-day, Panch. 5, 6.-2. Of this
2, 53 ; to devour, 4, 28. Svadita, i.e. time, a contemporary, Rajat. 5, 100.
su-adi/a, a. Well eaten, a term used 'TheHrishikeca^.e. an idol of Vishnu)
after presenting food ('much good may of Suyya, reposing in meditation on
it do you!'), Man. 3, 251 ; 254. Adya, the bank, may be adored by any con
Eatable, Panch. iv. d. 79 (perhaps it temporary who comes near the temple
ought to be changed to adya, the regular of Sundari.'
form).Cf. lltt; Lat.edere; Goth, itan; ^H^Jcfffa adyataniya, i.e. adya-
A.S. etan. tana + iya, adj., f. ya. Of to-day,
S^T -d, latter part of comp. words. Paiich. 169, 13.
One who eats, cf. kravyad. ^ITjfrt adyuti, i.e. a-div + ti, adj.
Tt^l ad+ana, n. Eating, Man. Eager, Chr. 298, 24=Rigv. 1, 112, 24.
11, 64.Comp. Phala-, m. a parrot. Tofjr- adri, m. 1. A stone, Chr. 293,
"* <i imr^adambhitva, i.e. a-dambhin 3=Rigv. 1, 88, 3. 2. A mountain.
+ lva, n. Sincerity. 3. A cloud, Chr. 291, 5=Rigv. I, 86^
5. 4. A proper name.Comp. Asta-, inferior. II. m. 1. The lower lij
m. the mountain called Asta (q. cf.). Clk. 102, 10. 2. The lip in general
Kula-, m. a principal mountain. (jjic. 9, 46 Comp. Khandita-, adj., f
Tushara-, tuhina-, and praleya-, m. ra, with bitten lips, Panch. 46, 1 .
Himalaya. Cf. Lat. inferus; Goth, undar; A.S.
^TTSPBT'Cfl adri-sara + maya, adj. under ; probably ivcpoi.

f. yi. Made of iron. ^StVf^tE adharoshtha,&nd S|fcJ^| M

H^Sfi^f a-dvaya + tva, n. Absence adharaushtha, i.e. adhara-oshtha, m.


1. The lower lip, Sucr. l, 114, 19.
of duality, tva + las, adv. In conse 2. The lower and the upper lips,
quence of there being no duality, the lips, Panch. 45, 11. Comp
Vedantas. in Chr. 218, 23 (i.e. because Ahguli-sam-vrita-, adj. the lips of
he knows that there is no duality, that which are covered with the finger,
all is one). (^ak.d. 73. Vimba-phala-,ad)., f. shthi,
^S^l^rlH a-dvara + tas, adv. By having lips like the Biniba fruit,
any other aperture than the door, MBh. Ram. 5, 28, .17.
13, 4750. ^S(Vm a + dhas (cf. idam). I. adv.
TRfETTTn'J'L odvesharagin, i.e. a 1. Underneath. 2. Low, Man. n,
-dvesha-raga + in, adj. Exempt from 224. 3. Down, Panch. i. d. 214 ; to
hatred and affection, Man. 2, 1. hell, Man. 7, 53. II. prepos. Under,
^^gT^ a-dveshtri + tva, n. In- with the gen., Man. 2, 59, and abl.
Panch. 115, 25. III. doubled: adho-
offensiveness, Vedantas. in Chr. 219, 6. dhas, i.e. adhas-adhas, adv. 1. Lower
^5TW a-tdha (cf. adhas), a particle. and lower, Man. 7, 63. 2. One below
the other. Cf. IvQtv, and see adhara.
There, then, Lass. Anth. 98, H=Rigv.
6, 9, 6. ^IW^ITf^ adhas-tat (the latter part
^SIVT adhama (an old superlative, is the original abl. of tad). I. adv.
akin to adhas), adj., f. ma. Extremely 1. Underneath, below. 2. Down, down
low, Man. 6, 66. In Karmadharaya ward, Man. 4, 64; to hell, 194. II.
compounds it is generally the latter prepos. Under, with the gen. III.
part : e.g. JJvija-, m. the meanest of latter part of comp. adv. Under, Paiicli.
141, 20.
twice-born men, Man. 3, 140 ; Nara-,
m. the lowest of mortals, Man. 10, ^IPJ a + dhi (cf. idam). I. adv.
26 ; Papa-, m. the lowest of the Above, on high, Chr. 291, 2 = Rig v. l,
wicked ; Parthiva-, m. the meanest 85,2. II. prepos. Over, on, with the
of kings; Purusha-, m. the vilest of abl., Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. 1, 48, 7.
men ; Qagaka-, m. the vilest of hares. III. Combined and compounded with
Cf. Lat. infinius. verbs and their derivatives. IV.
^Iblflm adhamarna, i. e. adhama Former part of compounded nouns and
-rina, m. A debtor, Man. 8, 47. adverbs, implying: 1. Over, cf. adhijya.
2. Chief, cf. adhiraja. 3. Before, cf. a-
^TWrf^F3 adhamarniha, i.e. adha dhyaksha. 4. Relative to, cf. adhiyajna.
marna + ika, m. A debtor, Man. 8, 48. 5. On, cf. adhijanu.Cf. Lat. ad.
~*AV{\ adhara (an old comparative, ^}f%r^r adhi + ka, adj. 1. Exceed
akin to adhas). I. adj., f. ra. Lower, ing, Man. 3, 49 ; greater, Ram. 4, 9, 95 ;
stronger, Pach. ii. d. 29; more than, m. administration of justice. Pri-
with the abl., Man. 9, 154; higher than, tan-, adj. relating to battles, MBh.
with the abl., Bhag. 6, 46 ; dearer, 1, 7166. Samna-, m. 1. equal duty.
Rm. 2, 45, 32, GoiT. 2. Surpassing, 2. generic character. Hrita-, adj. 1.
Man. , 185; chief, Hit. pr. d. 48; deprived of office. 2. deprived of one's
highest, Bhartr. 2, 17. 3. Having an right.
addition, adhikaih tnsam, ' a month and
more,' Ram. 3, 15, 27. 4. Too much, ^if^TTf^FT adhihritva, i.e. aJhi-
Ram. 6, 16, 78.ace. sing, kam, adv. 1. krin + tva, . The office of a super
Much, exceedingly. 2. More; with the intendent, Rjat. 5, 470.
abl., Bjat. 5, 419. Compart, adhiha + 4lffrrf7^ adhikrin, i.e. adhi
tara, Better than, k. loo, 17.
Comp. 1. exceeding, e.g. Eka-, adj. -kra + in, adj. 1. One who holds an
exceeding one, i.e. two, Man. 9, 117. office, Pach. i. d. 180. 2. A super
Sarva-dna-, adj. better than any intendent, Hit. 61, 7. 3. One who
gift, Yajn. I, 334. Prna-, adj. dearer is entitled to, or fit for , something,
thin life. Varsha-ata-, adj. longer Vedntas. in Chr. 202, 9. Comp.
than a century. 2. exceeded by, par Dharma-, m. a judge, Pach. loi, 2.
ticularly after numerals, e.g. Varshe . . . adhikshepa, i.e. adhi-kship
ittjanyabnndhor dvvime, vaiyasya
+ a, m. 1. Detraction, Rjat. , 234.
dtyadhike tatah, 'in the twenty-second
2. Censure, Daak. in Chr. 188, 3. 3.
year for a soldier, for a merchant two Sneer, 184, 16.
years later than that,' Man. 2, 65.
4ffV*W adhi-gam + a, m. 1. Com
-Weft'/ navdhikm, ninety-nine,
Ragh. 3, 69. Vayodhxka, i.e. vayas ing to, attaining, Megh. 50. 2. Acces
ndkika, adj. advanced in age, Man. sion to, Rjat. 5, 45. 3. Gaining,
*, . 3. doubled : Adhikdhika, adj. profit, Man. 8, 157. 4. Reading, Man.
outbidding each other, Rj at. 5, 264. 2, 2. 5. Perception, i. 9, 19. Comp.
Dus-, adj. 1. hard to be attained,
1 adhiAarana, i. e. ad/ii
Mlav. 10, 8. 2. difficult to be learned,
-n'+ana, n. 1. Substance, substratum, Kir. 5, 18.
or site. 2, Court of justice, Daak. in
Chr. leo, 20Comp. Dharma-, n. 1. ^itWTIT adhi-gam + ana, n. 1.
administration of justice, Pach. 97, l. Obtaining, Rm. 4, 45, 19. 2. Reading,
2. A court of justice, Pach. 96, 25. Man. 11, 65.Comp. Dura-, . mar
Kama-, adj. relating to Rama, Rm. 2, riage, Man. 1, 112.
15, M. Samna-, I. n. generic property.
^^ adhi-g una, adj. Of supe
H. adj. contained in the same subject
or category. rior qualities, Megh. 6.

4Wl and ^HfanT adhkra, ^^ adhigoplri, i.e. adhi-gvp


i.e. odi-+, m. 1. Superintend + fri, in dhana-, m. A name of
ence, Vikr. d. 42. 2. Administration. Kuvera, MBh. 5, 7521.
3. Office, Pach. 63, 23. 4. Office 4fV5J4 adhi-jan + ana,n. Birth,
of a king. s. Right, title, Man. 2,
Man. 2, 169.
m. *" ^*> ma'n point Comp.
Tambula-, . the bearer of betel, ^[*1 adhi-jnu, adv. On the
w officer, Pach. 63, 22. Dharma-, knee, i. 9, 54.
^f^T^f adhi-jya (cf. jya), adj. ^5ffV?TT\J adhi-yodha, m. A chan
Strung (as a bow), Cak. d. 6. pion (?), Ram. 6, 23, 28.
^IlV'oiJfil adhijya + td, f. Condi ^IT^Cf adhi-ratha, m. 1. .
tion of being strung, Ragh. 11, 14. charioteer. 2. A proper name.
^f^^nrr adhi + tya+M, f. Land ^HT^PTTST odhiraja, i.e. adhi-rajat
on the upper part of a mountain, Hit. m. A supreme king.
101, 18.
T!lf%| ^ 1 <ai| adhi-rajya, n. Suprem
^ff^tj adhi-pa (vb. 2. pa), ra. 1. A
sway, Mahav. 65, 9.
lord, Chr. 3, 3. 2. A king. 3. A
superintendent, Rajat. 5, 238. 4. A "^Slf^JT^TTW adhiropana, i. e. adh
commander. Comp. Amara-, m. a -ruh, Caus. +ana, n. Lifting up. Si
name of Indra, Ram. 2, 74, 19. Sa sehe . . . adhiropanam, She endurec
-amara-, adj. with the lord of the gods, being lifted on . . ., Bohtl. Chr. 240
Ram. 3, 53, 28. Jana-, m. a king. 313.
Jala-, m. a name of Varuna. T&ra-,
m. the moon, Ram. 3, 58, 4. Danda-, ^5lfv^t^T!J adhirohana, i. o. adh,
m. lord chief justice, Kathas. 25, 130. -ruh-\-ana,tu Mounting, Ram. 5, 35,29.
Danda-dhara-, m. a king, Rajat. 4, 655. ^f^RTO adhivasa, m., i.e. 1. adh
Deva-, m. Indra. Dvara-, m. a porter,
a chamberlain, Rajat 5, 213. Dhara-, -vas + a. A house, an abode, Dev. 4,
m. a king. Nagara-, m. chief of the 10. 2. adhi-v&s + a. Perfuming the
police in a town, Kathas. 5, 49. person, Bhartr. 1, 12.

^ff^PjfrT adhi-pati, m. I. A lord, ^f^RTO^ adhi-vas+ana, n. Per


an owner, Man. 8, 37. 2. A king. fuming the person.
Comp. Ga?ia-, m. Civa, Cie. 9, 27. ^jf^J^^JT adhivegma, i. e. adlii
Tri-, m. epithet of Krishna-Vishnu -vegman, adv. At home, Cic. 9, 78.
(lord over the three primary qualities),
Bhag. P. 3, 16, 24. Dag&dhipati, i.e. ^fa^n? adhishlhatri, i.e. ad/ii
dagan-, m. a commander of ten men, -stha+tri, m. f. tri, n. 1. Ruling, a
MBh. 12, 3712. Dhana-, m. a name of ruler. 2. Protecting.
Kuvera, Kir. 5, 16. Nagara-, m. chief
^Sri^TBTT adhishthana, i. e. adhi
of the police in a town, Kathas.
10, 70. -stha + ana, n. 1. A resting-place. 2.
A seat, Man. 12, 4. 3. An abode. 4.
^fe^T^^T and TSp^J.^ adhl- A place, Panch. 10, 3. 5. A town, a
mantha, i e. adhi-manth -f a, m. Acute capital, Rajat. 5, 260. 6. Dignity, Nal.
pain in the eyes. 26, 28. 7. Power, Ram. 4, 14, 30
^TfVTf'Hn" adhi-marnsa + ka, m. Comp. Tri-, adj. having three bases,
Man. 12, 4. Dharma-, n. a court of
Inflammation of the tonsils. justice, Paiich. 237, 20. Am-, adj. being
^5|f^W?T adhi-yajna. I. m. The without a solid base, Riim. 6, 82, 12.
Sa-, adj. having a solid base, ib. Su-,
supreme sacrifice, Bhag. 8, 4. II. ace.
adj., having a solid base, Chr. 25, 52.
sing, tiam, adv. Concerning sacrifice,
Man. 6, 83. ^I^ft^T^C adhikara; see adhikara.
4^tf?PN adhitin, i.e. adhi-iia + in , n. Reading, study, especially of
(rb. i), adj. Conversant with, Daak. the sacred books, Man. l, 88. Comp.
140, 3. -, n. neglecting to read the sacred
books, Bhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
adhna, i.e. adhas+na, adj.
Subject, dependent, Eagh. I. 72. It is " adhyardha, i.e. adhi-ardha,
generally the latter part of compound adj. One and a half, Man. 9, 117.
words : e.g. adki-, adj. Wholly depen *n*li adhyavasaya, i. e. adhi
dent, Man. 8, 66. /ad-, adj. Subject to
tbee,Rm. 2, 72, 52. para-, adj. Depend -ava-so + a, m. Perseverance, Pach.
ing on another, Ram. 3, 37, 6. sea-, adj . 60, 6. Constancy, ib. iii. d. 261.
1. Independent. 2. Dependent on our ^^" adhytma, i.e. adhi-tman,
les, belonging to us, faithful, Panch.
. The supreme soul, Bhag. 8, 3.
. d. 196.
^|% adhytmka, Man. 6, 83,
TOW a-dhira + t (cf. dhra),
read dhy, q. cf.
f- L Unsteadiness. 2. Pusillanimity.
^ adhypaka, i.e. adhi i,
adhi-ia, m. A lord, i. 9,
Caus. +aka, m. A teacher, Man. 3,
& A chief, Rjat. 5, ooo Comp. Tri-,
156.
m. epithet of Krishna-Vishnu (the
brd the three primary qualities), * fT adhypaka + ta, f.
. P. 3, 2, 21. Dina-, m. the sun, Condition of a teacher, Rjat. 5, 469.
Piich. i. d. 231.
)11 adhypana, i.e. adhi-i,
^pT adhun, adv. Now. Caus. -t-, . 1. Instructing. 2.
Teaching the sacred books, Man. 8,
^Wbil adhovekshin, i.e. / 340.
-oco-Ui + in, adj.,f. ?{, With downcast
<7s, Pch. i. 214. ' adhyya, i.e. adhi-i+a, m.
1. Reading, recitation. 2. The timo
* adhyahska, i.e. adhi-aksha. when the sacred books ought to be read,
1 *lj- Perceptible, Bhshp. 48. II. Man. 4, 102. 3. A section of a book,
n- Perception, ib. 56 ; 14. III. m. A e.g. the subdivisions of the Rm., MBh.
superintendent, Daak. in Chr. 186, . Comp. An-, m. the time when the
-Comp. An-, adj imperceptible, sacred books ought not to be read,
*>*% 48. Ava-, m. a superinten- Man. 2, 106. Sva-, m. 1. perusal or
dM of the horses, Panch. 156, 18. study of the Vedas, Man. 2, 105. 2.
fa-- m. a treasurer, Pach. 156, 18. the Veda. 3. inaudible reading or
; m. a superintendent of the ele- muttering of prayers. Nihsva-, i.e. n
Pu4s, Panch. 156,18. Dvra-, m. a -sva-, adj. not muttering prayers, Hariv.
S' a chamberlain> - 1. 20, 5. 11187.
_*-i m. a superintendent of the
*"chen. ^ adhyaropa, i.e. adhi-
-ruh, Caus. +a, m. Erroneous pre
^ adhyagni, i.e. adhi-agni,
dication, Vedntas. in Chr. 204, 7 ; 9 ;
* Before the nuptial fire, Man. 9, 210, 10; 211, 23.

'''' adhyvhanika, i.e.


^444 adhyayana, i.e. adhi-i+ adhi--vah +- + ika, . What was
given to a wife on the bridal proces 3,105. 2. Bad, n-lish vtra, n. A bad ficl
sion, Man. 9, 194. Man. io, 71.Cf. Lat. in-, Goth, ai
T5JT2JTO adhyasa, i.e. adhi- 2.as + a, m. A.S. un-, ai'- and a-.

Putting on; padadhya.se, 'for putting TIT AN, ii. l, Par. f i, 4, Atm.
the foot on a person,' Yajn. 2, 217. To breathe. 2. To blow (as wind
^SlWrf%T adhyasin, i.e. adhi-as + 3. To live.Cf. avcfiot; Lat. an inn.
anus (cf. Sskr. apana); Goth, uz-an:
in, adj., f. m. Sitting on, Panch. iii. see prana.
d. 270.
TJJ ana, cf. idam.
^!lf^T adhrigu, i.e. probably a-dhri
+ i-gam + u, ved. adj . Of unrestrained ^Sf1^"5" anadudda, i.e. anaduh d
course, Chr. 290, 3=Rigv. i. 64, 3. m. The giver of a bull, Man. 4, 23 1 .
T5f^eT*T adhvaga, i.e. adhvan-ga. I. ^Sl*P5"^ anaduh, i.e. anas-vali, i
adj. f. ga, Being on the road, travelling, (nom. sing, anadvan, voc. van ; the ac
Rajat.5,9. II. in. A traveller, Man. 11, 1. sing., N.V.A. du. and N.V. pi. have :
^^epj adhvan, m. A road, Man. base vah, the rest uh, the final of whic
becomes t in the loc. pi. and d befoi
4, 60.Comp. Gata- (vb. gam), adj. bh). A bull, or ox, Man. 11, 136.
versed, skilled, MBh. 12, 1187G.
^TffHWnr^fi^ an-atipraka^ak
^^n*T adhvan + ina and T5I^eT^l
+ tva, adj. Having the nature of
adhvan +ya, m. A traveller, Yajn. l, n l. somewhat insufficient illustrator, V<
^5J%e^ adhvara, i.e. perhaps a-dhvri dantas. in Chr. 205, 5.
+o or adhvan + a (with r for w, cf. ^9*T1+|iq<Tl Dl ananubhavahala, i.i
anghri), m. A sacrifice, Chr. 288, 11 = an-anu-bhu + aha + ta, f. Unintelligi
Rigv. i. 48, 11. bility, Bhashap. 83.
^H^ef^T adhvara-ga, adj. Belong ^5f*Trit'^' anantakara, i.e. an-ant
ing to a sacrifice, Draup. 6, 21. -hri + a, adj. Making endless or in
finite, Ram. 5, 20, 26.
^51^^ adhvaryu (i.e. adhvarya, a
TJfJf^f^ an-antara, I. adj ., f. ra. ]
ved. denominat., derived from adhvara
+ u), m. A special priest versed in the Having nothing intermediate, Man. i
Yajurveda, Man. 3, 145. 19. 2. Immediately bordering, nexi
Nal. 22, 16. 3. Immediately following
^IT S an-, before consonants T5JJ Bhashap. 123. 4. Of an immediate!
a-, an inseparable prefix, implying I. following caste, Man. 10, 14. 5. Allowiii]
negation, e.g. a-brahmana, m. One who no delay, necessary, Chr. 10, 6. II
is not a Brahmana, Man. 7, 85. a-jnana, ram, ace. 1. adv. Next in space, Rum
n. Ignorance, Man. 11, 145. an-anta, 2, 87, 5. Next in time, immedialel;
adj. Endless, Man. 4, 149. In this afterwards, then, Ram. 1, 3, 7. Espe
use it produces very often the opposite cially compounded with preceding tad-
signification, e.g. a-gada, m. Health, after that, Paiich. 70, 17. 2. prep, witt
Man. 11,237. a-hrura, adj. Soft, Man. abl. and gen. Immediately after, Bhiig
2, 34. a-sakrit, adv. Often, Man. 3, 12, 12 j Ram. .% 73, 28. After, PaiicL
233. II. deterioration. 1. Wrong, e.g. 108, 13. Comp. Sam-anantara-i-m,
a-hala, m. Unseasonable time, Man. adv. immediately after, Chr. U, 20.
4yiti^"5T anantara-ja (vb. jan), m. less, Panch. 183, 2. 2. Vain, Brhmanav.
A son, born by a wife belonging to a 1, 14. 3. Unmeaning, nonsensical.
t an-artha + tva, n. Panch. i.
caste next to that of her husband,
except the fourth, Man. 10, 41. d. 158, read anarthitva ; see arthilva.
an-apa-karman,n. Sub 4*1||< an-arhya + t (vb. arh), f.
traction (of what has been given), Disproportionateness, Vedntas. in
Man. 8, 4. Chr. 215, 12.
1 on-apa kriy, f. Non ( an + ala, m. 1. Fire, Man. ,
payment, Man. 8, 214. 261. 2. The deity of fire, Man. 5, l.
3. The digestive power. 4. The pro
an-apasara, m. One who
per name of a monkey, Rm. 6, 13, 8.
has no claims (properly: no outlets), Comp. Kla-, m. the fire of all-destroy
Man. 8, 198. ing Time, Rm. 3, 69, 10. Dva-, m.
anapkarman = ana- the fire of a forest conflagration, Paiich.
142, 6. Badav-, m. submarine fire,
.
Bbtl. Ind. Spr. 419.
" 14 1 1*1*1 anapyin, i.e. an-apa-i 4T4RF anala da, adj. Quenching
+ a, adj., f. ni. 1. Not going away, fire, Kirt. 5, 25.
Kaths. 12, 33. 2. Lasting, Kujat. 5,
^TWrrf^T an ava-gh + in, adj.
33. 3. Immovable. 4. Imperishable.
f. ni. Not entering, Bhshp. 135.
^fjffji^^ anabhitneha, i. e. an
1 4 <1 1 an-a-vadya + ta (cf. ava-
-abhi-snih + a, adj. Without attach
ment, Bhag. 2, 57. dy), f. Blamelessness, Malav. 20, lo.
^^^ anavekshaka, i.e. an-ava
<|> ! a -naya, m. 1. Bad con
-iksh+aka, adj. One who does not take
duct, Fauch. 259, 16. 2. Sin, Ram. 5,
care, Ram. 4, 17, 12.
24, 28. 3. Wrong, Ram. 6, 40, 5 (na sa
4if3R anas, n. A cart, Man. 8, 209.
vtda naynayau. Such a man knows
neither right nor wrong). 4. Lewd Cf. Lat. onus.
ness, BhtL Ind. Spr. 1260. II. an
^^^? anasyitri, i.e. an-asya
-aya, . 1. Distress, Man. , 95. 2.
Ill-luck, Chr. 8, 33. + tri, m. Free from a spirit of detrac
tion, MBh. l, 56.
an-arghya + tva, n. In-
45j*TH^ anasyu, i.e. an-asya 4 ,
valuableness, Hit. Pr. d. 4.
adj. Free from a spirit of detraction.
y'l'q an-artha. I. m. 1. Disadvan
^f^T an-asthan (cf. asthi), adj.
tage, Man. 8, 24 ; Bhavaty anarthya,
It becomes prejudicial, Man. 4, 193. Boneless, Man. 11, 140.
2. Misfortune, k. 81, 8. . adj., f. '"ijcJT'TiT an--gata, (vb. gam), adj.,
tk. 1. Useless, Panel i. 248, 6. 2. f. ta. I. Not arrived, Rjat. 5, 171.
Prejudicial, Ram. o, 21, 5. 3. Poor, 2. Future, Bhtl. Ind. Spr. 89. an-
Daak. in Chr. 181, I. 4. Unhappy, gatam kri, To make dispositions for the
Ram. 3, 75, 40. future, ib. 88. 3. Not mentioned, Rm.
4T44 anartha + ka, adj. 1. Use- 3,56, 18. -
^5HI Jld<4*ri anagata + vant, adj., Ram. 6, 10, 23. III. combined an
f. vati. Full of schemes concerning the compounded with verbs and their d>
rivatives. IV. former part of con
future, Panch. v. d. 59.
pounded nouns and adverbs, implying
^Ml WH anatmajna, i.e. an-atman After, according to, along, again, st
-jfia (vb. jna), adj. Foolish, Cak.78, 15. condary, every. Cf. dva, Goth, an:
^TTW^rr anumika, i.e. a-naman + N.H.G. an.
ka, f. The ring-finger, Yajn. 3, 278. ^nWT"J?R anu-kamp + aka, ad_
^5f TT'^T^ anavrishti, i.e. an-a-vrish Having tender affection, Man. 6, 8.
+ ti, f. Drought, Lass. 62, 18. ^T^TTf an**-kamp +ana, n. Com
^5M I J&H anagrava, i.e.an-a-fru + a, passion, Ram. 2, 45, 31.
adj., f. a. Not obeying, Dacak. in Chr. '4Mqt*ui anu-kamp + a, f. Com
191, 8. passion, Bhartr. 2, 60.Comp. Sa-an.
^TTT^rfTtil <1 1 anahitagni + ta (cf. -kampa, I. adj. kind. II. pam, adv
kindly, Dacak. in Chr. 181, 13.
agni), f. Neglecting to keep up the
consecrated fire, Man. 11, 65. ^5M<*|*MT anu-kamp + in, adj
15ff%'fa|f!T o-nimesha + ta (cf. nime- Having tender affection, Ram. 6, 70, 38
sha), f. Not winking, ic. 9, 11. ^U*j<ti sl| anu-kalpa,m. A substitute)
^S(f^f an + ila, m. 1. Wind. 2. rule, Man. 11, 30.
The deity of wind, Man. 5, 96. 3. Wind ^JT^rrf^5*! anu-kanksh+in, adj
as one of the humors of the body. 4. Striving for, eager.
A proper name. ^!M<a i ^ anukara, i.e. anu-kri + a
^ff'f^Kf^anivartilva, i.e. a-nivartin m. 1. Imitation. 2. Resemblance.
-+ tva, n. Not running away, courage
^nRTTC/T anukarin, i.e. anu-kr
ous resistance, Man. 7, 88.
or anukara +in, adj. 1. Acting con
^Tl^n^T anivedaka, i.e. a-ni-vid, formably. 2. Imitating, ^ak. d. 4 9
Caus. + aka, adj. Not reporting, MBh. Like, Cak. 104, 8.Comp. Hita-, adj
13, 2385. kind.
^Hffar an + ika, m. n. 1. The face ^5l*l<*l*4 anu-karya, n. What musl
(ved.), front (ved.). 2. An army, Rajat. be done later, Ram. 6, 40, 5.
5, 452. Comp. Agra-, the van of an ^ffaH'rlT anukirtana, i.e. anu-krh
army, Man. 7, 193. Yatha-anika + m,
adv. as far as the host extended, MBh. + ana, n. Proclaiming, Kathas. 4, 121.
3, 15715. ^Mll<!l anu-kula, adj. 1. Suitable,
^J'H'TWf anirasana, i. e. a-nis Ram. i, 17, 26. 2. Agreeable, Ram. 5,
-rasana, adj. Girded, Kir. 5, n. 31, 45. 3. Favourable, Panch. 120, 16.
^Pf anu. I. adv. Afterwards, then. ^Tff^TrTT anukula + ta, f. 1. Fa
Mm. 2, 84, 4. II. prep. 1. with ace. vour, Panch. 263, 13. 2. Proneness,
a. Along, Ram. 2, 83, 6. b. After, Paiich. Bhashap. 156.
165, 5. c. According to, like, Vikr. d. ^II^^T^ anukula-tva, n. Favour,
110. 2. with abl. In consequence of, Ragh. 1, 42.
4R?rre
s
%nafr| -kri+ti, f. Imitation, ^*1|1*1 anugmin, i.e. anu
Megh. . gam + in-. I. adj., f. ni. Following,
"4*tsft*l anu-kram + a, m. 1. Re pursuing, Ram. 5, 5, 31. IL m. A ser
cular order, YjiL i, 19. 2. Table (of vant, Chr. 62, 47.
contents), MBh. i, 2294Comp. De "44*141 anu-guna, adj. f. n. Cor
vota-, m. table of the deities, Bhg. P. responding, conformable, Mrichchh. 43,
2, 6, as. 16. Suitable, Daak. in Chr. 195, 21.
Ni4l*fl4!44 anuhramanik, Le. ^^^ anu-graA+a, m. 1. Pro
-Aram + ana + +Aa, f. Table of moting, Rm. 6, il, 22. 2. Favour,
contents, MBh. i, ios. Panch. 34, 2. 3. Help, Bhtl. Ind.
^ anukroa, i.e. anu-kru + Spr. 1643.
a, m. Compassion, Chr. 21, .Comp. '^^ anugrahana, i. e. anu
-ftw-, L m. nnmercifulness, Kam. 4, 19, -grah+ana, n. l. Showing favour,
si. II. adj. merciless. Sa-, 1. adj. f. Ram. 2, 1, 19. 2. Favour.
a, compassionate. 2. cam, adv. com
'-^ anugrhaka, i. e. anu
passionately, Daak. in Chr. 179, 16.
-graA + aha, m. A supporter, Rjat. 5,
"*^ anu-tehana + m, adv.
259.
Every moment, perpetually, Hit. 59, 17.
*^*^ anu-ksAapa + m (cf. ^fT*C anu-c/tar-a, I. adj. f. r.
Following, Ragh. 2, 4. . m. 1. A
AsAap), adv. Every night, Kirt. 5, 17. servant, an attendant, Panch. 68, 11.
S"fTl -anu-ga (vb. gam), I. adj., 2. A supporter, Rjat. 5, 288. . f. r
(ved. also ri), A female servant, Rm.
f. . X. Following, Panch. i. d. 63.
e, 38, 14. Comp. Lakshmana-, adj. ac
2. Corresponding, Man. 8, 239. . m. companied by Lakshmana, Rm. 1, 24, 3.
A follower, a servant, Rum. 1, 12, 26.
Comp. Poda-, m. a follower. Croira "!1 anu-cAint + ana, n. J.
-poda-, adj. agreeable to the ear, Ram. Thinking, Vedntae. in Chr. 216, 22.
2, 100, 25, Gorr. Vaa-, adj. 1. obedient, 2. Regretful remembrance.
submissive. 2. subject, Man. 2, 214.
Sa-, adj. with one's attendante, Rm. ~^\ anu-ja (vb. jan), I. adj., f.
3, 55, 24. Sa-bala-, adj. with (his) ja. Younger, Man. 9, 57. II. m. A
army and followers, Chr. 64, 16. younger brother. III. {.j. A younger
'| |ff anugati, i.e. anu-gam + ti, sister, Rm. 3, 4, 52.
f. L Following, Rm. 5, 81, 28. 2. ^J^f^N anu-jiv+in, m. A de
Ascent pendent, a servant, Pach. i. d. 79.
SWi'lfrtq -anugati +ka, adj . Fol TPJUT anu-jn, f. X. Permission.
lowing, Panch. i. d. 389. 2. Dismission. Comp. Prpta- (vb.
44lf anu-gam + a,m. 1. Follow p), adj. having received the permis
sion to withdraw.
ing, pursuing. 2. Penetrating.
' anutpa, i.e. anu-tap + a,
>Hm1 anu-gam + ana, n. Fol
m. Repentance, Man. 11, 227.Comp.
lowing, Ram. 1, 28, 32. PacAa- (cf. pacAt), m. repentance.
^T^TTI anutapana, i.e. anu-tap ^PTOWf anu-pad+in, m. ^
\-ana, adj. Afflicting, Ram. 4, 2, 13. searcher, (^ic. 9, 70.
"^SJfe^J f^T'Sf' anutsekin, i.e. an-utseka ^S ^^T^T^I?W an-uparodha +- tas
+ in, f. wt. Humble, Cak. d. 93. adv. Without inconvenience, Man. 4,32.
__ anudargana,
^5f*}isf"3[T . l. e. anw S|?l|*j^rf^T anupasarhharin, i.c
-drig + ana, n. Consideration, Bhag. an-upa-sam-hri+in, adj., f. twt. Non
13, 8. exclusive (a subdivision of one of the
forms of fallacious middle term), Bha-
^5TT'^Tl!T anudargin, i. e. anu shap. 71 ; 73.
-dric + in, adj. Considering, Panch. iii. ^TTTTrTT anupatin, i.e. anu-pai
d. 169.
+ in, adj. f. wj. Following.
^fff^JJ anu-dina + m, adv.
^STm^fT anup&lana, i.e. anu-pa,
Every day, Kirat. 5, 37.
Caus. +ana, n. Observance, Ram. 5,
^Sflf^'^JW anu-divasa + m. adv. 24, 20 Comp. Z>*-, adj. hard to be
Every day, Cak. 47, 2 (Ch.). preserved, MBh. 13, 1920.

^TT^T anu-deha + m, adv. From ^5Mm(%1 anupalin, i.e. anu-pa,

behind, Cig. 9, 73. Caus. -f in, adj. Cherishing, Man. 9, 204.


^STf^^T anu-purva, adj. f. va. 1.
^TVT 1"! anu-dhav + ana, n.Cleans-
Following whoever or whatever pre
ing.
cedes. 2. Regular.
^nZfTT anudhyana, i.e. aww dhyai c A
^fifqenPJ anupurva-i- gas, adv. In
+ ana, n. Meditation, Cak. 57, 13 v.r. \* ^ **
regular order, Man. 1, 2 ; with gen.
^Icf^J anunaya, i.e. anw-nt-f a, m. Man. 8, 142.
1. Reconcilement, Hit. ii. d. 117. 2. ^TTT^If anu-pravega, m. 1. En-
Courtesy, Vikr. d. 20. Comp. Sa-, I. tering after. 2. Entering (in general).
adj. kind. II. yam, adv. tenderly,
^'TTTT anu-pragna, m. A question,
Dacak. in Chr. 190, 4.
MBh. 12, 4924.
^I*!1T*T anu-naya + m, adv. Ac
cording to propriety, Ram. 4, 26, lo. ^J^^W" anu-bandh + a, m. 1. Bc-
ginning, Dagak. in Chr. 195, 5. 2. A
^TfT^' anunada, i.e. anu-nadj-a motive, Man. 8, 126. 3. An indispen
m. Consequent sound ; echo.Comp. sable element, Vedantas. in Chr. 202,
Sa-venu-vina-panava- anunada + m, 8. 4. Uninterrupted succession, Ram.
adv. re-echoing with flutes, lutes, and 5, 3, 43. 5. Consequence. 6. Poster
tabors. ity, Ram. 2. 7, 28.
^TTTfl^ anunadin, i.e. anu-nad S^f T^*JT -anu-bandh + ana, n.
+ ,adj., f. ni. Echoing, Ram. 6, 69, 40. Uninterrupted connection, Vikr. 55, 10.
^T<4<^*{ anu-pada + m, adv. I. S^I1^f3fcrT -anubandhin, i. e.
Immediately after, Panch. 198, 11. 2. anubandha + in, adj., f. ni. 1. Con
In a moment, Cak. 5, li. 3. At every nected with, Bhag. 15, 2 ; Dncak, in
step, Cic. 9, 78. ~hr. 193, 6. 2. Lasting.
4RTHT

anu-bala, n. The rear of -man, Caus. +ana, . Inducing to con
in army, Earn, l, 1, 46. fess, Chr. 53, 2.

anububhshu, i. . 4*<^| anu-mardava, . Com


bvbhsha, desider. of bh + , adj. passion, Rm. 5, 37, 31.
Desiring to enjoy, Daak. in Chr. 201, 14. anumiti, i.e. anu-m + ti,
anubhartri, i.e. anu-bhri+ f. Conclusion, Bhshp. 51 ; 65.
tri, , f. tri, n. One who imitates, 4141 anu-v -{ tri, m. A corn
ai "
Chr, 294, 6=Rigv. i. 88, 6. panion, Rm. 2, 91, 59.
41*fa anubhava, i.e. anu-bh + a, 41*<1 -4 anu-y-tra, n. and fem.
m. 1. Apprehension, Vedntas. in <r. 1. Retinue. 2. Attendance,
Chr. 210, . 2. Understanding, Rm. Rm. 4, 36, 10.Comp. Datta-, adj. ac
, 42, 9 (Hanuman knows well how to companied.
finish the work).
4f*l 4 1 ^, i.e. anuytra
* anubhava, i.e. anu-bh + a, + ika, m. A follower, k. , 9.
m. 1. Dignity, authority, Daak. 196,
4M 1. 1 T anuyna, i.e. anu-y + ana,
U. 2. Power, k. 31, 2. 3. A sign,
Kathus. 4, 117; Ragh. 2, 75.Comp. n. Following, Rm. 2, 105, 10.
-, adj. pre-eminent, just, virtuous, anuyyit, i.e. -
sf
anubhvin, i. e. anu yyin + t, f. Following, Rm. 2, 90, 20.
+ n. I. adj. Seeing, k. 89, 3
anuyyin, i.e. anu-y
i.Prkr.). II. m. A witness, Man. 8, 89.
4- m, adj. f. t, Following, a follower,
4lWfrJ anu-bh+ti, f. Apprehen Chr. 35, 10.
sion, perception, Bhshp. 50. '^' anu-yuga + m, adv. In
*1(1 anumati, i.e. anu-man + li, proportion to the (four) ages, Man. 1,84.
f- 1. Assent, Daak. in Chr. l&o, 3. 2. 4fRiT anuyoga, i.e. anu-yuj-a,
Tie goddess of the fifteenth day of
ihe moon's age, Man. 3, 86. - m. 1. Question, k. 15, 17. 2. In
quiry, Daak. in Chr. 193, 2; 195, 20.
anu-man + tri, m. One who ^ =|* anu-ranj + aka, adj. Gra
sente, Man. 5, 51.
tifying, Rm. 2, 1, 20, Gorr.
^*' anutnarana, i.e. anu-mri 4M < %| 4 anu-ranj + ana, n. Loving.
+, . Following in death, Hit.
> d. 23. ^I^^r anu-rathy, f. A by-way

^*J* anu-m, f. Conclusion, Bh- running along the main street, Rum.
2, 6, 17.
4M 4,1*1 anurga, i.e. anu-ranj + a
^JTR anumna, i.e. anu-m +
> - 1. Inferring, Bhshp. 139 ; m. 1. Redness, i. 9, 1. 2. Love,
I4- i Argument, Mau. 8, 144 ; Rm. Daak. in Chr. 183, 18. 3. Good wilL,
Man. 7, 154. Comp. Krita-, adj. f. go,
*> "i I 3. Analogy, Vikr. 63, 13. loving, Rum. 2, 12, 98. So-, adj. im
^H*1l*If anumnana, i. . anu passioned.
^|<T4J4|c|"ri anurciga + vant, adj., grain. 2. (In medicine) To direct int
f. rati. 1. Enamoured, Hit. 28, 9. 2. the proper channel.
Enamoured or red, Qic. 9, 10. ^5rra'3{ anu-vairiga, m. A gene&lo
n*f&\ K. I PT^T anuragita, i.e. anuragin gical table, MBh. l, 3762.
+ta. f. Attachment. ^T^H anuvamgya, i.e. anuvaingt
"^t^lI*TT anuragin, i.e. anwra^a +ya, adj., f. ya, Referring to genealo
-M, adj. I. Attached, Sah. D. 76, 21. gical lists, MBh. 3, 8330.
2. Causing affection. ^fcj-q*! anu-vach + ana, n. X
^Sfsn^TJ anu-rupa, adj., f. |?a. Suit Studying, Vedantas. in Chr. 203, 1. 2
able, Sav. 2, 10; instr. pena, In propor A section.
tion, Man. 8, 206. pam, adv. According
^5fT4n*1 anuvartana, i.e. anu-vri,
to, Dacak. in Chr. 197, 13. Comp. Sva-,
adj. Innate, natural. + ana, n. Attending, Hit. 75, 17.
^PTCOTTO anurupa + tas, adv. In ^HT^lHFf anuvartitva, i.e. aunt-art h,
proportion, M. 7, 125. + tva, n. Accommodating one's saU
to, Paiich. i. d. 79.
^fT^TV anurodha, i.e. anu-rudh r
^5fTff?T1 anuvartin, i.e. anu-vrit +-
a, m. 1. Compliance, Hit. 106, 17.
2. Obligation, Man. 2, 105. in, adj., f. ni. 1. Following, Dacak. in
Chr. 196, 10. 2. Obedient, Paiich. i.
^5TT^TVT anurodhana, i. e. anu d. 331.Comp. Chitta-, adj. compliant,
-rudh + ana, n. Compliance, Hit. ii. Lass.29, 16. Vritta-, adj. conforming to
d. 99. rule.
^JTT^fVcfT anurodhita, i.e. anu- ^iqi( anu-vaga. I. m. Obedience,
rodhin+ta,f. Compliance. Ram. 2,8, 29. II. adj. Obedient, Ram.
2, 89, 7.
^TTlfV'I anurodhin, i.e. a-
^pnrr^T anuvaka, i.e. anu-vach 4- a,
rodha + in, adj., f. {. 1. Compliant, vi
Ram. 2, 75, 36. 2. Acting in confor m. A section.
mity with, Ram. 3, 2, 28. ^fT3T<5" anuvada, i.e. anu-vad+a,
^5refq anulepa, i.e. anu-lip + a, m. Report, Lass. 67, 2.Comp. Vada-,
ni. Unguent. m. 1. attack and rejoinder. 2. plaint
and reply.
^fJIM*! anulepana, i.e. anu-lipi-
^?Trrf^rT anuvadin, i.e. anuvada
ana, n. Ointment, (^ic. 9, 24.
+ in, adj., f. ni. 1. Assenting, Ram. 4,
^R^TftTT anulomana, i.e. anwfo- 62, 65. 2. Harmonizing with, Ram. 5
maya + ana, I, adj. 1. Putting in due 14, 10. 3. Like, Panch. 248, 11.
order. 2. (In medicine) Correcting the ^jf^Vrf^IT^ anuvidhayin, i. c.
vitiated air of the body, or obviating anu-vi-dha + in, adj., f. nt. 1. Com
excretory obstructions. pliant, Vikr. 36, 1. 2. Obedient, Hit.
qtyftira anulomaya (a ii. d. 134.
denominat. derived from anu-loma), ^RTrT anu-vritta (vb. vrit), adj.,
Par. 1. To go or touch with the f. ta. Oval, Ram. 6, 23, 12.
^M^f^l anu-rrit + ti, f. 1. Acting ^Hfe| anushthatri, i.e. anu-stha +
in conformity with. 2. Compliance, <rt,m. One who performs, Panch. 253, 12.
^3$- 9, 58. 3. Attachment, Vedantas. T|JBI1 anushthana, i.e. anu-stha.
in Chr. 219, 1.Comp. Sneha-, f. affec
tionate intercourse. +ana, n. I. Performing, Paach, 79, 22.
2. Practice, Man. 7, 100. 3. Study,
^Iiqf atruvedAa, i.e. anu-vyadh + Raj at, 5, 374.
a, m. Boring.
SMBllT anushthapana, i.e. anu
^U*HM** anu-vela+m (cf. w&), -stha, Caus. +ana, n. Causing to per
adv. Continoally, Bagh. 3, S. form, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 2 ; 21.
^i1<4>l anuvega, i.e. ana-ip + a, m. ^M#lfl*1N anushthayin, i.e. anu
Entering, MBh. 1, 7772. -stha + in, adj., f. ni, Performing, Dacak.
^|*j<||^<^<Q anuvyaharana, i. e. in Chr. 181, 12.
aau-vi-a-Ari+ana, n. Repetition, Bam. TR^inftff an-ushna-gita, adj.
1, 1,43. Neither hot nor cold, Bhashap. 103.

^JtfotJT anu-vraj+ya, f. At ^nJVTT anusafhdhana, i.e. anu,
tendance on a person departing, Man. -sam-dha+ana, n. Inquiry, Hit. 90, 18 ;
3,241. Vedantas. in Chr. 207, 2.
^H4d aitv-erata, adj., f. <a. 1. ^HH anusara, i.e. anu-sri+a, m.
Devout, Bam. 1, 6, 16. 2. Faithful, A companion, Lass. 20, 6.
Rijat. 5, 231. 3. Attached to (with ^Mty^lQ anusarana, i.e. anu-sri+
cc.), NaL 2, 26.
ana, n. 1. Following, Hit. 98, 21.
^*|1|<| anufaya, i.e. anv-ri + a, Persecution, Megh. 82. 2. Searching,
m. X. Repentance, Man. 8, 228. 2. Hit, 68, 13. 3. Conformity, Hit. 9, 8.
Rescission (as of sale), Man. 8, S. ^irap[ anusara, i.e. anu-sri + a,
mm*ll ana-fas + ana, n. 1. In- m. 1. Following. 2. Conformity. 3.
struction, Man. 2, 1S9. 2. Precept, Rule, Man. 8, 152.
Man. 8, 139. 3. Explanation, Man. 6, 50. ^njTj^Sf, anusarin, i.e. anu-sri +
*PPrrf%6? anu-fas+Uri, m. A in, adj., f. int. 1. Following, Panch.
98, 23. 2. Scrutinising, Man. 7, 102.
teacher, Bhag. 8, 9.
3. Observant, Man. 7, 31.Comp. Kala-,
^rsnrrf^T anu-fas + in, adj ., f. ni, m, benzoin, Sucr. 2, 32, 1.
Punishing, Vikr. 62, 14. ^PTlf^T anu-seo + in, adj., f. wi,
^?lflff%5f anufihshin, i.e. anu Addicted to(cruel actions), Ram. 2, 49, 5.
-fiJuka, desider. of fak + in, adj. Prac ^MtyJ^iy anusmarana, i.e. anu
tising. -smri+ ano,n.Recollection,Ram.6,82,34.
VnrV anushanga, i.e. anw-*an;'+a, ^pranTVI anu-syuta + tva (vb. ),
m. Desire. n. Condition of being sewn on or
^J*mfjJ-J( anushangin, i.e. anM- closely attached (as with a thread),
Vedantas. in Chr. 208, 4.
Aari^a4- in, adj. Attached, prevailing,
^mrex^ anuch&na (properly ptcplo^
Man. 7. 52.
of the pf. Atm. of anu-vach), m. One ^5Tf4t | <t| anaikanta,i.e.an-eka-ant
versed in the Vedas, Man. 2, 154. + a, adj. Going astray (one of tl
Comp. An-, m. One who is not versed five forms of fallacious middle term
in the Vedas, Man. 2, 242. Bhashap. 70.
'^"14.'* anudaka, i.e. an-udaka (the
^Sffifaf^ an-oka-ha (vb. 2. ha), i
u is lengthened on account of the
metre), n. Want of water, drought, A tree.
Ram. 1, 20, 16. ^TSrf??cT anoihkrita, i.e. an-om-hrit
OTT^ anudara, i.e. an-udarn (u adj. Not accompanied by the mystic
is lengthened on account of the metre), syllable om, Man. 2, 74.
adj. Without belly, MBh. 14, 1305. t TprT ANT, i. 1, Par. To bin
^Sl*nj nut'/pa, i.e. anu-ap + a, I. adj.,
^rT anta, m. 1. End, Nal. 22,
f. pa, Watery, Man. 7, 192. II. m. A
shore, Rum. 5, 15, 55. 2. Boundary, Ram. 3, 15, 16. 3. Limi
'^rar^pr anula, f. The name of a Ram. 3, 1, 23. 4. Border, Ram. 4, 6, 1
5. Proximity, Man. 4, 116. 6. Deat!
river. Ram, 5, 87, 29.Comp. An-, I. ari
^5f5ra an-rich and <3TO5f an-rich endless, Man. 3, 275. II. m. 1.
+ a, m. One not conversant in the name of Vishnu. 2. Cesha, the chi
Rigveda, Man. 3, 131 ; 2, 158. of the Nagas, or serpents. Apara-, n
1. the western extremity. 2. pi. tl
^JIJfTT an-rina + ta, f. ^railT^ name of a people. 3. completion.
an-rina + tva, n., and ^SprajTfl <* death. Udaka-, m. the bank of a rive
Cak. 54, 21. Etad-, adj., f. ta, ending i
-rinyata (Panch. 255, ll), i.e. an-rina + this, Man. 1, 50. Kalpa-, m. the end of
ya+ta, f. Freedom from debt. Kalpa-period, the destruction, the en
^Bi*tr\irQ an-rita + tnaya, adj., f. yt, of the world, Dev. 1, 49 ; Hit. i, d. 4:
False, Cak. 68, 13. Krita-, I. adj., f. ta, deciding, Bhfig. I
9,6,13. II. m. 1. fate, Ram. l, 41, 1. '
^SPrfrtT anritin, i.e. an-rita + in,
a name of the God of Death, Hit. 9, <
adj. Lying, a liar, Man. 4, 214. 3. a proved doctrine, Bhag. 18, 1!
"VfSriijfTcfa-nrisanisa + tva,!!. Mild Kega-, m. 1. the end of the hai:
Ram. 6, 8, 2. 2. a tuft of hair, Panel
ness, Ram. 2, 46, 8.
245, 12. 3. hair, Ram. 5, 35, 21. '.
^Sfl^TVT an-eka+dh&,adv. In many the ceremony of cutting the hair, Mat
ways, Bhashap. 99. 2, 65. Gala-, adj. whose end is neai
^l^Nfipj an-eha+gas, adv. Re Ram. 2, 12, 31. Gharma-, m. the en
of the hot season, Megh. 104. Jana
peatedly, Chr. 33, 2.
ta, an uninhabited country, Sucr. l
^sff^r^rat% an ' e*a " e* + tva 204, 5. Tad-, adj. finding its em
-buddhi, f. Comprehension of manifold thereby, Hit. i. d. 85. Dig-, I. m. th>
unities, Bhashap. 108. end of the world, Kir. 5, l. IT. adj
dwelling at the end of the world, MBh
IM^^J anehas, i.e. an-ih -f as 10, 260. Dishta-, m. (vb. dig) death
(anom.). I. adj. Without a rival. II. Ram. 2, ill, 3 Gorr. Drishla-, m. (n
m. (nom. sing., ha) Time, Rajat. 5, 405. Ram. 2, 109, 37 Gorr.) 1. a prototype
Harir. 5298. 2. an example, Hit. ii, nouns implying the interior ; o. g.
i 97. 3. comparison, Cbr. 9, 45. anlah-karana, the internal sense (cf.
Yaja-, m. a supplementary sacrifice. karand) ; ambhontar, i.e. ambhas-antar
Ynga-, m. 1 . the end of an age. 2. a in the water, Yajn. 1, 149. dantantar,
detraction of the universe. Svikara-, between the teeth, Man. 5, 141.Cf.
kJj. 1. agreed to. 2. consequent Lat. inter.
upon a promise.Cf. Goth, andi, A.S. ^frT^ antara. I. adj., f. ra, Other,
eode; Lat. uls instead of ultis; see
antara, antima. Ram. 5, 66, 57. II. n. 1. The interior,
Panch. ii. d. 42 ; the main substance,
^Br| '. TXJ^ antahpura, i.e. antar-pura, Panch. 167, 6. 2. Interval, Man. 2, 17.
b. L. The palace of a king, Ram. 2, etasminn antare, In the meanwhile,
u, 2*. 2 The female apartments, the Ram. 1, 24, 24. ek&ntara, adj. With
gynecenm, Man. 7, 221. 3. The wives one class between, Man. 10,13. dvi-eka-,
of a king. Sing. Nal. 17, 31, and plur. adj. With one or two classes between,
(,'ik. 30, 12. Man. 10, 7. kala-, n. Lapse of time,
Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1264.Loc. antare,
^|ri:'3?T antahstha, i.e. antar-stha
Between, Raj at. 5, 152. 3. A hole,
(vb. stha), adj., f. tha, Being in the in Rdm. 3, 35, 84. 4. Distance, Ram. 2,
terior, Kathas. 16, 104. 49, l. 5. Difference, Ram. 3, 53, 56.
^pm arUa + ka. I. adj., f. kit, 6. Opportunity, Ram. l, 46, 23. 7. A
weak side, Ram. 6, 18, 46. 8. A surety,
Canning death, Ram. 3, 46, 9. II. m. Panch. 213, 24; Be&antarena. 9. When
A name of the god of Death, Bohtl. latter part of compound words it may
Iod. Spr. 1520.Comp. An-, adj. end- be translated very often by adjectives,
\am. Kala-, m. the god of Death, Ram. e.g. 'other,' dig- and deca-, n. A
6, 67, 2. Jagadantaka, i.e. jagat-, m. foreign country, Raj at, 6, 16; Man. 5,
the destroyer of the world, Bhag. P. 4, 78. sthana-, n. Another place, Hit.
5, 6. Visha-, m. Civa. 25, 9. ' Special,' karana-, A special
^9ri4 4^ anta-kara, adj., f. ri, reason, Nal. 13, 59 ; Ram. 4, 9, 28.
Causing death, Ram. 5, 94, 11. ' Suitable,' e.g. kala-, A suitable time,
Panch. iii. d. 236. ' Relative to,' mad-,
^WTOPf anta-kri + t. I. adj. Caus Relative to myself, Ram. 2, 90, 16 (cf.
ing the end. II. m. Death. 92, 21 Gorr.)Comp. Divasa-, adj. ono
day old, MBh. 11, 98. Sa-, adj. with
^|4i,4| anta-ga (yb.gam), adj., Lga. interstices. Stana-, n. the heartCf.
\. Going to the end. 2. Thoroughly Lat. interus, interior, alter, and ulter
conversant in, Man. 3, 145. ior, ultra (see anta and antima) ; Goth,
^BJrMH anta + tas, adv. 1. With anthar, A.S. other.

the end or extremity, Man. 2, 62. 2. ^PHT?W antara -\-tas, adv. l.From
At the end, lastly, Man. 3, 86. the interior, Cic. 9, 19. 2. Within (in
^grH "niar. I. adv. Within, Bohtl. his heart), Ram. 3, 62, l.
Ind. Spr. 119 ; Vikr. d. 8. II. prep. TSprTTT antara (old instr. sing, of
Within, with gen. Bhag. 13, 15. III. antara cS.antarena). I. adv. 1. Amidst,
Combined and compounded with some Chr. 14, 17. a. Between, Ram. 5, 34, 5.
verbs and their derivatives. IV. 3. In the interval, i.e. between morning
and evening, Man. 2, 56. 4. For some
Former and latter part of compound
time, Ram. 3, 8, 13. 5. Therein, Man. ^*rHl3l4i antarvamgika, i.e. ante
10, 174. 6. On the way, Dacak. in Chr. -vaniga + ika, m. A superintendent 4
18,7, 17. 7. Near, Earn. 2, 57, 13. II. a gyneceum, Panch. 156, 17.
prep. 1. Between, with loc, Ram. 2,
40, 44, and ace, Ram. 2, 92, 12. 2. ^5IrHrl antar + vant, adj.,f. vatt
Without.Cf. antarena, &rtp. (ved. vati). A pregnant woman, Raja
^J*tH>I <H*H antar-atman+ya, adj. 5, 245.

Internal, Man. 12, 13. ^flWPPH anta+vant, adj., f. vat


^TfFCTO antarhya, i.e. antar-i + a, Having an end, perishable, Bhag. 2, 1
m. Obstacle, Cic. 9, 87. ^Sff^T^T anti+ka (from the ved. an
^PU^PB anlarala, i.e. antar-ali, n. =-o.vtI, cf. &vra, &vTrjv, Lat. ante, Got]
Interval, Dacak. in Chr. 197, 17; Cic. 9, and, e.g. in and-hafjan, to answer
2. loc. le, While, Panch. 65, 17 Comp. N.H.G. ant-, ent-, e.g. in ant-wortei
Sa-, adj., separated, distinct from. ent-gegnen), n. Vicinity, Raj at, 6, 5
abl. hi'it. Near, with ace. Ram. 3, 1
syrif<^ antarihsha and ^CrT^fa 11. From, with gen. Man. 9, 174.lex
antariksha, i.e. anlar-iksh+a, n. The he. Close to, Nal. 1, 25. In presence o
sky, Chr. 41, 21 ; 30, 8. Man. 2, 202 Comp. Kega-, i.e. hegant
^[[3r|^Tjl| antariksha-ga (yb.gam). +ika, reaching to the hair, Man. 2, 41
Grahana-, i.e. grah.ana.nta +ika, lostin
1. adj. Moving in the air, Ram. 5, 27,
till the comprehension, Man. 3, 1. Jc
11. II. m. A bird.
nantikam, i.e. jana-antika + m, adi
^ptpfttl antariya, i.e. antara+iya, whispering, speaking aside, ak. 13, 1:
n. A lower garment, Dacak. in Chr. ^9f*rit( antima (ved. antama), adj
198, 22.
f. ma. Last, Hit Pr. d. 12 Cf. Lai
Tjwff^Hf antarena (instr. oiantara), ultimus and intimus ; see anta and an
prep, with ace. 1. Between, Cic. 3, 3. tara.
2. During, Malav. 67, 21. 3. Except,
^H "411^1*1 antevasin, i.e. anta +
Ram. 3, 25, 1. 4. Without, Ram. 3, 71,
13. 5. Regarding, Cak. 69, 14. -vat+in, m. A pupil, Man. 4, 33.
^rl^SU^ antardagaha, i.e. antar ^fr*l antya, i.e. anta+ya. I. adj
-dagan-ahan, n. An interval of ten f.ya. 1. Last, Man. 11, 213. With dago
days, Man. 5, 79. State of extremity, Panch. 70, 6. 2
Lowest, Paiich. iv. d. 76. Of a ver
^H*r(MI*! antardhana, i.e. antar-dha low class, Man. 12, 59. II. m. 1. .
+ana, n. 1. Disappearance ; with i or Chandala, Man. 2, 238. 2. One of
gam, to disappear, Ram. 6, 19, 39. 2. barbarous nation, Man. 3, 9.
Invisibility, Ram. 6, 19, 48.
^r*PTO antya-ja (vb. jan). I. adj.
^5JrWT^ antarbhava, i.e. anlar-bhu
f.ja, Born in the lowest class, Man
+ a, m. Inclusion, being included, 8, 385. II. m. A man of the lowes
Vedantas. in Chr. 207, 1. tribe, Panch. i. d. 452. III. f. ja, A
^9*ri<Il(*H antaryamin, i.e. antar woman of the lowest class, Man. 11, 58
-yam -rin, m. The soul, Vedantas. in ^I*r*|SHff|1l antya-jati+ ta, f. The
Chr. 204, 19. lowest of human conditions, Man. 12, 9
VRTT^WTfa^ antyavasayin, i.e. TRl anna, i.e. ad+na, n. 1. Food,
atyo-ava-to + in, m. A man of a de Man. 3, 182. 2. Corn, Man. 3, 76. 3.
graded tribe; the son of a Nishadi Boiled rice, Man. 3, 82.Comp. Krita-,
woman by a Chandala, Man. 10, 39. n. dressed food, Man. 9, 213. Deva-,
^*Vl antra (for antara, cf. tyrcpov, n. food offered to gods, Man. 6, 7.
Dadhi-, n. rice with curdled milk,
Lt. interiors), n. An intestine (mostly
Yajn. 1, 288. Paryaya-, n. food pre
Med in the plnr.), Ram. 5, 25, 46.
pared for another. MUhta-, n. a mix
Comp. Kshudra-, n. the entrails which
ture of sugar and acids, etc., eaten with
are nearer to the heart. Sthula-, n. those
bread or rice. Rajanna, i.e. rajan-, n.
which are near the anas, Yajn. 3, 94 ; 95.
a sort of rice.Cf. Lat. annona.
t ^T*^ AND, i. l, Par. To bind.
^fl5f^ anna-da (vb. da), adj., f. da.
^|^ |4gf andolana, i.e. andolaya + Giving food, Man. 4, 229.
ana, n. Swinging, Raj at. 5, 356. ^rcnTO anna + maya, adj., f. yt.
t^fO^q ANDOLAYA (a de- Consisting of food in a metaphysical
nomin. derived from *andola, based on sense, i.e. of the essence of the elemen
*andul, an anomalous frequent, of tary creation, Vedantas. in Chr. 209, 12.
ami for dandul, cf. anghri). To mrT^ annada, i.e. anna-ad+a,
swing. adj., f. dl. Eating food, Man. 8, 317
^4x ANDH, i, 10, Par. (rather (one who eats food given to him by a
denomin. of andha) 1. f To be blind. 2. killer of a Brahmana).
To make blind, to obstruct the sight, TRTTTJ annadya, i.e. anna-adya. X.
Cic. 9, 21. (the latter part being the ptcple. of tho
V3f andha, adj., f. <//*. X. Blind, fut. pass, of ad), n. Proper food, Man.
Panch. 291, 11. 2. Obstructing the 3, 82. 2. (the latter part being the adj.
sight, Man. 8, 94.Comp. diva-, m. adya), Dressed rice, etc., Man. 3, 244.
An owl, Panch. 158, 22. TRJ anya, adj., f. ya, n. yad. I.
^M3i andha+ha. I. adj., f. dhika, Other, Man. 8, 17. 2. Different, Hit.
L d. 121. 3. with abl. Other than,
Blind. TX m. A proper name.
Rajat. 6, 178. (nanyah Qankaravar-
-dq<*H. andha+kara, m. and n. manah, no other than (Jaiikaravarman).
Darkness, Man. 4, 51. 4. One, Panch. 80, 16. 5. plur. The
others, i. e. the rest, Bohtl. Chr.
^Ta^^t 1^*1 < andhahara + maya,
219, 161. 6. ace. sing., n. yad. Be
adj., f. yi. Dark, Kathas. 4, 51. sides, else, Panch. 55, 9.Comparat.
Jl*Ml andha + to, f. and TTS^ anyatara, f. ra., n. rod, Either of two,
andha+tva, n. Blindness. Man. 2, 111. Superl. anyatama, f. ma,
Any one of more than two, Man. 11, 25.
^rf^ andhat, n. The sacrificial
Comp. an-, adj., f. ya, fixed on one
food (ved.), Chr. 291, 6=Rigv. i. 85, 6. object, Bhag. 9, 32.Cf. Lat. alius,
Tf^jf andhra, m. 1. The name of aviv, &vtc, &\\oc, Goth, alja-, alis, alja,
probably also alls, A.S. eall.
a people. X A man of a low caste, son
^B^raraj anya + las, adv. 1. From
of a Vaideha by a Kuravara woman,
Man. 10, 36. another, Man. 4, 33. 2. On the con
TRTrTT
trary, Panch. i. d. 109. 3. To another Tf?jyq anyonya, i.e. anya + s-anya,
place, Man. 2, 200. adj. 1. Each other, Man. 7, 89. 2.
^^JflT anya + ta,{. Difference, Cic. Mutual, Man. 9, 101.
4, 55 Comp. An-, f. identity. ^5|-e(W anvah, i.e. anu-atich, ace. sing.
^5W^ anya + tra, adv. 1. Else n. I. adv. Behind, Cic. 9, 76. II. prep,
where. 2. On another occasion, Man. with ace. After, Ragh. 2, 16.
5, 41. 3. To another subject, Man. 2, ^f*^?J anvaya, i.e. anu-i+a, m.
168. 4. With abl., except, without, Bbag.
1. Following. 2. Connection. 3. The
3, 9. Cf. Goth, aljathro, Lat. aliter
affirmative connection between the
aWoTplOQ.
major and middle terms, Bhashap. 141.
^EJ^ir anya + tha, adv. 1. In an 4. Male descendants, Yajn. 2, 117. 5.
other manner, differently, anyatha kri, Lineage, Ragh. 1,9. Race, Raj at. 5, 151.
To change, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 717. 2. Family, Rajat. 6, 41. 6. Succession,
Otherwise, else, Man. 8, 144. 3. Un inheritance in anvayagata, Inherited,
truly, Ram. 4, 21, 15. 4. Wrongly, Panch. 16, 11.Comp. Dus-, adj. 1. hard
illegally, Man. 9. 234. 5. In an oppo to be pursued, Ram. 2, 92, 13 G-orr. 2.
site way, Panch. 206, 14; with kri, To hard to be performed, MBh. 13, 5854. 3.
deny.Cf. Lat. aliuta. not easy to be conceived, Bhag. P. 7, 6, 30.
HJ4J< ' anya + da, adv. 1. At an Nis-, adj . 1 . in absence (cf. anvayavant),
Man. 8, 332. 2. without descendants,
other time. 2. Once, Panch. 234, 8. Rajat. 2, 81. 3. not related, Man. 8,
^5f4J^"\<J anyadiya, i.e. anya + d+ 198. Sa-, adj. 1. related, Man. 8, 331.
lya, adj. f. ya. 1. Belonging to another. 2. in connection with family. 3. with
2. Being in others, Dacak. 187, 23. all the family, Panch. 45, 6. 4. in order
or regular succession.
^ST5qW<3^T anya-matri-ja (\b.jan),
^Sf^fqe(Ti anvaya + vant, adj., f.
m. A half-brother, born by another
mother, Yajn. 2, 139. rati, In presence, Man. 8, 332.
^pS5f*=ftl anya-stri-ga (vb. gam), ^TO|PI anvayin, i.e. anvaya +',
m. An adulterer, Man. 8, 386. adj., f. ni. 1. Connected with, Bhashap.
73. 2. Belonging to a race, Rajat, 5, 246.
^WTI ? ^T any&driga, i.e. anya-drig
+ a, adj., f. ft, Looking different, ^SJ^f^J anvariha, i.e. anu-artha. I.
Lass. 72, 8. adj., f. tha, Clear. II. adv. tham,
^^TTlV'ir anyunadhika, i.e. a Literally.
-nyuna-adhika, adj., f. ka. Neither too TJC^qiq anvavaya, i.e. anu-ava-i
little nor too much, Ram. 6, 16, 78. + a, m. Race, Sund. 1, 2.
^Cm^m^anyedyus.i.e.anya + i-div + IJ^eJ^I anvaveksha, i.e. anu-ava
as, adv. 1. On the following day, Dac^k. iksh + a, f. Regard.
in Chr. 197, 9. 2. Once, Panch. 68, 25. V^'g^TT anvashtaka, i.e. anu-ash
^f<4l < anyodarya,i.e. anya-udara fate, f. The ninth day of the latter half
+ya, m. A half-brother, having the of the months Pausha, Magha, and Phal
same father but another mother, Yajn. guna (and, according to another autho
2, 139. rity, alsoofthe Agrahayana), Man. 4,159
^HTSnTIT
^=f^*f anvaAam,i.e.anu-aha + m, II. prep, with abl. Away from, with
dv. Every day, Man. 2, 167. out (very seldom). III. combined and
compounded with verbs and their de
TTTr*f^T anvadheya, i.e. anu-a
rivatives. IV. former part of com
dkeya (vb. dha), n. A woman's pro
pounded nouns and adverbs, implying :
perty, consisting in what she has re Loss, negation, privation, wrong, bad,
ceived after her marriage from her unnaturalCf. aw6, Lat. ab, Goth, and
husband's or her father's families, Man. A.S. af.
5, 195.
2- S^TO -ap+a, a substitute for ap,
^Hl^il* anvadheya + ka, n. =
when latter part of a comp. word, e.g.
anvadheya. gushka-, adj. Of which the water is
"^n I "^1 *i anvaharya, i.e. anu- a dried up, Ram. 2, 72, 20.
-harya (vb. hri), n. The monthly "*IM<*rf apdkartri, i.e. apa-hri+tri,
Craddha or funeral repast in honour of m. An injurer, Hit. iii. d. 47.
the manes, held on the day of new
moon, Man. 3, 123. ^TRnf apakarsha, i.e. apa-krish + a,
m. 1. Deterioration. 2. Sinking, Man.
^^TTT^| anvaharya + ka, n. = 10, 42.
iweakarya, in pinda- (properly, the
^P?<* fc|<* apakarskaka,i.e. apa-krish
oblation offered after the funeral cakes),
Man. 3, 123. + aka, adj. Deteriorating.
^PJcn"qHJ apakarshana, i.e. apa
^=^^ anvesha, i.e. anu- 2. ish + a, m.
-krish-ana. I. adj., f. ni, Removing,
Searching, Cak. d. 22.
Ram. 1, 29, 18. II. n. Removal, Yajii.
1Cqqq> anveshaka, i.e. anu- 2. ish + 1, 191.
aia,*dj.,f. iha, One who searches, Ram. TT^HT apak&ra, i.e. apa-kri+a,
4, , 12. Who explores, Raj at. 5, 54.
m. 1. Injury. 2. Malice, Dacak. in
-*-^qm anveshana, i.e. anu-2.ish + Chr. 191, 22.
ana, n. and f. na, Searching, Da9ak. ^lM<1KfTT apakara + ta, f. An in
in Chr. 179, 5.
jurious action, Nal. 21, 13.
"* *^fqIx anvethin, i.e. anu-2.ish + !IH<tilKf apahdrin, i.e. apa-kri +
in, adj., f. inl, Searching, Raj at. 5,
in, adj., f. inl, Mischievous, Man. 11,
*3- Comp. Hila-, adj. seeking an
31 ; Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 687.
other's welfare.
**=* anveshtrt, i.e. anu- 2. ish + tri, "*M| apa-kritya, n. Injury,
Paiich. 255, 11.
m. A searcher, Nal. 16, 30.
HTOI1F apakramana, i.e. apa-kram
^?^ ap, f., in the classical literature
+ ana, n. Going away, Ram. 2, 34, 40.
plur.: N.V. apas, I. adbhis, D.A. ad-
bhyas. Water, Man. 1, 8. adbhir da, 74Mlsnt(l apa-hriya, f. 1. A wrong
To give and confirm the gift by pour (unseasonable) act, Bohtl. Ind. Spr.
ing water, Man. 9, 168.Cf. Lat. aqua, 890. 2. Wrong manner, (^ic. 9, 68.
amnis, Goth, ahva, A.S. ewe. Cf. anapakriya.
1. ^rq "pa- I. adv. (ved.) Away. TBTT^JTTT apakroga, i.e. apa-krug + a.
m. Reviling, Dn^ak. in Chr. 192, 21 5, 161.Comp. An-, adj., f. ya, child
(ib. 20, read parthivaifi mitho). less, without offspring, Man. 9, 190.
Vipanna- (vb. pad), adj. f. ya, having
^flfttirll a-pakva + ta,i. Immaturity.
lost a child by abortment, Bajat. 5,
<4Il(4|H apa-gam+a, m. I. Going 246. Sa-, adj. having progeny.
away, Megh. 71. 2. Separation, Bohtl. S^PnUfllt -apatya + ta, f. State of
Ind. Spr. 643. 3. Passing away (of having offspring, Man. 3, 16. an-,
time), Kathas. 21, 147. Having no offspring, childlessness, <^ak.
^HMlf^rT apa-garjita (vb. garj), 90, 20.

adj . Without thundering, Kathas. 19, 94. ^mm apa-trap+a, f. Bashful-


^W^fiM a-pachamana (vb. pack, ness, Dacak. in Chr. 184, 22.Comp.
ptcple. pres. Atm.), adj. One who by iVis-.adj ., f. pa, impudent, Bam. 4, 30, 1 7.
his mode of life is prevented from ^ftRTJJ apadega, i.e. apa-dig+ a, m.
dressing his food, as a student, a men 1. Stating, Vedantas. in Chr. 204, 14.
dicant, and a heretic, Man. 4,82(Kull.). 2. Denunciation, Dacak. in Chr. 193, 13.
^IH'q apachaya, i.e. apa-chi + a, 3. Pretext, Man. 4, 198. apadegais,
Artfully, Man. 8, 182.Comp. Sa-apa-
m. Decrease, Hit. iii. d. 131.
dega + m, adv. under a pretext, Dacak.
S'^PTOT'f^P'l -apachayin, i.e. apa in Chr. 190, 16.
-chi + in, adj. 1. Decreasing in, MBh. $^Pf7f$pi -apadega + in in raja-
3, 11 1B7 . 2. Honouring, MBh. 13, 6705.
putra-, adj. Disguised as (Eajputs)
^|1|tJ|^ apach&ra, i.e.apa-char+a, Kathas. 24, 121.
m. 1. Death, Dacak. in Chr. 200, 20. ^mrfaTTT apa-dosha + ta,i. Fault-
2. Trespass, fault, Cak. no, 23.
lessness, Cic. 9, 12.
^Snrrrf^T apach&rin, i.e. apa TJXJTSJTT apadhyana, i.e. apa-dhyai
-c/iar+in, adj., f. ini. 1. Deviating
+ ana, n. 1. Disregard, MBh. 1, 845".
from, Hariv. 1014 (corr. "charinah). 2.
2. Hurting, Hariv. 9058 (?).
Adulterous, Man. 8, 317.
^TUVJlI^f apa-dhvams + a-ja (vb.
^5P?f%f^ apa-chi+ti, f. 1. Honour,
jan), m. The offspring of a father in
Bam. 2, 74, 26. 2. Expiation.
ferior in caste to the mother, Man. 10, 41.
^y^T^T apachchhaya, i.e. apa
^SWf{{| apanayana, i.e. apa-ni +
-chhaya (cf. chhaya), adj. Shadowless,
Paiich. ii. d. 108 (?). ana, n. Removing, Bam. 3, 64, 11 ; 1,
46, 11.
^Ijfsi^ll apajihirshu, i.e. apa
TUTT^T apanutti, i.e. apa-nud+ti,
-jihirsha, desid. of Art +u, adj. De si
f. 1. Removing. 2. Expiation, Man.
sirous of taking away, Bajat. 5, 426.
11, 209.
^Hgfo apatx, f. A screen of cloth ; S^PPPf apa-nud+a, adj., f. da.
see kshepa. Removing, Ram. 2, 1, 28.
^Xff^ridT a-pandita + ta, f. Fool
^IM1(-U apanunutsu, i.e. apa
ishness, Bhartr. 2, 88. nunutsa, desider. of nud +u, adj. De
Tgxrai apa + tya, n. Offspring, M sirous of removing, Man. 11, 101.
^HH ^ apanoda, i.e. apa-nud j- a, ^HI^fTT apara + ta, f. I. Relative-
m. L. Removal, a. Expiation, Man. 11,75. ness. 2. Condition of being less ex
^Jl||| ^<i apanodana, i.e. apa-nud tensive, Bhashap. 8. 3. Shortness of
distance and time.
-ana, I. adj., f. nt, Removing, Man.
ii. 215. U. n. Expiation, Man. 11,252. ^J q ^ "^ apara + tra, adv. In another
154^ I -^ apa-patra, adj. Deprived place, Ram. 3, 15, 26 ; 27.
of vessels, Man. 10, 51. ^mTj^I apara + tva, n. Shortness
19HMI 4 -^ i.e. apa-pada-tra (vb. of distance and time, Bhashap. 120.
fr), adj. Without shoes, Raj at. 5, 194. ""HH^fl^f aparatva+ka, n. =apa-
^MtCIT apa-bhraing + c, m. Incor rata, Bhashap. 3 ; 85, Shortness of dis
tance and time.
rect language, Raj at. 5, 205.
^5fl|^\4U apara-tha, adv. Otherwise,
^IIR apamarda, i.e. apa-mrid + a,
Cic. 9, 67.
m. Dirt, Ram. 3, 2, 3.Cf. Lat. merda.
,SfM^<J<<s*l'JfT aparasparasambhu-
^JM*fI| apamarfa, i.e. apa-mrif + a,
ta,\.e.a-paraspara-sam-bhuta{yb.bhu),
m. Touch, Cak. d. 116, v.r.
adj. Not sprung up in a successive
^7TT*f apamana,\.e.apa-man + a, order, Bhag. 16, 8.
m_, n. 1. Disrespect, Ram. 1, 12, 14. ^TTTV cipa-radh + a,va. 1. Trans
2. Token of disrespect, Dacak. in Chr.
Ill, 1. gression, Ragh. 1, 6. 2. Offence, Paiich.
40, 23. 3. Crime, Ram. 2, 58, 22. 4.
1WlI*-H{H1 apamanin, i.e. apa-man
Injury, Ram. 6, 33, 21. 5. aparadba +
f i,adj., f. ni, Disregarding, despising. las, adv. By the fault, Man. 8, 408.
^ll|4-|| J| apamarga, i.e. I. apa-mrij Comp. Nts-, adj. innocent, Panch. 198,
+ a, m. Cleansing, Cic. 9, 36. II. apa 4. Sa-, adj. guilty.
-mirga, m. A sideway, Panch. 169, 15. THTT^ry^rT aparadha-krit, adj. One
*JM4IM apayana, i.e. apa-ya+ana, who has committed a crime, sinful, Cic;.
n. X. Going away, ic. 9, 84. 2. Re 9, 68.
treat, flight, Ram. 3, 40, 29. ^T^TfWT^ apa-radh+in, adj., f.
^1H<^ L apa + ra, adj., f. ra. 1. Pos ni, Offending, Ram. 5, 91, 8. An of
terior, Man. 3, 278 ; with sandftya, fender, Yaju. 2, 266.
Evening-twilight, Man. 4, 93. 2. ^^T/frT^f aparantaka, i.e. apara
Following, Ram. 2, 65, 1. 3. Western,
-anta + ha. I. m. The name of a people.
Cic. 9, 1. 4. Other, Panch. 55, 13.
II. n. A song conducive to final libera
ncc. ram, adv. Moreover, Panch. 71, 1.
tion, Yaji'i. 3, 113.
H. a-para, adj. 1. Inferior, Bhag. 7,
5. 2. Relative, Bhashap. 7 ; 9. 3. ^m.l^fnT aparavartin, i.e. a
Modern, Man. 9, 99.Comp. Purva-. -para-vrit+in, adj. Not turning the
L adj. 1. being before and behind. 2. back, not flying.
prior and subsequent. II. n. sing. 1.
^rqTni aparahna, i.e. apara-ahna,
east and west. 2. connexion, Man. 8, 56
(Proof, and thing to be proved, Ragh.). m., n. 1. The afternoon, Man. 3, 255.
Cf. Goth, afar, after, N.H.G. aber. 2. Evening, Chr. 34, 16. _
^SfTif<^H^rl a-parihara+vant, '^pCftnT apa-sad-a, m. 1. A degrad
adj., f. vati, Unavoidable. ed one, Man. 10, 10. 2. A contemptibl
''ST^C'^PJ aparedgus, i.e. apara + individual; in this signification, it i
generally the latter part of a comp,
i-div + as, adv. The following day, e.g. gaja-,m. A contemptible elephani
Ram. 1, 9,62; Nal. 13, 35. Paiich. 80, 21 ; vanara-, m. A con
^m<!fr1l)TC*T apa-lata-bhavana, temptible monkey, Ram. 6, 83, 14.
adj., f. na, Without arbours, Kir. 5, 10. ^PTQTTQ apasarana, i.e. apa-sri-\
^JT^jf apavarga, i.e. apa-vrij+a, ana, n. Retreating, Ranch. 152, 21.
m. Completion ; the delivery of the ^m^TJ apasarpa, i.e. apa-srip + a
soul from the body; final beatitude, m. A spy, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 13.
Dacak. in Chr. 181, 10. t
T|jrj|jrj[TjT apasarpana, i.e. apa-srij
^xm^ftr apavarga-da (vb. da), adj.,
+ana, n. Retreating, Ram. 6, 92, 9.
f. da, Giving final beatitude, Rajat.5,44.
t ^ri|t)ctjc(<r| apa-savya + vant, adj
^5Hf^?TT apavartana, i.e. apa-vrit+
With the sacrificial cord over the rigln
ana, n. 1. Removing. 2. Depriving
shoulder (cf. savya), Yajn. 1, 250.
one of, Man. 9, 79.
'VmH I i, apas&ra, i.e. apa-sri+a.
^m3I<f apavada, i.e. apa-vad+a,
m. 1. Refutation of an erroneous im m. An outlet, Paiich. 171, 16.
putation, Vedantas. in Chr. 211, 24. 2. ^RM^Shi. apaskara, i.e. apa-kri+a,
Insulting, Man. 4, 239. 3. Blame, in. Excrements, Lass. 4, 16.
Paiich. 37, 4.
TjrqT^Tij apasn&na, i.e. apa-sna +
^m^lf* t apavadin, i.e. apa-vad
ana, n. Water which had been used
-fin, adj., f. ni, Blaming, Cak. 23, 12.
for bathing, Man. 4, 132.
^SHJ^Tf^fW apa-varita + ha (vb.
"VTOTI 'C apasmara, i.e. apa-smn
vri), adj., instr. kena, Apart, Mrichchh.
+ a, m. 1. Epilepsy. 2. Madness,
23, 22.
Bhartr. 1, 88.
^I^Tnil apavdhana, i.e. apa-vah
^5IM^HIlT*T apasmarin i. e. apa-
+ ana (vb. vah), n. Removal, Dii(,:ik.
smara+in, adj., f. ini, Subject to epi
in Chr. 181, 1.
lepsy, Man. 3, 7.
'SSrrj^Tf apavedha, i.e. apa-vgadh +
S^SPT^ -apa-ha (vb. han), adj.,f. ha,
a, m. Boring improperly, Man. 9, 286.
1. Removing, Ram. 3, 79, 44 ; Kir. 5,
^IM*l^**fs apa-ganka + m (see
22. 2. Destroying, Raj at. 5, 179. *
ganka), adv. Fearless, Cic. 4, 47. Curing, Sucr. 2, 408, 5.Comp. visha-.
~%m^ apas, Ved. (akin to Up) I. n. adj. antidotal.
Work, Chr. 292,9=Rigv.i.85, 9. II. adj. 'SHHf^^T apaharana, i.e. apa-hri+
Active, diligent, Chr. 294, 3=Rigv. i. ana, n. 1. Taking away, Dacak. in
92, 3. Comp. Su-, adj. making beauti Chr. 180, 21. 2. Stealing, Man. 9, 89*
ful works, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. 1, 85, 9.
Cf. Lat. opus, Ved. apasga = Lat. THH^fjf apahartri, i.e. apa-ttri + tp-
operari, iroit'u for wo<riew. m., f. tr'%, n. 1. One who takes away, s
,WSTT -*fo
thief, Man. 9, 275. X One who with Comp. Eka-, adj. diminished by one,
holds another's property, Man. 8, 190. Man. 1, 70. NU-, adj. 1. imperish
1 Removing, expiating, Man. 11, 161. able, MBh. 12, 8003. 2. infallible,
^3H^ H, apahara, i.e. apa-hri+a, MBh. 3, 2178. Sa-, adj. dangerous,
Panch. 192, 7.
m. l. Taking away. 2. Concealment,
<ik. 13, 22. ^TCiroV ap&rthaka, i.e. apa-artha
^JMt?1 <* apaharaka,i.e. apa-hri+ +ha, adj. f. thika, Useless, Man. 8, 78.
^PTPVl apagraya, i.e. apa-a-gri +-
aha. L adj., f. ika, Taking away,
stealing, Man. 9, 256. II. in. A thief, a, m. 1. Refuge, support, Man. 9, 335.
Man. 4, 255. 2. An awning spread over a court,
TffTT^xf^Tf apharin, i.e. apa-hri+ Ram. 6, 11, 19. 3. The head, Dacak.
in Chr. 198, 20 (Sch. Wils. p. 90).
in. L adj., f. ini, Taking away; rav
ishing, Man. 2, 88. II. m. A thief, UpT api (properly, Thereto, on, by,
Panch. 33, 4. cf. M, Lat. ob) I. part. 1. Moreover,
^!}l|jff apahnara, i.e. apa-hnu + a, also, Man. 8, 274 ; 1, 119. 2. Even,
Man. 2, iso. 3. Still, Cak. d. 29. 4.
a. L. Denying, Man. 8, 62. 2. Con
Though, (j)ak. d. 68. 5. With preceding
cealment, Kathas. 10, 92.
yadi, Although, Man. 9, 145. 6. With
*i Ml <* fV "S apaharishnu, i.e. a/ja tatha, Even thus, nevertheless, (j'ak.
-a-kri + ishnu,&dj. Surpassing, Bhartr. 09, 8, 7. With tad, Nevertheless,
Bhartr. l, 28. 8. Only, Panch. Pr. d.
^|I4| j apanga, i.e. apa-anga, m. 9. 9. All together, after numerals and
words used in a similar signification,
The outer corner of the eye, Dacak. in Man. l, 107 (All four), Man. 2, 14
Chr. 190, 15.In comp. adj. the fem. (after ubhau, both); Man. 3, 193 (all to
terminates in gi and ga, Ram. 5, 38, 7 ; gether); Biihtl. Ind. Spr. 1047 (after
2, so, 34.Comp. Quhla-, m. a peacock. etani, all these); Panch. 108, 14 (after
^PHI^g)3IT a-patra-kritya, f. An aparam, Every other subject). 10. A
action by which a person becomes un part, of interrogation, Ram. 5, 33, 34.
worthy of receiving a present, Man. 1 1, 11. A part, of desire, O that 1 Man. 3,
125.
274. 12. With following nama (base
naman), Perhaps, Mrichchh. 174, 3.
^I^4<l(! apatnkarana, i.e. a O that ! Vikr. 13. Following the inter-
-patra-kri + ana, n. Causing a person rogat. pron. kim or its derivatives : a.
to become unworthy of receiving a It makes them indefinite, ho 'pi (i.e.
present, Man. 11, 69. kas apt), Somebody, Bhartr. 3, 99 (cf.
^gi|M apana, i.e. apa-an + a, m. 1. Lat. quispiam for quis-pi-jam). b.
Signifies : Even, Kathas. 4, 65. c.
One of the five vital airs, that which
Violently, Megh. no. 14. Preceding
goes downwards, Vedantas. in Chr.
kim chid becomes more indefinite, Man.
207, 10. X The anus (cf. an).
3, 14. II. conjunct.- 1. And also, Man.
^|im "f"yai '-e- apa-i + a, m. 1. 1, 115. X And, Man. 4, 55. 3. apt-
Going away. 2. Disappearance. 3. api, * as well as,' Hit. i. d. 159 ; from
Diminution, Man. 1, 70. 4. End, Ra- the one part from the other part,
Paiich. U3, 8; 9 ; api-cha, Man. 5, 23.
jat. 5, 08. 5. Trespass, injury. 6. 4. But, Man. 8, 267. 5. But also, Pauch.
Loss. 7. Danger. 8. Calamity
1S5, 25. III. Combined and compounded Disconnecting reasoning, MBh. 13
with verbs and their derivatives. IV. 6725.
Former part of comp. nouns implying ^jrjVtfT apohana, i.e. apa-vah +
'near to,' 'joined to.' ana, n. Removal, Bhag. 15, 15 (of re
^rftTVTI apidhana, i.e. api-dha + collection and knowledge.)
ana, n. A cover. Comp. Qila.-, adj., ^SRp^ ap-cfiara> adJ-> f- r&> Lining
f. net, covered by stones, Ram. 3, 76, 35. in water, Man. 7, 72.
'OTTj apupa, m. A cake, Man. 5, 7. ^SPraPH apnas + vant (apnas,
ved.), adj. Efficacious, Chr. 298, 24=
^ra^ffr a-purva + ta, f. and ^uqH
Rigv. i. 112, 24.
a-purva + tva, n. Condition of having
^HTJJ^J apyaya, i.e. api-i+a, m. Ab
no antecedent, i.e. acquiring an under
standing of the only real being from no sorption.Comp. Loka-iga-prabhava-,
other authority than the Vedic texts, adj. owing both origin and end to the
Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 10 cf. 3. guardians of the world, Man. 5, 97.

^iq^T apeksha, i.e. apa-iksh+a f. HTf^TO aprajas, i.e. probably a-pra


-jan+as, adj. Childless, Ram. 1, 14, 23.
1. Consideration, Panch. 40, 16. 2.
Regard. 3. Care, Dacak. in Chr. *qj({^J^a-prali-ratha(cr.theiiext),
187, 6. 4. Expectation, Vedantas. in m. A leader in combat, Qak. d. 95; 192.
Chr. 214, 9. 5. Reference, relation,
^jrfrtcfY'J a-prati-virya (a-prati
ib. 208, 5.Comp. An-apeksha, adj., f.
ksha. 1. Regardless. 2. Without de is a ved. word, Irresistible), adj. Of
sire, Bhag. 12, 16. Nis-, I. f. indif irresistible strength, Ram. 4, 35, 4.
ference, Ram. 2, 116, 5 Gorr. II. adj. ^jTJj"fjfrra.pr4/-fa,f. Ignorance,
1. Regardless, Dacak. in Chr. 185, 19.
Man. 4, 167.
2. Without desire, indifferent, Man. 6,
41. III. ksham, adv. 1. Without hav V^^I apsaras, i.e. ap-sri+a$, f.
ing any regard, Dacak. in Chr. 192, 22. The name of female divinities ; in
2. Accidentally, Panch. 264, 7. the classical poetry the courtesans of
gqf%qaf apehshilatva,\.c. apa-iksh- paradise. Comp. Panchapsarcu, i.e.
patichan-, n. the name of a pond.
ita + tva, (vb. iksh), n. Consideration,
^5In"%rqr a-badha+ka (see badha)
Vedantas. in Chr. 216, l.
adj., f. ha, Unobstructed, Kathas. 26, 80.
^Smf^FT apekshin, i.e. apa-iksh+
in, adj., f. int. 1. Regarding. 2. Ex KJSI abja, i.e. ap-j'a (vb. jan), I.
pecting, Rajat. 5, 296.Comp. An-, adj., f. ja, Born or produced in or by
disregarding, Ram. 4, 28, 5. Dirgha-, water, Man. 5, 112. II. n. A lotus,
i.e. dirghapeksha. + in, adj. patient, Comp. Nila-, n. a blue lotus.
enduring, MBh. 7, 5467. iVw-, adj. in ^5P^ abda, i.e. ap-da (vb. da) m. I
different, ib. 18, 6169.
A cloud. 2. A year, Rajat. 5, 891.
^gqj J|(J^ apoganda, adj. Not un Comp. Krichchhra-, m. a year of pe
der sixteen years of age, Man. 8, 148 nance, Man. 11, 162. Tri-, n. Three
(v. r.). years, Man. 8, 30.
TPlW apoha, i.e. apa-uh-{ ?. ^5lfaj abdhi, i.e. ap-dha (cf. nidhi),
^im ^W&TT
a. The ocean, Kathas. 12, 113Comp. Approaching. 2. Mounting, Kathas.
Kikira-, m. the sea of milk, Kathas. 2, 154. 3. Sexual intercourse, Paiich.
1
' a, 186. Pr. d. 8.
^lf*T abhi (Towards, to). I. adv. On, ^9f*f1[f*l*1 abhigamin, i.e. abhi
Chr. 295, io=Rigv. i. 92, 10. II. prep. -gam+in adj., f. ni, Approaching (for
with ace. To, Ved. Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. sexual intercourse), Man. 3, 45.
L 48, 7; over, Chr. 292, 5=Rigv. i. 86, ^SffiT^TTrT abhighata, i.e. abhi-han,
'- III- Combined and compounded
Caus. +a, m. 1. Striking, Bhiishap.
with verbs and their derivatives. IV.
117 ; Kir. 5, 42. 2. Hurting, affliction,
Former part of compounded nouns and
Man. 12, 77.Comp. Vapra-t m. but
idverbs implying Towards, in presence
ting at a bank or mound.
of, very, cf. e.g. abhilamra ; Quite,
cf. abhinava, Cf. Goth. bi. The ori ^5lf*JVJlfr|l abhighatin, i.e. abhi
ginal form of this indeclinable was -han, Caus. +in, adj., f. ni, 1. Strik
probably ambhi = Gr. hp$i ; Lat. amb ing. 2. Hostile, Hit. iv. d. 92.
in amb-ire ; O.H.G. umbi.
^jfH^K, abhichara, i.e. abhi-ehar
^|f+|4i abhi-ha (vb.Aa/n) adj., f. ha,
+ a, m. Incantation, making charms
Libidinous, Ragh. 19, 4. for mischievous purposes, Man. 11, 197.
^(f+f 4i I aCT abhi-hanhth + a, f. De ,5lf*[51i*! abhi-jan + a, m. 1. Race,
sire, Ram. s, 48, 15 (tvargam abhihan- Ram. 3, 48, 18. 2. Family, Ram. 5,
itha, Desire of getting into heaven, 87, 15.
with accus. like its verbal base). T5jf*T5Jlf abhi-jan + ana, n. Pro
Tgfifqrrf^1Tx abhi-hanksh + in, adj ., duction, IIabei-1. 524, 9.
f. ini. Desiring, Chr. 7, 18. 15lf*T5f5T^;r7 abhijana + vant, adj.,
^{4441 1 f{ abhikama, i.e. abhi-kam f. vati, Noble, Cak. d. 94.
+ u I. m. Love. II. adj., f. ma, ^Sff^rfsfiT abhi-ji+t, I. m. The
Loving, Ram. 1, 77, 29.Comp. Sa-,
name of a sacrifice, Man. 11, 74. LI. n.
adj. loving, Nal. 24, 13. The name of the eighth Indian hour
^ufii^lH abhikala, m. The name (muhurta, comprising 48 minutes) of
of a town, Ram. 2, 68, 17. the day, (i.e. 24 minutes before and 24
minutes after midday), Ram. 6, 112, 7o.
^81*1**1 abhi-hram + a, m. An un
TSjfinj abhi-jAa (vb. jAa), adj., f.
dertaking, Bhag. 2, 40.
jAa, Knowing, conversant with, Raj at,
^|f+l^ll obhi-khya, f. Beauty, 5, 383. Comp. An-, adj. ignorant,
Megh. 78 Comp. Adhika-ud-rechita Dacak. in Chr. 182, 18.
-abhikhya, adj. exceedingly beautiful, ^fWTWn abhijAa + ta, f. Know
Rajat. 5, 365. HanXta-, n. silver. Hi-
ledge, Ragh. 7, 61.
mamftt-, i.e. hima-aihgu-, n. silver.
^fwTWT abhijAana, i.e. abhi-jAa
nfifTfrj abhi-gam + a, m. 1. Ap
+ ana, n. 1. Remembrance, Ram. 6,
proaching. 2. A visit, Megh. 50. 3. 68, 1. 2. Recognition, Dacak. in Chr.
Sexual intercourse, Yaju. 2, 291. 192, 12. 3. A token of remembrance,
Ram. 2, 100, 6. 4. A sign by which
Tlt>i 1*1*1 abhi-gam + ana, n. 1.
S7 _
one proves himself to be a trustee, -dhyai + ana, n. Desire, covctousness,
Da^ak. in Chr. 196, 15. Man. 12, 5.
^TfHrTW abhi+tas, adv. and prep, ^fin*^ abhi-nand+a, m., or f.
with ace. 1. On both sides, Bhartr. l, da, Wish, desire.
80 ; Ram. 2, 45, 4. 2. From every side, ^f^Jlf*^*! abhi-nand+in, adj., f.
round about, Ram. 2, 94, 20. 3. Near,
Kir. 5, 14 ; also with gen. Ram. 1, 33, nt. I. Praising, Ram. 5, 69, 11. 2.
22. 4. Completely, Kir. 6, 11. 5. Delighting, Ram. 3, 79, 12.
Towards, in presence of. ^f'TT^ abhi-namra, adj., f. ra,
^ff^TrTnr abhi-tapa, m. 1. Ex Bent, Ragh. is, 32.
treme heat, Cic. 9, l. 2. Great pain, ^Im'TO abhinaya, i.e. a&Ai'-wt + a,
Sav. 5, 69. m. Dramatic performance, Vikr. d. 36.
^ff*T<TT3 abhi-lamra, adj., f. ra, ^TWTW abhi-nava, adj., f. va, Quite
Very red, Kathas, 14, 30. new, Rajat. 5, l. 2. Fresh, Bhartr. 2, u.
^lf*rf?I1TTf^JI abhi-tigma - ragmi, ^f*TTTf%^n'f^ <4 < Iv abhi-n&sika
adv. Towards the sun, Cic. 9, n. -vivara + m, adv. To the nostril, Cic.
^ffH^ITT abhidargana, i. e. abhi 9, 52.
-drig + ana, n. Sight, Man. 9, 274. ^fWf^RlT abhinivega, i.e. abhi-ni
^f**Tf^ Bbkidiiti, i.e. abhi-duti (cf. -vig + a, m. 1. Inclination, Vikr. 35, 13.
2. Adhering, Man. 12, 5. 3. Tenacity.
duta), adv. To a female messenger, 4. Determined resolution, samupaja-
Cic. 9, 56. tabhinivegam, i.e. sam-upa-jata-abhini-
^f f*Tj<T"^r abhidroha, i.e. abhi-druh vega + m, adv. After having taken a
+ a, m. 1. Injury, Ram. l, 26, 20. 2. determined resolution, Prab. 67, 14.
Contumely, Man. 8, 271.Comp. An-, ^ff*ff*RIRrf abhinicega + vant,
m. tenderness, Kathas. 13, 34. adj., f. vati, Adhering, Yaju. 3, 155.
^IpTm abhi-dha,i. 1. Aname,R3jat.
^fftf%3f$rTv abhinivegin, i.e. abhi-
5, 379. 2. The primary sense of a word. nivega + in, adj., f. ni. 1. Adhering.
Comp. Quravarmabhidha, i.e. gura- 2. Persevering, Dacak. in Chr. 190, 22.
varman-, adj. called Curavarman, Ra-
jat. 5, 22. ^if^U'rT^ abhi-pita+tva (vb. 1.
^lf*TVTf abhidhana, i.e. abhi-dha pa), n. Condition of being saturated,
MBh. 12, 12844.
+ ana, n. 1. A name, Kathas. 7, 112.
2. A wordComp. Suyya-, adj.,f. na, ^Sff*?'^ abhi-pushpa, adj. Covered
called Suyya, Rajut. 5, 74. with flowers, Ram. 6, 93, 18.
^jfaVTfaTN abhidhayin, i.e. abhi ^WJTPST abhipr&ya, i.e. abhi-pra-i
-dha + in, adj., f. ni, 1. Speaking, Ram. +a, m. 1. Intention, Paiich. i. d. 366 ;
5, 14, 41. 2. Teaching. wish, Ram. 3,28, 31. 2. Opinion, Paiicli.
^fi^T^^T abhi-dhav+aha, adj. 150, 25. 3. Consideration, Vedantas.
Running towards, hastening,Yajii. 2,234. in Chr. 204, 13 sqq. Samashti-abhi-
pr&yena, when taken collectively.
^lf*T^lT'T abhidhyana, i.e. abhi Comp. Sa-, adj. resolute, Paiich. 122, 13.
\j
^fflJTO abhiprepsu, i.e. abhi-pra 116. Sometimes it is written incor
ipsa, desider. of ap +u, adj. Ardently rectly with sh instead of e, Man. 8, 352.
cetring, Man. 8, 344. ^SJRmaJtft abhimargaka, i.e. abhi
^fWfr? abhi-bharlri, adv. In the mrig + aka,adj. Touching improperly.
presence of the husband, Cic. 9, 77; With sh instead of g (see the last),
m the husband, ib. 35. Ram. 1, 7, 14.
^ffw^ abhibhava, i.e. abhi-bhu + ^fl*WIF*T abhimargana, i.e. abhi
m. l. The being overpowered, ak. -mrig-ana, n. Touching improperly,
i. 40. 2. Defeat.Comp. ivw-, adj., Yajn, 2, 284. Also incorrectly (see the
not snrpassable, Bhartr. 2, 54. last) with shana instead of gana, Ram.
6, 66, 26.
^W*m1 abhibhavana, i.e. aM
-Aii-(-oo,n. The being overpowered, ^ff>WfirfN abhimargin, i.e. abhi
JIn. 6, 62. mrig-in, adj., f. ni, Courting, Dacak. in
Chr. 195, 4.
^Wflf^R abhibhavin, i.e. a/
-iW+w,adj. Overpowering,Ragh.i,u. ^fw^T, -TT^Jo", -*P^!T See

^fWTTi abhibhashana, i.e. aMt


-Mii4 + ana, n. Allocution.
^ff*WrfrTFT abhimatin, i.e. aSAi
^Wrf^I abhi-bhath + in, adj., -wan + ti + in, m. An enemy, Chr. 29 1 ,
f- , Addressing, Rim. 3, 49, 5. 3=Rigv. i.85, 3.
TtfaHtrt abhi-bhu + ti, f. Defeat. ^11*1*1 1 l abhimana, i.e. abhi-man
S^WPR -abhi-manas, adj. + a, m. I. Referring existing objects
to one's own self, egotism, Vedantas.
N ishing for, Ram. 5, 38, 24.
in Chr. 207, 2. 2. Self-conceit, pride,
^W*1fl abhi-man + tri, m. One Bhartr. 3, 4. 3. Love, Dacak. in Chr.
* refers existing objects to one's own 182, 23.Comp. Nit-, adj. exempt from
"If, Man. l, u. pride, Bhag. P. 5, 15, 6. Sa-, adj.
proud, Rajat. 5, 233.
^(W^PIT abhimantrana, i.e. abhi
-Mntr+ona, n. Consecration, Yajn, 1, ^WTTT^rT abhimana + vanl,
237. adj., f. vati, Proud.
^Wn abhimarda, i.e. abhi-mrid S^lfWTTf^^l abhimanitva, i.e. a-
+ a, m. Oppression, invasion, Draup. bhimanin + tva, n. State of one who
M. refers existing objects to his own self,
egotism, Vedantas. in Chr. 209, 11.
^Wl^tl abhimardana, i.e. abhi
nnd+ano. I. adj., f. ni, Oppressing. ^ff*i*llHIv abhimanin, i.e. abhi-
". n. Oppression, Ram. 6, 95, 8 ; in- mana + in, adj., f. ni, 1. Proud, Ram.
T''on, 6, 100, 7. 3, 37, 16. 2. Fancying, Dacak. in Chr.
187, 12 (narendrabhimanin, having the
^WjRfi| abhimardin, i.e. abhi
"Pd+in, adj., f. ,", Oppressing. fancy of being a physician).
"jgfij f\\d{ abhi-mukha, adj., f. kha
"WTm abhimarda, i.e. abhi-mrig or khi. 1. Facing, fronting, Hum. 1,
+"> . Touching improperly, ^ak. d. 71, 18: with ace. Directed towards.
Rain. 2, 1, 34 ; towards, Bhag. 11, 28; ^f^PSfa abhi-ruch + i, f. Deligl
opposite, Ram. 5, 71, 9. 2. Near, Vikr. desire, Bhartr. 2, 53.
d. 28. 3. Ready for, Ragh, 6, 29. 4.
Favourable, Ram. 2, 109, 23. Ace. HjlT^f^J abhi-ruchira, adj., f. r-.
Mam, adv. Opposite to, Man. 2, 193 ; Very beautiful.
towards, Panch. 40, 17 ; to, Ram. 1, 45, ^Rm?^? abhi-rupa, adj., f. pa.
48 ; near, Megh. 69. Loc. khe, adv.
Opposite, Ram. 6, 19, 25 Comp. Suitable. 2. Beautiful, Man. 9, 8
Kanana-, adv. to the wood, Paueb.63,3. 3. Learned, Man. 3, 144.Comp. ^4n
Dahshina-, adj. turned to the south, adj. ugly, Dacak. in Chr. 184, 8.
Man. 4, 50. ^f^M'T^J,*? abhi-lahshya + m, adi
^filtll tHI abhi-yach + ana, f. A Towards the mark, Ram. 2, 63, 22.
request, at the end of the comp. adj. ^Su*t<?nP^ abhi-langh + ana, 1
satya-abhiyachana, Fulfilling the re
Jumping over, Ram. 5, 53, 9.
quests (which are directed to him),
Ram. 2, 55, 6. TjftT^rni abhilasha, i.e. ubhi-fa*,
^lf*TOTB abhi-ya. + tri, m. An ag + a, m. Desire, Dacak. in Chr. 182, s
gressor, Ram. 2, 1, 21. Comp. Nis-, adj. indifferent, Cak. d
104. Sa-, adj., f. sha, eager, Dev. 1, 39
TfPTTT'l abhiyana, i.e. abhi-ya + Sabhilasha + m, adv. passionately
ana, n. 1. Approaching. 2. Aggres Cak. 33, 13.
sion, Chr. 53, 5.
^SlfH^TTW^R' abUashaka, i.e. alhi-Ias)
^5lfir?n"filr abhiyayin, i.e. abhi
+ aka, adj. Desiring.
-ya + in, adj., f. ni. 1. Approaching,
Ram. 6, 16, 56. 2. Assaulting, Ragh. ''Sff^T^rrf^'T abhilushin, i.e. abh\
12, 24. -lash + in, adj., f. ini, Desirous, Cak
d. 21.
^fipJn"^; abhiyoktri, i.e. abhi-yuj+
^ff^fsTT^^r abhilashuka, i. e. abhi
tri, m. 1. An enemy. 2. A plaintiff,
Man. 8, 52. -lash + uka, adj., f. ha, Desiring (with
ace), Kir. 11, 18.
^5lfH?4T*T abhiyoga, i.e. abhi-yuj +
^nWRT?*| abhi-vad+ana, n. Ad
a, m. 1. Exertion, Ram. 5, 51, 16. 2.
Attack. 3. A charge, Yajn. 2, 9. dress, allocution.

,?lf*T^rf*TT abhiyogin, i.e. abhi ^5n*jq^| abhi-vand+ana, n. Re


-yuj+in, adj. Accusing, a plaintiff, spectful salutation. Comp. Kritn
Yajn, 2, U. -pada-, adj., f. na, literally, having per
formed a respectful salutation of the
^fir^f^'S" abh i-rahsh + ilri, m. A feet, i.e. having made a respectful salu
protector, Man. 7, 35. tation, Kathas. 22, 131.
^JW^frT abhirati, i.e. abhi-ram + ^W^fhT abhivartin, i.e. abhi-vrit
/i, f. Delight, Hit. i. d. 129. + in, adj., f. nt, Approaching, Ram.
^fir^TO abhirama, i.e. abhi-ram 6, 88, 35.

+ a, adj., f. ma, Charming, delighting, ^ifif^TST abhivarshana, i.e. abhi


Ram. 3, 49, 23. -wish 4- ana, n. Raining upon.
^f*hftH abhivarshin, i.e. abhi + a, m. 1. Attachment. 2. An catli,
-rrisli-in, adj., f. ini, Throwing upon, Chr. 53, 23. 3. A curse. 4. Defeat,
Bam. I, 28, 22. Ragh. 2, 30.
^Jm^T abhisheka, i.e. abhi-sich + a,
11*1^1^ abhivada, i.e. abhi -vail f a,
a Salutation, Man. 2, 122. m. 1. Sprinkling with water, inau
guration of a king, Paiich. iii. d. 267.
Sl*iq|^< abhivadaka, i.e. aMt 2. The water used for an inauguration.
-rad+a&T, adj., f. rfrAa, Greeting, Nal. 3. Ablution, Cak. 50, 16.
-'** {bhavautam abhivadakah, in order
^U^TO^I abhishechana, i.e. abhi
to salute you).
-$ich + ana, n. Inauguration of a king,
^1*13 1^1 abhivadana, i.e. abhi-vad Ram. 3, 53, 5.
~ann, n. Respectful salutation, Man.
*9 m 1T^ abhishtava, i.e. abhi-ttu + a,
tin.
m. Praise.
^WTHST ahhivahya, i.e. abhi-vah
^ifif^I'^ abhishyanda, i.e. aAt
+va, n. Offering, Man. l, 94.
-syand + a, m. Great increase, Ragh.
SNl^T^ abhivriddhi, i.e. abhi-vridh 15, 29.
+lif. Growth, exaltation, Man. 7, 109.
'^II^TSf^j' abhishvanga, i.e. a&Ai
11H*<!?li abhivyakti, i.e. abhi-vi -svanj +a,m. Attachment.Comp. ^4n-,
-'">;' + h', f. Manifestation. adj. without attachment, Bhag. 13, 9.
^faW^^T abhivyanjaha, i.e. afi/jt ^SfWTTT abhita&graya, i.e. abhi
ri-anj+aka, adj. Manifesting. samgri + a, m. Refuge, Ram. 4, 54, ] c.
^f*mWl flW-faw+ana, d. Slan 'SlfiT'i^'ir abhisamdeha, i.e. aMi
dering, Man. 8, 268. -sam-dih + a, m. The organ of genera
^WHfipT abhi-fams+in, adj., f. tion, Chr. 58, 8.
ni. Slandering, Yajn. 3, 285. ^ff>T*jfc<qi abhisaiiidltaha, i.e. abhi
^ftnnpT abki-fank + a, f. 1. Sus -sam-dha + ha (vb. dha), m. A calum
pecting, Rim. 6) 66j 26. 2. Fear. niator, Man. 4, 195.
^(*|4t^T abhisaM-dha, f. Promise.
^r^nr^Rf abhi-gasta + ka (vb.
<;&i\ adj. l. Accused, Yaju. 1, 223. Comp. Salyahhisamdha, i.e. satya-,
2- Inflicted, imprecated. adj. one who keeps his promises true,
Rum. 1, 6, 5.
^W1U% abhigasli, i.e. abhi-gaihs
^f^TOWTT abhi-sam-dha + ana, a.
+'<, f. Defamation, calumny.
1. Promise. 2. Deceiving, Ragh. 17, 76.
^Wlm*^ abhi-gantv + a, m. Con Comp. Satya-, adj., f. na, keeping
ciliating manner, Ram. 5, 56, 44 (written one's promises true, Ram. 5, 31, 21.
with / instead of f). ^D[3fXjTO abhisaiiidhi, i.e. abhi-sam-
"IMHIM abhifapa, i.e. abhi-qap + a, dfta (cf. nidhi), m. Intention, Pauch.
m- 1. A curse, Ram. 3, 8, 12. 2. A 200, 11.
1>"J charge. 3. Calumny. ^SlfWJf^ni abhisaihdhita, see rf/*
^TM^S" "bkithanga, i.e. abhi-saiij witb abhi-sam. ^.
^f^T^m~Xf abhisanibandha, i.e. abhi Comp. Mi-, adj., f. na, 1. devoid ol
egotism, MBh. 7, 2019. 2. devoid oi
-sam-bandh + a, m. Union, Man. 5, 63.
pride, MBh. 4, 14668.
^if^TOT abhtsara, i.e. abhi-sri+a,m.
^rjffgrjTj abhigapa=abhigapa,TvLj ix
Companion, Dacak. in Chr. 187, 1 ; 201, 6.
2, 110.
^fSfrgTHI abhisarana, i.e. abhi-sri
^SW^5 abh ifti,i.e.abhi-if + , m . A
+ana, n. An amorous visit, Dacak.
bridle, <j:ak. 5, 15.
in Chr. 182, 12.
^5TJf|"^| abhogghan, i.e. a-bhit^
^5lf*r*P? abhisarga, i.e. abhi-srij + a,
-han, adj. Slaying those who do noi
in. Creation. feed (the gods), i.e. who do not sacri
^ff^fxrr-yeEf abhisantva, see abhi fice, impious, Chr. 290, 3=Rigv. l, 64, 3
santva. ^fHJlp abhyanga, i.e. abi-anj + cu, m
T^fimTT abhisara, i.e. abhi-sri + a, Unction, Man. 2, 178.
m. 1. A lover's appointment, a ren ^5fHra-j abhyaAjana, i.e. abhi-ar^
dezvous. 2. An attack, Ram. 6, 9, 19.
+ ana, n. Anointing, Man. 10, 91.
3. plur. The name of a people.Comp.
Loha-, m. lustration of arms. 'SU'Hjf^^r abhyadhika, i.e. abhi-a-
^5ff*TOTf^rr abhisariha, i.e. abhi dhiha, adj. Exceeding, preeminent
Ram. 5, 82, 13. Superior, Dacak. in Chr
-sri-aka, f. A woman who goes to a
201, 2. Ace. kam, adv. Exceedingly
rendezvous.
Ram. 5, 73, 69.
^fW^T abhi-sev+ana, n. Indul
TPSfT^JT abhyanujAa, i.e. abhi-nnt
gence, habitual practice.
jtla, f. Permission. Comp. An-, f
^ifH^TIQ abhiharana, i.e. abhi-hri want of permission, Dacak. in Chr. is?
+ ana,n. Conveying, Ragh. 11, 43. 7 (without the permission of the father)
Krita-, adj., f.jAa, having received tht
^ff*TO1 T abhihara, i.e. abhi-hri 4- a,
permission to withdraw, dismissed
m. 1. Seizing. 2. Robbing. S. Attack. Ram. 5, 76, 24.
4. Arming.Comp. Loha-, m. lustra
^SWnjJTT abhyanujnana, i.e. ab/n
tion of arms,
-anu-jda+ana, n. Assent, Ram. 1,3, 14
^nff^SJT abhikshnam, i.e. proba
T5Pj*H^ abhyantara, i.e. abhi-an-
bly abhi-ikshana + m (cf. kshana), adv.
1. Every moment, continually. 2. Re tara. I. adj., f. ra, 1. Interior,Katha*
peatedly Comp. An-, adv. seldom, 4, 51. Being within, Ram. 6, 112, 4!
Ram. 2, 71, 8. (in the town). Belonging to, Man. a
^rjj^sjjpr^j abhikshna + gas, adv. 154. 2. Conversant in, Ram. 6, 5, 19
3. Intimate, Panch. i. d. 290 (perhap
Continually, Ram. 2, 46, 6. to be read abhy"). 4. Secret, Dacak
^5T>ft?T^rT a-bhita + val, adv. Like in Chr. 180, 9. II. n. 1. The interior
a fearless one, Ram. 6, 28, 6. the space within, Bhng. 5, 27. 2. At
interval, Pafich. 5, 6.
^)tf\<U abhipsu, i.e. abhi-ipsa, de-
^'HJ'rlO^TW abhyantarikarttna.
sider. of ap +u, adj. Desiring, Nal. 5, 2.
i.e. abhyanlara-kri+ana, n. Initi.i
<qtf^{T*T abhimana=abhimana. tion, Da?ak. in Chr. 180, 9.
K|ill abhyarchana, i.e. abhi-arch ^f'^TT^ nbhyasa, i.e. abhi- 2.as + a (cf.
tum, n. Worship, Man. 2, 176. abhyafa), m. 1. Repetition, Man. 12,
^XTO abhyarnna, i.e. abhi-arnna 74. Repetition of words, Vedantas. in
Chr. 216, 8; 9. 2. Repeated practice,
ub.arrf). I. adj., f. tw, Near. EL n.
Rajat. s, 164 ; 439. Use, Yaju, 3, 68.
Proximity, Rajat. 5, 145.
3. Reading, Man. 4, 148. Study, Paiich.
-q41I abhyarthana, i.e. abhi-arth 220, 4.
-rana, f. Request, Sav. 4, 27. ^TW^HT abhynkshana, i.e. abhi
^Wjfigaf abhyarthin, i.e. abhi-arth -uksh -t- ana, n. Sprinkling, Ragh. 16, 57.
+ i, adj., f. ni, Requesting. ^pgrSTTT abhyutihana, i.e. abhi
^r*q^ri4aT abhyarhaniyata, i.e. -ud-stha + ana, n. 1. Rising, Ram. 6,
n/Jti-arhaniya + ta (vb. arA), f. Great 72, 65. 2. Rising from one's seat as
venerableness, Man. 9, 23. mark of respect, Panch. ii. d. 65. 3.
^O^H, abhyavahara, i.e. aMi Origin, Bhag, 4, 7. 4. Elevation, dig
nity, Ragh. 4, 8.
-ava-kri -f a, m. Eating, Man. 6, 59.
^T*ttrMnT abhyutpatana, i.e. a/
^"*TW^T*} abhyavaharya, i.e. a-
-ud-pat + ana, n. Assault.
bmyacaAara+ya,adj. Fit to be taken
as food, eatable. ^|4^( abhyudaya, i.e. abhi-ud-i
+ a, m. 1. Prosperity, Bhartr. 2, 53.
VWHTT abhycuana, i.e. abhi- St. as +
Wealth, Dacak. in Chr. 192, 19. 2. A
ama, n. Study, Bhag. 17, 15 Comp. festival, Man. 9, 84.
An-, n. laziness, Ram. 5, 19, 22.
^P<|^fP1 abhyudayin, i.e. a/it
^ci^^ifi abhyasuyaha, i.e. abhi
-ttd-i'+t'n, adj., f. ni, Arising, impend
-atityn + aka, adj. Detracting, a de ing, Rajat. 5, 36.
tractor, Bbag. 16, 18.
^rHJsJ"f abhyudgama, i.e. abhi-ud
^|XJ{t|I abhyasuya, i.e. abhi -gam + a, m. Rising from one's seat as
-atiya + a, f. l. Detraction, envy. 2. mark of respect, Kathas. 24, 122.
Wrath, Megh. 40 Comp. Sa-, adj.
envioa?, malicious. ^RQt)?RT abhyupagama, i. e. abhi
-upa-gam + a, m. 1. Arrival. 2. As
"***U l*< abhyagama, i.e. abhi-a senting, agreement, Man. 9, 53. 3.
-gam-ira, m. A visit, Ragh. 16, 8. Admitting to be true, Malav. 15, 19.
TT*tn**WT abhyagamana, i.e. abhi ^P^MMfrT abhyupapatli, i.e. abhi
-a-gatm+ana, n. Arrival. -upa-pad+ti, f. 1. Defence, Man. 8,
WWTrl abhyaghata, i.e. abhi-a 112. 2. Protection, Dacak. in Chr. 179,
19. 3. Assent.
-ham, Cwj. -f a, m. Assault (by rob
bers), Man. 9, 272. TTHPTPfl ubhyupaya, i.e. abhi-upa-i
^WirSf abhyafa, i.e. aMi- l.ac+a, + a, m. An expedient, Dacak. in Chr.
190, 3 ; 191, 12.
often written abhyasa (q. cf.) but in
Tjrjr ABHR, i. l, Par. To roam
correctly. I. adj., f. ga, Near, Kumar-
as. 6, 2. II. n. Proximity, Ram. 4, (probably for babhr, a mutilated redupl.
59, 12. of bhram cf. andolayd).
^5fKJ abhra (akin to ambhas), n. 1. ^5pR?3 amara, i.e. a-mri + a. I. adj.
A cloud, especially a rain-cloud, Man. f. ra and ri, Immortal, Man. 2, 148
4, 104. 2. Atmosphere, Paiich. i. d. Ram. l, 34, 16. II. m. 1. A god, Man
209. Heaven, Cic. 9, 3.Cf. ambhas, 7, 72. 2. The name of a Marut and o
ofiftpoc, Lat. imber, and probably um a mountain.Comp. Dhara-, m. i
bra. Brahmana, Mark. P. 26, 36. Sa-, adj
with the gods, Ram. 3, 53, 28.
T5l>jf{%^ abhrarhliha, i.e. abhra +
^rj^jef amara { tva, n. Immor
m-lih+a. I. adj., f. ha, Touching the
clouds, very lofty, Megh. 65. II. m. tality, Arj. 3, 47.
Wind. ^5l*r^n^rrTT amara-loha+ta, f
^P3n"3fn jr^j abhravakagaka, i.e. The happiness of the world of gods
abhra-avahaga+ha, adj. Uncovered Man. 2, 5.
(see the next), Ram. 1, 63, 24. ^flf^T^rf^' amaravati, i.e. amara -f
^rornrcnT^Pli obhravakagika, i.e. vant+i. The capital of Indra, Ram. 3
53, 37.
abhra-avakaga + ika, adj. Having the
clouds for shelter, uncovered, Man. 6, ^5[*7(2pcf a-martya + tva, n. Im
23 (read ^fTOT abhra"). mortality.
^Tftfr amarshin, i.e. a-mrish +
^WI3MflpTN abhravakagin, i.e.
in, adj., f. ini, Unable to endure, im
abhra-avahaga -j- in, Uncovered (see the patient, Draup. 7, 1.
last), Ram. 3, 10, 4.
^TO^ra AMALAYA, a denom. de
^5[f>jJ abhri, f. A sharp pointed
rived from a-mala, Par. To make
stick, Man. 11, 133. white, Kir. 5, 44.
^Sff^rT abhrita, i.e. abhra + ita, adj., ^WHiT ama + tya (the basis sig
f. <a, Clouded, Ragh. 3, 12. nifies in the Vedas ' in the house'). I.
TSCU AM, i. l, Par., with prep, also adj. Being in the house. II. m. (A
companion of the king) A minister,
Atm. 1. To go. 2. To sound.I. 10,
Rajat. 5, 3 Comp. Maha-, m. *
Par. To be ill (ved.). The original
minister. Sa-, adj. with the ministers,
notion was ' to be hard, strong, power
Chr. 18, 33. Sa-janamatya, i.e. -jam
ful.'Cf. ainsa, ama, and many ved.
-amatya, adj. together with people and
significations and derivatives ; Lat.
ministers, Chr. 53, 25.
emo, properly ' to take,' demo; ntpi-
TjfUKTtW. ^51*11 11 amanana, i.e. a-man +
^SWW a-mantra -f ha, adj., f. riha, ana, n. Disrespect.
Not accompanied by a mantra or vedic ^Sl*Trf'TtET amanitva, i.e. a-manin +
verse, Man. 2, 66. tva, n. Humility,Vedantas. in Chr. 21 9, 6.
^JJJT a-tnama (the latter part is ^mi=Hft amavasi, and ^mTWT^IT
the gen. sing, of the pronoun of the am&vasya, i.e. ama (cf. amatya) -vasa
first person, in the sense of a possessive + ya, f. The day of the conjunction
pronoun), adj., f. ma, Devoid of selfish of the sun and moon, the day of the
affection, Man. 6, 26^ w moon, Man. 4, 113.
Trf*r^rr
vffWrTT a-mitra + to, f. Enmity, TfMrilH AMRITAYA, denom.
i'aach. ii. d. loc. derived from amrita by ya, Atra. To bo
^far^T*l AM1TRAYA, a denom. like nectar, Ragh. 2, 61.
feriTed from a-mitra by ya, Atra. To t ^HTN AMB, i. 1, Par. To go ;
behave like an enemy, Bhartr. 3, 74. Atm. To sound.
^|{^4 am + *ccr> n- Pain, Ruin. 3, ^UHi, ambara (akin to ambhas, cf.
a, a. stambh and stamba). I. n. 1. Sky,
^Sn amM + Aa (cf. ados), adj., f. Ram. 3, 55, 9. 2. Cloth, Ram, 3, 55, 5.
\* Sky and garment, <^ic. 9, 7. II. ni.
ia, Instead of a proper name, Mr. so plur. The name of a people.Comp.
wd go, Yajn. 2, 86 sqq. Nis-, adj., f. ret, naked, MBh. 12, 7775.
^WrlU amu + tas (cf. adas), adv. Mada-, m. an elephant in rut.
L=abl. of adas, From that, from him, *JHB" ambashtha, m. 1. The name
Darak. in Chr. 179, 8. 2. From thence,
of a people, MBh. 2, 1189. 2. The
from the other world.
offspring of a Brahmana father and a
^4i -^ amK + <ra (cf. adas), adv. Vai(,ya mother, Man. 10, 8.
L There, Dacak. in Chr. 198, 14. 2. ^Hm amba (voc. sing, amba ; in
In the other world, Vedantas. in Chr. the Veda also ambc). 1. f. A mother,
ko, c. Bohtl. Iud. Spr. 855. 2. A proper
%Z\f\ a-mrita. I. adj., f. ta, Im- name, Chr. 4, io. Cf. O.H.G. amma
nortal. Bhag. 14, 27. II. m. 1. A god. and ama.
3. The soul. IH. n. 1. The beverage ^n^Tfsrarr ambalika, and ^jf^giT
of the gods, nectar. 2. A medicine ambika (akin to amba), t. Proper
preventing old age, prolonging life,
names, Chr. 4, io.
and awakening the dead, Lass. 33, 20.
3. A medicament; nectar and medica m ambu (akin to ambhas, cf.
ment, Cic. 9, 36. 4. The residue of ambara), n. Water, Panch. iii. d. 33.
sacrificial food, Man. 3, 285. 5. Un Comp. Gharma-, n. sweat, Sucr. 2,
solicited aim.-, Man. 4, 4. Comp. 343, 10. T7a-, n. water with sesame,
Gara-, n. amrita, consisting of rays, Bhag. P. 7, 8, 44. Aw-, adj. abstain
MBh. 3, 17351.Cf. afifipoTOC, afijipo- ing from water, Bhag. P. 7, 3, 19.
eia. ^f?7S[ ambu-ja (vb. jan). I. adj.,
^|Ur1<4 amrita + tva, n. Imtnor- f. ja, Born in water, Ram. 4, 25, 24.
Ulity, Man. 6, 60. II. ii. A lotus, Ram. 5, 13, 24.

^rffiTVn amrita + maya, adj., f. yi, ^JJcJ;j14J!J ambuja-stha (vb. //ia),

Like nectar, Panch. 206, 7. adj., f. tlu'i, Sitting on a lotus, Kit. 6, 14.
^|Md' ambu-da (vb. da), m. A
^Hflfiyfil*! amritalaliha, i.e. a-
cloud, Kit. 6, 6.
nrita-lata + ka, f. A small creeper as
beautiful as nectar (denoting a beautiful TOi^^j^ ambu-dhara, m. A cloud,
woman j, Crut. (Br.) 35. Ram. 5, 16, 29.
^WrlfcjrT amrita-sru + t, adj. Traf^ ambudhi, i.e. ambu-dha (cf.
nuMt)> m Tue ocoan' RfiJat- 5' 8"
Shedding nectar, Qic. 5, 68.
toto*,.
Comp. Kshara-, m. the salt ocean, ^^II ayana, i.e. i + ana, n. 1. j
Bhartr. 2, 6 (Hiib.). Kshira-, m. the
sea of milk, Kathas. 17, 8. place of motion, Man. 1, 10. 2. ,
road. 3. A line, Bhag. 1, 11. *. Th
^IMSM ambu-much, in. A cloud, half year, i.e. the sun's road north an
Kir. 5, 12. south of the equator, Man. 4, 26.-
^H?C^ ambu-ruh + a, n. A lotus, Comp. Uttara-, Man. 6, 10 ; and uda
gayana, i.e. udaiich-, Man. 1, 67, 1
Kir. 5, 10.Comp. Hema-, n. a golden
the half of the year in which the su
lotus, Kit. 6, 7.
is to the north of the equator. Da
f ^RT AMBH, i. 1, Atm. To kshina-, I. n. the half of the yea
sound. when the sun moves to the south 0
'^rero ambhas, n. Water, Bhartr. the equator, Man. 1, 67. II. adj. lj-
ing on the course of the sun to th
2, 91 ; Cic. 9, 31 Comp. Ud-, adj. south of the equator, Bhag. P. 5, 23, 5
abounding in water, Ragh. 4, 81. Gita-, n. a procession accompanies
Gharma-, n. sweat, Cak. d. 29. La- by hymns, Bhag. P. 4, 4, 5. Guna-, adj
vana-,u. the sea of salt water,Matsop.40. walking the path of virtue, Bhag. Y
^yin^T ambhoja, i.e. ambhas-ja 4, 21, 43. Vartta,-, m. a spy.
(vb. jan), n. A lotus flower, Bohtl. T5Jl|jr( aya + vant, adj., f. vati
Ind. Spr. 1447. Comp. Hema-, n. a Happy, Kir. 6, 20.
golden lotus flower, Megh. 63.
^T^ro ayas (probably a-yam + as)
^SPWYf^fft ambhojini, i.e. ambhoja
n. Iron. Comp. Krishna-, n. iron
+ in + i, f. An assemblage of lotus MBh. 13, 6225 Cf. Lat. aes ; Goth
flowers, Bhartr. 2, 15. eis + arn; A.S. isern.
T5fQflT ambkoda, i.e. ambhas-da ^i|4c^| ?f ayas-hanta (vb. ham)
(vb. da), m. A cloud, Ram. 5, 40, 7. in. A loadstone, Ragh. 17, 63.
^5f^j| %J^ ambhodara, i. e. ambhas ^TOWI ayas+maya, adj., f. yi, 0
-dhara, m. A cloud, Dacak in Chr. 199,7. iron, Arj. 10, 31.
^T^n^T ambhodi, i.e. ambhas-dha H^JT aya, Ved. (old instr. sing, o
(cf.m'tfAi),m. The ocean, Kathas. 19, 105.
idam) Thus, Chr. 293, 4=Rigv. i. 87
^RlV?^ ambhoruh, and ^RfftHJ 4 ; but in this passage rather foi
ambhoruha, i.e. ambhas-ruh and rA + ayas.
a, n. A lotus. ^PTP9 ayas, i.e. a-yas, adj. Inde^
^PJTf o-mmaya, i.e. ap + maya, adj., fatigable (?), Chr. 290, il=Rigv. i
f. yi, Consisting of water, watery. 64, 11.
^5J"J^" affla, 111. Sourness, Ram. 5, ^Sjf^J ayi, 1. A vocative particle,
14, 45; Man. 5, 114 (acids). Perhaps Dacak. in Chr. 182, 16. 2. An interro
from vb. am Cf. Lat. am + arus. gative particle, Pauch. 38, 6.
^ffj AY, see t. ^^rSf a-yuj, adj. Odd, Man. 3, 277.

Tfq aya, i.e. i + a, m. 1. Going. ^^jTTOIW^ a-yuta+fas, adv. Ten


a. Good luck, Ragh. 4, 26. ^ousand-fold, Indr. 2, 8.
^Sl4

VI aye, inlerj. Oh ! Ah ! 1. Of ^T^fflTT aratni + ka, m. The elbow,


surprise, Vikr. 11, 3. 2. Of calling, Yajii. 3, 86.
Bhartr. a, 87. ^J^(ij< aravinda, n. A lotus,
sej|iq ayogava, m. An ayogavx Ragh. l, 48.
voaan (? cf. ayogava), Man. 10, 32. ^SHJSW arajaka, i.e. a-rajan + ka,
^rrf%5T a-yoni-ja (vb. jan), adj. adj. Without a king, Man. 7, 3.
Ntt born in the natural way, Ragh. 11,47. ^!<;i JjJSH Hlffariq^a-rajanya-pra-
1<JlH*IH ayonija + tva, n. A su si'/li + tas, adv. From one who is not
pernatural birth, Rajat. 5, 73. born in the military caste, Man. 4, 84.
~^ll I *i| ayomaya, i.e. ayas+ maya, TSJ^T^f arala, adj., f. la, Crooked,
., f. j, Iron, Man. 11, 103 (read Ram. 5, 28, 13.
talpt, instead of tapte). ^Sjf^ art, m. 1. probably a-ra ( + i?)
if^ ara, i.e. ri + a, m. The spoke An enemy, Punch, i. d. 267. 2. ri + i,
of wheel, Ciik. d. 166. A wheel, Panch. i. d. 324.Comp.
Danava-, m. an enemy of the Danavas.
m,M ara-ghalt + a, m. A wheel
^H^^WftT arikthiya, i.e. a-rikt/ta +
or a machine for raising water from a
well, Paich. 209, 24. xya, adj., f. ya, Incapable of inheriting,
Man. 9, 147.
S<,fe and -^f^ aranx, f. Wood used
^uf^T aritra, i.e. ri + tra, n. A rud
fir kindling a fire by attrition, Pafich.
i- i- 247 ; Ram. 2, 104, 24. der.Cf. O.H.G. ruodar ; iptVqc=Ved.
aritri.
\i, <y aranya, n. A forest. Comp.
Bkarma-, n. 1. a grove where as- ^STrT^T arirhdama, i.e. ari + m
Mics live, Cak. 14, 1. 2. The name -dam + a, adj. Victorious, Chr. 21, 14;
of forest, MBh. 13, 7655. Maha-, 31, 13.
a large forest, Rum. 3, 52, 46.
TSff^g" a-rishta (vb. rwA). I. adj.,
^KtW aranya +ka, n. A forest, f. la, Unhurt, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. i.
Yijn, s, 192. 112, 25 ; Draup. 7, 20. II. m. 1. The
^Kw*H aranyanx, i.e. araya + i, soap berry plant, Sapindus snponaria,
Yajn. l, 186. 2. The nimb tree, Melia
f- A Urge forest, Hit. 17, 4.
azadaracta, Ram. 2, 94, 9. 3. A wo
TTC"frT aratt (vb. ri ?), m. 1. A dis man's apartment, the lying-in chamber,
poser, Lass. 101, 4=Rigv. 7, 16, l. 2. Ragh. 3, 15 ; the female apartments,
"-rati, f. Pain, Kir. 5, 31. Cf. vir- the gyneceum, Ram. 2, 42, 22.
Tff^g^T arishta + ka, m. The soap
^njfl| ara/m' (vb. ri ; the aff. con berry plant, Sapindus saponaria, Man.
tains the verb tan), m. 1. The elbow, 5, 120 (its pounded fruits).
l>raup. , 5. a. A cubit of the middle ^SfXy^faT arishtanemin (=a
length from the elbow to the tip of the
-ruhta-nemx), m. A proper name,
little finger, Kam. 4, 40, 43Cf. Goth,
arms ; Lat. annus, anna ; wXtVrj ; Lat. Ram. 5, 2, 10.
ulna; O.H.G. elina. ^r^qr arunaCakin to arxts, cf.arusha).
^Hl<WT Vt.
I. adj., f. na and ni, Tawny, dark red, ray of light, Chr. 291, 2=Rigv. i
Chr. 293, 2=Rigv. i. 88, 2 ; Ram. 3, 5, 7. 85, 2. 2. The sun, Chr. 36, 22. 3
II. m. 1. The dawn, Man. 10, 33. 2. Swallowwort, Asclepias gigantea, (^ak
The sun, Cik. d. 31 {parirtala-, The d. 41. Comp. Jala-, the reflexion o
setting sun). 3. A proper name, Dev. the sun in water, Bhag. P. 3, 27, 1
11, 49. Bala-, m. the rising sun. Sa-, adj
with the sun, sunny. S11-, adj. flashing
^5(^Tffr aruna + ta, f. Tawny (the
beautifully, Chr. 293, l=Rigv. i, 50, 1.
eolour), Cic. 9, 14.
^fT^T argala, m., f. la, and n. A
T5f^'0j"'n aruna-psu (the latter part wooden bolt, or pin for fastening a door,
perhaps bhas + u), adj. Tawny, Chr. Kathas. 4, 56; Panch. 105, 5. Comp.
288,1 =RigV. i. 49, 1. An-, adj. unrestrained, Ragh. 3, 39.
^^fWfT arunita, i.e. aruna 4- ita, Nis-, 1. adj. unrestrained, MBh. 3,
16601. 2. ace. lam, adv. without con
adj., f. ta, Made red, Rit. 6, 5 ; Cic. straint, Rajat. 3, 194.
C, 15. ^jff^Jff argalila, i.e. argala -j- ita,
^51^ rid' arumtuda, i.e. aru + m-tud
adj. Shut by a pin.
+ a (cf. ants), adj. 1. Wounding, Prab.
31, 16. 2. Causing pain, Prab. 93, 2. ^J^ argh, i. 1, Par. To be worth,
^SH^Rfff^1 a-rundhati (vb. rudh), f. Paiich. i. d. 88. Cf. arli, apx", "PX"f*"c,
!'tf)\ofi<ii, Upyfia.
1. The wife of Vacishtha, Ram. 1, 10,
37. 2. An asterism, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. *?T^ argh + a (vb. argh or arh), m.
1165. and n. 1. Price, cost, Man. 8, 398. 2,
^SJ^^T arusha, i.e. arus + a. I. adj., A mode of worship, or reverence, con
f. shi, Tawny, Chr. 294, i = Rigv. i. 92, sisting in an oblation of rice, etc., with
1. II. m. A dark red cloud, Chr. water or, of water only, Sav. 3, 6.
291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5. Comp. An-, I. m. n. wrong price, Yajn.
2, 250. II. adj. priceless, inestimable,
^5f^9 arus, n. A wound. Kathas. 24, 148. Malta-, adj. of great
value, Kathas. 21, 86.
^jf^ are, interj. of calling to infe
riors, sirrah ! Prab. 24, 8. ^5J^TrHJ argha + (as, adv. Under
the real value, Bhartr. 2, 12 (this is the
^f^l|4j arepas, i.o. a-rip(=lip) +
true reading).
as, adj. Spotless, pure from sin, Chr.
290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
^SC&f arghya, i.e. argha -\-ya. I. adj.,
f. ya. 1. Deserving worship, Yajn. 1,
^lO T*l<fT arogitA, i.e. a-rogin + ta,
357. 2. Deserving to be entertained, ib.
f. Health, Hit. Pr. d. 18. 1, 110. II. 11. A respectful oblation to
^H 0^*11 arogyata, i.e. a-roga + gods or venerable men, consisti ng ofrice,
durva grass, flowers, etc., with wnter.
ya + la, f. Health, Ram. 2, 70, 7.
or of water only, Yajn. 1, 289.Comp.
f ^plf ARK, i. 10, Par. (rather a de- An-, adj. invaluable, Kathas. 3, 42.
110m. derived from arka). l.To praise. H^ ARCH, i. 1 and 10, Par. and
2. To heat. Atm. 1. To beam, Chr. 291, 2 = Kigv.
TJJ^f arka, i.e. arch -r a, m. i. 85, 2; to shine, Chr. 294, 3=Rigv. i.
I ?wf
' a, J. 2. To worship, to honour, Man. 2. ^f^ AllJ, i. 10, Par. To work,
t . To offer respectfully, Man. 4,
to prepare. With the prepositions
" fli. an-archita, Given without due
fawoor, Man. 4, 813.With the prep. ?J<Rq sam-vpa, To prepare, Chr. 14, 21
^ff abhi. To worship, Man. 8, 391. (read tat tu).
-'iynrchita, with gen. Raj at. 5, 101. ^H3fT arj+ana, n. Earning, ac
Titn ^*WfT sam-abhi, To worship, quisition, BiJhtl. Indr. Spr. 219.
Taja, i, irs.With TffrJ prati, Causal. TT^f arj-una (from a lost vb. akin
To return a respectful salutation, with to raj). I. adj., f. ni, White, Chr. 288,
cc. Ram. 2, 71, 31.With ^JJ sam, 3=Rigv. i. 49, 3. II. m. 1. A tree,
Terminalia Arjuna, Ram. 3, 19, 13. 2.
To honour, Ram. 2, 3, 48.
The name of the third son of Pfmdu,
Tj ^ arch + ala, adj. Worshipping, Indr. 1, 10. III. f. ni, The dawn, Ram,
Man. li, 224. 2, 114, 14. Cf. apyevvos, cipyvpog ; Lat.
argentum ; the base of these forms is arj
TTqif arch + ana, n. Worship, Da + vant: cf. also, apyot, apytXos, apyi'ic,
wk, in Chr. 181, 19. Apyvvvis ; see ranj, rajata.
"*TJ| arch + a, f. Worship, Chr. 56, 1 1. '^IHI'W arnava (from arna, ved. by
aff. va for vant), m. The ocean, Ram.
^pj arc/i + i, m. Flame, Chr. 288,
4, 9, 38. Comp. Maha.-, m. the ocean.
'*=Rigv. i. 48, 13; Rngh. 12, 11. Lavana-,m. the sea of salt water, Ram.
Coup. Sa-, adj. flaming, Ram. 4, 10,20. 1, 1, 70. Sa-parvata-vana-, adj., f. va
^fa2 arch-ilri, m. A worshipper, (viz. prithivi, earth), with its moun
Cam. 5, 32, 7. tains, forests, and seas, Ram. 1, 16, 32.

^fc WvT arckishmant, i.e. archis + ^ffcf artti, i.e. ard+ti, f. Pain,
mmt, dj., ' tnr^i, Beaming, flaming, Kathas. 13, 152.
Vikr. d. 43. ^PqN ARTH, i. 10 (rather adenom.

^pi*J arch+is, f. and n. 1. A derived from artha) Atm. To ask, to


ray of light, Chr. 294, 5=Rigv. i. 92, 5. request; with two ace. Da<;ak. in Chr.
Z. Flame, Ram. 5, 75, 6; 6,36, 117. 199, 15. tvam tarn imam artham ar-
Comp. Aruna-, m. the sun, Dacak. in thayate, He asks this from thee, Pass.
Chr. 184. 5. Ud-, adj. radiant, Ragh, Kathas. 22, 52. fair eva.rthyama.nas,
7, 21. (Janta- (vb. (am), adj. extin Being requested by them. With the
guished. Saptarchis, i.e. saptan-, m. prep. ^jftf abhi, To ask, to request,
1. fire. 2. the planet Saturn. Prab. 109, 18, with two ace; Par., with
f ace. and loc. Kathas. 26, 148. tvam
T!T$ iirchh, see n.
bhartritve 'bhy arlhayishyati, She will
l.^TST ,4/iV, i. 1, and 10, Par. To ask thee to become her husband, abh-
ern, to acquire.MBh. 11, 193; Indr. 3, yarthita, Asked, Man. 2, 189. n. De
7 (Atm). sra-arjila and svayam-arjita, sire, Yajn. 2, 88.With qrff had. 1.
adj. Acquired by one's own efforts, To treat ill, Bohtl. Indr. Spr. 591. 2.
Ram. 1, 43, 11 ; Man. 9, 209. With the To reproach, Da<;ak. in Chr. 200, 15.
prep.^T| upa. To acquire, Man. 9, 208. 3. To torment, Kathas. 18, 243. WitU.
^ 'SWTf
Tf pra, To request, Paiich. 255, 22; of sense, Man. 4, 16. Etad-artha -+ m,
prarthayana instead ofprarthayamana, therefore, Paiich. i. d. 330 ; in order,
Bam. 2, 25, 31 ; with inf. kirn idam prar- Bam. 2, 52, 24. Kim-, adj. with what
thitam kartum, What is this which you aim, Chr. 57, 24. Kim-artha + m. adv.
intend todo? Nal. 19, 15; Par.Bam. 3,40, why, to what end, Nal. 22, 7. Krita-,
G; Paiich. 96, 5. tatprarthita, i.e. tad-, adj. having attained one's end, satis
adj. Requested by him, Dacak. in Chr. fied, Bam. 4, 34, 22. Griha-, m. the
197, 8.Pass, prarthya, To be desired, business of the house, Man. 2, 67. Tad
-artha + m, adv. therefore, Bam. 1, 73, 4.
ib. 184, 17.With ^gf?W abhi-pra, To Nirartha, i.e. nis-, I. m. nonsense. II.
wish, Bam. 2, 11,3. With JJTT sam adj. 1. purposeless. 2. poor. 3. un
-pra, To request, MBh. 5, 18.With meaning. Nigchitartha, i.e. nis-chita-,
(vb. chi), adj. completely resolved,
IffrT prart, To challenge, Bhatt. 6, 25.
Bam. 4, 42,9. Para-,m. 1. great import
With ?f?f sam (rather a denom. de ance. 2. the interests of another. 3.
rived from samarlha), 1. To prepare, sexual intercourse. Parama-, m. 1.
Bam. 4, 26, 25 (Par.); Chr. 55, 7. 2. the most sublime truth. 2. the whole
To consider, Bam. 6, 101, 17. 3. To truth. 3. reality. 4. earnest, (^lik.
expect, Vikr. 20, 9. 4. To interpret, d. 51. Purusha-, m. 1. the object or
Cak. d. 67. 5. To judge, Paiich. 185, aim of man. 2. human exertion.
2. 6. To approve, Paiich. 71, 25 (Par.). Bhuta-, m. an element of life. Mahu;
7. To determine, Bum. 2, 20, 26 Gorr. 1. m. a principal object. II. adj. 1.
significant. 2. dignified. Yajria-, adj.
^5J^J artha, i.e. ri + tha, m. 1. De serving for a sacrifice, Bhag. 3, 9.
sire; vivaha-, a marriage suit. 2. Aim; Yalha-, adj. 1. accordiug to the sense.
sidd/ta-, one who has obtained his aim, 2. proper, right, tham, adv. suitably,
Chr. 62, 60. 3. Advantage, Bhartr. 2, properly. A -yalha.-, adj. not true, Cak.
40. 4. Business, Man. 2, 67. S. Wealth, d. 54. Yad-artha + m, adv. for what
Paiich. i. d. 197; worldly prosperity, reason, Chr. 3, 3. Yavadartha, i.e.
Man. 12, 38 (one of the three aims of yarant-, I. adj. as much as may bo
men; the two others are hama, pleasure, useful, Man. 2, 182. II. adv. tham, as
and dharma, virtue); money, Dacak. much as may be useful, ib. 2, 51. Sva-,
in Chr. 180, 19. 6. Cause, Man. 2, 213. I. adj. 1. having one's own object. 2.
7. Thing, Man. 8, 170. 8. Meaning, having a literal meaning. 3. pleonastic.
Man. 3, 186; true sense, Man. l, 3; II. in. ]. property. 2. own object. 3.
thought, word, fik. d. 164. 9. In law: own interest, Bliaitr. 2, 59.
A suit, an action. 10. The ace. arlham
^Sl^j^f^ artha-kara, adj., f. ri, Use
is used asan adverb, but almost always at
the end of a compound word, implying, ful, Hit. Pr. d. 18.
' for,' ' on account of,' e.g. yajna-siddhi- ^R^JUfT artha-hri + t, adj. Useful,
arlham, For the performance of sacri
Indr. 5, 56.
fices, Man. 1, 23. The dat. arthdya,
and loc. arthe, may be also used at ^SCTF artha-ghna, adj., f. ni, Pro
the end of a compound word, or may digal, Man. 9, 80.
govern the genitive. Abl. arthat, ' to
wit," 'namely,' Sch. Cak. d. 41. ^^ ailft artha-jata (vb.jaii), n. 1.
Comp. Ili-arlha + ?n, adv. to this end, Money's worth, Dacak. in Chr. 192, 16.
Brahmanav, 3, 4. Indriya-, m. an objea S. Financial affairs, Cak. 90, 13 (Prnkr).
TV*
^<"f*J artha-tas, adv. Truly, Vc- adj., f. yd. 1. Fit for, susceptible of,
dintas. in Chr. 202, 5. e.g. yd/ana-, susceptible of torment,
Man. 12, 16. 2. Referring to, e.g.
^R arlha-da (vb. c/d), adj. 1. dharma-, referring to duty, MBh. 1,
Useful, Kathas, 17, 122. 2. Liberal, 600.
Man. 2, 109.
^ST^Pn^T arthepsuta, i.e. artlia-ipsa,
VQm arth + and, f. A request,
ipsa, desid. of dp +u + td, f. Desire of
S'lish. 5, 112. wealth, Brahmanav. 1, 18.
^J%]^r| arfha + rat, adv. Accord mZ| arthya, i.e. artha + ya, adj., f.
ing to the object, Man. 5, 134. yd. 1. Proper, Bam. 6, 92, 77. 2.
VVVH artha + vant, adj., f. vati. Wealthy.Comp. 7/ei-,adj. abound
L. Wealthy, Hit. i. d. 175. 2. Signi ing in gold, Paiich. i. d. 377.
ficant, full of meaning:, Ram. 1, 14, 35. ^ ARD, i. 1, Par. 1. f To go. 2.
3. True, Pauch. i.d. 152.Comp. Mahd-, To beg, Ragh. 5, 17. i. 1 and 10, Par.
idj. very dignified. and Atm. 1. To kill, Ram. 1, 16, SO.
TSjf^fTT arthita, i.e. art/tin + ta, f. 2. To hurt; to wound, Paiich. 221, 13.
L Desire, Man. 9, 203. 2. Begging, 3. To afflict ; to vex, Ram. 3, 14, 11 ;
Hit. i. d. 130. 53, 27.With the prep, ^fit\ ati. To
^|f%|<q arthitra, i.e. art/tin + tva, n. press violently, Bb.aU. 15, 115.With
L Condition of one who implores, ^ff*? abhi. To press; to afflict, Ram.
Megh. 6. 2. Request, Malav. 40, 4 2, 21, 55; cf. abhyarnna.With Tff%
Comp. An-, n. Absence of desire, disdain, prati. To press in return, Ram. 6, 92,
Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 87 (Pauch. i. d. 158).
52.With f% vi. To press, a-vyarn-
^Bpy5 arthin, i.e. arrha + in, adj.,f.
na. Not pressed, Bhatt. 9, 19. With
. 1. Full of desire, Ram. 1, 48, 18;
J&f sam. To wound, MBh. 3, 761.
with instr. bhdryayd charthi, Long
ing after a wife, Ram. 3, 24, 4. vadhena Cf. perhaps dpi in &phc.
mamdrthi. Desiring my death, Biihtl. S^ITT -ard+ana, adj. Killing,
Chr. 1 14, 27. 2. A beggar, Bhartr. 2, 36 ; Ram. 1, 54, 17. kailabha- andjana-, m.
Dacak. in Chr. 186, 20. 3. A plaintiff, Names of Vishnu, Bhag. P. 3, 24, 18;
Man. 8, 62.Comp. Ch/tdyd-, adj. de Bhartr. 3, 84.
siring shadow. Dhuna-, adj. greedy for
money, Man. 5, 34. Putra-, adj. wish TflJ ardha, i.e. ridh + a. I. adj., f.
ing for a son, Man. 3, 48. Bala-, adj. dhd. Half, halved, Lass. 22, 2.Often
desiring power, Man. 2, 37. Bhdryd-, former part of comp. words : -pana,
adj. desiring a wife, Chr. 6,5. Yuddha-, Half a pana, Man. 8, 404. -ukta, Half
adj. seeking war. (Jarana-, adj. de spoken, Pauch. 77, 2. -dagdha, Half
pending on others for protection, un burnt, Paiich. 98, 1.When before car
fortunate. Hita-, adj. seeking another's dinal numerals it denotes: 1. A half
welfare, Ram. 3, 48, 15. more, e.g. -trayodaym, thirteen and
a half, Yajn. 2, 265. 2. A half of the
Tlf^nHH arthisdt, i.e. arthin -f sat, following number more, e.g. -fata,
dv. (Given) to mendicant?, Raj at. 5, 18. hundred and fifty, Man. 8, 331. 3.
Division of the following numhM
(vtfftl -arlhhia. i.e. -artha + ii/a.
-paAcJtagat, twenty-five, Man. 2, 2G8. 1. Offering, Sam. 4, 28, 22. 2. Return
When an ordinal follows a half is ing, Hit. 72, 19. 3. Putting on, Sagh.
added, e.g. -triliya, three and a half, 2, 35. Comp. Deia-, adj. receiving
Sam. 2, 92, 10.When it follows a car sacrifices (,?), MBh. 13, 4202.
dinal numeral, this numeral is divided, f K$ ARB, i. l, Par. 1. To go.
e.g. dagardha, i.e. da<;an-, Five, Man.
1,24. II. n. A half, Man. 8, 296. III. m. 2. To kill.
A part, e.g. jaghana-, the rear of an ^5fqT arbuda. I. m.,n. 1. The shape
army, MBh. 5, 5162. pagcha-, The of the foetus in the second month after
hind-part, <^ak. d. 7. purva-, The the conception, Yiijii. 3, 75. 2. A hun
former part, Bhartr. 2, 5.Comp. Chan dred millions, Ram. 5, 29, 3. II. m.
dra-, m. The half-moon, Sam. 1, 28, 25. The name of a mountain, Sam. c.
^SfV^"jT ardha-chandra, m. 1. A 2, 27.

half-moon, Sam. 3, 49, 35. Cf. ardha ^5fH arbha, adj. Small.Cf. ar-
-hhaskara. 2. An arrow with a head bhaha; 6p<j>6c; Lat. orbus; Goth, arbja;
like a half-moon, Sam. 3, 34, 30; cf. A.S. orf.
6, 36, 77. 3. The hand bent into a
semicircle or the shape of a claw, as ^!W3f arbha + ka, m. 1. A child,
for the purpose of seizing or clutching Sagh. 3, 21. 2. The young of any
any thing, ardhachandraih da. To animal, Cak. d. 14, v. r.
seize one by the neck, Panch. 63, 24. ^Iq arya, m., f. ya and yi, A roan
^f^j^rgj ardhabhaj, i. e. ardha
or woman of the third caste, Dacak. in
-bhaj, adj. Getting a half of, Man. Chr. 186, 17.
8, 39.
^f^JTf'T aryaman, m. 1. The name
^Sf'feJIJUsRT' ardha-bh&skara, m.
of a deity, Sam. 2, 25, 8. 2. The chief
Noon, Sam. 3, 55, 33 (ardhachandra-, of the Pitris, or Manes, Bhag. 10, 29.
loc. At noon on the day of the half-
moon, i.e. on the eighth day of the t ^v ARV, i. 1, Par. To kill, or
month). hurt.
^H^^T^TVf^ 4H ardharatrardha- TJI^ST arvan and ^Jqr? arrant, m.
divasa, i. e. ardha-ratra-ardha-di- vati, f. A horse, Lass. 102, 3=Eigv. "
vasa, m. The equinox, Sam. 3, 55, 35. 102, 2. Cf. perhaps Lat. armentum.
^ffW^r ardhika, i.e. ardha + iha, ^T^Tf^RuTT arvakhalikata, i.e.
adj., f. hi, Amounting to the half, arvaAch-kala + ika + ta, f. Modern date,
Yfijii. 2, 296.Comp. Tad-, adj. half Man. 12, 96.
that (time), Man. 3, l.
^J^TW arvailch, i.e. arva-aAch (the
'SjftjT^ ardhin, i.e. ardha + in, adj.,
former part is still questionable), adj., '
f. hi, Entitled to a half, Man. 8, 210. vachi ; n. arvah, adv. 1. Towards, Clu'.
^VT^^f ardhoruha, i.e. ardha-uru 295, l6 = Eigv. i. P2, 16. 2. Before, till.
with abl., Man. 5, 59. Within, Yajn. -'.
+ ha, n. A petticoat, Dacak. in Chr.
173. arrak satRvatsarat, Until one year
180, 9.
lias elapsed, Man. 8, 30. 3. Near, &
^5JTJT$T arpana, i.e. ri, Caus. + ana, u. d. 40 v.r.
^FfaiT^r
WVn <wf, probably risk + as respect, Man. 2, 137. Rajarha, i.e.
[with f instead of sh), n. Haemor rajan-, adj. royal, suitable to, or fit
rhoids. for a king, Ram. 3, 49, 42. Satkara-,
adj. deserving hospitality, Nal. 9, 10.
^JW arfas+a, adj., f. so. Subject Sukha-, adj. deserving pleasure, Ram.
;o hemorrhoids, Man. 3, 7. 3, 52, 41.

^ ^i?Z/ (A for /<, cf. r^), i, 1, ^I^Tjr arhana, i.e. arh + ana. I. n.
Par. (in epic poetry also Atm., Hid. I, A token of respect, Man. 3, 54. II. f.
m). I. To deserve, with the ace, na, Worship, adoration, Panch. 236,
Mm. 2, 208 (manam, honour); Man. 8, 24.
323 (eadkam, death); 8, 194 (dan/Jam, a 'SJtJ^ arha + tva, n. Worthiness,
fine); 8, 267 (fatam . . . dandam, a fine
Kathas. 2, 74.
of hundred paiias) ; 8, 139 (paAchahaih
ptfam, with ellipsis of danda, he must ^l^fT arhant (ptcple. of the ]>res.
py five in the hundred). 2. To be of arh), f. kali, Venerable, Ciik. d. 112.
entitled to, with the inf., Man. 8, 147. Superlat. arhattama, Most venerable,
X To be obliged to, with the ace, CAk. Man. 3, 128.
d.66; with the inf., Man. 8, 155 ; Naish.
S. us (tartum arhati, must be done). t ^r^ AL, i. 1, Par. 1. To adorn.
4. To undergo, Man. 8, 145; Rum. 6, 2. To be able. 3. To prevent.
loa, jo. 5. To be worthy, to be equal
,?reraT alaka. I. m. and n. A curl,
to, with the ace, Man. 3, 131. 6. To
be able, with the inf., Bbag. 2, 17. 7. Rit. 6, 6. II. f. ha, The capital of
L l, and i. 10, Par. To worship or to Kuvera, Megh. 7Comp. Lata-, m. an
honour. 8. The second persons oi i. l, elephant.
joined with an inf. represent a respect ^I*1^| alahananda,f, Thenamo
ful form of the imperative, vaktum
of a river, and surname of the Ganges.
arhati, Say (literally, Be pleased to say,
cf. the Lat. dignor, with the inf.), Man. ^f^T^J alakta (cf. laktaha), m. Lac,
' 3- With the prep, ^ff)* abhi, a- the red animal dye so called.
Ihyarhita. Fit, suitable. ^T^W alahta + ha, m. Lac (see
the last).
^[% arh + a, adj., f. ha. 1. Deserv
ing, with the ace, Rim. 1, 53, 12 ; sub ^IH't^l^J^TrlT alakshyajanmata, i.e.
ject to, Man. 8, 240. With the inf., a-lakshya-janman-r tii. f. Insignificant
Bhg. l, 37 {narhd rayarh hantum, we birth, Kumiiras. 5, 72.
ought not to be killed). 2. Entitled T*'!1=TH>S! alamkarana, i.e. alam-hri
to, with the ace, Man. 9, 144 ; with the
inf., Rim. 4,36, 17. 3. Worth; maha-, + ana, n. Ornament, Bhartr. 2, 88.
of great value, Da^ak. in Chr. 198, 1C. ^PsT^rnC ala-ifthara, i.e. alam-kri +
4. Fit, suitable, Paiich. 152, 8 Comp. a, m. 1. Trimming, Ram. 2, 40, 13.
An-, adj. 1. not deserving, Draup. 9, 7. 2. Ornament, trinkets, Dacjak. in Chr.
2. unworthy, Brilimanav. 2, 16. Puja-,
183, 13.
adj. worthy of reverence, Man. 9, 26.
TU^qiT^q? alamhara + ha,m. Or
Priya-, adj. deserving love, amiable,
Kir. 5, Sl. Mdna-, adi. entitled to nament, Man. 7, 220.
^sfeif^ alamkrili, i.e. alam-kri + ti, read alinam or alino, from ^fpif 7
f. Ornament, Amar. 13. alin, m. A large black bee.
^WSTRiT a-lajja-kara, adj. Not ^jf^p^ alinda, m. 1. A terrace

disgracing, Paich. v. d. 10. ^ak. 62, 14. 2. The name of a people


MBh. 6, 371.
^SpjrJf alam (i .e. ri + a + >, cf. Ved .
^ffa alika. I. adj., f. ha, False
aram, apa, apt-, ipi-, apw), a^v- ' *"**>
able, with loc, Ram. 3, 47, 6 ; with Amar. 23. II. n. 1. Any thing dis
inf., Ram. 2, 39, 28. 2. Adequate, pleasing, Ram. 2, 52, 25. 2. Falsehood,
Megh. 54; with inf., Kir. 5, 17 ; Dacak. Pauch. 259, 4. 3. Smallness, Paiich. i.
in Chr. 194, 3. 3. Enough, with dat. d. 205 (smallness and falsehood).
Man. 11, 76 ; with inf., Cjc. 9, 87. 4. ^}^fTT3T a-lepa-fka, adj., f. paka
No more, implying prohibition, no, not; and pika, Spotless, Vedantas. in Chr.
with instr., Dacak. 187, 14 (guchalam,
217, 6.
cease to lament) ; with inf., Mrichchh.
45, 6 (alaiii suptajanam prabodhayitum, ^J^ffaiJ alokya, i.e. a-loka -f ya, adj.,
do not awake the sleeping man) ; with f. ya. 1. Extraordinary. 2. Obstruct
absolutive, Ram. 2, 28, 5 (alam, vanam ing the progress to heaven, Man. 2, 161.
gatva, do not go to the forest). 5. ^'ftH* a-loma + ka, adj., f. miha
Abundant, powerfully, Ram. 5, 3, 21 ;
(ved. also maka). Having no hair,
RSjat. 5, 377. 6. See kri.
Man. 3, 8.
^^"3? alarka, m. 1. A fabulous ^pjfftjT'^ alolutva (probably for 0
animal, MBh. 12, 87. 2. The proper -lolupa -h tva), n . Absence of covetous-
name of a prince, Ram. 2, 12, 40.
ness, Bhag. 16, 2.
^5[<nr a-las + a, adj., f. sa. 1. ^^IT afpa, adj. f. pa. 1. Little,
Weary. 2. Slack, Rit. C, 12. 3. Sleepy, small, Ram. 5, 35, 31 ; Man. 3, 55 ; t>l-
Raj at. 5, 408. 4. Lazy, Ranch, iii. d. pena, For a small price, Dacak in Cbr.
25 Comp. Sa-, adj. languid, Rit. 6, 180, 18. 2. Insignificant, Ragh. 2, *:
30. 3. Of no great value, Dacak. in Chr.
^rr?T alata, n. A firebrand, Ram. 198, 6 (,cf. naya). 4. Short, Paucli.
Pr. d. 10. 5. Feeble, Kathas. 24, 18.
3, 24, 18.
Comparative, alpiyams, Man. 8, '"'
sq^fT^ alabu, f. A long gourd, a
and alpatara. Comp. An-, adj., 1-
gourd -bottle, Man. 6, 54. great, Dacak in Chr. 182, 8. 2. nu
merous, 187, 5. 3. much, Kathiis. 18, 2-
^TRTRT alabu + maya, adj., f. yi,
Alpa-alpa, adj. very little, Man. 7,l
Made of a gourd, Yfiju. 3, 60. Su-, adj. 1. very small, Bhartr. 2, 23;
^5jf% ali, m. A bee. svalpena, for a very short time, Man-
2, 134. 2. very few.
^tot alitljara, m. An earthen TSpST^T alpa-ka, adj., f. pika, Small.
water jar, Matsyop. 10.
Man. 3, 219.
T5jf%T alin, see the next.
^psqTTT alpa + ta> f- and ^SpsTS "'/"'
^lf%ft alin't, f. A swarm of be- tva, 11. Minuteness, Biihtl. I'1"-
f>\ TUmi-tv 1 k- nnrhans oucbt . 1143.
<5 t| <i: <c| <1 1 alpa-dukkha + ta, f. room, Man. 3, 207. 2. Interval. 3.
Hiving little pain, Arj. 10, 8. Opportunity, Ram. 5, 9, 28; Punch, iii.
d. 263 (264), cf. vishaya.Comp. Nit-,
^ -V Xl*J aljja-fas, adv. In a small
adj. having no room for moving free
degree, Man. 12, 20. ly, Bhag. P. 5, 26, 28. Sulabha-, adj. f.
^P*ld alpita, i.e. alpa + ita, adj., f. ca, getting easily the opportunity (of
appearing), ^ak. d. 191.
ii. Diminished, Naish. 1, 15.
S^4I1(? -avaka$a-da (vb. da),
^R A F,i. 1, Par. 1. To please, to sa
m. One who gives shelter, Man. 'J,
tisfy, Ragh. 11, 75. 2. To be pleased, 271; 278.
xed. 3. To desire, Kagb. 1, 65. 4.
To take care, ved. 5. To protect, ^5lc|9n(fwT avaklrnin, i.e. ava-k'una
Chr. 291, l3=Rigr. i. 64, 13 ; Cak. d. 1. + in (vb. Art) adj., f. ni, A violator of
6. f To more. 7. t To excite affec a vow to be chaste, Man. 2, 187 ; 3, 155.
tion, or be lovely. 8. | To know, or ^J^sU^T avakraya, i.e. ava-kri + a
apprehend. 9. t To own (v.r. to be
able). 10. t To obey. II. t To act. m. Letting out, Yajii. 2, 238.
11. f To shine. 13. t To obtain. 14. ^5I^^CrnJ avahshepana, i. e. ava
t To embrace. 15. t To kill or hurt. ks/iip + ana, n. Throwing down. Bha-
16. f To take (v.r. to burn). 17. t To shfip. 5.
be (v.r. to divide). 18. J To grow.
^^ifrT avagati, i.e. ava-gam + ti, f.
Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vta.With the
Knowledge.
prep. TJ pra, To help. Chr. 288, 2=
*%miY*{ ava-gam + a, m. Know
Kigr. i. 49, 2; Chr. 296, 5=Rigv. i,
ledge, Bhag. , 2.Comp. Bus-, adj.
112, 5. With Tff1 tarn, To satisfy,
hard to be comprehended, Bhag. P. 5,
Chr. 197, i8=Rigv. i. 112, 18.Cf &; 13, 29. Svatva-, n. ascertainment of
Lit. avcre and uti (au old denominat.). ownership.
TTsf t-o, a prefix. Away, off, down. ^5J3Tn? ava-gah + a, m. Bathing,
I. Combined and compounded with Ragh. 5, 47.
verbs and their derivatives. II. Form ^nPTI ^*1 ava-gah + ana, n. Im
er part of compounded noun*. Cf.
ait- in abifivu, au, avrt ; Lat. autcm, mersion, Paiich. 31, 2.
aut. This prefix is based on a pro ^WPQCT ava-gunth + ana, n. A
noun ara, which is preserved in the
veil.
'A-uA language, and in the former part
of the compounded pronoun afc-rdc. ^D'^'TU^*Hr| avagunthana + rant,

ig^*^ avakara, i.e. ava-kri + a, m. adj., f. rati, Veiled, (,3ak. d. 110.


Sweepings, Bbartr. suppl. 21. ^TcJTT^I avaguhana, i.e. ava-guh,
TSm^\7f acakurta, i.e. ava-hrit + a, Caus. + ana, n. Embracing, Pntb. 57,
11 (v.r.).
m. A chip, Nal. 10, 22.
'Sn^XP? ava-grah + a, m. 1. Ob
V44ldI aca-krit + ana,n. Cutting
stacle. 2. Drought, Ragh. 11, 29. 3.
ofl, Nal. 10, 16. Contempt, Rain. 5, 44, 18. 4. Nature,
original temperament, Malav. 70, d. 8S.
^44111 ara-ku<; + a, m. 1. Space,
^I^ITTW i

(affection).Comp. Dtts-, adj. 1. hard An ear-ring, Vikr. d. 141. Comp


to be stopped, Kam. Nitis. 8, 66. 2. koshtha-agara-, adj , f. ha, adorned
disagreeable, Bhag. P. 4, 19, 35. Nis-, i.e. furnished with treasuries, Ram. 5.
adj. 1. without any obstacle, MBh. 10, 1.
4, 436. 2. irresistible, Rajat. 5, 52. ^SRrfJTO ava-tamas + a, n. Slighl
^JcT?rjrj ava-ghatt' + ana, n. Rub darkness, Cic. 11, 57.
bing off, Sucr. 1, 362, 6. ^|=J<i4,U3 avatarana, i.e. ava-tri +
^5fJ^fHT!J' avagharshana, i. e. ava
ana, n. 1. Descending, Cak. ill, 3.
-ghrish + ana, n. Rubbing off, Yajii. 2. Descent especially of a deity from
3, en. heaven, MBh. 12, 12965.
^^^ITrT avaghata, i.e. ava-han, f . . .
HJclrlM'JJ avatarpana, i. e. ava-lnp
Caus. + a, m. A violent blow. {ana, n. A soothing remedy.
^5I^^?T avachaya, i.e. ava-cki + a, 'SRrTW ava + (as, adv. Below, in
m. Gathering, Dacak. in Chr. 181, 20.
the lower regions, Kir. 5, 27.
^jfrmprj ava-churn + ana, n.
^JsfrfTT avatana, i.e. ava-tan + a,
Sprinkling powders on sores.
m. A cover, Ram. 5, 16, 28.
^^k7 avachchhada, i.e. ava
"sgef rTnrj avatara, i.e. ava-tri + a, m.
-c/ihad+a, m. A cover, Ram. 3, 56, 48.
1. Descent. 2. Entering into, Dacak.
T5(qf^^y avachchheda, i. e. ava in Chr. 185, 6. 2. Descent of a deity
-c/thid+a, m. Distinction. from heaven, Ragh. 10, 85.
'^[cfaT'ST avajaya, i.e. ava-ji + a, m. ^SPCrTT^H! avatarana,, i.e. ava-tri
Conquering, Ragh. 6, 62. Caus. 4- ana, n. Causing to descend,
TSf^TJJT ava-jtia, f. Disrespect, Ram. Ram. 4, 56, 29.
3, 33, 17; Contempt, Ram. 3, 49, 52 ; ^^^TT avaddna, i.e. ava-dai+
Dacak. in Chr. 189, 7. Comp. Sa ana, n. A heroic deed, Dacak. in Chr.
-avajAa, adj. disdainful; savajiiam, 187, 24. Comp. Virya-, n. effecting
adv. with contempt, Ram. 3, 29, 2. any thing by prowess.
^5f^>fTT avajiiana, i.e. ava-j/ia + ^eftf H>W avadarana, i.e. ava-drl
ana, n. Contempt, Hit. 103, 4. + ana, n. Bursting, Ram. 2, 77, 16.
^SJe(<' avata, m. A pit, Ram. 3, 8, 19. "Tm'H a-vad+ya, n. Blame, Kathfu.
T5j^fT avata, m. A well, Chr. 292, 24, 235. Comp. An-, adj., f. ya, blame
iO=Rigv. i. 85, 10. less, Bhartr. 2, 18. Nis-, I. adj. blame
less, Ram. 6, 99, 51. II. f. blameless-
^JcfrJTJ ava-tams +- a, m. and n. 1. ness (?), Indr. 5, 11 (v. r.).
A crest. 2. An car-ring, Dacak. in
Chr. 199, 3. 3. Ornament, Dacak. in ^IWWT avadhana, i.e. ava-d/taj-
Chr. 179, 14.Comp. Pundarika-, adj., ana, n. 1. Attention, Vikr. d. 2. 2.
f. sa, adorned with white lotus flowers, Staring at, Cic. 9, liComp. Sa-, adj.
careful, attentive, Yaju. 3, 112.
Ram. 5, 12, 18.
^jfagr avatarhsa + ha, m. and n. ^^T^W avadhurana, i. e. arc
Sri tana, n. 1. Restriction, Prab. 78. 4. (From the causal of pat) Strik
. 10. 2. Ascertaining, Yedantas. in ing, wounding, Yajn, 2, 277.
Ckr. Jit, 3. ^I^lrjfj avapatana, i.e. ava-pat,
IR^V avadhi, i. e. ava-dha (cf. Caus. +ana, n. Cutting down, Man.
&"}. m. 1. Limit. 2. End. Comp. 11, 64.
Fratyagamavadhi, i. e. pratyagama-,
^l^fY^I ava-pid+ana,a. Hurt
ur. till (my; return, Kathas. 4, loo.
A-, adj. with the end, Kathas. 9, 52. ing, Man. 8, 287.

\i\$\^ A VADHlR, i. 10 (rather ^qqi^J avabodha, i.e. ava-budh + a,


ideoom. of a lost nonn, avadhira, from m. 1. Being awake, Bhag. 6, 17. 2.
ike vb. dirt, cf. dhira), Par. To dis- Full knowledge, Vedautas. in Chr. 219,
dia, to contemn, Cic. 9, 69. 8.Comp. Dus-, adj. hard to be under
stood, Bhag. P. 6, 9, 33.
^l4q|^IQ avadhirana, i. e. aoa-
iflir+mw, n. and f. a. Refusal, ^)<4^ VJ| avabodhana, i. e. ava
High. 8, 47. -budh, Caus. -+ana, n. Instruction,
Panch. 5, 13.
^^*nr<1 avadhir+in, adj., f.
"?, Sorpassing, Dacak. in Chr. 184, 5. ^WTni ava-bhas + a, m. Appear

ITOfl acadhunana, i.e. ava-dhu, ance.Comp. ^4n-, m. non-appearance,


Yedantas. in Chr. 217, n ; 12.
Csaj. +aiia, n. Shaking, Man. 3, 230.
^g3?TTO37 ava-bhas + aka, m. An
^TTSfiTT a-vadhya + ta, f., and
illuminator, Vedantas. in Chr. 219, 11 ;
Vl(rs| a-vadhya + tva, n. Inviola cf. 215, 23.
bility, Ram. 5, 44, 10 ; 6, 36, 30. ^WTTO^n<T avabhasaka + tva, n.
^^1|rt avanati, i.e. ava-nam + ti, Illuminating, Yedantas. in Chr. 204, 19.
f- Setting (of the sun), Cic, 9, 8.
^9<4+it*l"*tl ava-bhas + ana, f. Il
1H1*4 ava-nam+ra, adj., f. ra, luminating, shining, Yedantas. in Chr.
tent, Rit. 6, 15. 215, 11.
^fa and -wf\ avani, f. The earth, ^AHVi ava-bhri+tha, m. The
Bhartr. j, io ; Cic. 9, 20. name of certain ceremonies at the close
^nfl avanejana, i. e. ava-nij of a sacrifice, e.g. bathing, Man. 11, 82.
+ ana, n. Washing, Man. 2, 209. ^Pfl| ava + ma, adj., f., ma, Low.
^Hpiff avanti, m. pi. The name of Comp. An-, adj. high, illustrious, Draup.
* people, MBh. 6, 350. 5, 11.
Tftftl*! avantin, m. A surname ^5|q*jn ava-man + fri, m. A scorn-
of Avantivarman, Raj at. 5, 17. er, Man. 2, 163.
^rft apan/i, f. The name of a ^PTO?T avamarda, i.e. ava-mrid+
<%, the modern Oujein, Megh. 31 v. r. a, m. Devastation, Ram. 6, 43, 7.
S^ifj avapdta, i.e. ava-pat+a, m. ^qrrf^l avamardana, i. e. ava
I- Falling down. a. Descent. 3. A -mrid+ana. I. adj. Destroying, Ram.
pit for catching game in, Ragh. 16, 3, 35, 114. II. n. Destruction.
^!J^*lf?f avamardin, i.e. ava-mrid ^5P=T^TVT avarodhana, i. e. ava
+in, adj., f. ni, Destroying, Kathas. 23, -rudh + ana, n. Blocking up, Bam. 1,
58. 3, 33.

^SI(4{|1 avamana, m., and TJJ^fr. ^5T^<J -^ avaroha, i.e. ava-ruh + a,


m. A pendant branch, one that strikes
TJ avamanana, n., i.e. ava-man + a fresh roots into the earth, as those of
or ana, Disrespect, Man. 2, 162. the Indian fig-tree, Bam. 2, 52, 96.
^SfaTrf^T avamanin, i. e. ava Comp. Dus-, adj. whither it is difficult
to descend, Bajat. 6, 49.
-man + in, adj., f. ni. 1. One who de
spises, Bam. 5, 81, 6. 2. One who ^ cj ^J ^ Hj avarohana, i.e. ava-ruh
undervalues, Cak, 91, 16. + ana, n. Descending, Kathas. 20, 179.
T5feflje| avayava, i.e. ava-yu + a, m. ^^ ava-laksha, adj. White.
1. A limb, Dacak. in Chr. 190, 16. 2. "4(3<<|4-| ava-lamb + a, m. 1. De
A part, Man. l, 16.
pending, hanging on or from. 2. A
^PTtnnn? avayava + gas, adv. prop.Comp. Jala-, adj. supported, i.e.
Limb by limb, Bhag. P. 3, 30, 28. borne by a net, Megh. 71. Nis-, adj.
1. unsupported. 2. not granting any
^Jc(^|feji avayavin, i.e. avayava +
support. Sa-, adj. supported, Bagli.
in, adj., f. ni, Consisting of parts, 19, 50. Seva-, adj. depending on the
Bhashap. 155. service of . . ., Bhartr. l, 66. Hasia-,
'55}^'^ ava+ra. I. adj., f. ra. 1. adj. supported by the hand of . . -,
Vikr. 11, 1.
Posterior, Man. 3, 23. 2. Inferior, Bam.
2. 106, 22. 3. Low, Biijat. 5, 203. II. T*m<!t^PT ava-lamb + ana, n. X.
m. A Cudra, or one of the fourth caste, Supporting one's self, Vedantas. in Chr.
Man. 2, 238.Comp. Avara-avara, adj. 217, 24. 2. A prop or support, Cak.d.
lowest, Bam. 5, 53, 24.Preceded by a loo.Comp. An-, n. not supporting
numeral it implies ' at least,' e.g. tri-, one's self, Vedantas. in Chr. 217, 23.
three at least, Man. 8, 60 ; at least Kara-, n. taking hold with the hand,
three times, Man. 11, 80 ; also, after Cic. 9, 82 ; Hit. 41, 16.
Mrshapana-, a karshapana at least, ^MHf*-M ava-lamb + in, adj., f-
Man. 8, 274.
ni. 1. Hanging down. 2. Hanging.
^53^31 avara-ja (vb. jan). I. adj., Mrichchh. 46, 7. 3. Supporting one's
f.ja, Younger, Bam. 3, 75, 10. II. to. self, Cak. 62, 15 Comp. Rajju-, adj.
1. A younger brother, Bajat. 5, 26. 2. hanging by a string.
A Cudra, or one of the fourth caste, ^f%TTrTT ava-lipta+ta, f., and
Man. 2, 223.
^SRf^TT^ ava-lipta + tva, n. Pride,
Tjf^TjV avarodha, i.e. ava-rudh +
Bhartr. 2, 44.
a, m. 1. Hindrance. 2. Blocking up.
3. The seraglio of a palace, Bajat. 5, 357. ,5M<!I ^t ava-lwich + ana, n. Pull
^f^^Vy^f avarodhaka, i. e. ava ing out, Bam. 6, 98, 25.
-rudh + aka, adj. Being about to block ^M<!|iy1 ava-lunth + ana, n. Rob-
up, Bam, 1, 71, 6. b: Kathas. 22, 71.
58
s>
^q<q*c|1 avalumpana, i.e. ava-lup 2. Self-confidence, Parich, 246, 19. 3.
4
+aa, n. Leaping away, Lass. 48, 4. Gold.Comp. Sa-, adj. full of self-con
fidence, Palich. i. d. 215; ace. Sdva-
mti| nvalepa, i.e. ava-lip-^-a, m.
shtambham, adv. courageously, Kathas.
L Anointing. 2. Pride, Vikr. 5, 8. 25, 97.
Comp. An-, adj. without anointing and
without pride, Cic. 9, 51. Sa-, adj. Is! tJ.*iW avashtambhana, i.e. ava
Proud, Dacak. in Chr. 185, 19. -stambh + ana, n. Supporting one's self
on, being supported by, Panch. 233, 16.
N4<3<41 aculepana, i.e. ava~lip +
ana, n. Haughtiness, Ram. 1, 44, 9. ^M&**1*1<* avashtambha + maya,
adj., f. yi, Golden, Ragh. 3, 53.
Wlj||4' ava-lok + a, m. 1. Sight,
^raJ^ av+as, n. Protection, Chr.
V'C- . "1. 2. Observation, Vikr. 38, 5.
288, 14 = RigV. i. 48, 14.
"^H'Jliqiq* ava-hk + aha,m. A spy,
Ram. 6, 101, 13. ^I(*jf^!|+T ava-sakthi+k&, f. A
cloth drawn round the knees and loins
^H*aiqii ava-lok + ana, n. 1.
of a person sitting on his hams, Man. 4,
Sight, a. Observation. 3. A glance,
112.
B*gh. 10, H.
^f^TJ^ avasara, i.c.ava-sri + a, m.
^"1 l*lq<2 avalohayitri, i.e. ava
W, Caus. -r-frt, m. An observer, 1. Opportunity, Cjc. 9, 41 ; Rajat. 5, 36.
2. The right time, Kir. 5, 16; with inf.,
Vtdantag. in Chr. 206, 1.
Cak. 12,11. 3. Turn, Panch. 55, 4 (gaga-
^TOTf avagesha, i.e. ava-gish + a, kasy&vasarah samayatah, The turn of
a Residue.Comp. Ardha-, adj. of the hare came). 4. Use, Kathas. 6,
hich a half is left, Ram. 5, 14, 49. 62Comp. An-, I. m. wrong time,
Alpa-, adj. of which few are left, Ram. Mrichchh. 102,8. II. adj. unseasonable,
3. 32,2. Aw-, adj. without a residue, Hit. 53, II. Sarvavasara + m, i.e.
whole, Rim. 3, 16, 28. Sa-, adj. 1. sarva-, adv. on every occasion, Lass.
learing a residue. 2. imperfect. 3. 2,2.
remaining, ihtagesha-bandhana, adj. ^M*ll<^ avasada, i.e. ava-sad-a, m.
ill bound, Panch. 109, 17. 4. till, 1. Sitting down. 2. Exhaustion, 3.
ntrid-bhanda-, adj. exclusive of the Lassitude, want of energy. Comp.
earthen pots, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 14. Nit-, adj. cheerful, Git. 11, 1.
^T*8vT avagyam,i.e.a-vaga+ ya + m, ^R^T^fT avasadaka, i.e. ava-iad,
*. X. Certainly. 2. Inevitably, Man. Caus. +aka, adj. Bringing down, im
l2> S; necessarily. When compounded
pairing, Ram. 4, 26, 19.
with a participle of fut. pass, the final
m dropped, e.g. avagya-karaniya, to ^JeWTT avasana, i.e. ava-so + ana,
be done necessarily, Brahmanav. 3, 16. n. 1. Termination, end, Cic. 9, 19; Da
cak. in Chr. 201, 4. 2. Death, Punch.
'M'WItf avagyaya, i. e. ava-gyai
ii. d. 123.
+i m. 1. Hoar-frost, Ram. 3, 22, 21.
* Dew, JIBh. 12, 5334. ^HtH{*l3t avasaniha, i.e. avasana
+ ika, adj., f. iha, Concluding, Ram. 2,
*liZlXata*htambha,\.e.ava-stambh 56, 25 (perhaps the masc. must be read
+ a, m. x. Relying on, Panch. 20, 20. -sanahd).
ma*
^5f^qgr avaseha, i.e. ava-sich + a, m. and f. la, Contempt. Comp. Sa-, adj .
Sprinkling, Mrichchh. 47, l. despising.
^|i^4j^T avasechana, i.e. ava-sich 1|e(l y avatich, i.e. ava-aAch, adj .,
+ ana, n. Water used for washing, f. v&chi, Downward, headlong, Man. 3,
Man. 4, 151. 249; ace. ntr. avah, adv. Downwards,
Vedantas. in Chr. 207, 10 ; headlong-,
<3T<ncfi*^ ava-skand+a,m. Assault,
Man. 8, 75.Cf. ovk.
Panch. iii. d. 37.
,SMI'rH, avantara, i.e. ava-antara,
^5H4ehp^l ava-skand+in, adj., f. adj. Included, Vedantas. in Chr. 203, 3.
ni, Assailing, Mahav. 72, 7.
^WTTn avapti, i.e. ava-ap+ti, f.
^SPH<RT avaskara, i.e. ava-kri+a, Acquisition, Vedantas. in Chr. 204, 3.
m. 1. Ordure, Rajat. 5, 406. 2. The
^fq avi, m. A sheep; f. an ewe,
privy, Rajat. 5, 412.
Man. 3, 6 Cf. Lat. ovis, ole; O.H.G.
"*H^dl a-vastra + ta, f. Naked
awi; A.S. eav; Goth, avistr.
ness, Nal. 10, 16.
^4iH<i$<l( a-viveka + ta, f. Want of
^W*?TT ava-stha, f. 1. State, Panch.
discrimination or judgment.
44, 1. 2. Condition, Ram. 3, 44, 13.
^||4tf{f)4i^ll! avishayikarana, i.e.
Comp. Tad-, adj., f. tha, being in this
state. Antya-, adj. being in the lowest a-vishaya-kri + ana, n. The non -ac
condition, Panch. iv. d. 76. Krita-, quiring of an understanding, Vedantas.
adj . brought into court, Man. 8, 60. in Chr. 216, 9; 10.
4|qjt4l1 avasthana, i.e. ava-stha 4- ^Sfq^JT avekshana, i.e. ava-iksh-\-
ana, n. 1. Standing-place, Ram. 5, 15, ana, n. Attention, care, Ragh. 14, 85
8. 2. Position, Panch. 9, 14. 3. State, Comp. An-, n. want of attention, Bohtl.
Panch. 107, 8. 4. Abiding, Paiich. 19, Ind. Spr. 1260.
5 ; duration, Rajat. 6, 278. 5. Perse ^I^^JT aveksha, i.e. ava-iksh + &, f.
verance, Vedantas. in Chr. 217, 3.
Careful attention, Man. 7, 101.Comp.
Comp. An-, I. n. unsteadiness, mo
An-, f. Want of attention, Man. 7, 1 1 1
bility. II. adj. unsteady. III. m.
(instr. rashly). Su-, adj. well taken
wind.
care of, Ram. 5, 75, 1.
^!H4im*T avasthapana, i. e. ava
^Sfqf^H avekshin, i.e. ava-iksh +
-stha, Caus. +ana, n. Setting out for
in, adj., f. ini, Looking, Panch. i. d. 214.
sale, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 15.
^Rf%f^ avasthiti, i.e. ava-stha + ^SlfTT a-vyath + i, adj. Fearless,

ti, f. Abode, Kathiis, 9, 67 Comp. An-, Chr. 296, 6=Rigv. 1, 112, 6.


f. unsteadiness. Tpffrfar avratika, i.e. a-vrata + ika,
^iq-^l^ avahara, i.e. ava-hri+a, adj. One who neglects his religious
m. Suspension of fighting, Chr. 37, si. duties, Indr. 2, 5.
l.^TtT -<4f> " Si agnu. Atm. 1.
^H^|4j avahasa, i.e. ava-has + a,
To pervade, to occupy, Yajn. 1, 260. 2.
m. Jest, Bhag. 11, 42.
To attain, Vedantas. in Chr. 203, 2 ;
^|<4l$*l avahela, i.e. ava-hed+a. n. <4. ii. 2, Par. Chr. 294, 8=Rigv. i. 92,
'. X f To heap or crowd.With the Pigita-, n. eating flesh, ak. d. 75. Sa-,
irep. HT vpa, To attain, Man. 6, 82. adj. consisting of nourishment, Bhag.
P. 2, 6,30. -flarw-.m.fire. Huta-{\h.hu),
^iih fa vi, To pervade, Bagh. 4, 15. m. 1. fire. 2. the deity of fire. 3. iva.
'r:th WP *am. To attain, Man, 2, 233. ^TSrf% ! of + ani, f. (seldom m. Ram.
3, 4, 45) and ^fTpft l.ag+ani, f. (Chr.
-%H^ AQ, ii. 9, agna, nt, Par. (in 40, 12) Indra's thunderbolt, Ragh. 8, 56.
epic poetry also Atm.MBh. 3, 14686) 1.
^StfiH '<;** a-giras+ka, adj. Head
To eat, Man. 1, 95. an-agnana, Not
eating, Chr. s 7, 23. 2. To enj oy, Bhag. less, Draup. 8, 30.
8. 20. Cans. To cause to eat, Man. 3, 83. ^jfklfai^rH a-gigira + ta, f. Heat,
t-igita. Not satiated, Ram. 5, 17, 34. Megh. 82.
With the prep. Tjfrt cUh To eat be ^nft?T agila, i.e. agiti+a, ord. num.
fore mother, MBh. 3, 14686.With Eightieth, eka-, Eighty-first, MBh. i ;
^\ *pa. 1. To eat up, to consume, adhy. 81. tri-, Eighty-third, adhy. 83.
Dw. 8, si. 2. To enjoy, Ram. 1, 62, 6. dvi-, Eighty-second, adhy. 82.
vpifniyat, instead of 0cwfy, on account ^nftfrt agiti (cf. ashtan), card,
cf the metre, MBh. 12, 3266.With
num., f. Eighty, with genitive of the
HkqKim-upa, To enjoy, MBh. 3, 12631. numbered objects, Man. 11, 220 ; in the
-With t|f^ pari, To eat, MBh. 3, same case, Ram. 2,32, 19.Comp. Eka-,
eighty-one. Paiichagiti, i.e. pailchan-,
ii4_With U pra. 1. To begin eat-
eighty-five.
''% Rim. 3, 63, 28. 2. To take in the
Tjafllrteir agiti+ka, adj. Measuring
000th only, Man. 2, 62. 3. To eat,
*** , 103. 4. To drink, Chr. 47, 89 eighty, Ram. fi, 6, 21.
< -W). 5. To enjoy one's self, MBh. ^HfTfrtrTT agiti f tama, ord. num.
3. sow (Atm.). Caus. To cause to f. mi. Eightieth, eka-, Eighty-first.
et or devour, Kathas. 9, 10 ; Man. 3,
tri-, Eighty-third, nava(n)-, Eighty-
Mo. pragita, n. An oblation to the
ninth. paAcha(n)-, Eighty-fifth.
Ktris,or Manes, Man. 8, 78; 74 With
Hjmr(N a-gesha + tas, adv. En
THN tarn, To eat, Panch. iv. d. 84.
tirely, Man. 1, 59.
SV^^l* agarTikutuka, Firm, Man. THtWq AQESHAYA (a denom.
. ; Me saAkasvka. derived from, a-gesha). To complete,
Kumaras. 7, 29.
**M*\ i-ag + ana, n. I. Eating,
^nffaf a-goka. I. adj. Free from
Paich. 23, 22. a. Food, Man. 3, 59. -
Comp. AH-, n. excess of eating, Man. sorrow, Nal. 12, 107. II. m. A shrub,
2,56. Adki-, n. Eating too often. An-, Jonesia Asoka, Rit. 6, 16. III. n. An
I- adj. consisting in abstinence, Bhag. asoka-flower, Rit. 6, 6.Comp. Nila-,
p- 2, 6, 20. n. n. 1. hunger, Dacak. m. an asoka with blue flowers, Ram.
>o Chr. i8i, 9. 2. fasting, Rajat. 5, 428 3, 17, 10.
ip'or.). jvi>., adj. abstaining from ^PVI ag+man (see vb. go), m. A
>ood, Hariv. 2539. Mula-phala-, n. stone.Comp. A-sita-, m. an emerald,
Ceding on roots and fruits, Man. 6, 75. Kir. 6, 48. Maha-, m. a ruby, Kir. 5^
^rerar^ ^re.
8. Surya-, m. the sun-stone. Harita-, hant-, m. a proper name. Sa-, adj
n. 1. blue vitriol. 2. a turquoise; an with horses. Saptagva, i.e. saptan-, m
emerald.Cf. the uext and axpuv; also the sun. Hata- (vb. han), adj. having
ved. agna, stone, and Goth, auhns. the horses killed.Cf.Lat.equus; Ikkoc
'^PWITO ag + mant+aka (see the 'iTTTnir; Goth, aihvs.

last), n. A stove, Da9ak. in Chr. 192, 19. ^SJ^stl"^ agva-krand+a, m. Th<

^'mHH agmamaya, i.e. agman + name of a bird, MBh. 1, 1488.


m ui/a, adj ., f. yi, Made of stone, Man. T5PJJrT^ agva + tara. I. m. 1. A
5, 111. mule, Ram. 2, 91, 53. 2. One of the
^PGWI {MM agmasaramaya, i.e. chiefs of the Nagas or serpent race,
MBh. 1, 1555. II. f. tart. 1. A female
agman-s&ra+maya, adj., f. yi, Made mule. 2. Probably the name of a kind
of iron, Ram. 4, 22, 15. of serpent, which, according to a
*imi r|ch agm&nlaka, The name of popular opinion, used to die when preg
a plant, Man. 2, 43 (probably =agman- nant with or bringing forth young,
taka, in. A species of Oxalis). Ram. 3, 49, 49.
^5pjr ag+ra (see vb.go). I. A sub ^SPSHT agvatlha, m. The holy fig-
stitute for agri, when latter part of tree, Ficus religiosa, Bhag. 15, 1.
comp. adj., implying An angle, e.g. ^P9(t| rfW agvatthaman, i.e. agva
chatur-, adj. Quadrangular, regular, -stha + man, m. A proper name, B hag.
Kumaras. l, 32 (written with * instead 1,8.
of g). II. n. A tear, Kathas. 13, 126 ;
Man. 3, 229 (with * instead of g). ^f^^H^RT agvamedhika, i. e. agta
Comp. Sa-, adj. weeping, Megh. loo. -medha + ika, adj. Referring to the
Cf. the next, and &Kpoc, &npa, Lat. acer. sacrifice of a horse, MBh. l, 354.
^5lf% ag+ri (see vb. go), f. 1. ^SPg^^T agva-yuj, adj. On which
Edge, Kumaras. 2, 20. 2. A corner, an horses are put, Ram. 5, 27, 14.
angle, Ram. 1, 13, 28. Cf. oKpit. ^PJPJT^ agvavara, i.e. agva-vri + a,
^Spa ag + ru (see vb. go), n. A tear, in. A horseman, Ram. 5, 73, 11.
Ram. 2, 48, 2.Comp. Ud-, adj . shedding TJHJ^H'* agvastanika, i.e. a-gvas
tears, Ragh. 12, 14.
+ tana + ika, adj. Not having for to
^nRTWI a-gru+ ta + vat, adv. As morrow, Man. 4, 7.
if not heard, Raj at. 5, 53. 15r35rrrsTT agvavant, i.e. agva -f- vant,
^J^ffar aglika, i.e. a-gri + ka (I for adj., f. vati, Abounding in horses, Chr.
r), adj. Bringing misfortune, Man. 4, 206. 287, 2=RigV. i. 48, 2.
T5T3J ag + va (see vb. j-o). I. m. A ^f^T agvin, i.e. agva + in, m., du.
horse, Man. 7, 96. II. f. vd, A mare, Two deities, Ram. l, 24, 8.Cf. the
Rajat. 5, 415.Comp. An-, m. one who Dioscuri.
is not a horse, Paiich. iv. d. 49. In- T5P5JT agvya, i.e. agva+ya, m. A
driya-, m., plur. the horse-like organs
of sense, Kir. 5, 50. Gava-, n. bulls and patronymic : a son of Acva, Chr. 296.
horses, MBh. 1,3654. Vija-,m. a stallion, io=Rigv. i. 112, 10.
Rajat. 5, 280. Vrihadagva, i.e. t TJW ASH, i. l, Par. Atm. X. To
jo. 2. To take. 3. To shine (v. r. as, ^fclHl^T ashtapadya, i. e. ashta.
Ax. a*).
-pada+ya, adj. Eight-fold, Man. 8, 337.
^g tuhtaha, i.e. ashtan + ka. I.
"VZT ashtra, i.e. ag + tra (vb. go, cf.
*j- Eight-fold, Man. 7, 48. II.f.Aa. 1.
Tte eighth day after the full moon, Lat. incitare), f. A goad.
Man. 4, 1 13 ; especially those on which TfB^TT ashthila, (probably from
tie Pitris or Manes are worshipped.
2. Worship of the Pitris, Ram. 2, 108, 14. asthi), f. l. A kernel, MBh. 3, 10629.
2. A ball, MBh. l, 4494.
HI a. An octad, a collection of eight
tongs.Comp. 7W-, n. a kind of vessel, 1. ^Ws AS, ii. 2, Par. (Atm. when
S'jcr. 1,171,19. Ashtashtaka, i.e. ashlan-,
combined with vi-ati and as auxiliary
n. sixty-four (arts), Ram. 3, 53, 41.
vb.; e.g. srishtah smahe, MBh. 13, 13).
Nen< ashtataya, i.e.ashtan + taya, I. To exist, Bhag. 2, 12. 2. To be,
n. A complex of eight, Lass. 89, l. Man. 1, 5; with an adv., MBh. 3,4041;
with participles, Man. 8, 94. asti, So
^^VT ashtadha, i.e. ashtan+dha, it is, Cak. 14, 16. asti, Once, Panch.
dr. Eight-fold, Bhag. 7, 4. 132, 22. With na, Not, it implies very
^Ife1x ashtan, i.e. a$-+ ton (cf. afiVi; often ' to be lost,' e.g. MBh. 3, 10284.
3. With a gen. To belong, hasyasi,
the Tb. is doubtful), card, num., adj.
Whose are you, Nal. 12, 118. santi me,
Eight, Hid. 8,9.Comp. Tri-, Twenty-
I have, Man. 8, 87. tavasmi, I am thy
far, Man. 9, 94 Cf. dTii = ashtau ;
captive, Man. 7, 91. 4. With a dat. To
Lit. octo ; Goth, ahtau ; A.S. ehta.
suffice, Man. 11, 85. 5. With a loc. or
KH ashtama, i.e. ashtan + ma. I. with prati, To be affected against,
ori num., f. mi, Eighth, Man. 2, 36. Cak. 17, 13; 14. Sant, participle of the
II. m. An eighth, Man. 10, 120. III. present (cf. Lat. pra-sens), 1. Being,
f. m, The eigth day of a lunar half Hit. i. d. 75. 2. Being in the true
Bonth, Raj^t. 5, 327; 412 Cf. Lat. sense of the word, Right, Bhashap. 138.
octavus; tryoooc. 3. Virtuous, Chr. 8, 22. 4. Steady,
Dacak. in Chr. 189, 10. 5. Venerable,
^lt*J* ashlama+ka, adj. Eighth, Rajat. 5, 79. 6. Excellent, Kir. 5, 9.
Yijn. 2, 244. fem. Sati, A virtuous wife, Lass. 41, 11.
Comp. maha-sati, a very virtuous wife,
^fel n/, a substitute of athlan in
Panch. 38, 12. n. Sat, Entity, Man. 1,
the former part of many comp. words, I I . superl. sat + tama, adj ., f. ma, Most
especially before numerals, e.g. ashta excellent. In comp. words of theKhar-
-dagan, Eighteen. madhar. class it forms the latter part,
^nnX>[ ashta-daga, ord. num., f. e.g. dvija-sattama, 1. A Brahmana,
5 ', Eighteenth, Chr. 51. Man. 1, 33. 2. A most excellent Brah
mana, Chr. 15, 30. brahmana-, m. Chr.
"^(il^H*! ashta-dagan, card. num. 22, 15; bharata-, 25, 55; bharata-, 40,
adj. Eighteen, Man. 8, 3 Cf. Lat. 17 ; bhrigu-, 45, 11 ; mriga-, Ram. 3, 49,
octodecim. 25 ; ratha-, Chr. 63, 64; rajasattama, i.e.
rajan-, 53,5.Comp. A-sant, adj. wick
VtJlM^ ashta-pada. I. n. A board ed, Panch. i. d. 182; heretic, Man. 11,65.
for draughts, dice, etc., Hariv. 6752. II. f. A-satt, an unchaste woman, Paiicli.
m. and n. Gold, Kumaras, 7, 10. 185, 15. A-sat, n. non-entity, Man. !,_
ll.With the prepositions 3ff?f vi-ali, To intrust, Earn. 3, 51, 18.Comp
partic. Chitra-nyasta, adj. painted
Atm. To outweigh, Bhatt. 2, 35.With
MBh. 9, 43. Su-nyasta, graceful!;
^Trf^T avis, To be visible, to appear, reposing, Earn. 6, 14, 23. Caus., t>
Dacak. in Chr. 186, 17 (corr. avir ask). cause to put down, Chr. 43, 31.Witl
With ^XJ upa, To be near, Chr. 12, T^tjfij upa-ni. 1. To put near, Ram
2.With JITT'J pradus, 1. To be con 4, 4, 17. 2. To intrust, MBh. 3, 11551
3. To prove, Hit. 120, 5. 4. To hint
spicuous, Man. l, 6. 2. To appear, Cak. 65, 15. Comp. partic. An-upa
Chr. 13, 6. 3. To spring up, Chr. 31, 10. nyasta, unproved, Yajn. 2, 19. Witl
Cf. tlfil, e.g. ioTl = asti; Lat. sum, *J*^qfff sam-upa-ni, To prove, Hit
eat; Goth, im, ist; A.S. e'om, is.
103, 3. With T|f^f% pari-ni, T<
2. ^ AS, i, 4, Par. 1. To throw,
stretch, Kathas. 6, 121.With Tlfflft
Earn. 2, 67, 18. 2. To leave, Kathas.
6, 141. Aor. astham, Ragh. 12, 23. prati-ni, To put down for every one
Part, of the perf. pass, asta (asita, Earn. 2, 40, 16.With f^fsf vini, 1. T<
Earn. 4, 13, 54).With the prep, ^if^f put off and down, Panch. 230, 18. 2. T(
ati, To surpass, Earn. 2, 23, 37. With put down, Nal. 24, 45. 3. To divide
Earn. 1, 13, 28. 4. To direct, Ram. I
cEffyf vi-ati, To cross, Man. 2, 72.
60, 7. S. To put in, Panch. 236, 9.-
With ^Jtf apa. 1. To drive away, Comp. partic. Su-vi-nyasta, well ar
Amar. 2. 2. To put off, Nalod. 3, 8. ranged, Ram. 5, 13, 37. With 31*1
3. To lay aside, Earn. 2, 32, 30. 4. To sam-ni, 1. To put down, MBh.
leave, Panch. Pr. d. 10. Absolutive 16708. 2. To abandon, Man. 6, 95 ; K
ap&sya, Except, Hit. iii. d. 139 abandon all worldly concerns, i.e. W
With "?lf*r abhi, also Atm. Man. 4, become an anchorite, Man. 6, 94. 3. 1(
149 ; sometimes i. 1, Par. Man. 11, 106. put together, Ram. 3, 35, 63. 4. To pul
1. To discharge (an arrow), MBh. 1, on, MBh. 3, 740. 5. To intrust, Ran>.
5497. 2. To do repeatedly ; to repeat, 4, 28, 5.With f%^ nit, I. To thro*
Man. 2, 79. 3. To practise, Dacak. in
Chr. 187, 1. 4. To study, Panch. 244, out, to expel, Cic. 9, 62 ; Rit. 6, ;
Ram. 3, 75, 24. 2. To drive back, Bam-
l.With ^? ud, 1. To cast upward, 3, 42, 42 ; to send back, Cic, 9, 38- a
MBh. 3, 430. 2. To lift up, Cak. 34, 1 ;
To destroy, Hit. i, d. 63.With ^
to raise, Cic. 9, 74. With (fw Par*
para, To leave, Kir. 5, 27.With W.
-ud, To heap round about, MBh. 2, 1805.
pari, 1. To spread, Kir. 5, 34. 3. To
With 3J3" vi-ud, To cast off, Bhag.
put around, MBh. 2, 1898. 3. To turn
18, 51. With J^ ni, also i. 1 Par. round, Kumaras. 3, 68. 4. To surround.
Man. 6, 46. 1. To cast down, Ram. 3, Kumaras. 1, 45 ; to enchase, Dacak-
58, 2 ; to put down, Chr. 27, 12. 2. Chr. 198, 23. 5. To turn over, Man- Hi
To resign, Earn. 2, 46, 20. 3. To put 188. 6. To turn away, Bhartr. 3, 29"
on, Earn. 2, 28, 27 ; Dacak. in Chr. 189, Caus. to cause to drop, Ragh. 13> **'
6. 4. To support, Cak. d. 161. 5. To With f%Tjf^ vi-pari, To invert
put in, Bhartr. 2, 77 ; to settle, Yajn.
2, 185 ; to appoint, MBh. 12, 4336. I 3Irichchh. 115, 4 With T{ pra, ^
Arow, Man. II, 73."With f^ vi, I. Eternal, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
h separate, Man. 7, 159 ; Vedantas. in TJ. m. An Asura, or demon, Kir. 5, 30.
Oir. S05, 3 ; to divide, MBh. 1, 4263 ; pf. III. f. ri, A female Asura, or demon,
myua, MBh. 1, 2212, instead of vya- MBh. 3, 12203.Comp. Deva-, I. m.
, is if the combined vyas was a pi. the gods and the demons, Ram. 1,
linple vb. vyasta, different, Prab. 97, 45, 27. II. adj. 1. referring to the gods
and the demons, Ram. 1, 34, 8 Gorr. 2.
!J ; MBh. 3, 17052.With TO *am,
n. elliptically (supply yuddha), the war
To nnite, Man. 7, 57 ; Vedantas. 205, 3. between the gods and the demons,
tamatta. 1. United, Man. 3, 85. 2. Ram. 3, 53, 8.
All, Rijat. 5, 62. 3. Whole, Panch. 69,
'.5.Comp. Yavatsamasta, i.e. yavant-, ^TtJ a-su, adj. Sterile, Chr. 296, 3
large as it is, Panch. 31, 17. =Rigv. i. 112, 3.
1 3. TOs AS, i. 1, Par. Atm. 1. To ^14^*1 AStlYA (an old denom.
go. a. To uke. 3. To shine (v.r. ash.) based on 2. aw), Par. Atm. 1. To de
\H*\ atan, see asrij. tract, scorn, MBh. 4, 99. 2. To re
prove, Rajat. 5, 196. 3. To be angry,
\H*\ 2.as + ana. I. n. Discharging Malav. 61, 18. Comp. An-asuyant, free
(rrows),Chr.297,2l=Rigv.i. 112,21. from n spirit of detraction, Bhag. 3,31.
U. m. The name of a tree, Terminalia Caus. asuyaya, To chastise, Nal. 14,17.
i>u tomentosa, Ram. 2, 94, 8.Comp. With the prep. ^fT abhi, To blame,
M-, n. a bow, Ragh. n, 37. Qara-, Sav. 5, 90. Asuyam, instead of asttye-
bow.
yam, MBh. l, 4377.
^*J4{%| asamarija and ^I|^
^nj^FT asuyaka, i.e. asuya+aJta,
wmartjas, m. A proper name, Ram.
adj., f. yika, A scorner, Man. 2, 114.
>, 16; 1, 40, 16 Gorr.
Comp. An- (i.e. anasuya + ka, see
^WJ^TRTSF asamavayitva, i. e. a asuya), adj. free from a spirit of de
">mavayin + tta,n. Condition of not traction, Nal. 12, 46.
I'-ing jn an intimate relation, Bhushap. ^H^H asuya, i.e. asuya + a, f. 1.
n.
Detraction, Man. 7, 48. 2. Ill-will,
^*U3.f"H* asamavrittiha, i.e. a Rum. 4, 14, 20 Comp. An-asuya, I. adj.
fam.irritta+ika (? see vrit), m. A free from a spirit of detraction, Man. 4,
student before he has completed his 158. II. f. ya, a proper name, Cak. 9,
studies, Man. li, 157. 7. Sa-, adv. angrily, Vikr. 30, 14.
**\H <ui, m. A sword, Ram. 3, "*<3|s asrij, i .e. asar-, for l . as + an,
M. *. Cf. Lat. ensis, &op, cf. ahshan
which is the base of several cases, -j ( vb.
=ak*hi, and xiap=pivan.
jan), n. Blood, Palich. 21, 12. With
N^J atu, i.e. i.as + u, m. plur. 1. asan, cf. Lat. san-fies; with asar, Lat.
The five vital breaths, or airs of the assir, tap; with *asan-j, Lat. sanguis.
toajf.cf. Vedantas. in Chr. 207, ). 2. ^Hf\ \.as + ta,I. n. Home. II. in. 1.
Life, Da^ak. in Chr. 189, 6 Comp.
Sun-set, Panch. iii. d. 187 ; Cic. 9, 6.
yinla- (vb. gam), adj. lifeless, Bohtl.
The ace. sing, astam, combined like a
'Ind. Spr. 266. A-gata-, adj. living, ib. prefix, with i, gam,ya, implies, To set,
%M; asura, i.e. \.as + ura, I. adj. Dacak. 184, 1. 2. The western moup-
tain, behind which the sun is supposed ^TOT? asmad, First person, pronoun,
to set, Earn. 4, 37, 4. IV. n. Death, I; nom. sing, ahum, plur. vayam ; the
Kathas. 13, 74; Rajat. 5, 126.Comp. bases of the other cases are, ma, ava,
Surya-, n. sunset. na, asma.Cf. iyii, iftov, ftov, v&'i,
1WW astamana (a syncope of uftfitQ ; Lat. ego, me, nos ; Goth, ik,
astam-ayana), n. Sun-set, Panch. ii. mis, veis, unsis ; A.S. ic, me, vit, unc.
d. 7. ^Hfl<0*l asmad+iya, adj., f. yd,
^TWT?I astamaya, i.e. astam-i + a, Our, Dacak. in Chr. 195, 1.
in. Sun-set, Kir. 5, 35. ^rara asmayu, i.e. 'asmaya (a de-
TJUfl 2.as + tri, m. A shooter, Chr. nominat. of asmad by yd) +ti, adj.
290, io=Rigv. i. 64, 10. Favourable to us, Lass. p. loo, 8=Rigv.
vii. 15, 8.
^ST?jJ" 2.as + tra, n. 1. A missile
weapon, Qak. 94, 10 ; an arrow, Vikr. ^N^HUft*! asya vdm + iya, n. The
d.. 18. 2. A bow, Arj. 8, 2.Comp. Vedic hymn beginning with the words
Jshu-, n. the art of discharging arrows, asya vam (Rigv. i. 164), Man. 11, 250.
Chr. 22, 16; 51, 2. Kusuma-, in. the 'JST^jT asra, see agra.
god of Love, Ragh. 7, 58. Krita-, adj.
conversant with the use of missile I. 1V% AH (h for gh ; cf. Lat. ad-
weapons, MBh. 3, 228. Danda-, n. the ag + ium, ajo for agjo, nego ; Goth,
name of a fabulous weapon, Ram. l, 56, aikan), forms only 2. sing, and du., and
9. Maha-, n. a great missile weapon, 3. sing, du., and plur. of the redupl. pf.
Chr. 44, 4. 1. To say, speak, Man. 9, 47. 2. To .
^J15JpT asthan, see asthi. specify, Man. 8, 122. 3. To call, MBh.
3, 16065. 4. To pronounce, Man. 9, 44.
^lf% asthi ; several cases have With the prep. T{ pra, 1. To pro
asthan as their base, n. 1. A bone, nounce, Man. 9, 45. 2. To say, Ve-
Bhartr. 2, 9. 2. A kernel, seed, Man. dantas. in Chr. 204, 8 With Jjfjf
4, 78.Cf. oariov ; Lat. os, gen. ossis,
for ostis. prati, To answer, Hit.10,2.Cf. ?j=a/ia.
K|fg|4t asthi +ka, 1. n. A small t 2. ^ AH, ii. 5, ahnu, Par. To
bone, Bhartr. 2, 23. 2. A substitute pervade, or occupy (v.r. ad).
for asthi, when latter part of comp. adj., 1 . ^(% aha, a particle ; Certainly,
e.g. an-, Boneless, Yajn. 3, 275. dridha
-gulpha-gira-, adj. Having strong an Chr. 287, 4= Rigv. i. 48, 4.
cles, nerves, and bones, Ram. 5, 32, 11. 2. S^Sf^ -aha, a substitute for ahan,
^f^f^FRPT asthi-danta + maya, when part of compound words. Day,
adj., f. yi, Made of bones and ivory, e.g. agha-, n. A day of impurity, Man.
Man. 5, 121. 5, 84. anirdag&ha, i.e. a-nis-dagan-,
adj. f. ha, Not out of the ten days (of
^rf^rjpff^ asthi +mant, adj., f. impurity which follow birth or death),
matt, Having bones, Man. n, 140. Man. 8, 242. ekadagaha, i.e. ekada^an
-aha, adj. Lasting eleven days, MBh.
^Hf%TT asthi-tnaya, adj., f. yi,
13, 4938. ekaha, i.e. eka-aha, m. One
Full of bones, Rajat. 6, 272. day, Man. 5, 59. hatipayaha, i.e. ka
ttpaya-, Some day, Chr. 62, 19 (sing); prise, Bhartr. 2, 28 ; 2. of pain,
Pinch. 9, t (plur). hthapaha, i.e. ksha- Bhartr. 2, 29; 3. of pleasure, Vikr.
fi-, A day and night, Man. 1, 68. 65, 11; 4. of calling, Hit. 12, 3.
in-, I. n. Three days, Man. 4, no. ^TTHiJ^f a-harya + tva (vb. hri), n.
II adj. Lasting three days, Ram. 1, 13,
Condition of not being easily taken
u. dafiha, i.e dagan-, n. An interval
away, Hit. Pr. d. 4.
often days, Man. 5, 59. paAchaha, i.e.
panehan-, n. A period of five days, ^f% ahi, i.e. probably *anlh + i
Kathas. 41, 26. punya-, n. A holy day, (cf. amhas), A snake, Kir. 5, 47
Chr. 25. 20. saptaha, i.e. saptan-, n. Comp. Andha-, m. a kind of snake.
StTcn days, a week. Cf. 6x<c ; Lat. anguis ; probably
also bijiir.
T^FTT ahamkara, i.e aham-hara,
ra. 1. Conceiving objects with the ^Slf%*iTf ahirbradhna, i.e. atti + s
notion that they refer to one's own -bradhna, m. The name of a Rudra
*lf, egotism, Vedantas. in Chr. 207, 3. or deity, MBh. 5, 3899.
* Pride, Ram. 4, 6, 22. 3. Self-con- H^?f ahina, m. The name of a
ait, Dacak. in Chr. 192, 4 ; arrogance,
sacrifice, Man. 11, 197.
Kijat. s, 234.Comp. Nis-, adj. free
from selfishness, MBh. 15, 882. ^T^t aho, interj. 1. of calling,
T^fffl ahaihkrita, i.e. aham-krita, Panch. 45, 12 ; 2. of grief, Panch.
21, 3 ; 3. of regret, Qak. d. 35 ; 4.
adj. i. Selfish, Bhag. 18, 17. 2. Proud,
of contempt, Panch. Pr. d. 8 ; 5. of
Tajn.3,161. 3. Arrogant, Brahmanav. 2,
surprise, Panch. 76, 24 ; 6. of praise,
Comp. An-, adj. not arrogant, Man.
Hit. 17, 5.
'. Mi. Nis-, adj. 1 . Impersonal, Bhag. P.
. 16,8. 2. Not selfish, Bhag. P. 3,32,6. ^J^l^J*5f ahoratra, i.e. ahan-ratra,

^8lh ahamkriti, i.e. aham-kri + li, m. and n. A day of twenty-four hours


or thirty muhurtas, Man. 1, 64.
( 1. Selfishness, Bhartr. 3, 95. 2.
Pride, Rajat. 5, 481. S^n|S -ahna, i.e. ahan + a, A substi
tute for ahan in the latter part of some
N^l ahan ; several cases have as
compound words, e.g. parahna and
their base aha*, which is used also as parahna, i.e. para-, m. The after
former part of compound words, n. noon, purva-, and pra-, m. The fore
A day, C,ic,. 9, 23. Ved. aha for ahani, noon, Man. 2, 256. madhya-,m. Noon,
Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7. Lass. 73, 18. saya-, m. Evening,
\\*\ aham (see asmad). Former Tjrjp |{] ahtiaya, (properly dat, sing,
part of many compound words, imply of the preceding), adv. Soon,Ragh.6,7i.
ing the first person, e.g. ahaflihara, see
above ; aham-pitrva, see purra.
^IT A.
Tf^l||rT aharpali, i.e. ahan-pati, m.
The gun, Ragh. 10, 55. 1. ^fj a, interj. of reminiscence.
^V?H ahalya, f. The wife of Ab ! Prab. 46. 4.
Gautama, Dacak. in Chr. 182, 10. 2. ^rr * PreP- X* With abl''
implying: a. Limit inceptive: From,
U^ ahaha, interj. 1. of sur-
Chr. 295, 17=Rigv. i, 92, 17 ; Barak, in m. 1. Attraction, Prab. 61, 16. 2.
Chr. 195,17. b. Limit conclusive: Until, Playing with dice, MBh. 2, 2116. 3. A
with abl., Bhartr. 2, 97. 2. With loc, proper name, MBh. 2, 1270.
On, Chr. 291, 4=Rigv. i. 85, 4; In, ^N 1 4i tylQ akarshana, i.e. a-krish +
Chr. 297, l7=Rigv. 1, 112, 17. II.
Combined and compounded with verbs ana, n. Attracting, drawing near, draw
and their derivatives. III. Former ing on, MBh. 1,7109.Comp. Khalina-,
part of compounded nouns and adverbs: pulling of a bridle, Paiich. 258, 22.
signifying 1. From, e. g. a-k.uma.ra ^BTWJ akalpa, i.e. a-kfip + a, m.
+ m, adv. From (my) youth, MBh. 3, Ornament, Dacak. in Chr. 195, 5.
1403. 2. Up to, till, e.g. a-gopala,
^TPKT^JT^Ff akasmika, i.e. a-kasmat,
adj. Reaching up to the herdsmen,
MBh, 2, 531. a-marana + m, adv. Till abl. of him + ika, adj., f. ki, Sudden,
death, Panch. i. d. 44. Compounded Raj at. 5, 54.
adverbs of this kind, when they are "ynrryi a-kanksh + a, f. 1. Wish,
former part of a compound word, drop
Amur. 41. 2. A necessary supply,
the final m, e.g. a-yojana-su-gandhi,
Bliashap. 83.
adj. Spreading fragrance as far as a
yojana, MBh. 1, 6965. 3. A little, as S^5M<*lfe-T -a-kanksh + in, adj., f.
former part of adj. or participles, e.g. ini, Desiring, Ram. l, 20, 5.Comp.
a-pita, adj. Yellowish, Ram. 2, 76, 4. nirakankshin, i.e. nis-, adj. devoid of
desire, MBh. 14, 537.
^fiqi((1 a-katth + ana, adj. Boast
^STPfiT^ akara, i.e. a-kri+a, m. 1.
ing, Ram. 6, 3, 28.
Form, Cak. 103, 18. 2. Countenance,
^rr^TT a-kamp + a, m. Shaking, Dacak. in Chr. 196, 24.Comp. Gunja
Ram. 3, 62, 31. Comp. An-, adj. un- -phala-sama-akara, adj. like the fruit of s
shakeable, Vikr. d. igo. the gunja, Bohtl.Ind. Spr.119. Dvidha-,
adj., of two kinds, Panch. iii. d. 35.
"^Jl*^ akara, i.e. a-kri + a, m. 1 .A
Nis-, adj. 1. deprived of one's natural t
multitude, Ram. 5, 17, 18. 2. A mine, form, Ram. 2, 124, 24 Gorr. 2. dis
Man. 7, 62 Comp. Kusuma-, m. guised, MBh. 1, 5787. 3. unassuming,
spring (literally, Having plenty of ib. 5, 1395. Vritha-, m. a vain, or
flowers), Bhag. 10, 35. Padma-, m. a useless appearance, Paiich. i. d. 62.
pond abounding in lotus flowers. Ra-
^Menl^'m akarana, i.e. a-kri, Caus.
tna-, m. 1. the ocean. 2. a proper name.
+ ana, n. Calling up, Paiich. 227, 23.
^rr^f^*! akarin, i.e. akara + in,
^1 ill < A HN akara + vant, adj., f.
adj., f. ini, Born in mines, Kir. 5, 7.
rati. 1. Embodied, Kathas. 17, so. 2.
^fT^N akarnana, i.e. aharnaya Well-shaped, Nal. 5, 5.
+ ana, n. Hearing, Kathas. 16, 67. "^Ililf^nr akdlika, adj., f. ka, i.e.
^JTCTtfo AKARNAYA, a denom I. a-kala + ika, Unseasonable, Kumaras.
inative derived from a-karna, Par. To 3, 34. II. a-kala + ika, What must be
hear, Panch. 19, 10. With the prepos. deferred till the same time next day,
Man. 4, 103.
Jfff sam, To perceive, Panch. 19, 14.
^nmr a-kaf + a, m. 1. The fifth
^JT^ akarsha, i. e. a-krish ' - __ element, aether, Man. l, 75. 2. Sky,
Paci. 47, 14. 3. The open air, Man. 19;^ figure, Hid. 2, 2; appearance,
i, ; Nal. 14, 10. 4. The loc. sing. Brahmanav. 1,28.Comp. Nis-, I. adj.
j* denotes in dramatic language that 1. shapeless, Hariv. 12090. 2. ugly,
hich is spoken off the stage, Mrichchh. Mark. P. 8, 83. 3. one who disregards
a, is.Comp. NU-, adj. filled, Ram. 5, his religious duties, Man. 3, 154. 4.
M.J4. annihilating, Bhag. P. 1, 6, 4. II. m.
^1*1^*1 alcaga-ga (vb. #am). L a proper name. Vamana-, adj. dwarf-
*^j- f- 9, Moving in or throngh the
kr, Ram. 2, 33, 8 ; I, 38, 7. II. m. A ^ieiff|41f!N akrili + mant, adj., f.
bird, Chr. 41, II. mad, Embodied, Kathas. 10, 88.
Sl|qi-q*j akimchanya, i. e. a-kim ^rrSuTJ akrishti, i. e. a-krish + ti, f.
<hana + tra, n. Poverty. 1. Drawing, Amar. 1. 2. Attraction,
Hit. i. d. 90.
SIJ^| a-kuAch + ana, n. Bend
ing together, Bhashap. 5. ^1**^ a-krand + a, m. 1. Calling
loud, Man. 8, 292. 2. Cry of lamenta
M'S'fl a*/a, i.e. probably A-jfcrl tion, Kathas. 10, 94. 3. A king, whose
ra, adj., f. la. 1. Crowded. 2. Fully kingdom lies next but one, Man. 7, 207;
wnipied. 3. Confounded. 4. Dis cf. Kam. Nitis. viii. 17; 43; 46; sqq.
used. 5. Perplexed.Comp. An-, Comp. ^-,adj.,f.rfrf, not crying, MBh.
dj, composed. Pari-, adj. 1. full of. 1, 6568. Durakrandam, i.e. dus-akranda
2. confused. 3. agitated. Sam-, adj. + m, adv. miserably, Panch. iv. d. 31
' gitated, bewildered, confused. 2. (thus to be read).
crowded, thronged.
^STr^^T a-krand + ana, n. Crying,
^T^TrTT akula+ta, f. Disturb- lamenting, Panch. 145, 25.
*". MBh. 3, 401. "*is>mts a-krand+in, adj., f. ni,
^ I $ !l 1 oi/a + tva, n. 1. Crowd, Calling lamentably.
MBh.3,i37ii. 2. Disturbance, Bhartr. ^TT3f*7 a-kram + a, m. Beginning,
li '" 3. Commotion, C,ic. 9, 42.
Kathas. 25, 64.Comp. Dus-, adj. 1.
^T^RI AKULAYA (a denomin. difficult to be attained, MBh. 7, 8861.
krived from akula), Par. To disturb, 2. difficult to be attacked, Ram. 1, 23,
IWh. 129, is. akulila, Distressed, 16.
I^m. 2, 98, 11. ^rniTOI akramana, i.e. &-kram +
^l$fl -M + ta (vb. kit, has no cor ana, n. 1. Ascending, Ram. 2, 31, 5.
respondent signification, but cf. o, in 2. Increase. 3. Entering.
'Mpw, tmr^otw, roy, aoffni, tKMtii), and ^ISRlfa akranti, i.e. a-kram + ti, f.
^vw). n. Intention, Amar. 4. Comp.
*i-, adj. 1. intentional, Lass. 83, 2. 2. Ascending, Kathas. 22, 7.
f'gnificint. 3. wanton. Ace. tarn, adv. ^THIh^ a-krid+a. I. m. and n.
intentionally, Kathas. 6, 141. A royal garden, Ram. 5, 9, 10 ; MBh.
^frt d-*+rt (gee the last), f. 3, 10823. II. m. SportComp. Deva-,
m. a play-ground of the gods, Hariv.
lnttion,MBh.3, 18530.
6980.
^Tlfrt a-hii ti, f. Form, C>k. d. ^rr^fjr akroga, i.e. a-krug + a.
^l*tf
m. I. Abuse, Y&jii 2,302 2. A curse. ^HIHsHI f*J"*l akhyayika, i.e. a-khya
Comp. Durakrogam, i.e. dus-akroga + oka, f. A tale, MBh. 2, 453, with
+ m, adv. with terrible curses, Ram. short final on account of the metre.
4, 9, 19. ^rpgrr^pjf akhyayin, i.e. a-khya
TSTPRVS akroshtri, i.e. a-krug + tri,
+ in, adj., f. ni, Reporting, Cak. d. 22.
m. Au abuser, MBh. 1, 3557.
HXTfrt ogati, i.e. a-gam + ti, f. 1.
^Tr^JT akshepa, i.e. a-kship + a, m.
Arrival, Cic. 9, 43. 2. Concern, Dacak.
1. Convulsion, Kumaras. 7, 95. 2. Put in Chr. 193, 9 (that you have something
ting on, Kumar. 7, 17. 3. Throwing to do with the theft).Comp. Gata-, f.
away. 4. Reproach, Bhartr. 2, 59 ; literally, coming and going, i.e. origin
blame, Bhartr. 3, 29.Comp. fara-, and disappearance, Ram. 2, 110, 1.
m. a flight of arrows. Sa-akshepa
^TPT^T <*-ga + tva (vb. gam), n.^
+ ra, adv. revilingly, Panch. 24, 12.
Concern, Dacak. in Chr. 193, 4 (tad-
^9T^ 'J^'Jl a-khand+ala, m. A
agatvena chaham apadegyah, And you
name of Indra, ^lak. d. 187. will denounce that I have to do with
T5j| ra akhu, i.e. a-kJian + u, m. A that ; cha" must be read instead of
rat, a mouse. Comp. Vana-, m. A no,").
'STTT't! agantu, i.e.a-gam + tu,ad}.
hare.
TIT^y akheta, m. Hunting, Kathas. 1. One who arrives, Hit. 18, 2. 2. In
cidental, adventitious.
15, 120.
vnflfn agantu +ka. I. adj. 1.
^(T^yf akheta + ka, m. 1. A
Arriving. 2. Incidental. II. m. 1. A
hunter, Panch. i. d. 432. 2. Hunting,
stranger, Hit. 70, 12. 2. An estray
Kathas. 9, 74. (Jur.), Yajn. 2, 163. 3. A vagabond,
^J||4g|| a-khya, f. A name, Cak. Dacak. in Chr. 181, 4.
105, 7.Comp. Udaya-akhya, adj. called ^TPra a-gam + a, m. 1. Arrival,
Udaya, Bohtl. Chr. 228, 166. Kim-, adj.
Ram. 2, 25, 19. 2. Occurrence, Yajn.
how called, ak. 104, 13. Dagabda-, i.e. 2, 92. 3. Stream, Man. 8, 252. 4. Afflux
dagan-abda-, adj. declared to be of of wealth, Bhartr. 2, 39. 5. Report,Yaju.
ten years, Man. 2, 134 (i.e. a citizen
2, 212. 6. Knowledge, Ram. 6, 4, 30.
may be considered as equal to another 7. Art, Malav. 15, d. 16. 8. Sacred
citizen who is ten years older or science, Kir. 5, 22. 9. A work on sacred
younger than himself). science, Kir. 5, 18. 10. A precept, MBb.
'OTWfft a-khya + ti, f. 1. A tale, 3, 1163. 11. A legal title, Man. 8, 202
a report. 2. Appellation, Kathas. 18, 5. Comp. An-, m. not returning, MBb.
3, 8868. Artha-, m. revenue, Hit. Pr-
^SfHSTTT akhyana, i.e. a-khya + ana,
d. 18. Jalada-, m. the approach of the
n. 1. A tale. 2. A legend, Nal. 6, 9. rainy season, Nal. 21, 4. Dina-, m. day
^MUsUM* akhyana + ka,n. A little break, Hariv. 4287. Dus-, m. illegal
afflux of wealth, MBh. 5, 1513. Dhana-.
tale, Panch. 72, 16.
m. afflux of wealth, Man. 8, 347. Dkar-
^HsMlMI ahhyapana, i.e. a-khya, ma-, m. a code of law, Mark. P. 23, 36.
Caus. +ana, n. Invitation to ?iv a Pushpa-, m. spring, Rit. 6, 34. HitM;
report. m. winter.
^JT'Sjfa

HI<lf<I a-gam + ana, n. 1. Com- 187, 17. Bhanda-, I. m. a store-room.


tr, arrival, Nal. 3, 21. 2. Origin, Ram. II. n. a treasury, Rajat. 5, 10. Mukta-,
:.i'j. 3. Sexual intercourse, Rujat. n. the pearl oyster.
i. JJ9.Comp. An-, m. non-returning, ^Cnn^T agurava, i.e. aguru + a,
Patch. 89, 8.
adj., f. vi, Produced by agallochum,
TOWlR agamana + tat, adv. In Cic. 4, 52.
rosjequence of the arrival, Indr. 5, 23 TBTnjTsT agnidhra, i.e. agni-indh +
(tins to be read).
ra + a, m. A priest (who kindles the
^|JI*t4*ri agama+rant, adj., f. sacrificial fire ?).
rati Having sexual intercourse, MBh. s . . _
"^l4 agneya, i.e. agni + eya. I.
1.3025.
adj., f. yl, Belonging or relating to fire
SI>l*MMlf*,4f agamapayin, i.e. or the deity of fire, Man. 9, 310. II. m.
iyama-apaya + in, adj. Coming and pi. The name of a people.
roiog, Bhag. 2, U.
*q|l|t|<fl: agrayana (from agra). I. n.
M'l*f agas, n. Crime, Man, 9, 241 ;
Offering of new grain, MBh. 3, 14188,
fault, Cic. , 60; sin, Ragb. 2, 32. and in the vedic literature ; in the
Comp. An-, adj. faultless, Brahmanav. 2, classic books it is spelled agrayana, e.g.
U. Krila-, adj. guilty, Amar. 43. A Ram. 3, 22, 6 ; Yajn. 1, 25 ; Man. 6, 10,
btia-, adj. innocent, Ram. 1, 7, 13.
Lois. II. in. A name of Agni.
Ai*-, adj. innocent, Rujat. 5, 172.
TU(44"3 a-grah + a, m. 1. Favour,
^lH(q agastya, i.e. agasti+ya or
Kumaras. 5, 7. 2. Pertinacity, Cuka-
Wtya+a, adj. Referring to Agasti, sapt. 6; 8 ; Kathas. 25, 9.Comp. Bus-,
w Agastya, MBh. 1, 442.
m. blameable pertinacity, Bhag. P. 3, 5,
Slll|if agamin, i.e. a-gam + in, 43.

MJ-> f. i. 1. Arriving. 2. Future, ^H-JptJ'*! a-gra/i+ika, f. (of aka)


wxt, Pauch. 169, 8.
Help, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 19.
M*ll^ agora (perhaps agara+a), =y | *.|| 4 Hj agrayana, see agrayana.
A house, Dacak. in Chr. 187, 1.
Comp. Agni-, m. a building for keeping ^JX^iTff aghata, i.e. a-han, Caus. + a,
tlie sacred fire, Man. 4, 58. Anlar-, m.
m. 1. Beating, Rtijat. 5,417. 2. A stroke,
* private chamber, Yajn. 2, 31. A- Bhartr. 2, 83. 3. A cast, Rajat. 5, 463.
WAa-.n.an arsenal, Man. 9, 280. Kula-,
4. A gust, Rajat. 5, 330. 5. Killing,
n. an apartment on the top of a house,
Bhartr. 2, 60 (read prana). 6. A
Ram. 5, 12,45. Koga-, or kotha-, m. and
slaughter-house, Mrichchh. 161, 11. 7.
n. a treasury, Ram. 6, 1 1 1, 52. Koshlha-,
An execution-place, Hit. iv. d. 64.
"i- nd n. a treasury, Man. 9, 280.
Comp. Tata-, m. butting at a bank or
hautuka-, m., n. a nuptial apartment,
mound, Kumaras. 2, 50. Paksha-, m.
Kumaras. r, 94. Garbha-, the sanctuary
Hemiplegy. Qara-, m. shooting with
f& temple, Kathas. 7, 71. Deva-, and
a bow.
dtrata-, m. a temple, Ram. 2, 71, 36;
Man. 9, 280. Prehiha-, a temporary ^T^t% aghrini,\.e. a-ghri\-ni,aA'}.
structure consisting of stalls for specta Radiant, Lass. 99, 5 (read puthann-a-
tors. Bandha-a-, a jail, Dacak. in Chr. ghrine) =Rigv. iii, 62, 7.
tjfstot

^g[fcj|im!T aghoshana, i.e. a-ghush rati, Virtuous, Ram. 5, 21, 9.Comp


+ana,f. A proclamation, Panch.261,9. Sadachara + vant, i.e. sant- (see acha
ra), adj. one who observes the approv
^miTWW aghranatas, i.e. a-ghra ed usages, Man. 4, 158.
+ana + tas, adv. By smelling, Kathas.
^n V\ m acharya, i.e. achara + ya
13, 64.
m. A spiritual guide or teacher ; h
^HT^p anga, i.e. 3. anga+ a adj., f. who invests the student with the sacri
gi, An inhabitant of Anga, MBli. 1, ficial thread and instructs him in tht
3772. Vedas, etc., Man. 2, 40. Comp. Rula-
^TT^TT^f angaraka, i.e. angara -f m. a family priest, Bhag. P. 9, l, 9.
Natya-, m. a dancing master, Mrichchh.
ha,rv. A multitude of firebrands, Paiich.
49, 2.
iii. d. 166.
^HTjiqcn acharya + ha, n. in na
''SfTrSJ"^*! angirasa, i.e. angiras + a,
tya-, Teaching the scenic art, i.e.
patronym., f. si, A descendant of An
dancing and acting, Panch. iii. d. 268.
giras.
^1^1 VrfT acharya + ta, f., and
^Sn-qTJWf a-cham + ana, n. Rinsing
the mouth, Yajn. 1, 242. ^fl^l'ta acharya + tva, n . The con-
^5fnr^W acharana, i.e. a-char -j- dition of a teacher, Chr. 28, 32 ; ic. 9,
87.
ana, n. 1. Arrival, Chr. 287, 3=Kigv.
i. 48, 3. 2. Conduct, MBh. 15, 312. ^JTOPfallT acharya + vant, adj.

^9T ^ I <fl achama, i.e. a-cham + a, m. Having a teacher, "Vediintas. in Chr.


216, 12.
The water or scum of boiled rice.
*B1 T^(<^' achchhada, i.e. a-chhad+
^M-qi^ achara, i.e. a-char + a, m.
a, m. Cloth, Man. 7, 126.
1. Rule of conduct, Man. 2, 69. 2. Good
~*i I "^ I ^^T^ achchhadaha + tva,\.e.
custom, good conduct, Sav. e, 16. 3.
Conduct, Ram. 6, 10, 24. 4. Sacred a-chhad+aha+tva, n. Covering, Ve-
usage, Ragh. 2, lo. 5. Use, Cak. d. dantas. in Chr. 204, 22.
ioo. 6. Rule, MBh. 3, 166.Comp. TH"^l^f achchhadana, i. e. a
Dakshina-, adj. conducting one's self
-chhad+ana, n. 1. Covering, Panel),
honestly, MBh. 4, 167. Duhkha-, adj.,
22, 17. 2. Cloth, Man. 3, 59.
f. ra, one who is difficult to deal with,
MBh. 4, 274. Dus-, I. m. bad con ^Tr^TR/T achchhadin, i. e. a
duct, ib. 12, 4539. II. adj., f. ra, fol -chhad + in, adj., f. ni, Covering, C:ik-
lowing bad customs, Man. 4, 157. d. 18.
Kama-, adj. following one's own will,
D9ak. in Chr. 200, 8. Sadachara i.e. ^fT^f "ja, i.e. 2.aja+a, adj. L
sant- (ptcple. pres. of I. at), m. 1. Coming from goats. 2. Made of goat's
approved usage, Man. 2, 18. 2. virtuous flesh, Ram. 2, 91, 66.
conduct. ^H^ITT a-jan+ana, n., and
Tl ^l^riH achara + fas, adv. From
^rsrrfrt "jati, i.e. a-jan + ti, f., New
immemorial custom, Man. 1, 110.
birth, transmigration, MBh. l, 4561;
^"PTnC^T achara -r rant, af Man. 4, 166.
*s . .. . .
1TWRI ajaneya, i.e. a--/a + t + 'SJToJf^f'ST djya-bhuj, m. A name
m. L adj, f. y, Of good race, MBb. 2, of Agni, Ram. 3, 20, 38.
"m. II. m. A horse of good breed, TR^^ANCHH, i. i,Par. To stretch.
*op. 7, 10.
srfa /*> *-e* <y+'j f- ana" m- * ^T^sTf dAjana, i.e. a-anj t ana,
Cattle, Arj. 10, 74. 2. Level ground, n. and f. fti, Ointment.
field of battle, Chr. 36, 12. ^Tr^I^^T atavika, i.e. a/avt + ika,
\ I fH %\\ Tj ajihirsIiM, i.e. d-jihirsha, m. 1. One who lives in forests, MBh.
l-sder. of hri +u, adj. Desiring to 3, 15255. 2. A forest keeper.
eteh, with ace., MBh. 3, 11078. ^U^n'Tf, dtopa, m. 1. Inflation. 2.
'^Taffa d-jiv + a, m. 1. Livelihood, Pride, Panch. i. d. 229; 46, 4.Comp.
4Bh. u, 956. 2. Profession, Dacak. Sa-, adj. 1. swollen, big, Paiich. 93, 8.
i Chr. iso, 8.Comp. liahga-, m. 1. 2. Proud. Ace. pant, adv. arrogantly,
!>ainter. 2. an actor. Stri-, m. one proudly, Hit. 58, 15.
"!io sabsistg by (the harlotry of) a wife, ^51 VTT ddambara, m. A drum,
'Ian. 11, 65. Rum. 6, 13, 51 (where erroneously is
^FjiNi d-jiv + ana, n. Liveli- read ddampara).
ood, Btihtl. Ind. Spr. 1264. ^SrnPfi ddhaka (a transformation of
^)| 3i\cn ajicya, i.e. djiva+ya, I. ardha + ka), m.n. A measure of grain,
equal to 7 lb. 11 oz. avoirdupois, Hit.
''i- Granting livelihood, MBh. 14, 1330.
In. Provisions, MBh. 3, 8452.Comp. Pr. d. 19.
*-, adj. yielding an easy subsistence, ^5TRJ ddhya, i.e. probably a trans
'an. 7, 6. formation of ridh + a+ya. adj., f. yd. 1.
S^HTT^l -djnatva in a-khandita-, i.e. Wealthy,Chr.6 1, 38. 2. Abounding in.
Comp. Ralna-, adj. abounding in jewels.
khnnilita-ujna, from djrid, +tva, n.
lie whole authority, Raj at. 6, 229. ^!IT3bJ<1I dd/iya + td, f. Wealth,
^fl 1JI d-jAd, f. 1. An order, Raj at. Rajat. 5, 272.
s> 3- X Authority, Bhartr. 2, 40. UTrT "' (tne regu'ar *M. sing. n. of
Comp./jn-, f. want of assent, Man. 9,199. the pronoun idam) adv. Then, Chr.
293, 5 = RigV. i. 87, 5.
^TTITOr^ djnd-kara, m., f. ri, A
"rvant,Cak. 110, 14. T5J7^^ atanka, i.e. d-tanc/t+a, m.
1. Sickness, Yajii. 3, 245. 2. Affliction,
^Ifll<*^<q djAd/iara + tva, n. The Vikr. 41, 20. 3. Agitation, fear. Comp.
office of a servant, Vikr. d. 60. Nashta-dtanka + m, adv. fearless, Cak.
^F3f ujya, i.e. d-aAj+ya, n. But d. 14 n. Nis-, adj. 1. without ailment,
Dev. 12, 30. 2. not causing ailment,
ter "> a liquid state, which is poured MBh. 2, 285.
on a sacrificial fire.Comp. Vara-, n.
choicest liquid butter.
^rrrTrTTfa*Tv htatdyin, i.e. d-tala
(vb. tan) +vin (y instead of v as in
^Traiq djya-pa (vb. l.|a), m. The hiyant for Aim + oaraOi I. adj. Assailing,
IW or Manea of the Vaicyas, Man. Chr. 3, 1. II. m. A felon, a murderer,
3, 1M. a thief, Man. 8, 360.
^T?m ^M^
^SJTrtq a-tap+a, m. 1. Sunshine, 30. ubhaya-, adj. Having the nature o
both, Man. 2, 92. karuna-, adj. Com
Panch. ii. d. 136. 2. Heat of the sun,
passionate, Ram. 1, 10, 6. kala-, adj
Cak. 31, 8.Comp. An-, adj. shadowy,
Governed by fate, MBh. 13, 52 sqq
Bhartr. 2, 86. Bala-, m. the rays of
da/ia-, adj. Easily flashing up, Cak. 6
the rising sun, Man. 4, 69. Surya-, m.
40. . vishaya-, adj. Sensual, Man. 2, 2S '
sunshine, Panch. 121, 13 ; heat of the
sadasad-, i.e. sant-a-sant- (cf. vb. i.o*|
sun, Rit. 1, 10.
adj. Having the nature of entity am
^T^m"^ atapa-tra (vb. tra), n. A non-entity, Man. l, 11.
parasol, Kir. 5, 39.Comp. Uchchhi- ^Y^mYffatmakama,\.e.alman-kan
lindhra-, i.e. ud-gilindhra-, adj., f. ra,
having raised mushrooms instead of + a, adj., f. ma, Selfish, Ram. 2, 70, 1C
parasols, Megh. 11. ^ITfiH^*! atmakiya, i.e. atman -f
^STRTWI atapa + vant, adj., f. ka + iya, adj. Own, MBh. 1, 4712.
va'i, Irradiated by the sun. ^RTrJT^T atmaja, i.e. atman-ja (vb
_/an), I. m. A son, Man. 7, 14. H. t
'^Tfh'^IT atitheya, i.e. alithi + eya,
_/a, A daughter, Ram. l, l, 69. Comp
I. adj., f. yi. 1. Proper for a guest, Dharma-, m. epithet of Yudhishthiia
Cak. 7, 11. 2. Hospitable, Ragh. 12, Lass. 15, 11. Nanda-, I. m. a name o:
25. II. n. Hospitality, Man. 3, 18. Krishna, Git. 8, 11. H. f. jii, a nam(
^rif^'SI atithya, i.e. atithi+ya, n. of Durga, MBh. 4, 179. Varuna-, f
ja, spirituous liquor.
Hospitable salutation, Chr. 13, 8.
^STTflH ^ atmajrla, i.e. atman-jiia
5jfT"fr| <Jfc| atiraikya, i.e. atircka +
(vb. jAa), adj., f. Aa, Knowing tltl
ya, n. Having some redundant member, Supreme Being, Vedantas. in Chr. 2I9>
Man. 11, 50.
5. Comp. An-, adj. foolish, Cak. 78, 1&
^TfT^ atura, adj., f. ra. 1. Dis "^llhHt atman, i.e. probably *ar
eased, Ram. 3, 55, 36. 2. Wounded, ( = va) -\-tman (cf. avTjii]t; avrpi, arfiki
Ram. 3, 50, 19, 3. Agitated by a mor uYjioc), m. 1. Breath. 2. The soul.
bid desire ; pradharshayitum atura A, Bhashap. 97. 3. One's own self, Man.
Desirous to violate her, Nal. n, 36. 4, 254. 4. Self, own ; used, but only in
Comp. An-, adj. 1. free from illness, the sing., as reflective pronoun of a"
Man. 2, 187. 2. indefatigable, Ragh. 1,21. the three persons, e.g. darfayatmannm,
^9T"T1 *I*T atta-gandha, i.e. a-dalta- Show thyself, Nal. 11,8. gopayanti kit-
lastriyah l atmanam atmana, Virtuous I
(vb. da), adj. Strangled, Cak. 93, 2.
wives protect themselves by means of j
S^TTfT -atma, A substitute for themselves, Nal. 18, 8. 5. The instr.
titman when latter part of compound sing.compounded with followingordiual
words, e.g. pratyaya-, adj. Trust numbers denotes one's self as makin-
worthy, Ram. 2, 109, 19. up the number, e.g. atmana saptn'11"-
Himself as the seventh, i.e. he with six-
S^n?^ -dtmaka, i.e. atman + ka, 6. The body. 7. Intellect, understand
adj., f. miha, A substitute for Atman, ing. 8. The soul of the universe,
when latter part of a comp. adj., e.g. Vedantas. in Chr. 202, 4. 9. The ini
ashtada<;atmaha, i. e. ashta-da^an-a- tial a when preceded by e or o is some
tmaka, adj. Eightecnfold, R5' *- times in vedic and epic writings irrc-
^T^*I
jihriy dropped, e.g. Draup. 5, 9. adj. Self-existing, epithet of Brahm
Camp. I. When latter part it denotes (^iik. d. 186; of Vishnu, Qiva and Kama.
sfen, 1. nature, mind, e.g. Krila-, adj.
Tl fUTJT dtmabhuta, i. e. atman
rie mind is improved, Paiich. ii. d.
:;. A-krita-, adj. whose mind is not -bhuta (vb. /<), adj. Attached to
iaproved, Man. 6, 73. Jita-, adj. one one's person.
to has subdued his mind, who re iy| r^TTT atmaiiibhari, i. e. atman
nins himself, Paiich. 131, 19. A-jita-, -bhri+ i,adj. Selfishly voracious,Panch.
mj. one who has not subdued his mind, ed. orn. i. d. 215.
Man. r, 34. Prita-, adj. with an
ifcttionate mind, Man. 1,60. Qanta- HI nH^1H.H atmambhari + tva, n.
b. fast), adj. with a tranquil mind, Selfishness, Kathas. 26, 228.
Mm. i, a. 2. natural disposition, e.g. 'SI oH^Tl I dtmavatla, i.e. atmavant
'irmatman, i.e. karman-, adj. having
i natural disposition for action, Man. + ta, f. Self-control, Man. 11, 86.
!.y. Kama-, adj. voluptuous, Man. HI nH<4nT atmavant, i.e. atman -f
". !T. Chain-, adj. unsteady, Rum. 4, vant, adj., f. ari. 1. One who has sub
!Si ". Dharma-, adj. just. Ram. 1, 1, dued his senses; endowed with self-
'> Papa-, adj. wicked, Paiich. 37, 19. control, Ram. 3, 51, 44. 2. Sensible,
*-, adj. magnanimous, Panch. ii. Man. 5, 43. Comp. An-, adj. one who
i 'S3. Sutra-, m. having the nature has no self-control, Nal. 20, 31.
f thread, Veduntae. in Chr. 208, 3.
^51 rJJ*JM atmasat, i.e. dtman-sdt
2 Snlar-, m. the soul, Rajat. 5, 194.
tala-, m. being the absolute unity, (cf. agnisat), adv. 1. In one's mind,
fcaira*. 2, 4. Chatur-, adj. having Man. 6, 25. 2. On one's self, Yajii. 3, 54.
r face*, Rajat, 5, 25. Chhaya-, m. an 3. Under one's self, MBh. 3, 493.
lma?e, Megh. 41. Jagat-, m. the soul ^Jl clf)+||e| almibhdva, i. e. atman
f toe world, Ran,. 6> 82> 153. j-iva.t
-bhu + a, m. Becoming the universal
n the individual soul, Bhag. P. 6, 16,
soul, Bhartr. 3, 64.
* #aa-, (vb. rfd), adj. one who has
S'wn himself (as a son to another), ^TTflR^Sf atmtya, i.e. atman + ii/a,
**& 1. 131. Dvadagatman-, i.e. dva- I. adj., f. ya, Own, poss. pron. of the
f-, adj. appearing in twelve forms, refl. of all the three person?, Hit. 62,
Mlil>- 3, 156. Parama-, m. the uni- 16 ; Panch. 63, 23. II. m. A friend,
Tl soul. Bhavita- (vb. Ma), adj. Bhartr. 2, 47.Comp. An-, adj. not be
""tent upon. 2. having obtained longing to one's self, Paiich. 132, 18.
tto union with) the universal soul,
13TrZrf*rl<* atyanlika, i.e. atyanla
^"*- iii. d. 63. Bhuta-, m. 1. the
pmentary or vital principle. 2. the + ika, adj., f. ki, Continual, Man. 2, 242.
'Hv- 3. Brahman. 4. Civa. 5. war. ^rarfa^T atyayika, i.e. alyaya +
Jl "*rfa-> a,iJ- dull, foolish. Fect-a-, m. ika, adj. What must be done instantly,
18 80u' f the universe, a name of
\isU._Cf. 0. II. G. atutn, A.S. Man. 7, 165.
^'"n, and see above. Tnj^j^i atreya, i. e. atri + eya. I.
patronym., f. yi, A descendant of Atri,
^'JHlfl dtman + ina, adj. 1. Ap MBh. 3, 971. II. f- >Jh A- woman who
propriate, a. Suitable (as diet). has bathed after temporary unclean-
"'IftJ atmabhu, i.e. Atman-bhii, I ness>, Man. 11, 87.
/ ^^m
^JT^T^W atharvana, i.e. atharvan ^STTTf^TT adayin, i.e. a-da + in,
+ a, adj., f. ni, Belonging to the adj., f. ni. 1. Taking, MBh. 12, 5969 (a
Atharvaveda, Dacak. in Chr. 201, 11. -sam-mata-, taking without assent, a
thief). 2. Robbing, Man. 7, 123. 3.
^TSfX^ -ada, i.e. I. ad + a, adj., f.
Bringing, Rajat. 6, 272.
di, Eating, e.g. purushada, i.e. puru-
^r|1?r adi, i.e. adya, with i for ya,
sha-, Eating men. prishtha-marhsa; m.
A backbiter, a slanderer, manusha 1. m. Beginning, Man. 1, 8; 4, 25. 2.
-mainsa-, Eating men's flesh, Hid. 2, 2. iudecl. First, MBh. 2, 2008. Comp.
II. a-da (vb. da), adj. Taking. When latter part of a comp. adj. 1.
having first, beginning with, e.g. Man.
S^SIT^n" -adaka, i.e. ad+aka, adj.
3, 205, Daiva-adi-anta, beginning and
Eating, e.g. purusha-, Eating men, ending with an offering to the gods.
Hid. 2, 30. 2. other, et-cetera, e.g. Man. l, 58,
TSH^ adara, i.e. a-dri + a, m. 1. Marichi-adin munin, Marichi and the
other Munis (properly, as before The
Regard, Kumaras. 6, 13. 2. Concern,
Munis beginning with Marichi ') ; Man.
Pauch. iii. d. 262. 3. Care, Dacak. in
3, 104, Anna-adi-dayin, giving food, etc.
Chr. 180, 10. 4. Love, Paiich. iv. d.
3. the like, Man. 9, 260, Evam-adin
7 {adarat, passionately). 5. Interest,
. . . hantakan, these and the like
Dacak. iu Chr. 190, 8. 6. Respect, Kir.
thorny weeds. 4. more, e.g. Man. 8,:
5,16.Comp, Ati-,m. excessive regard,
407, Garbhini dvimasadih, a woman who
Paiich. i. d. 403. An-, m. carelessness,
is pregnant two months or more. These
Paiich. 202, 5, Bhart.r.2, 28 (rat, easily).
adj. when without subst. are neuters:
Sa-, adj., f. ra. 1. impassioned, Rit.
e.g. Nal. 13, 43, evam-adini . . . vilapya,
6, 14. 2. respectful, Kathiis. 2, 67. Ace.
lamenting thus and similarly, Hit. 12, 16,
sing, ram, adv. considerately, Paiich.
ato 'haiii bravimi kankanasya tu lobhene-
33, 16; respectfully, Paiich, 71, 6. ty-adi, therefore I say, hahkanasya t-t
^rry-jj adarga, i.e. a-drig + a, and -cetera, i.e. the verse beginning with
kankanasya tit lobhena. Man. 8, 31, the
^JT^"^^ adarga + ka, m. A mirror, masc. is used.
Bhag. 3, 38. S'Srrf^T -adi + ka, adj., f. ha,
^TTTer a da + fri, m. A receiver, substitute for adi as latter part of a
Man. 4, 193.Comp. An-, m. a non- compound adj., e.g. Man. 2, 143, agni-
receiver, Man. 6, 8. shtoma-adikan makhan, the agnishtom*
^SJT^TT adana, i.e. a-da + ana, n. and the other sacrifices.
^JTf^TrT^ adi1 + tas, adv. 1. From
1. Seizing, Vedantns. in Chr. 209, 20.
Seizure, Kumaras. 5, 11; Man. 7, 204. the beginning, Chr. 11, 22. 2. First,
2. Taking, receiving, Man. n, 15. Re Man. 1, 34. Comp. Rama-dargnm
ceipt, Rajat. 5, 266. Comp. Adhya- -aditas, after having seen Rama, Ram.
yana-, n. learning the Veda, Man. 11,62. l, 51, 7.
Nis-, adj. not taking, MBh. 3, 8501. ^nf^fZT aditya, i.e. aditi + ya, m
Rasa-, n. drying up. Su-, n. taking
1. The name of a class of deities, sons
with justice, Man. 8, 172.
of Aditi, Man. 3, 284. 2. The sun,
^mH*TTN adara + rant, ad: f. Vedantas. in Chr. 205, 24. 3. A deity
rati, Takiug away, MBh. 3, - :n general, MBh. 18, 215. Comp. Ad;
i<Jj. surpassing the sun, Megh. 44. Su etc.), adj., f. ya. 1. First, Man. 7, 92.
yindka-, m. a proper namp, Rajat.5,268. 2. Preeminent, MBh. l, 8130.Comp.
TT^ rq aditsu, i.e. a-ditsa, dcsid. Adya-adya, each preceding, Man. 1,80.
Like Adi (q. cf), other, et-cetera, e.g.
of da +b, adj. Desirous to take,Hit.ii.
anna-, adj. food, etc., Paiich. i. d. 188.
1106.
^|^J*rH*f1 adyantavanl, i. e. adi
iVrf^f -adin, i.e. arf+>, adj., f.
-anta + vant, adj., f. rati, Having be
i. Eating, e.g. thanna-, i.e. eha-anna-,
ginning and end, Bhag. 5, 22.
adj. Eating the food of one person
w.Iy, Man. 2, 188. ^y ifi m T adrit&ra, i.e. adri-sara
VTT^J? adi + ma, adj., f. m, First, (see sara) +a, adj. Of iron, Ram. 6,
Bhi*h;"ip. 20 ; 115. 18, 31.

m|^4{<r| adi + mant, adj., f. ma/i, ^|| VJ9W adhamana, i.e. a-dhma-y
Hiving a beginning, Yajfi. 3, 183. ana, n. A pledge, Man. 8, 165. Comp,
Comp. An-, adj. without any begin Yoga-, n. a fraudulent pledge.
ning, Bhag. 13, 12. T5n~yyj adh&na, i.e. a-dha + ana, n.
^rf^ST a-dig, f. Advise. 1. Adding, Man. 2, 176. 2. Preparing
the holy fire, MBh. 3, 8194. 3. Light
^rrf^f^T adishtin, i.e. a-dishta-y ing the nuptial fire, Man. 5, 186. 4.
(b. dig), m. A student, Man. 5, 88. Conception, Megh. 3. 5. Pledging,
^JT^TlnHf a-dip + aha, m. An in Yfiju. 2, 238. 6. Using, Ragh. 1, 24.
Comp. Garbha-, n. a ceremony per
cendiary, MBh. 12, 3215.
formed previous to conception. Pu-
Sl^'H adtga, i.e. a-dig + a, m. 1. risha-, n. the strait-gut.
R-port, tidings, Ynjii. 2, 304. 2. In ^SJTVT^T^ ddhayaha, i.e. a-dha +
fraction, Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 15.
aha, adj. Bestowing.
1 Order, Ram. 3, S3, 29. 4. Pre
diction, Man. 9, iso. ^fTWTT adhara, i.e. a-dhri + a, m.
1. A prop, support, Ram. 5, 3, 77; Ve
W<^H<9 adegaha, i.e. a-dig + aka, dantas. in Chr. 202, 4. 2. A canal, Yaju.
* Announcing.Comp Qiva-, m. a 3, 144. 3. A basin round the foot of a
fortuneteller, Malav. 69, 13. tree, Cak. d. 14. 4. A dike, Ragb, 5, 6.
Comp. Jaia-,or toya-, m. a reservoir
Sl^ilrW adega + las, adv. Ac-
of water, Yajii. 3, 144; Cak. d. 14.
wding to a command, Paiich. ii. d. 199
(with the gen.). T^rf^f adhi, m., i.e. I. a-dha (cf. ni-
dhi), A pledge, Man, 8, 143. II. a-dhyai,
^H\H1 adegana, i.e. a-dig 4 ana, n.
Mental agony, Da?ak. in Chr. 184, 7.
Performance, Man. 2, 173.
^TfW^I adhikya, i.e. adhiha+ya,
^n^]TJJ adegin, i.e. a-dig 4- in, adj., n. 1. Excess, Vedantas. in Chr. 206, 19.
' t Commanding, Ragb. 4, 68 (kapola 2. Preeminence, Ram. 5, 90, 24. 3. Su
patala-, Commanding paleness to the
periority, Man. 7, 169.
ebeeksof..., j.c. frightening). Tjrrf^f^Jf adhidaivika, i. e. adhi
^fT^J adya, i.e. at+ya for iya (cf. -deva + iha, a.lj. Treating of the deities,
"ya = turiya, vasyaihs = vasiyams, Man. 6, 83.
*TO*
^Tf^jCR^T adhipatya i.e. adhipati + ^TPI*7 a-nand+a, m. 1. Joy, Ram.
ya, 11. Sovereign dominion, Mail. 12, 100. 1,1,17. 2. Sensual pleasure. Vedantas.
in Chr. 209, 20. 3. Happiness, bliss,
^SITTO^ff'faf adhivedanika, i. e.
ib. 202, 3; 5,Comp. Nis-, adj., f. da,
adhi-vedana + ika, 11. Property given joyless, Ram. 2, 47, 10. Parama-, m. 1.
to a first wife upon marrying a second. the highest bliss. 2. the universal soul.
^5fTVTTW adhorana, i.e. a-dhor + ^TTSJ^T a-nand\ aha, adj. Delight
ana, m. The driver of an elephant, ing, Hit. i. d. 204 v. r.
Dacak. in Chr. 188, 17. ^rM^1 a-nand+ ana, n. Delight,
TjfP^ITfoH ^ adhyatmika, i. e. adhi Hit. i. d. 204.
-atman + ika, adj.,f.aandt, Referring ,,RT*Tti'H4| ananda + maya, adj., f.
to or treating of the universal soul ;
sacred, Man. 2, 117. yi, Full of joy or happiness, Kathas.
23, 85 ; Vedantas. in Chr. 204, 22.
^TrSelf'T^K' adhvanika, i.e. adhvan-\- ^STTf ^f*T9" anandayUri, i.e. a-nand,
ilia, adj. Travelling, MBh. 1, 3031.
Caus. +tri, m., f. tri, n. Giving plea
T5JXT3T anaka. m. A drum, Bhag. sure, Ragh. 14, 26.
1, 13. Comp. ata-, m. a cemetery. ^TTTf^T anandin, i.e. ananda +
ITM^I^ anaduha, i.e. anaduh + a, in, adj., f. ni, Joyful, Ram. 6, 11, 45.
adj. Coming from a bull (as its flesh ^rTT^T anayana, i.e. a-ni f ana, n.
or hide).
1. Bringing near, Ram. 1, 12, 27. 2.
^5f7*ffft anati, i.e. a-nam + ti, f. 1. Escorting, Cak. 48, 21.
Bowing, Amar.22. Salutation, Kathas. ^fTIrT anarta, m., pi. The name of
23, 17. 2. Homage, Rajat. 5, 215.
a people and their country (also sing.),
Tn"TTJ anana, i.e. an + ana, n. 1.
Ram. 4, 43, 13.
The mouth, the face, Rit. 6, 30. 2. A Trr1lH anathya, i.e. a-natha+ya,
point, Ram. G, 79, 69.Comp. Chatur-,
adj. having four faces, Bhag. P. 5, 1,30. n. Want of protection, Kathas. 3, 8.
Daganana, i.e. dagan-, adj. epithet of ^TPTTO anaya, i.e. a-ni -f a, m. A
Ravana, Ram. 3, 39, 8. Naga-, m. a net.
peacock, Paiich. i. d. 175 (perhaps to be
^fTTTT^T anayin, i.e. anaya + in,
changed to nagagana, i.e. naga-agana).
Pailchanana, i.e. patichan-. 1. Civa. m. A fisher, Ragh. 16, 55.
2. used at the end of names of scholars, ^TTTT^ anaha, i.e. a-nah + a, m. 1.
Chr. 234, 6. 3. f. ni, perhaps a name of
Durga. Maha-, adj. having a great Obstruction. 2. Length.
mouth, Hid. 3, 2. Su-hasa-, adj. hav ^STpftfrt a-ni + ti, f. Bringing near,
ing a cheerfully smiling face.
Ram. 1, 8,29.
<^rr*T*r|t| anantarya, i.e. an-antara +
^5rrrar^5f anukulya, i.e. anvkula+
ya, n. Absence of an interval, Man. 10, ya, n. 1. Suitability, Yajn. 1, 74. %
28. Instr. yena, Instantly, Ram.4,23,6. Compliance with (gen.), Rajat. 5, 132.
^ITI'tir anantya, i.e. ananlaA-"", 3. Favour, Kathas. 19, l.
11. Eternity, Man. 3, 266. "^JIJJMq anupurva, i.e. anupurva + a,
I n. Regular succession, order, Man. (in ved. and epic writings also Atm.,
i 41. II. f. rvi, see the next. MBh. 14,597. Originally also ap; cf. the
HI !M^ anupurvya, i.e. anupurva ved. desiderative ap+sa; Lat. fip-
i-ya, n. and fera. w, Regular succes iscor, ops, opto, cospi, copia; vpiiriiv,
sion, order, Man. 9, 149; Ram. 3, 70, 20. i.e. originally vpo-iirtiv). \. To attain,
Ragh. 8, 24. 2. To incur, Man. 8,
*l*l,9l*4 anulomya, i.e. anu-loma
188. 3. To obtain, Man. 1, 03. apta
-ya, n. Direct or natural order, Man. (cf. Lat. aptus). 1. Fit, Ragh. 3, 12.
10,5. 2. Trusted, Man. 7, 80; just, 8, 03. 3.
Hll<tljf anuvefya, i.e. anu-vega + Near, Man. 5, 101 ; a friend, ib. 8, 04.
4. Large, Man. 7, 79. Comp. An-apta,
ya, m. A neighbour who lives next unapt, Man. 8, 294.Desid. ipsa, To
but one, Man. 8, 392.
desire to obtain, MBh. l, 1090. ipsita.
"*lm<* anushak, i.e. anu-sadj, adv. 1. Desired, Nal. 3, 2. 2. Loved, Nol.
Continually, Lass. 98, 7=Rigv. v. 9, 1. 1, 4. 3. Ordained, Man. 2, 48. n. A
wish, Kathas. 22, 170. Comp. Yatha.
SHqly^F anushangiha, i.e. anu- -ipsita, adj. as desired, Sund. 4, 5 ; ace.
Annga+ika, adj. Connected, adherent, tarn, adv. 1. According to one's wish.
^customed to live (there), Panch. 10, 5. 2. Willingly. 3. Independently.With
^RTJ hnupa, i.e. anupa + a. I. adj. the prep, ^ifa abhi, desid. To desire,
Wery, marshy. II. m. Any animal
Man. 130; with infin.,Chr. 11, 14.With
'reqneuting marshy places.
T5[e( a'a. 1. To attain, Kathas. 1, 27.
Sli{( anrinya, i.e. an-rina + ya, n.
2. To meet, Kathas. 3, 40. 3. To ob
Frtcdom from debt ; ace. with gam, to
tain, Vikr. d. 105. an-avapta, adj. Not
}*y, Man. 4, 257.
obtained, Man. 9, 209.With JJ(ZT3
^Tf^TrTT anrinya + ta, f. Freedom
prati-ava, To recover, (^ic, 5,40.With
from debt, Ram. 2, 24, 32.
Utm sam-ava. I. To meet, Ram, 4, 44,
^I^jjtgl anrifanisya, i.e. a-nri^aih-
"i+ya, n. Mildness, Man. 8, 411. 71. 2. To incur, Chr. 23, 20. 3. To
obtain, Ram. 8, 65, 40 With Tjf^
Slr|^ antara, i e. antara + a, m.
pari, To cease, MBh. 15, 1073. par-
A subject, MBh. 12, 3346; 3913.
yapta. 1. Adequate, Bbag. 1, 10. 2.
'STnTf^l antariksha and ^STPfpO^ Sufficient, Man. 11, 7. 3. Enough (no
<"'anirfo,i.p. antariAsfia + a,ndj. Pro- more), Chr. 42, 13. 4. Full, Kumaras.
reeding from the air or sky ; airy, 7, 26. 5. Many, Dacak. in Clir. 185, 10.
M1!>'- 2,1636; Rim. 2, 25,20. 6. Large, Man, 3, 40. Comp. A-par-
yapta, adj. inadequate; with infin.,Ram.
TT <; | ff andolana=andolana, n.
3. 51, 7. Ali-, adj. excessive, Ragh. 15,
A swinging motion, Chaurap. 12. 18. Su-, adj. well finished, Man. 7, 70.
W9f and/iya, i.e. andha f ya, n. A-pai-yaptavant, adj. unable, Ragh. 10,
Windness, Vedant&s. in Ciir. 218, 10. 28.Desid. 1. To demand, Man. 8, 101.
2. To desire, MBh. 1,5515 ; Atm.,MBh.
^T^TliJ*" anv&hika, i.e. anvaham 2, 563. 3. To take care, MBh. 3, 17327.
+*". <lj., f. Ai, Daily, Man. 3, 07. 4. To dcfe.nl, MBh. 4, 480.With IT
Wl^-rfiP, i. 1 audio; ii.5,a/WH,Par. pra 1. To reach, Ham. 3, 22, 37. 'r-
,*m ^IT^t
attain, Rajat. 5, 57. 2. To meet, Pai'ich. upasamprapta. 1. Having incurred,
i. d. 328. 3. To incur, Man. 8, 355. 4. MBh. l, 5188. 2. Come, MBh. 3, 14378.
To obtain, Man. 3, 277. S. To get in, With f^ vi. 1. To pervade, MBh.
Man. 11, 263. 6. To find, Yajii. 3, 142 ;
12, 124. 2. To occupy, Bhag. 10, 16.
Raj at. 5, 406. prapta. 1. Proper, right,
3. To fill, Chr. 33, 5. vyapta, That
Dacak. in Chr. 188, 4. 2. Having ob
which has inherent properties, e. g.
tained, Man. 7, 2. astam prapta, Dead,
smoke, as invariably accompanied by-
Kathas. 13, 74. 3. Having arrived, Nal.
fire, Bhashap. 67. vyapya, n. That
23, 18.Comp. A-prapta, adj. 1. not fin
which is invariably accompanied by
ished, pending,Yajii. 2,243. 2. notof age,
something else, as smoke by fire ; the
Man. 9, 88. 3. not obtained, Bhashap.
sign or middle term in an inference.
114. Krama-, adj. obtained by succes
Absol. a-vyapya, Not having pervaded,
sion, Nal. 12, 49. Comp. ptcple. of the
fut. pass., Dushprapya, i.e. dus-pr&pya, Bhashap. 26.With ^fj sam, To ob
adj. difficult to be attained, Ram. 4, 17, tain, Ram. 3, 2, 28. samapta, Finished,
44. Caus. prapaya. 1. To bring, Ram. Ram. 3, 49, 27. Caus. To finish, Man.
4, 62, 19. 2. To cause to obtain, MBh. 8, 420. Desid. To desire, Ram. 3, 5, 22.
2, 171. 3. To appoint, Rajat. 6, 424. With V|f< 4f 7T pari-sam, To bring
4. To give, Dacak. in Chr. 197, 15.
to a full conclusion, Bhag. 4, 33. pari-
With ^5JTO anu-pra. 1. To recover, samapta, Sufficient, Cak. d. 105.Cf.
Ram. 1, 1, 80. 2. To find, Chr. 70, 54. O.H.G. uobjan, and see above.
3. To incur, Chr. 54, 11. 4. To imitate, ^STrq apa, m. One of the eight
Ragh. 4, 22. 5. To arrive, Ram. 3, 75, 2.
anuprapta, Having attained, MBh. deities, called Vasus, MBh. 3, 14208.
1, 5874; come, Ram. 3, 27, 9. With ^TTTT apaga, i.e. ap+a-ga (vb.
tJ43iM sam-anu-pra. 1. To attain, gam), f. 1. A river, Rajat. 5, 140. 2.
Ram. 2, 52, 76. 2. To obtain, MBh. 2, The name of a river, MBh. 3, 6038.
1618. samanuprapla, Having attained, Comp. Sura-, f. the Ganges, Kir. 5, 40.
Ram. 3,30,1. With yi|M upa-pra, To ^n~qifa apageya, i.e. apaga. + eya,
come near, Rum. 3, 75, 17 (the ptcple. of patronym. m. The son of a river, a
the pf. pass, in active signification). surname of Krishna, MBh. 2, 1340, and
Bhishma, Chr. 15, 3.
With *}![ sam-pra. 1. To attain, Ram.
*4|1MU! a-pan + a, m. A marki t,
f>, 109, 1. 2. To obtain, Man. 12, 74.
samprapta, Having arrived, Man. 3, 99. Dacak. in Chr. 192, 10.Comp. Antnr-,
a-saihprapya, Without touching, Chr. m., the iuterior part of a market, Rum.
I, 5, 8 Gorr.
40,17.With ^lTOTr anu-sam-pra, To
^imn*| a-pat + ana, n. 1. Happen
attain, Ram. 3, 68, 7. anusamprapta,
ing. 2. Appearing.
Having arrived, Ram. 2, 65, n.With
^IMHl apatti, i.e. a-pad+ti, f. l.
^f^fflTT alhi-mm-pra. 1. To attain,
Undergoing, obtaining. 2. Misfortune.
Ram. 2, 55, 21. 2. To obtain, Ram. 4,
Lass. 30,9.Comp. Artha-, f. presump
3, 27. abhisamprapta, Having arrived,
tion (the fifth pramana of the Purva
MBh. 3, 11366. With ^ilf vpa and Uttara nHmun^^Bhiishap. 142.
-sam-pra, To attain, MBh ^T^r^ft "pa/hi (probably a-pathn
+1). An impediment on a road (?), ^ir<4l41 a-pyay + ana. I. adj. 1.
Chr. o, u =Rigv. i. 64, 11.
Causing corpulency. 2. Causing well-
II (M<^ a-pad, f. 1. Calamity, Dacak. being. II. n. I. Satisfying, Man. 3,
io Chr. 194, 14. 2. Necessity, Man. 9, 82. 211. 2. Advancement, Man. 3, 213.
Comp. An-, f. absence of misfortune, ^rr5T=TT aplavana, i.e. a-plu+ana,
Man. 4, 2. jVm-, I. f. absence of mis- n. Bathing, MBh. l, 1814; v.r. Man.
fortnne, MBh. 12, 9671. II. adj. free 5, 115.
.Toni calamity, Ragh. l, 64.
^41M*J a-bandh + a, m. A tie or
^rrTnT apata, i.e. a-pat + a, m. 1. bond.
Attack, Arj. 7, 10. 2. Running on,
^T( *l *I a-bandh +ana, n. Girding
Man. 11, 9; running in, Yajn. 3, 154.
3. Throwing down, Megh. 49. round, Ram. 2, 23, 81.

^IMl<1<mx apata + tat, adv. In- ^TrWTW a-badh+a,m. Injury, Man.


suntly. Vedantas. in Chr. 202, 10. 4, 51.Comp. An-, adj. unobstructed,
Ram. 3, 44, 30. Dus-, adj. irresistible,
"*IMlfri1 apatin, i.e. a-pat-in, adj. MBh. 13, 724. Nit-, adj. 1. unmo
f. ni. Happening, Katbas. 18, 49. lested, Hid. 4, 12. 2. not injuring,
Hariv. 11811.
TflMl1 apana, i.e. a-pa+ana,n. 1.
-^llfs^qi abdika, i.e. abda+ika, adj.
A banquet, MBh. l, 620. 2. A place
for drinking, Ram. l, 3, 28. Yearly, Man. 7, 3. Comp. Shash
-triihgat-, adj. lasting thirty-six years,
"* I mV a-pid+ a, m. 1. Squeezing. Man. 3, l.
2. A chaplet tied on the crown of the ^fHT^W abharana, i.e. a-bhri+ana,
bead, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 22.Comp.
n. Ornaments, as jewels, etc., Rfmi. 3,
Gala-, m. strangling. Bhuja-, m. clasp
ing or enfolding in the arms. 55, 6.Comp. Tapta-, n. an ornament
made of refined gold, Ram. 3, 58, 19.
"'SIMlrSfl apidita, i.e. apida + ila,
^JT*TT a-bha, f. 1. Splendour, light,
adj. Adorned with chaplets, Nal. 12,
Panch. iv. d. 58. 2. When latter part
102.
of a compound adj., often Like ; e.g.
^1 M^tl apurana, i.e. a-pur + ana, Rara. 3, 65, 28, giri-gringa-abha, Like
n. Filling, Paich. 96, 20. the peak of a mountain Comp. Vajra-,
I. adj. like a diamond. II. m. a precious
^IMI*1I apomaya, i.e. apas (plur.
opal.
ofap) + maya, adj. Consisting of water, ^HW? a-bhash + a, m., and ^fT-
MBh. 1, 6859.
*H"?W abhaskana, i.e. a-bhash + ana,
^Iml J(l1 apogana, i.e. apo 'gana
n. Addressing, speaking to, Ram. 3, 26,
+ a, n. The name of a prayer begin
ning with the words apo 'gana, Yajn. 12 ; Rajat. 6, 462.
1, 106. ^rrifrxj a-bhas, f. Light, MBh.
^iffT ap+ti, f. Acquisition, Panch. 3, 10980.
^T^rx| a-bhas + a, m. 1. Splen
ii. d. 49Comp. An-, f. non-effecting of
a purpose, Man. 9, 290. dour, Ram. 6, 77, 17. 2. Light, v~
dantas. in Chr.219, 11. 3. Appearance, perity, increase, Man. 12, 88. Com
Kathas. 12, 16. 4. Semblance, Bha- An-, Not causing prosperity, Mrichch
shap. 70 Comp. Rasa-, m. the sem ill, 5.
blance of sentiment, as e.g., a senti ^TTIf am, A particle of remini
ment attributed to an irrational animal.
Hetu-, m. fallacious reason or middle cence: Ah! Vikr. 38, 17.
term. ^fTO ama, i.e. am + a, adj., f. m
'W 1 l*i 41 1 <tj abhijatya, i.e. abh.i-ja.ta 1. Raw, undressed, Man. 4, 223.
Unbaked (as a pot), Panch. iii. d. 13.-
(yh.jan) +ya,n. Nobility, Ram. 2, 35, 16.
Cf. Mftl'lC.
TfTwf^B abhimukhya, i.e. abhi-
'%U*1*nW amantrana, i.e. a-man
mukha + ya, n. Front, direction to
+ ana, n. 1. Calling, addressing.
wards, Panch. i. d. 370 (with ya, to
Invitation, Panch. 34, 17.
attack).
^nTT amaya, i.e. am, Caus. +
^SfTm'GI^II'tar abhishechanika, i. e.
(anomal.), m. Sickness, Rajat. 5, 209.-
abhishechana + ika, adj., f. ki, Refer
Comp. An-, I. adj. 1. healthy, Drau
ring or serving to the inauguration of
4, 10. 2. being in a good conditio
a king, Ram. 6, 112, 69.
Ram. 2, 72, 52. 3. unharmed, Ram.
TJUlfY^ abhira, m. I. The name of 44, 58. II. n. health, Cak. 64, 23 ; we
a people, MBh. 2, 1192. 2. The off being, Ram. 2, 89, 6. Nis-, I. adj.
spring of a Brahmana by an Ambashtha healthy, Indr. 3, 8. 2. full, Hariv. 363
woman, Man. 10, 15. 3. pure, Ram. 1, 62, 18. II. n. healt
^Sir*ftr a-bhi + la, adj. Terrible, Ram. 1, 41, 21. Sa-, adj. sick.
^ I *i < 1 pi n amay&vitva, i.e. ami
MBh. 3, 388.
^HTJ a-bhu, adj. Helping, Chr. 290, yavin+tva, n. Dyspepsia, Man. 11,5

1 ; 6 Rigv. i. 64, 1 ; 6. ^H*l4lH1 amayavin, i.e. ama^


+ vin, adj., f. n%, Subject to dyspepsi
'^T'TVT abhoga, i.e. a-bhuj + a, m. Man. 3, 7.
1. Crookedness, MBh. 3, 9957 ; vault,
^rr+J^iy lr| amarananla, i. e.
Ram. 2, 65, 3 ; roundness, Megh. 89.
2. Fullness, plenty, Cak. 8, 1. 3. The -marana-anta, adj. Lasting till deal
expanded hood of the Cobra capella, Hit. i. d. 180.
MBh. 16, 118.Comp. Stana-, m. a man ^rnR^Wrf'TT^!' amaranantika, h
with a breast like a woman's.
amarananta + ika, adj. Lasting ti
^TT***"r(^ abhyantara, i.e. dbhyan- death, Man. 9, 101.
tara + a, adj. Interior, MBh. 2, 202. T^TT^f amarda, i.e. a-mrid+a, t
Comp. Gana-, m. the member of a cor Pulling (as of hair), Cak. d. 173.
poration, MBh. 3, 154.
~V[ *iV%*\ amardin, i.e. a-mrid-
^rwrrfjfar abhy&siha (with * for p),
in, adj., f. ni, Destroying, Ram. 4, 1
i.e. abhyaga + ika, adj. Standing near 16.
together, MBh. l, 7577.
^Wil amarsha =a-marsha in m
STSfrW^f^r -abhyudayika, i. e. -amarsha, = nis-amarsha, Devoid <
abhyudaya + ika, adj. Causi' -nergy, Ram. 2, 10, 14 Gorr.
SI*W<* amalaka, m., f. M, and n. last), and '^rnfTrT^T amrata + ka, m.
Emblic myrobalan. The hog-plum, Spondias mangifera,
Ram. 3, 17, 7.
TJlfiiq amisha, m. and n. Flesh,
Pinch, i. d. 449Comp. Khadga-, n. ^5fT"f aya, i.e. a-i+a, m. 1. Gain,
the flesh of a rhinoceros, Man. 3, 272. Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 219. 2. Revenue,
Sis-, adj. 1. fleshless, Bhartr. 2, 9. 2. Man. g, 419.
free of covetousness, Man. 6, 49. "sNl*ll1 ayatana, i.e. a-yat+ana
^ifHNdl amisha + ta, f. and ^gj- 11. 1. A place, Chan. 32. 2. A seat,
Man. 6, 77; Panch. 32, 23. 3. An out
|iqtq amisha + <ra, n. Being an object house, Yajn. 2, 154. 4. An altar,
of covetonsness, Ragh. 12, 11; Da9ak. Panch. 199, 12. Comp. Deva- and de-
V*, 6 Wils. vata-, n. a temple, Man. 4, 46 ; 8, 248.
->I+M<3 a-muhha, n. Prelude. TSTT^lfrt ayati, i.e. a-yam + ti, and, on
account of the metre, ti, R&m. 3, 44, 11,
^rwHw* amushmika, i.e. amush- f. 1. Dignity, Kathas. 24, 119; Rajat.
w, loc. aing. of <u/<m, + tA, adj., f. 5, 189. 2. Future time, Man. 4, 70.
H, Belonging to the next life, Dacak. ^rnTrTfTT a-yatia + ta (vb. yat) f.,
b Chr. 179, 19.
Dependence, Dev. 1, 29.
^mi *3U| amohshana, i.e. a-mohsh ^JTT5 ayasa, i.e. ayas + a, I. adj., f.
+a*a (v. r.), n. Binding on, Ram. 2, t, Of iron, Man. 8, 315 ; II. n. Iron,
13, 39, SchL Yajn. 1, 305.
^MIHl^)*! amochana, i.e. a-mc/j + 'WIFI ayaga, i.e. a-yaj+a, m. A
ana, n. Binding on, Rum. 2, 20, 43 Gorr. sacrificial gift, Ram. 1, 33, 13.
TBTTRT^" amoda, i.e. a-mud+a, m. ^STTTrT ayana, i.e. a-ya + ana, n.
L Pleasure, Kir. 5, 26. 2. A fragrancy, Coming near, MBh. 3, 11029 (p. 570).
strong smell, Rit. 6, 34.Comp. Sa-, -ay I t|T9I ayama, i.e. a-yam + a, m. 1.
adj. fragrant.
Stopping, Vedantas. in Chr. 217, 14. 2.
STTPRTf^T -amodin, i.e. a-mud+ Oppression, Rajat. 5, 165 (perhaps is to
in, adj. Smelling, Raj at. 5, 357. be read ayasa, q. cf.). 3. Length,
Ram. 1, 40, 18.
-^l*l4 amnaya, i.e. a-mna + a, m.
TSrrTTTTWrT ayama+vant, adj., f.
1. Holy tradition, Man. 7, 80. 2. A
Veda, Dacak. 140, 3. Comp. Bus-, adj. vati, and ^SfT^TTf'TT ayamin, i.e. aya-
hard to be transmitted, MBh. 14, 1441.
ma+in, adj., f. ni, Long, Vikr. d. 4;
Tffl^TIJ ambhasa, i.e. ambha*+a, Dacak. in Chr. 200, 11.
adj. Full of water, Matsyop. 43. ^TRTTO ayasa, i.e. a-yas + a, m.
~t\q antra, m. The mango tree, 1. Effort, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 897. 2.
Fatigue, Ram. 3, 55, 17. 3. Trouble,
Mangifera indica, Nal. 12, 4 Comp. Cak. d. 37. 4. Oppression, Rajat. 6, 174
hajamra, i.e. rajan-, m. a superior sort (Chr. 261, 191, read ay&so). S. Weari
of mango. ness, Ram. 6, 7, 1.Comp. An-, adj;
VII 141 14 itmriitn fdfirivprl frnm iha siw. Cak. 22, 17.
^BTTHW oyasaka, i.e. a-yas Caus. ^STTT^l ayushya, i.e. ayus + ya,
si
+ aka, adj., f. ika, Causing fatigue, adj., f. */, Procuring long life, Ma
Bhartr. 3, 64. 1, 106. II. n. Long life, Man. 2, 52.
^5jr3jrfjgf ayasin, i.e. ayasa + in, Comp. An-, adj. prejudicial to long li
Mau. 2, 57.
adj., f. ni, Endeavouring, Cak. d. 34.
Tjfr^ff ayus, n. Life, Man. l, 84.
^TPSHTPTTTT ayuhgeshata, i.e. ayus
Comp. Alpa-, adj. short-lived, Man.
-fesha + ta, f. Condition of having saved
157. Kshina- (vb. kshi), adj. lifele
only the life, Panch. 127, 3 (I came off
Sav. 2, 23. Gata-, adj. 1. lifele
scarcely alive). Panch. 101, 23. 2. whose life is forfeit*
VTO71I a-yudk + a, n., A weapon, Ram. 6, 1, 10. Dirgha-, adj. 1. Ion
Man. 7, 93.Comp. lndra- n. the rain lived, Ram. l, 6, 18. 2. wished to
bow, Man. 4, 59. Sa-indra-, adj. with long-lived, Ram. 3, 1, 11. Pari-mil
a rainbow. Ud-, adj. with raised (vb. ma), adj. short-lived, Ram. 3, J
weapons, Chr. 4, 17. Kusuma-, m. the 20. fata-, m. a man a hundred yea
god of love, Rit. 6, 33. ChakraT, m. old, Lass. 32, 18 ; an old man. Cf. at
a name of Vishnu, Bam. 6, 102, 12. aid, albjv, Lat. aevum, Goth. aivs.
Tridafa-, n. the rainbow, Ragh. 9, 54. ^rr*rt*T ayoga, i.e. a-yaj+a, I
Nis-, adj., f. dha, disarmed, Man. 7, 92.
Presenting with flowers, perfumi
Sa-, adj. armed, Panch. 44, 23. Hala-,
Ram. 5, 17, 15 (bhramara-, A prese
in. Baladeva.
of flowers made to the bees).
TSfT^rfV^? ayudhika, i. e. ayudha
^||{j)7f3 ayogava, m., f. vi, O
+ t'Aa, and ^5fTlfV*T ayudhin, i.e. spring of a Cudra by a Vaicya woma
ayudha + in, m. A warrior, MBh. 16, Man. 10, 12 ; 16.
212 ; Ram. 2, 53, 30. ^rPH'WT ayodhana, i.e. a-yudh
^T^ftl ayudhiya, i.e. ayudha
ana, n. 1. Battle, Ragh. 5, 71. 2.
+ {ya, adj. Military, Man. 7, 222. field of battle, Draup. 8, 30.
^5n"?JeJTT{2I ayurvedamaya, i.e. <3TT^B a-raksh + a, m. Guard, pr
ayus-veda + maya, adj. Containing the tection, Man. 3, 204; Ram. 5, 75, 2.
Ayurveda (see veda), Ram. 1, 45, 32.
^Sj'T'^jgr a-raksh + aka, and ^TH
S^T^W -ayusha, i.e. ayus + a, A
substitute for aytw when latter part f%^7 arakshika, i.e. a-raksha -f ika {'
of compound words: e.g. chira-, adj. m. A policeman, Panch. 129, 5; Daca
Long living, Panch. 245, 35 ; purusha-, in Chr. 195, 11.
n. The duration of a man's life.
T5jr^ aratta (a dialectical chanj
^T^J'EfiT'? ayushkama, i.e. Ayus
of a-rashtra), m. pi. The name of
-kam + a, adj. Desirous of long life, people and country, MBh. 8, 2056.
Man. 9, 41.
^JfT^rSf aratta-ja (vb. Jan), ad
,5T'^U'!rT ayushmant, i.e. ayus +
Born in Aratta, Ram. 5, 12, 36.
mant, adj., f. matt, Long-lived, Man.
2,152. Used in dramas as an honorific ^TTJW arana, An abyss, Chr. 29
address. r, = Rigv. i. 112, 6.
HW^aranya, i.e. aranya+a, adj., ^nTTVT'nir aradhayitri, i.e. a-radh,
!. fL 1. Living in forests, MBh. 1, Caus. +tri, m. An adorer, C/ak. 39, 13.
*:. X Growing in forests, MBh. 1, ^CnCTVT^I^T aradhayishnu, i.e. a
'M; wild, Man. 10, 89.
radh, Caus. -(-uAnu, adj. Gratifying,
^HUI* aranya + ka, I. adj. Refer- adoring, Ram. 3, 17, 30.
rag to forests, MBh. 15, 532 ; produced T5Tm"T arama, i.e. a-rawi + a, m.
ia forests, Ram. 2, 36, 6. II. m. An
inchorite, Cak. d. 46. III. n. The 1. Pleasure, Bhag. 3, 18. 2. A garden,
suae of a book, Man. 4, 123. Dacak. in Chr. 197, 17.Comp. Antar-,
adj. one who finds his pleasure in his
TPCT3J arabdhi, i.e. a-rabh + ti, f. soul, Bhag. 5, 24.
An enterprise, Raj at. 5, 190. ^Tr^TW arava, i.e. a-ru \ a, m. 1.
^IDJf arambha, i.e. a-rabh + a, m. Sound, Nal. 13, 16. 2. Scream, MBh.
t A beginning, Megh. 37. 2. Exer 1, 6846.
tion, effort, Da<;ak. in Chr. 198, 22. 3. ^TT^XPff^ni ariradhayishu, i.e.
At enterprise, Ram. 4, 30, 14.Comp.
a-riradhayisha (desider. of the Caus.
Chitra-, adj. painted, Vikr. d. 4. Chi-
of radh) + u, adj. Desirous of con
tiirpita-, i.e. chitra-arpita- (vb. rt),
ciliating or winning, MBh. 1, 4784.
Mj. painted, Ragh. 2, 81. iVw-, adj.
devoid of exertion, inactive, MBh. 5, ^STHUW aruni, i.e. aruna + i, patro-
IM7. nym. m. A descendant of Aruna, sur
YT^IJfUT arambhana, i.e. a-rabh + name of Uddalaka, MBh. 1, 684, and
of Vainateya, MBh. 1, 2548.
, n. Commencement (support, ac-
cwding to the Sell, of the Chhand.-up. ^STr^W^ aruni, i.e. aruna + a + i, f.
s), Vedantas. in Clir. 216, 18. Tawny, viz. an antelope, Chr. 290, 7 =
SRHMI arambha + ta, f. Com Rigv. i. 64, 7.
mencement, Kathas. 16, 79. ^X^^^ arurukshu, i.e. a-ruruksha
~H\i pjpi arambhin, i.e. arambha (desider. of ruh) + u, adj. Desiring to
ascend, MBh. 3, 11108 ; to acquire,
+in, adj. One whobegins many things.
Bhag. 6, 3.
SK^ drara, i.e. a-ru + a, m. Sound, S^HUT? -'i-ruh + a. Latter part of
Kim. A, 50, 23.
comp. words : e.g. gaja-, m. The rider
TTC^T ra, f. An awl. Cf. O.H.G. of an elephant, Ram. 5, 12, 31 (in para-,
1 i A.S. al, ael. adj. Having excellent riders, etc), dun-,
adj. Hard to be ascended, Ram. 2, 117,
Vnjrl (abl. sing, of ved. ara) adv.
13 Gorr.
1. From afar, MBh. 1, 6447. 2. In
stantly. '^nTTTO arogya, i.e. a-roga+ya, n.
Health, Ram. 1, 15, 13.Comp. An-,
^nrrWl a-radh + ana. I. adj. adj. prejudicial to health, Man. 2, 67.
Who or what conciliates, wins. II. n. Saha-, adj. convalescent, well.
1. Acquirement, Bhartr 3, 5. 2. Ac- TD-r-^f^ arodhri, i.e. a-ruh + tri, m.
complUhment(representation), ak. 12,
' 3. Gratification. 4. Adoration, Ka One who mounts, Yajn. 2, 303.
^rr-^TH aiopa, i.e. h-ruh, Caus. *-
thas. 17, 6.
m. Attributing to, predication, Cak. dour, Man. 11, 222; Bhartr 2, is
d. 35 Sch. Comp. An-, n. dishonesty, Man. 9,
^SmOm*' aropaka, i.e. a-rA, Caus. Ty|*Mq arjuneya, i.e. arjuna + e
+ &, in. A planter, Man. 3, 163. patronym. m. A descendant of A.rji
(?), Chr. 298, 23=Rigv. i. 112, 23.
^MIOm*!! aropana, i.e. a-ruh, Caus.
^SfTnef artava, i.e. ritu+a. I. a
-fana n. 1. Causing to ascend, Ka-
thas. 17, 84 (viz. to heaven, i.e to die) ; f. va, Seasonable, Ram. 2, 30, 16. II
Ram. 5, 15, 46. 2. Putting on, Ragh. 1. The menstrual discharge, Man.
7, 25. 3. Stringing (a bow), Ram. 1, 40 ; Rajat. 5, 391. 2. The approi
66, 27.Comp. Vrihsha-, n. planting time for cohabitation, Man. 3, 48,
trees. 46 Comp. An-, adj. unseasonable.
HXtT artta, written ~*l\r\ at
^JTO^ aroha, i.e. a-ruh + a, m. 1. A
(an anomalous ptcple. of the pf. pt
rider, Hariv. 13464. 2. Mounting, Ka-
of a-ard) adj., f. ta. 1. Injured, M
thas. 25, 142 ; Rajat.5, 310. 3. A heap,
Ram. l, 5, 14. 4. The buttocks, Ram. 4, 236 ; hurt, Yajn. 8, 248. 2. 1 3
tressed, Man. 6, 16. 3. Afflicted, I
3, 52, 27. Comp. Agva-, m. a horseman,
Kathas. 10, 124. Gaja-, and hasty-aroha, cak. in Chr. 179, 19.Comp. Bhay
adj., distressed with fear.
i.e. hastin-, m. a rider on an elephant,
Ram. 3, 57, 23 ; Draup. 8, 22. Dus-, ^TTtI cTT artta + ta (written ^JTr) H
adj., f. ha, hard to be ascended, Ram. f. Painfulness.
2, 105, 6. Vara-, I. m. 1. a rider on
^Srrf^" (^nlr?) artti, &-ard^
an elephant or horse. 2. an elephant-
driver. II. f. ha, 1. an elegant woman. (cf. artta), f. Pain, Dacak. in C
2. the hip or flank. Sa-, adj., f. ha, 197, 17.Comp. Kritrima-, adj. feigni
rising, Ram. 5, 73, 6. Syandana-, m. a sorrow, Dacak. in Chr. 192, .".
warrior who fights in a car. TDJjr" ardra, adj., f. ra. 1. W
Tjrr^Y^^T arohaka, i.e. a-ruh + aka, Megh. 87. 2. Fresh, Amar. 2.
m. A rider, Panch. 129, 18. Mild, Panch. 8, 19.Comp. Sa-, a
Wet. Cf. probably fipSw (althou
^5TJXt^T!T arohana, i.e. a-ruh -f ana, beginning with F, FapS, Fpaci), paii
1. Ascending, MBh. 1, 372. 2. A paQafxiyi,.
stage, MBh. 14, 282. 3. A ladder, T5fT^T ARDRAYA, a denom
Ram. 5, 14, 14.Comp. Durga-, adj.
derived from the last, Par. To moiste
of difficult ascent, Ram. 3, 76, 28.
Bhartr. Suppl. 7.
Pavitra-, n. the name of a festival,
Paiich. 34, 18. Sukha-, adj. of easy ^n-rfV^r ardhika, (i.e. probab
ascent, MBh. 2, 1381. ardha + ika), m. A labourer in t
^SnTWfWST arohanika, i.e. aro- lage, Man. 4, 253.
hana + ika, adj. Referring to the as ^IT^ arya. I. m., f. ya, 1. Orig
cension (viz. to heaven), MBh. l, E53. nally the name of the immigrated I
Tny^Yf^rsj arohin, i.e. a-ruh + in, dian people in opposition to the 0
inhabitants. In later times, the nan
adj. f. ini, Ascending, Paiich. iii. d. 264.
of the three upper castes in oppositii
^rr^|^ arjava, i.e. riju + a, n. - *he fourth, Yajn. ?, 294 ; or to b*
firians, MBh. 14, 2137. II. fem. ya, i. d. 34. Comp. Ms-, adj. having no
The name of a metre. Rajat. fi. 35. III. support, Ram. 6, 3, 64.
sdj, f. ya. 1. Respectable, venerable,
^r^rfTT^ a-lamb + in, adj., f. ni.
Man. 8, 75 ; Dacak. in Chr. 186, 17. 2.
Apposite, Ram s, us, e. Comp. An-, 1. Hanging down, Kit. 6, 24. 2. De
vij. and 8abst. 1. A barbarian, Man. 9, pendent, MBh. 3, 9924. 3. Depending
m. 2. Unworthy, Ram. 3, 51, 25. 3. on, Hit. pr. d. 19.
Inhabited by barbarians, Cik. Ch. 139, 7. ^5lnt4fl alambha, i.e. a-labh + a,
*!<}< arya + ka, m. 1. A grand in. 1. Touching, Man. 2, 79. 2. Cut
father. Ram. 5, 61, 15. 2. A proper ting, Man. 11, 144. 3. Killing, Megh.
ume, Mricbchh. 35, 22 ; MBh. 1, 1552. 46. Comp. Bus-, adj., f. bha, difficult
to beseized, MBh. 13, 4707.
^TOTT arya + td, f. and TSmfo
^T^rf^IT alambhin, i.e. a-labh +
*Tw+fra, n. Venerableness, Man. 7,
2H; Rijat. l, no. Comp. An-, f. in, adj., f. ni, Touching, Rajat. 5, 88.
^nt of virtuous dignity, Man. 10, 58. ^Mt< alaya, i.e. a-li + a, m. and n.
Kshonoarableness, Hit. iv. d. 23.
(Ram. 5, 23, 31), 1. A house. 2. A scat.
Unf arsha, i.e. rishi + a, I. adj. f. Comp. Krila-, adj. 1. having settled.
* 1. Referring to the Rishis. 2. 2. Inhabiting, Ram. 3, 1, 18. Tridaga-,
Ordained by or practised by the Rishis, m. 1. the heaven. 2. a deity. Deva-,
*, Jl; 12, 106. II. m. A form of m. a temple. Padma-, adj., f. ya,
Mrriage, Man. 3, 53. III. n. Holy dwelling in a lotus flower. Manasa-,
lineage. in. a wild swan, or goose. Hima-, in.
the Himalaya range of mountains.
^nnf arthdbha i .e. rishabha + a, adj .
^fl<JIll<!l alavala, a. A basin for
Proceeding from a bull, Man. 9, so (n.
i' strength). water round the root of a tree, Vikr. d.4l.

Nli^qg aluk\hm>ya, i.e. a-laksha- ^SfUfltfl alasya, i.e. alasa+ya, a.


c"+ya, n. Inclination to sin, Man. 9, Idleness, Bhartr. 2, 74.
atKuU.). TU<JlM ulana, n., 1. A post to
^1^1**1 a-langh+ana, n. Cover- which an elephant is tied,MaIav. 62, d.
'"'?< Darak. in Chr. 182, 11. 76. 2. The rope that ties him, Ragh.
4, 69.
Sl'fl^ a-lamb + a,I. adj. Hanging
^T'?rTf%rT alaniha, i.e. alana + ika,
down, Rim. 3, 22, 17. II. m. Support,
adj. Serving for a post, etc. (see the
fijt. 5, 310 (in Chr. p. 271, corr. -^%-).
preceding), Ragh, 14, 38.
wop. An.^ ajj_ un80pported, Ram. 2, ^r^TTI alapa, i.e. a-lap + a, m. 1.
<" jDw-, adj., f. 6a, difficult to
B<* footing in, Ram. 5, 73, 6. Ni*-, Speaking. 2. Conversation, Poich. 46,
*dJ- h*r'ng no support, Ram. 1, 44, 2. 12.Comp. Katha-, m. conversation,
"*" (Tb. morf), m. a fence round Hit. 26, 22.
the walla of a palace. Sa-, adj. sup- ^mUHfi alapa + vant, adj., f.
P0^, Kathas. 12, 175. vali, Addressing, Amar. 42.
"'"SI a-lamb + ana, n., 1. Sup ^WTWrtfo alapin, i.e. a-lap + iti,
porting, Megh. 4. 2. Support, Pancb. adj., f. ni, Speaking.
^5in% M*t a'li> * m- A bee> ^HifrST alodana, i.e. a-lud + ana,
Panel), i. d. 203. II. Also alt, f. 1. n. Mixing.
A woman's female friend, Kumaras. 5, ^jr^-^q- iivantya, i.e. avanti+ya,
83. 2. A line, Amar. 89 ; Panch. 203, m. 1. An inhabitant of Avanti, MBh.
6 Comp. Sutra-ali, f. a necklace. 3, 15253. 2. The son of a Vratya or
^rf^T^1 &-ling + a,m. Embracing, outcast Brahmana, Man. 10, 21.
Dacak. in Chr. 201, 14. TDT^IT a-vap + ana, n. 1. Sowing
^rf^T^I a-ling + ana, n. An em seed. 2. Any vessel.
brace, Megh. 71. T5fr^Tjr avarana, i.e. a-vri + ana,
^gjW alu, n. A vessel, Hit. ill- d. 52. n. 1. Covering, Vedantas. in Chr. 205,
23. 2. A cover, Cak. d. 77. 3. Pro
^fr^f^T a-lwlch + ana, n. Dart tection, Ram. 6, 99, 38. 4. A shield,
ing on, Mrichchh. 50, 15. Cic. 5, 66. S. Obstruction, Man. 3, 163.
^SIT^n? alepa, i.e. a-lip + a, m., and 6. A lock, Ragh. 16, 7.Comp. Gatra-,
n. a shield, MBh. 7, 79. Deha-, n. an
^fPsTtTT alepana, i.e. a-lip + ana, n. armour, MBh. 7, 4423. .,
1. Smearing, anointing. 2. Ointment. 'SRr^fT avarta, i.e. a-vrit+a, m. !
^T^Tt^f aloha, i.e. a-lok + a, m. 1. Turning, a turn. 2. A whirlpool, -
Sight, Megh. 38 ; Cak. d. 9 (first look). Bohtl. Ind. Spr; 392. 3. A curl, Nal.
2. Light, Rain. 4, 50, 52. 3. Appear 19, 14.Comp. Arya-, m. the holy land,
extending from the eastern to the
ance, Dacak. in Chr. 186, 15. 4.
Flattery, panegyric, Ragh. 2, 9. Comp. western sea, and bounded on the
Dus-, adj. difficult to be perceived, Git. north and south by the Himalaya and
2, 20. Nis-, adj., f. ha, 1. without Vindhya mountains, Man. 2, 22. Dak-
thina-, adj. 1. turned to the right,
moving the eyes, Ram. 2, ill, 14. 2.
invisible, MBh. l, 1475. Sukha-, adj., Bhag. P. 5, 23, 5. 2. turned to the
f. ka, charming, "Vikr. d. 109. Surya-, south, MBh. 6, 5671. Nandi-, rn. &
certain diagram, MBh. 7, 2930. Brah-
in. sunshine.
mavarta, i.e. brahman-, m. the country
^SJT^ffaf T <*-lok + ana, n. Looking, between the rivers Sarasvati and Dri-
Vikr. d. 150. shadvati, Man. 2, 17. Rajavarta, U-
^^ffafffarlT a-lokaniya + ta (vb. rajan-, m. an inferior kind of diamond.
Shodafavarta, i.e. shodacan-, m.
lok), f. Visibility, Kumaras. 2, 24. conch shell. Su-dus-, adj. very diffi
$^rreftf%T -alokin, i.e. aloha +in. cult to be dissuaded, MBh. 12, 5'9'
Bhartr, l, 69, at the end of the comp. Surya- , m. 1 . a plant, Cleome viscoss.
word vikasita-humuda-indivara-aloha 2. a sun-flower. Hrid-, m. a lock o'
+ in, adj., f. ni, Looking like a lotus hair on a horse's neck or breast.
whose flowers are expanded ; literally, ^Rffff avartin, i.e. a-vrit+t*
having the appearance of a lotus, etc.
adj., f. ni, Returning, Hit. i. d. 201.
^r^T^T a-loch f aha, adj. Caus
yraffr and ^ft avalt, f. A ro*.
ing sight.
^rr^V^f a-loch + ana, n. and f. na, Hit. i. d. 90.
^TSTJa^T avacyaha, i.e. avacya+*
Consideration.
ria, I. adj. Necessary, inevitable, Foul, Cantic. 3, 2.Comp. An-, adj. 1.
Biiisliap. 21. H. n. Necessity, that pure, Ram. 3, 76, 11. 2. healthy, Man. 7,
"tich must be done, Bhag. P. 5, 8, l. 69. Pari-, adj. very turbid, Ragh. 7, 37.
^MUJ*r|I avagyaha + la, f. In ^f^M*! AVILAYA, a denomin.
evitability, Hit. 116, 10. derived from vtfa, Par. To sully, Cak.
TRTlfrt a-vas + ati (for original d. 117.
% fern, of the pres. partic), f. Night,' ^lTl%*I avis, adv. and prepos., com
Arj. l, 13. bined or compounded with as, hri, bhu,
XH+ltl a-vas + alha, m. 1. A rest- and their derivatives, Manifest.
iijr-place, Alan. 3, 107. 2. A house. 3. "^M=f|frTT avitin,\.e.a-vita + in(\b.
The mansion of the holy fire, Man. 4, 151. vye), adj. in prachina-avitin, m. A
Comp. Deva-,m. atemple,R3jat. 4, 325. Bruhmana wearing his cord over his
^||4H8| avamthya, i.e. avasatha + right shoulder, Man. 2, 63.
yo,m. The holy fire, MBh. 3, 14181. ^n"?rf a-vrit, f. l. Order, arrange
j*JH^ -a-vah + a, adj., f. ha. 1. ment, Man. 3, 214 (see Lois.). 2. Manner,
Man. 3, 248. 3. A ceremony, Man. 2, 66.
Bringing, Earn. 1, 23, 13. 2. Causing,
Bgh. 14, 5.Comp. Dus-, adj., f. ha, ^J1"?ItT a-vrit +ti, f. Returning,
Ifficolt to be lead, MBh. 12, 12459. Kathas. 14, 64.
Mala-, adj. 1. soiling. 2. defiling. ^STPTT avega, i. e. a-vtj + a, m.
^I3m avapa, i.e. a-vap + a, m. 1. Trouble, hurry. Comp. Ad-, m. exces
An arm-guard, Rain. 6, 92, 15. 2. sive trouble, Prab. 92, 8.
Watching the enemies, (Jic. 2, 88. TS| | ej -^ <Ti avedaka, i.e. a-vid + afta,
Comp. ^ara-, m. a bow, MBh. l, 7073.
adj. One who makes known.
^ITTni arasa, i.e. a-vas + a, m. A
S^5n"3I^T -avedin, i.e. a-vid+in,
Uuse.Comp. Bhoga-, m. the harem.
adj., f. l, Announcing.
^T||^l avahana, i.e. a-ra/* + ana,
TSTT^'jr avega, i.e. a-vig + a, m. En
1- Invitation.
tering.
^rf^^T avika, i.e. aw'+^a, I. adj.
<5(|c{3|{ avegana, i.e. a-vtg + ana
1. Coming from a sheep, e.g. hshira,
' the milk of an ewe,' Man. 5, 8. 2. n. I. A workshop, Man. 9, 265. 2.
Woollen, Man. 2, 41. II. n. A woollen Possession by demons.
i loth, Man. 5, 120.Comp. PaAchavika, ^TWU a-veshl+a, m. Wrapping
i-e. panchan-, n. the five productions round, Yajn. 2, 217.
from a sheep.
S^rnt -aga,i.e.2.ag + a,m. Eating,
^TfasRif^I^r aviha-sautriha, i.e. e.g. pratar-, m. Breakfast, Lass. 76, 19 ;
'iciAa-tutra + iAa (v. r. -sutrika, per havya- (vb. hu) and Awta- (vb. hu), m.
haps better), adj. Consisting of woollen Agni, or fire.
threads, Man. 2, 44. ^|| Si4l a-fam + a, f. Wish, Ragli.
HTfW avila, adj., f. la. 1. Turbid, 12, 44.Comp. Sa-, adj. full of des:.re,
NaL 13, 7 (6). 2. Without splendour, Kir. 5, 23. -gam, adv. uttering a bene
Kn. $, \g,3. 3. Stained, Chr. 40, n ; diction, Vikr. 11, 4.
^njf^T a-gams+in, adj., f. ni, S^Tf^n^ -agitva, i.e. agin+lva, i
Announcing, Ram. 6, 90, 32. Eating, e.g. an-agitva, Hunger, MB!
^mnFI a-gank + a, f. 1. Fear, 3, 13477.
Bhartr. 3, 4. 2. Suspicion, Kathas. 14, S^RTfl[Ts -agin, i.e. 2. ag + in, adj.,
56. Comp. Gata- and Naskta-, adj., Hi, Eating, Man. 2, 118.Comp. At'n
f. ka, fearless. Sa-, adj. disheartened, mis/ia-, i.e. Am-, adj. not feeding (
Paiich. 47, 15. meat, Hit. 19, 1. Pavana-, m. a snak
S^mrf^T^ -a-gank + in, adj., f. m, Purva-, adj., eating before (other*
MBh. 5, 1291.
Apprehending, Ram. 2, 71, 32.
T5TJ(1[5|J agis, i.e. a-gas, f. Benedi
^THI^T afyo, >. a-?t + a, m. 1. A
tion, Ram. 2, 32, 11 Comp. Jaya-,
seat, Kathas. 20, 128. 2. A den, MBh. cheering, congratulation, Ram. 3, 35, l u
3. 1387. 3. An asylum, Panch, 141, 1.
4. The stomach, Dacak. 189, 11 (Wils.). ^STTSftf^fa agi-visha (oft, accordii
5. The heart, Dacak. in Chr. 188, l ; to the grammarians, a serpent's fang
Mind, Bhag. 10, 20. 6. Intention, Ka m. A snake, MBh. 3, 544.
thas. 12, 73.Comp. Ama-, m. the part ^SJTIJ "f> l'e' Pr0Da^y ac (see f
of the belly about the navel. Krura-,
+ m, adv. Quickly. Cf. ukvc, Lat. ocii
adj., f. ya, containing cruel animals and
accipiter=ved. agupatvan, aquila.
wicked intentions, Bhartr. l, 80. Gar-
bha-, m. the womb, MBh. 14, SOI. TTTOJT agu-ga (vb. gam), I. ad
Tot/a-, m. a pond, a river. Dus-, I. f. ga, Moving quickly, Man. 4, 68. 1
m. a bad abode, Bhag. P. 3, 24, 36. II. m. An arrow.
adj. having wicked intentions, Kathas.
^STTSS*^ agu + lva, n. Quickiu
20, 3. Dushta- (vb. dush), adj. having
wicked intentions, Panch. 51, 25. Pakva-, Arj. 6, 18.
m. the abdomen, MBh. 3, 13973. Maha-, T5fT3JTT| agaucha, i.e. a-guchi+
I. adj. 1. magnanimous; 2. liberal. II.
m. a gentleman. Mutra-, m. the lower n. Impurity, Man. 5, 59. Com
Sutyagaucha, i.e. Suti-, n. impuri
belly. Vi-rata- (vb. ram), adj. resign
ing worldly intentions, Paiich. ii. d. 189. from child-birth.
Suhha-, adj. hoping for pleasure, Paiich. ^H W*i agcharya, i.e. a-char+i
ii. d. 160. 1. adj., f. ya, Astonishing, wonderf
^raiT &g&, f. I. i. e. l. ag+a, A Da(;ak. in Chr. 179, 11. II. n. A si
prising phenomenon, Ram. 5, 49, 1
quarter, a region, Ram. 3, 22, 8. II.
Comp. Sa-, adj. wonderful, Bhar
i.e. a-ganis, 1. Desire, Hit. d. 105. 2.
2, 59. -yam, adv. with surprise.
Hope, Dacak. 191, 5 Comp. Dus-, f.
want of hope, Rajat. 3, 213. Dhuna-, ^5n"3J*J+J*J agcharya + maya, ad
f. desire of wealth, Hit. i. d. 105. Aw-, f. yi, Wonderful, Kathas. 26, 64.
adj., f. get, hopeless, Ram. 4, 19, 4.
Bhagna- (vb. bhaiij), adj. disappointed. ^IT^sftTTf agchyotana, i.e. a-gchy
Hata- (vb. han), adj. hopeless, despe + ana, Sprinkling.
rate, Malav. 36, 20. ^11^1?? a-gram -f a, m. and n.
^mrram aga + vant, adj., f. vati, An hermitage. 2. A religious ore
e which there are four (or or
Full of hope, Hit. i. d. 72.
,9TWN
ilree, Man. 2, 230) kinds referable to ^rrf^TrTi| a-grita + tva (vb. ere), n.
'..W different periods of a Biahmana's
Dependence, Bhasbap. 23.
life, Man. a, 2. Comp, Kama-, m. and
. the hermitage of the god of love. ^T^fa aglesha, i.e. a-glish + a, m.
Grika-, m. the second order, that of An embrace, Megh. 105.
the householder, Man. 6, 1. Jyeshtha-, ^TP5^3I agvayuja, i.e. agva-yuj+a,
'j. being in the most eminent order,
Mm. 3, 78. m. The month Acvina (September-
October), Man. 6, 15.
Vl^m*! agramin, i.e. agrama +
^Tr^rro agvasa, i.e. a-gras+a, m.
a, adj. Belonging to one of the religious
orders, Man. 6, 91. Comp. Grika-, m. 1. Recreation. 2. Rest, repose, Rajat.
a Brahmana fulfilling the duties of a 5, 315. 3. Appeasing, Kathas. 9, 64.
bomeholder, Mark. P. 29, 30. ^rr^TVT agvasana, i. e. a-gvas +-
Sl^ej agraya, i.e. a-gri+a, m. 1. ana, n. Recreation, Paiich. 70, 21.
A seat, Panch. 51, 20; Ragh. 11, 26 (a ^fTT^T agvina, i.e. agvin+a, adj.
quiver), a. An abode. 3. A retreat,
Directed to the Acvins, Chr. 296.
iIo. 7, 27. 4. An asylum, Panch. 211,
5. Protection, Panch. i. d. 43. 6. "^41 q|< ashadha, i.e. a-sadha, old
Ketourse, Man. 2, 11 ; refuge, Ragh. ptcple. of the pf. pass, of sah, + a, m.
'-> M. 7. Dependence, Yajt'i. 2, 48. 8. 1. The name of a month (June-July),
Support, Panch. 155, 8 ; help, Panch. Rajat. 5, 126. 2. A staff carried by an
,s> U. 9. Base, Vedantas. in Chr. 212, ascetic in that month. 3. A proper
3; the subject (in Logic), Bhasbap. name, MBh. 1, 2699.
" 10. Reference, Yajn. 3, 143; Da<;ak.
in Chr. 185, 17Comp. Garta-, adj. L H\M oSj on interj. 1. Of anger:
living in holes, Man. 7, 72. Ms-, adj., Ah! Panch. 36, 21. 2. Of fear, Prab.
fyo, having no support, MBh. 8, 1905. 31, 10. 3. Of recollection, Prab. 72, 11.
rara.,m. 1. dependence from another, 4. Of joy, Prab. 29, 9.
Hiriv. sir*. 2. the refuge of the 2. ^TPT -AS, ii. 2, Atm. (in epic
memied, Bhag. P. 1, 4, 12. Vana-, I.
*lj- who or what is in a forest. II. m. poetry sometimes Par., MBh. 14, 287i).
riven. Vana-, m. a bow. 1. To sit, Ram. 1, 50, 10 ; with the
ace, Vikr. 27, 16. 2. To abide, MBh.
SSH<qHl -agrayana, i.e. a-gri+ 3, 12723. 3. To stay, Ram. 3, 9, 32. 4.
"*<>< adj., f. nl x. Taking refuge. 2. To perform, Nal. 7, 3 (Bohtl.). 5. To
Referring to, Vikr. d. 51. spend time in doing something, to do
something a long time ; the action
^11*11 iH^fl agrayagavat, i.e. d-
being expressed, a. By a participle,
faja-afa + eo/, adv. Like fire, Hit. ii.
Panch. 36, 20 (svakttTtiiii niguhann itite,
d- l5.
He conceals the state of his mind), b.
^"*i(*<*T agrayin, i.e. agraya+in, By an absolutive, Man. 7, 195 ; Ram.
^i-. f- ?'. I. Seated, Ragh. 6, 4. 2. 4, 57, 23 (prayam [hardly ace. of prctya~\
Lodging, &. 78, 19. asmahe, we are starving). 6. To exist,
Rajat. 5, 99 ; to be, Panch. 89, 10 ;
^I"H afraca, i.e. a-gru + a, adj., Rajat. 5, 3 (corr. asatam). With an
<, ObedientComp. An-, adj., f.
adv. tushnim, silent, Panch. 21, 10 ;
r. not obeying. evam, thus, Ram. 5, 57, 16. With hi
instrumental, Pailch. i. d. 106, 'with Man. 2, 75. 3. To dwell round (wit
fearless mind. ' With a dative, Hit. the ace), MBh. 3, 10412. 4. To pa
i. d. 207, astam tushtaye, it may be take, Arj. 8, 21. 5. To attend respec
gratifying. 7. To cease, Paiich. 106, fully, Man. 7, 37 W ithXfTJTJ sam-up
19 ; astam, ' enough,' Hit. 122, 19.
Ptcple. of the pres. asina, Man. 1, l. 1. To sit, Ram. 2, 105, 1. 2. To pe
Of the pf. pass, asita, passed, Ram. l, form, Ram. 4, 10, 24. 3. To honou
3, 4 (what came to pass with Rama, Mrichchh. 37, 4 With JTH sam,
etc.) ; n. Seat, Ram. 2, 58, 10. Comp. To sit together, MBh. 2, 804. a. 1
Dus-, n. Unsuitable manner of sitting, sit together with (with the ace), MB
MBh. 3, 14669.With the prepos. TSfftSf 1, 2104; with the instr., Sav. 6, 27.
To sit, Man. 2, 101. 4. To be a mate
adhi, 1. To sit down, Ram. 5, 57, 6.
2. To sit down on, with ace, Ram. MBh. 3, 372.With itfrTOtT pre
2, 81, 11. 3. To take for his seat, Ram. -sam, To be able to resist (with tl
2, 99, 11 ; to occupy, Ram. 6, 2, 34. ace), MBh. 3, 17314 Cf. lificu, ii<rrai
4. To inhabit, Ram. 3, 54, 5. 5. To asle ; concerning the spir. asper <
enter, MBh. 3, 13330. 6. To live as r/fitS- in ii/ii$-airuc=asmad.
wife of, MBh. l, 7265. Part, of the ^SJIJ'JFasanga, i.e. a-satij+a, m.
pf. pass, adhyasita, Being the sub
Being attached, Cak. d. 132. 2. Attac
ject, Lass. 92, 2.With ^JTlfv sam meut, Paiich. v. d. 93. Comp. Uttarc
adhi, 1. To occupy, Ragh. 13, 52. 2. m. an upper and outer garment, Paiic
To inhabit, Ram. 6, 4, 52.With ^ffi 236, 8.
silUjfrl asatti, i. e. a-sad + ti,
anu, 1. To sit down after, Ragh. 2, 24.
2. To attend, ak. 33, 3. 3. To per Juxtaposition (of words), Bhashap. s
form, Ram. 2, 50, 34.With ^f? ud, 82. Connection, Bhashap. 63.
To be indifferent, Cic. 2, 42. Ptcple. ^T^T as + a> m. and n. 1. Sittin
of the pres. udasina, One who is in Man. 6, 22 ; Dacak. in Chr. iso,
different, neither friend nor enemy, (vigrihya-, Sitting separately, not t
Man. 7, 155 With ^Tf vpa, 1. To sit gether). 2. Sitting in some peculi
near, Man. 4, 154. 2. To attend, Bhag. posture for pious purposes, Vedanti:
12, 2. 3. To honour, MBh. 3, 12bii. in Chr. 217, 14; 16. 3. Sitting e
4. To partake, Man. 3, 104; MBh. 17, camped, Man. 7, 160. 4. Dwell in
Man. 2, 215. 5. A seat, Man. 3, 20
2871. 5. To attain, Yaju. 3, 192. 6.
To sit, Man. 2, 103. 7. To occupy, Bhag. 6, 11.Comp. Ardha-, n. hs
Man. 5, 93. 8. To perform, Ram. 4, a seat, Cak. 97, 10. Kamala- ai
24, 11; Dacak. in Chr. 184, 3. 9. To Jalaja-, m. a name of Brahmn
undergo, MBh. 3, 15634. 10. To stay, Dharma-, n. the seat of a judge, Ma
Ram. l, 36, 1. 11. To spend time, doing 8, 23. Nripa-, n. a throne. Padmc
something (cf. the simplex), the action I. n. 1. a seat consisting of a lotu
being expressed, a. By a participle, flower. 2. a kind of posture when a
Bhag. 12, 6; b. By an absolutive, Ram. sorbed in meditation. II. adj. dvvel
l, 44, l. 12. To expect, MBh. 3, 1215 ing in a lotus-flower. Bhadra-, n.
a throne. 2. a peculiar posture,
With Tf$R pari-upa, 1. To surrou- ' "hich abstract meditation is perform,
MB. 2, 280; Nal. 1, U. 2. T a devotee. Vira-, n. 1. a field
S^JKJKdT
hutle. 2. a bivouac. 3. a kneeling S^rr*?f5rTs -a-sev+in, adj., f. ni,
ptore, Man. 11, no. Qahra-, n. a Addicted, Rajat. 5, 207.
;irone, Panch. iii. d. 270. Saha-, n.
sitting on the game seat. Siiiiha-, n. a *J14<tiT^ a-skand + a, m. Mount
iirane. ing, Kathas. 26, 36.
^|qq asava, i.e. a-ft( + a, m. A ^H *>("<. 1 a-skand + in, I. adj.,
distilled spirit, MBh. 16, 30.Comp. f. ni, Jumping on, Ragh. 17, 52. II.
MtUhu-, m. a spirit distilled from the m. A donor, Kathas. 24, 87.
t'ojsoms of the Bassia latifolia. Sura-, ^TT^T astara> i-6- &stri+a, m. A
a. an inebriating liquor, Man. 11, 95.
Smara-, m. saliva. layer, Kathas. 22, 196.
^H *?H,W astarana, i.e. a-stri-\- ana,
^TT^T asadana, i.e. a-sad + ana,
n. Attacking, MBh. 2, 808. n. 1. A layer, MBh. 3, 15142. 2. Ly
ing, Punch, i. d. 190. 3. A cover, Ram.
'JlflK, asara, i.e. a-sri + a, m. 1. A 3, 49, 15.
bird shower, Paiich. 94, 3. 2. A king ^ll^l^(Ue(*ri astarana + vant, adj .,
*bose dominions are separated by
other intervening states, Kamand. Nitis. f. rati, Covered with blankets, or car
t, IT. Comp. Dhara-, m. a hard pets, Ram. 4, 44, 99 ; MBh. 1, 7943.
iiower, Vikr. d. 70. Pushpa-, m. a 'Ml ^TjHW ostaranika, i. e. asta
ibower of flowers, Mcgh. 44. Sa-, adj., rana +ika, adj. Spread sacrificial grass,
t ri, rainy. Ram. 6, 96, 15 (Sch.).
SlfatJH, os'dhara, i.e. asi-dhara ^m(Vl4l astika, i.e. asti, third ps. of
-, adj. As difficult as standing on the pres. of i.as, + ika, m. A believer,
the edge of a sword (cf. vrala), Kagh. religious, pious, Ram. 2, 109, 37.
13, 67.
t|lftrj<fej astikya, i. e. astika + ya,
lUWTTfir? asisadayxshu, i. e.
n. Devoutness, Bhag. 18, 72.
aiitadayitka, desid. of tad, +, adj.
^Il*j|[ a-stha, f. 1. Stay, Bhartr. 1,
I^irous of attacking, Ram. 6, 76, 6.
93. 2. Trust, Bhartr. 2, 96. 3. Regard,
TH^J^ antra, i.e. asura + a, adj., Bhartr. 3, 59.Comp. An-, f. disregard,
f. ri. I, Belonging to the Asuras or Kumaras. 6, 63 ; no matter, 6, 12.
"lemons, Arj. io, 30. 2. Demon-like, data-, adj., f. tha, full of hope, Dagak.
hhag. S) i2 . wicked, Dagak. in Chr. in Chr. 200, 0.
1M, 13 : that form of marriage is so
^JTHUTT asthana, i.e. a-stha + ana,
tailed in which the bridegroom gives
io the bride, her father, and paternal n. and f. ni, An assembly, Rajat. 5, 35.
kinsmen, as much as he can afford, TyitM^" aspada, i.e. perhaps at-pada,
Man. 3, 31.
n. 1. A place, Rajat. 5, 44. 2. A
^rnJV astdha, i.e. a-ridh + a, m. palace, Rajat. 5, 235. 3. A position,
Arrest.Comp. Sthana-, m. confine Man. 7, 184. Cf. perhaps Lat. op-
ment to a place. pidum.
^TR^T a-stv + a, f. Intercourse. S^5rn9TfTT. -aspada + ta, f. Con
pomp. Dttt-, adj., f. va, hard to have dition of being the place of, Kathas.
intercourse with, Ram. 3, 23, 15. 7, 81 (confidence).
'Ml 1JTWI asphalana, i.e. a-sphal ^H^U] aharana, i.e. a-hri+ana,
Caus. + ana, n. Flapping, striking n. 1. Fetching, (^ak. 7, 9. 2. Accom
against, Panch. iii. d. 237, Kumaras. plishment, MBh. 14, 2072.
3, 22. TlfT^n ahartri, i.e. a-hri+tri, m.
^NHJhl? atphota, i.e. a-sphut + a, 1. An acquirer, Ram. 5, 95, 34 ; with
in. 1. Clapping with the hands, MBh. ace, Vikr. d. 139 (causing). 2. One
2, 900. 2. Clapping, clap in general, who accomplishes, Nal. 12, 45.
MBh. 3, 11141. ^J|^<J a/tava, i.e. a-hve + a, m. War,
^U4Mh4T asphotana, i.e. a-sphut
battle. Comp. Maha-, m. a great
-f ana, n. Clapping of the hands, Bam. battle or fight.
5, 10, 13.
^y|^(^ ahara, i.e. a-hri + a, m.
T5fT*?J asya (vb. an, cf. anana), n. Food, Panch. 56, 19 Comp. An-, I. m.
1. The mouth, Man. l, 94. 2. The face, non-eating, Hit. 24, 12. II. adj. one
Qringarat. 1. 3. An organ of speech, who abstains from eating, Ram. 3, 75, 30.
as the lips, the teeth, etc., Panch. v. d. Ekahara, i.e. eha-ahara, adj. eating
44. Comp. Uraga-, n. A kind of spade, only once a day, MBh. 13, 5159. Nit-,
Dn;ak. in Chr. 198, 9. Dafasya, i.e. adj. without food, Ram. 1, 48, 31. Pak-
dagan-, adj. epithet of Havana. Dir- sha-, adj. taking food only twice
gha-, adj. having a long face. PaA- month, MBh. 3, 15409. Phala-, adj., f. ;
cha(n)-, I. adj. 1. having five faces. ri, in order to fetch fruits, Saw 4,
2. having five edges, MBh. 7, 1710. II. 23. Qaka-, adj. living upon potherbs,
m. A lion. Pani-, adj. one whose hand Bhartr. 2, 79. Su-, adj. easily to be
is his mouth, Man. 4, 117. Manda-, n. procured, Ram. 2, 31, 26. Svechchha-,
modesty. Marhata-, n. copper. Sthula-, i.e. sva-ichchha-, adj. omnivorous.
m. a snake.Cf. os, 6ra, probably rjiiiy.
^mf^f(i^4i ahindika, m. The son of
TTWT os-ya, f. Sitting. a Nishada by a Yaidehi woman, Man.
^HH^I'4 a-svad+a, m. Taste, Ku 10, 37.

maras. 3, 31 ; Yajn. 3, 229 ; Panch. 263, ^Mlf^CLl^* ahilundika, i.e. aki


22 ; i. d. 429. -tunda + ika, n. A snake catcher, a
^TT^sTn?^ a-svad + aka, adj. En juggler, Panch. iii. d. 67.

joying. ^TTSfrT a-hu + ti, f. An oblation to


the deities, Man. 2, 106.
^T^sTP^T a-sv&d+ana, n. Tasting,
enjoying, Panch. 35, 6 ; Vedantas. in '^JT^V aho, part. Or, Cak. d. 125.
Chr. 218, 2.
^H0f3<ti ahniha, i.e. ahan+ika, L
^JTlNrr^ ahaiiiharya, i.e. aham- adj. Daily, MBh. 3, 10772. II. n. A
hara + ya, adj. Subject to selfishness, religious ceremony which must be per
Vedantas. in Chr. 209, 21. formed every day, Ram. 1, 25, 2.
S^HI^^ -ahara, i.e. a-hri+a, adj. Comp. Gava-, n. the daily food of *
cow, MBh. 13, 6175.
Bringing, Ragh. 1, 49.Comp. Bus-,
adj. difficult to be accomplished, MBh. -Nl^l^" a-hlad-r a, m. Joy, Panch.
2, G64. v. d. 46.
^lfil^*1 a-Alad+ ana, n. Delight gudratam, Man. 4, 245, the condition
ing, delight, Da^ak. in Chr. 182, 23. of a (pudra, i.e. to become a udra ;
Jki^ -ahva, see /!. fosham, Chat. 9, dryness, i. e. to be
come dry ; pritim, Nal. 16, 23, joy, i.e.
TTyj ahvaya, i.e. a-Awe + a, m. to rejoice ; vagam, Hit. 1, 32, power,
i.e. to become subject. 4. To go away,
I Betting. Man. 8, 7. X As latter
Ram. 3, 1, 28. 5. To return, Ram. l.
frt of a comp. adj., Called, e. g. ra-
42, 9. 6. To attain, Vedantas. in Chr.
shx/ana- called Ram ay ana, Ram. 1, 4, 1.
sajiktaya, gajasahvaya, nagasahvaya 205, 2. B. Tjr?i A Y, according to the
tad raranasaAvaya, i. e. -sa-ahvaya, grammarians, i. l, Par. and Atm. To
Called by the name of an elephant, i.e. go. C. f^ /, i. 4, Atm. (properly the
Hiitinapura from haslin, an elephant,
and /mnz, a town, MBh. 3, 270 and 9, pass, voice of I), To go, Chr. 287, 5=
ud 1, 1786. ganda-sahvaya, f. The Rigv. i. 48, 5. ii. 2, Par., 1. To go. 2.
name of a river, probably = Gandaki, To pervade. 3. To conceive. 4. To
MBh. 3, 14230. chakra-tahvaya, m. desire. 5. To throw. 6. To eat.
The ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass, durita,
Kim. 4, si, 38; cf. tahvaya. Comp. i.e. dus-, n. Sin, Hariv. 11059. With
lima-, m. camphor. the prep. Tff?T ati, A. /, 1. To pass
i%l^q1 -ahvayana, i.e. &-hve + over, Ram. l, 21, 19; 3, 74, 7. 2. To
***, n. Latter part of comp. adj., surpass, Man. 8, 151, also in the pass,
"itka-anga-, called after a part of a voice or 1, i. 4, Atm., MBh. 2, 1473.
r*rt, i.e. ehahra-vaka, The name of a 3. To conquer, Hit. i. d. 18. 4. To
t'frd, from ekakra, a wheel, Ram. 2, pass into, to enter, Man. 4, 73. 5. To
S5, 11. avoid, Man. 12, 90. 6. To trespass,
Ram. 2, 112, 18. The partic. of the pf.
^T?T ahva, i. e. a-Are + &, f. A puss, atita, 1. Passed, Man. 7, 178. 2.
aaraeComp. Chakra-, m. the ruddy Dead, Man. 5, 71. 3. Having passed
goose, Anas casarca Gm., Kathas. 14, over, Megh. 30. 4. Conquered, Ve
M. Surya-, n. 1. copper. 2. gigantic dantas. in Chr. 202, 5. 5. Having let
swallow-wort pass away, Ram. 4, 28, 17. 6. Sluggish,
^l|S|l ahvana, i.e. a-Ae-f ana, n. Ram. 4, 31, 8. With ^>*jf?f abhi-ati,
1. Calling, summons, Paiich. iii. d. 44. 1. To pass over, Ram. 2, 70, 27. 2. To
2- An invocation, Man. 9, 126. 3. A pass away, MBh. 3, 12547. abhyatita,
challenge, Ram. 4, 13, 40.
Dead, Man. 4, 252 With gjf^- vi-ali,
1. To pass over, Ram. 2, 113, 4. 2. To
conquer, MBh. 1, 6257. 3. To swerve
(with the abl.), Ram. 4, 17, 32. 4. To
disregard, Naish. 5, 113. 5. To pass
X,I< A ii. 2, Par. (in epic poetry also away, Ram. 2, 50, 37. vyatita. 1. Passed,
Chr. 16, 20. 2. Dead, MBh. 1, 4592.
<W MBh. 5, 192). 1. To go, Chr. 296,
8=Rigv. i. U2, 8j etave Ved. inf. 2. To With qvTfrt sam-ati, 1. To pass. Ram.
V> to (with the ace), Ram. 2, 67, I ; 2, 71, 17 ; MBh. 3, 10435. 2. To sur
*"h pvnar, to return, MBh. 2, 58. pass, Kir. 5, 20. 3. To avoid, Bhag.
* To undergo, with abstracts, e. g. 14, 26. *. To pass away, Bam. 2. J
19.With ^ifv adhi, Atm. (in epic adj., Without, e.g. vyapeta-bhi, Fei
poetry also Par.), To study, Man. 2, less, Bhag. 11, 49.With ^Sfftf ah
107; MBh. 3, 13689 (Par.); to learn.
1- To come near, to approach, Sav,
MBh. 3, 10713 (Par.). Ptcple. of the
4 ; also with sak&cam, samipam, Paui
pres. compounded with an-, anadhi-
46, 4 ; 200, 2. 2. To enter, Man. 8,
yana, Unlearned, Man. 2, 157. adhlta,
3. To attain, Panch. 2, 6. 4. To und
in pass, and act. sense, Learned, hav
go, Panch. i. d. 132 ; Ram. 3, 49,
ing learned, Sav. 6, 11 ; Hit. Pr. d. 23.
dus-, adj. Learned wrongly, Chan. 98. grahanam, to be caught.With^^f]
Caus. adhy-apaya, To teach (with two sam-abhi, 1. To approach, Ram.
ace), Man. 2, 140.With TTTfv pra 97, 18. 2. To follow, 19. 1, 72.W;
-adhi in pradhita, Well-read, Man. 7, **m ava, 1. To understand, MBh.
85.With 3T3ff^ prati-adhi, To study 235. 2. To know, Ragh. 2, 56. 3. '
consider, C,ak. d. 108. 4. To belie1
one by one, MBh. 3, 4 182 With ^fTjflr
sam-adhi, To peruse, MBh. 6, 93. Vikr. 8, 18.With HM4 sam-ava
samaveta, 1. Having met, Man. 2, 1
With ^SJT anu, 1. To follow, Ram. 6,
2. United, Ram. 4, 28, 12 ; intimate
10, 4. 2. To visit, Nal. 2, 9. 3. To
united, Bhashap. 17. With %ffl\
obey, MBh. 3, 1143. anvita, 1. Follow
ing, Ram. 3, 40, 31. 2. Possessed of, astam, A. /, 1. To set, Man. 4, 75.
having, Panch. iii. d. 238 ; Ram. l, 7,16 ; To die, Ram. 2, 102, 9 B. AY, To s
3, 20, 3. 3. Followed, rendered, ak. Prab. 112, 6. With 'SfT a, A. 7, 1. '
d. 141.Comp. Kula-, adj. descended
from a high family, Panch. i. d. 466. approach, Man. 2, 120. 2. To cor
Nal. 7, 4. 3. To undergo, Ram. 2,
With ^T^fT tam-anu in samanvita, 20 ; Dacak. in Chr. 189, 4, mulah
Possessed of, having, Ram. 1, 4, 26 ; 4, ratvam, To become utterly ruined.
8, 52.With 1|rf^ antar in antarita, With ^P3T abki-a, 1. To appron<
1. Plunged, Panch. 117, 5. 2. Hidden, Nal. 18, 14 (13). 2. To undergo, Ra
ak. 9, 18. 3. Obstructed, Panch. i. d. 1, 35, 14 (To go to rest).With ^J>
140. B. AY, with antar, to get be
tween, Mrichchh. 35, 11 (cf. Lat. in- tam-abhi-a, To approach, Panch.

terire).A. /, with *%m apa, To go 21 With \i\\\ upa-a, 1. To approai

away, Chr. 289, 2=Rigv. i. 50, 2 ; Man. Dev. 13, 8. 2. To cling to, Bhartr.
8, 292. apeta, 1. Come off, Panch. 91, 6. 64. 3. To undergo, MBh. 1, 1258 |
2. Having swerved from, Ram. 2, 109, become tranquil).With ^rWHTT "f
32. 3. When being the former part of -upa-a, To approach, Ram. 6, 9, 99.
a comp. adj., Without, e.g. apeta-bhi,
With iif^tjl anu-pari-a, To wo
Fearless, Man, 7, 197. Comp. An
apeta, not having swerved from, Ram. round about, MBh. u, 468. Wi
5, 48, 7.With ^m vi-apa, 1. To come IfflJT prati-a, To return, MBh.
asunder, to separate, MBh. 12, 858. 2744 With W{[ sam-a, I. To |
2. To leave, Man. 11, 97. vyape'" 1. together, Panch. 45, 15. 2. To me<
Having swerved from, Yajn MBh. 12, 868; Ram. 3, 43, 42. 3. r
When being the former par Jite, Ram. 1, 77, 29. 4. To assemb
Mm. 2, 152. 5. To enter, Hit. iii. d. 173. 3, 83. 2. To attain, Panch. 40, 13. 3.
V\"ith ^a" ud, A. J, 1. To proceed, To undergo, Ram. 5, 90, 41, sakhitvaih
nah, he may become our friend. 4.
Righ. 7, 23 ; Prab. 107, 18. 2. To rise, To assent, Da<;ak. in Chr. 189, 22.
Kim. 4, 35, 12 ; Ragh. 17, 77 ; Man. 4,
". 3. To rise against (with ace.), With inTTT sam-a-vpa in samopeta,
MBh. 3, 1921. udita, 1. Risen, Man. Possessed of, having, Paiich. i. d. 463.
; 15. 2. Sprung up, Kir. 5, 5. 3. Com- With 4J7TVJ sam-upa, 1. To assem
wnced, Rijat. 5, 117. B. AY, To
ri*, Ram. 3, 12, 4 ; Mrichchh. 25, 24 ; ble, MBh. 1, 6937. 2. To meet, Paiich.
35, 2. 3. To approach, Ram. 1, 73, 1.
Attn., Prab. 91, 10. C. i, To rise,
4. To reach, to devolve upon, Ram. 4,
Bbtt. 18, 20 ; 8, 35. udita, Naish. 6,
21', 29. 5. To undergo, ty$. 9, 68 ; visha-
3t With TW? abhi-ud, A. /, 1. tam, to become poison, samupeta, I.
To rise, Ram. 1, 19, 9. 2. To appear, Approached, MBh. 2, 1219. 2. Endowed,
Mm. i, 104. 3. To spring up, Prab. Nal. 11, 46. With fiftf nis, To go
in, 19. 4. To rise over (with ace),
out (with abl.), Ram. 2, 42, 1.With
Mm. t, 219. 5. To rise against, MBh.
5. Jio {xyat either for iyat or from i TJ^T para, 1. To run away, Paiich.
Pm.). abhyudita, Surprised by the v. d. 74. 2. To approach, MBh. 1,
ri-ing sun, Mnn. 2, 221. B. AY, To 7204. 3. To attain, MBh. 3, 255. pareta,
rise over, MBh. 4, 488 (fut. ii.).-With Dead, Yiijii. 2, 29.Cf. Lat. perire.
Vt^pra-ud, A. I, To rise, Bhartr. l, With qijTT pala (for para), B. AY,
'*With UrtW prati-ud, To rise and Atm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh.
goto meet, MBh. 13, 147.With W*{\ 2, 613), To run away, to show one's
"na-ud, 1. To rise together, Ram. 2, 1, heels With jppjrT pra-pala, To run
"' * To rise, Ram. 2, 83, 9. samudila,
away, palayita, Run away, Raj at. 5,QG0.
! Lofty, Kir. 5, 1. 2. Endowed, Arj. 10,
With fc)l|t3ir vi-pala, To fly away
11 With *3TJ upa, 1. To approach,
in different directions, Ram. 2, 78, 13 ;
Pnch. ii. d. 18; with samipam, Ciik.
vi-a-palayata as itpalay was a simplex.
US; to approach carnally, Man. 11,
its. a. To undergo, Rit. 6, 7; visla- With qfc pari, A. /, 1. To walk
ralim, To spread ; Rim. 2, 21, 7, around, Rtim. 4, 61, 47 ; Draup. 7, 8 (as
balyam, To become childish. 3. To a sign of honour). 2. To turn over in
r^ach, to devolve upon, Hit. Pr. d. 30. one's mind, MBh. 3, 12508 ; Ram. 5, 81,
ul*to. 1. Approached, MBh. 3, 3003. 4. parita, Surrounded, Ram. 1, 49, 16.
* Living under, Ram. 3, 76, 13. 3. 2. Filled, Ram. 2, 76, 23. 3. Seized,
Undergone, Dacak. in Chr. 183, 18. Nal. 14, 6 ; 15, 18 (17). 4. Surround
* Accompanied, Chr. 66, 1G. 5, Pos- ing, MBh. 12, 2167. 5. Expired, Ram.
^"ed of, having, Ram. 3, 55, 6. Ptcple.
3, .17, 18 With TSf^JTjf^ anu-pari, To
rf the fat. pass, upeya, To be expedited,
M>. ?, 215. n. Aim, Mulav. 10, 3. roam about, Ram. 6, 3, 39. With
Comp. An-upeya, not to be approached TJff^qf^ abhi-pari; abhiparita, 1.
wnally Man. n, 172.B. A Y, To ap Seized, MBh. 3, 997. 2. Filled, Ram.
proach, MBh. 14, 781. -With <35THm 4j i, 2. Whhfsfqf^t'i-pa"'; viParita>
al'hi-upa, A. I, 1. To approach, Bhartr. 1. Inverted, Mrichchh. 22, 6. 2. Co
trary, Man. 7, 84 ; Bam. 5, 81, 15. 3. ltt>Tai=iyante, 011a, oiofiai olfiaf=ava-i;
Perverse, MBh. 3, no. 4. Unfavour Lat. ire ; Goth. 1 in Iddja, etc.
able, MBh. 16, 1. n. A kind of love- ^J ikshu (akin to ish), m. Sugar
making, Rajat. 5, 372. With If pra, cane, Man. 9, 39.Comp. Kiishtha-,
1. To proceed, to spring up, MBh. 3, m. a kind of sugar cane, Sucr. 1, 186,
13116. 2. To come to, MBh. 3, 13385. 15.
3. To die, Man. 2, ill. preta, Dead,
J^rPff ikshvaku, m. 1. The name of
Man. 2, 247. Absol. pretya, In the other
the first king of Ayodhya, Ram. 1, 70,
world, Man. 2, 9.With ^5jf*tST abhi
20. 2. A descendant of that king,
-pra, 1. To approach, Ram. 2, 3, 31. 2. Ram. 1, 70, 11.
To consider, Ram. 2, 49, 16. abhipreta,
1. Intended, Ranch. 191, 11. 2. Desired, | XTg^IKHsmd. X^ INKH, i. 1,
Ram. 2, 21, 35. 3. Beloved, Cak. 87, Par. To go.
16 With f%T{ vi-pra, To withdraw, ^jF ING (probably a denomin.
MBh. l, 6392.With jrfTT prati, I. To derived from inga), i. 1, Par. (in epic
go to, MBh. 3, 12359. 2. To return, poetry also Atm., Bhag. 14, 23), To
Ragh. 5, 35. 3. To learn exactly, to move, MBh. 3, 8756. ingita, n. Gesture,
be convinced of (with ace), Prab. 25, Man. 7, 67.
4. 4. To believe, Ram. 5, 31, 62. ^jp inga, i.e. itij (cf. Brih. Ar. Up.
pratlta, 1. Agreed, Man. 3, 3. 2. True,
6, 4, 23, akin to ej and vij) + a, adj., f.
Dacak. in Chr. 192, 1. 3. Known,
ga, Moveable, MBh. 3, 8756.Comp.
Ragh. 13, 35. 4. Convinced, Hit. 12,
Nis-, adj. immoveable, MBh. 12, 1558.
2. 5. Resolved, MBh. 14, 241. 6. Cheer
ful, Ram. 5, 95, 44. Caus. praty-ayaya, ^^4" ^n9u^-ai ! m- and <*' *" The
To convince, (^ak. d. 127. With name of a plant, Terminalia catappa.
^fjff^f sam-prati, To believe, Ram. 5, II. n. Its nut.
31, 61.With f% vi, 1. To traverse, ?^3T ichchha, i.e. ichctth, base of
Chr. 289, 7=Rigv. i. 50, 7. 2. To the pres. of 2. ish, +a, f. Wish, desire,
leave, MBh. 3, 8557. vita, when the Vedantas. in Chr. 203, 19 ; Bhag. 5, 38.
former part of a comp. adj., Devoid of, Will, Da^ak. in Chr. 191, 10. ichchhaya
Man. G, 32.With ^!Pj{% apa-vi, B. atmanah, Voluntarily, Man. 11, 7S.
Comp. An-, f. absence of intention ;
AY, To deny, Man. 8, 51; 60; 332. chhhaya, involuntarily, Man. 11, 124-
With H*T tarn, A. /., 1. To assemble, Comp. Maha-ichchha, adj. 1. high-
minded. 2. liberal. Yathechchham, i.e.
Ram. l, 44, 21. 2. To meet with, Ram. yatha-ichchha + m, adv. according fci
6, 18, 5. 3. To become united, Nal. 14,
one's wish, Dacak. in Chr. 189, 21. Sea-.
23. Pass., To be united, to be treated
f. wilfulness, following one's own in
in the same manner with (instr.),
clination, Panch. 87, 11.
B6thl. Ind. Spr. 280. 4. To arrive,
Panch. 53, 23. 5. To go, Panch. 226, ^"^f ichchh + u (see the last), adj.
12. 6. To attain, Paiich. i. d. 221. 7. Wishing, Cic. 9, 82.
To begin, MBh. 4, 348. samiki, 1. As
sembled, MBh. 3, 10G51. 2. United T^H" W,ie-yaj+ya, f. Sacrifice.
witli, MB. 14, 2630. Cf. 7/ii (=> Man. 1, 89 Comp. Bhutaijya, adj.
XfrfTW
vwho makes oblations to the Bhutas, than this, i.e. thr.n I, II. adv. 1. From
Bilg. 9, 25. hence, from this place, Rum. 3, 54, 28 ;
T^ IT, i. i, Par. To go. from this time, MBh. 3, 204 ; therefore,
Ram. 5, 81, 45. 2. Hither, Ram.' 5, 13,
Xfl Ma (akin to id), f. 1. Refresh - 9; Ragh. 2, 34, against myselft. Z.itns
Kent, Ted. Chr. 288, l6 = Rigv. i. 48, -Has, Here -there, Clk. 29, 20 ;-ita<?
n (written i(a). 2. Oblations to the chetag cha, Here and there, Paiich,
&tiee, MBh. 2, 1304. 3. Speech, 20, 25.
Hariv. MM6. 4. Earth, MBh. 3, 14750. ^f?f Hi (probably a case of an
S. The wife of Budha, MBh. l, 3141.
original i + tya, see idam), adv. I.
yr\\ i-tara (from the pronominal Thus, Man. 2, 237. 2. It is used in
!e j, gee idam), adj., f. ra, n. rod quoting words or thoughts of one's
fei ram, cf. Lat. iterura), 1. Other, self or some other : Man. 2, 129, tain
Msa. 1, ;o ; itara-itarair atha va bruyad bhavaliti, He may address her
toraih, By these or those, MBh. 2, thus (i.e. by the word), bhavati; Chr.
S03. 2. Contrary, e.g. vijayaya itaraya 4, 15, avocam . . . bhishmah gfaitana-
, To victory or defeat, MBh. 1, 4092. vah kanya haratiti, I spoke thus :
Comp. Itara-itara, adj., used generally ' Bhishma the son of Qantanu robs the
w.ly in the oblique cases of the sing., 1. girls,' i.e. I rob, etc. ; Nal. 16, 9, tar-
outual, with each another, Paiich. ii. d. hayam asa bhaimiti, he thought thus :
"-' 2. several, Man. 3, 35.When the 'she is the daughter ofBhima'; Nal.
litter part of a comp. word it signifies, I. 20, 14, na hi janami bhaved evaih na
i*Stion of the former part, e.g. Dvija-, veti, I do not know (thus) : may it be
u- one who is not a Brahmann, Ragh. so or not, i.e. I do not know if it be
'? ~t. Nara-, m. 1. a superhuman thus or not. Generally words express
'ting, Bhag. P. 4, 6, 9. 2. an animal, ing ' to say,' or 'to think,' are wanting,
^ '3, 49. II. the contrary, e.g. Dak- e.g. Paiich. 68, 25, ahuto pi bhayam Hi,
Awa-, adj. left, Kumaras. 4, 19. Pa- ' There is no danger from any quarter '
ka., arjj. mild, Ragh. 5, 68. Sahhya-, thus (thinking) ; Nal. 14, 14, na tvam
*^j. vulgar, Bhartr. 3, 57. Savya-, vidyurjana iti, 'People will not know
^j- right, Ragh. 12, 90. Sahaja-, adj. thee' thus (thinking). Sometimes is
notinnate, accidental. Sita-, adj. black. added kritva or ha, e.g. MBh. l, 1522,
TrT^THJ itara + tas, adv., Repeated; sakheti kritva, Thinking you are my
friend, Man. P, 45. 3. It often follows
^"rata^chetaratah, Hither and thither,
a question without expressing a dis
Rm. t, 105, 13.
tinct meaning, e.g. Hit. 53, 18. 4. It
TTTTT itara + tha, adv. Else, ic. is used to denote the conclusion of a
9, 13. book or chapter, Ram. 1, end. 5.
With preceding kirn, Why, Dacak. in
^fl^rf^rm itaretaratas, i.e. itara Chr. 197, 22.
itara + tat, adv. One from the other,
TfrT^TclSJrn iti-hartavya -f ta, xfrf-
MBh. 1, 7403.
I fl*f i-rtas (from the pronominal BjrreJrTT iti-harya + <a,and ^frtsraTrTT
b" , see idam), I. =the abl. of iti-kritya + ta (vb. Art), f. Business,
"*", Darak. in Chr. 182, 2 (from this Sav. 3, 7; MBh. 3, 10031 ; 1, 7929.
F*on, i.e. from myself); Hid. l, 5, ^ffTVTO H'hasa, i.e. iti-ha-asa (
last part is the thhrd'skig. of the pf. of deity, originally the supreme god of thi
l.) m. Traditional account, a legend, Hindus, Ram. 1, 1, 83. 2. First, a king
Man. 3, 232. *\ ' " especially as latter part of comp. words
e.g. khaga-, m. The king of the birds
T7g(^ ittham, i.e. id+tham, adv.
Panch. i. d. 356 ; gaja-, m. A huge ele
.Tjius/.D'a;ak. in Chr. 197, 10. phant, Nal. 12, 54 (40) ;jana-, m. A kinj
";"*T?TT i^lha, i.e. id+tha, adv. Thus, (of the people), Ram. 2, 100, 14. trina-
'"Chr. 295, 17=Rigv, 1, 92, 17Cf. Lat. m. The palmyra tree, MBh. 13, 6861
deva-, m. Indra, Arj. 4, 5. naga-, m
ita.
The Himalaya, Ragh. 2, 28. nam-
^S" i + d (properly the ace. n. of the m. 1. A king, Man. 9, 253. 2. A phy
pronominal base t=Lat. id, Goth, ita, sician, Da<;ak. in Chr. 187, 12. tnaha-, m
O.H.G. iz), a ved. part, laying a stress 1. Indra. 2. A range of mountains, tin
upon the preceding word, Chr. 290, 8 northern part of the Ghats, mriga-
=Kigv. i. 64, 8. m. A lion, yaksha-, m. Kuvera, th
^TT i+d-am, pron. sbat. and adj. god of wealth, rakshasa-, m. Ravana
the king of the Rakshasas, or demons
The bases of the declension are a m.
Ram. 3, 55, 35. rajendra, i.e. rajan-
and n., a f., n. i f., itna m. and n.
m. An emperor, a powerful king, Chr
i-tna {., a-na m. and n. a-na f., and
41, 5. sura-, m. Indra, Bhartr. 2, 11
e-na m. and n. e-na f. This, Man.
sa-, adj. With Indra, Ram. 3, 51, 6.
2, 163 ; Nal. 7, 17 (16). Combined with
other pronouns it may be translated T"jT3rt't^' indra-kosha + ka, m. A
Here, e.g. with the first psn., Chr. 24, projection of the roof of a house form
44, ayaift gachchhami, Here I go ; with ing a kind of balcony, Ram. 5, 9, 17.
tad, Ram. 5, 13, 31 ; with yad, Hid. 3, Tj^"P!ft indrani, i.e. indra + i, i
19 ; with him, Hit. 18, 11.Cf. Lat. is,
ea, id ; Goth, is, ita. The wife of Indra, MBh. 1, 7351.

i,i lfYT idanim, i.e. i + da+na Tf^T^I indriya, i.e. indra + iya, n
-ft + m (ida. ved., and, properly then, 1. Power, Chr. 291, 2=Rigv. i. 85, 2
cf. IK), adv. 1. Now, Rit. 6, 29. 2. 2. Semen virile, Man. 4, 220. 3. Ai
Presently, Cak. 94, 2. Cf. Lat. idoneus. organ of sense, Man. 1, 15. Comp
Antar-, n, the internal sense, i.e. thi
^tjj idhma, i.e. indh + ma, m. Fuel, faculty of thinking, Vedantas. in Chr
Ram. 3, 21, 5. 217, 19. Karmendriya, i.e. karman-
n. an organ of action, e.g. the hand
f '?;-5?' IND, i. l, Par. To have foot, etc., Man. 2, 91. Jita-, adj. one win
supreme power. has subdued his senses, Ram. 3, 49, 53
^'*0^^ indivara, n. and m. The Nis-, adj., f. ya, 1. having lost the as
of a limb, Man. 9, 201. 2. powerless
blue lotus, Nymphoca caerulea, Indr.
Man. 9. 18 (? see Sch.). Buddhi- (01
1, 8 ; Da<;ak. in Chr. 199, 4.
jiiana-), n. an organ of perception au<
y?9" indu, m. The moon, Ram. 3, intellect, as the mind, eye, ear, etc
50, 12. Comp. A-b&la-, m. the full Man. 2, 91. Sa-, adj. with the organ:
moon, Ragh. 6, 53. Vadana-, m. a of sense, Man. 1, 55.
moon-like face, Cic. 9, 30. *^ INDH, ii. 7, Atm., pf. idht
X?% indra, m. 1. The name of 1. To kindle; pass, idhya, MBh. 3, 10821
1*.
pfcple. pf. iddha, Man. 8, 215. 2. To To go, Hariv. 620. f 3. To throw ; in
siine.With the prep. ^J om, To this signification also i. 10, Par.
kindle, MBh. 3, 10658. Cf. <0ap6c, S^ef -tea, i.e. curtailed i + vat (see
ils*. a'Si,p- Lat. aestus ; O.H.G. eit. idam), indecl. 1. Like, Man. 2, 79. 2.
X?f*i indh + ana, n. Fuel, Man. 7, In some way, Dacak. in Chr. 195, 14.
> Comp. Agni-, n. kindling a 3. Almost, Nal. 17, 12. 4. Scarcely,
atrificial fire, Man. 2, 108. Ap-, adj. Chr. 38, 15. 5. With na, Not very,
bring water for fuel, Ragh. 13, 14. Nal. 25, 19. 6. With kirn, Indeed,
Clk. 97, 15.
Tt|iqTl indhana + vant, adj., f.
1. T^N ISH,\.i, Par. 1. To throw,
ra/i, Possessed of fuel, Ram. 5, 75, 6.
ved. 2. To go With the prep. *m
T\ 1XV, i. l, Par. (properly ',
anu, To search, Dagak. in Chr. 192 10,
'. 5 i+nu, which form is in the Vedas
'!- base of the pres.), 1. To pcr- (cf. 2. ish)With IT pra, Caus. 1. To
Td. 2. To please. 3. To satisfy. throw, Ram. 3, 35, 46. 2. To direct,
J" the Veda especially : to further. Cak. d. 35. 3. To send, Ram. 3, 64, 7.
Ct ariiu for aiVuw, cf. yavu/iat under 4. To mako known, Ram. 1, 71, 17;
A- preshita, Banished, Ram. 2, 68, 8 ; m.
TV Ma, m. An elephant, Rajat. 5, A messenger, Cak. 29, 12 With
315 Comp. Gandha-, m. a kind of ^HT anu-pra, Caus. To send after,
elephant, Kajat. l, 300. Jala-gandha-, Ram. 4, 37, 10.With *\T( sam-pra, To
n a kind of elephant, or a gandhebha throw, Chr. 30, 7. Caus. 1. To send,
fe the preceding) living in water, MBh. 2, 1179. 2. To send away, Ram.
&jt 5, 107. Digibha, i.e. <%-, m. an '4, 56, 17.Cf. 117/11.
elephant of a quarter or point of the
^rnpass, one of eight attached to the 2. ^ ISH, i. 6, Par. (base of the
r""b, north-east, etc., supporting the pres. impf. imprt. and potent, ichchha,
globe, Blug. P. 5, u, 39. but cf. anu-), 1. To wish, Sav. 5, 100 ;
Yaju. 1, 130. 2. To cherish, Man. 2,
P9 %a-, i.e. ibha+ya, adj., f.
159. 3. To chose, Man. 8, 384. 4. To
>> Wealthy, Dacak. in Chr. 186, 19.
approve, Man. 8, 366. Pass., To be
Cf. probably tyios, ipdifwc
fixed or determined, Bliashap. 12;
ImTU iyatta, i.e. iyant+ta, f. Yaju. 3, 18 ; Man. 8, 322. Comp. part,
Qnwtity, Ragh. 6, 77. of the pres. an-ichchhant, \. Not desir
ing, Ram. 6, 24, 8. 2. Unwilling,
TQ^iyant, i.e. i+vant, cf. ved.
Paiich. 55, 4. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.,
-"<, with y for v, adj., f. yari. 1. So ishla, Desired, good, Nal. 1, 1. m. A
"Mb, Katbas. 4, 95. 2. So large, lover, Cak. d. 78.Comp. An-ishta, 1.
hatha.'. 12, 8_ disagreeable, Ram. 3, 14, 23. 2. dis
TTT >a, f. 1. Water. 2. The name approved, Man. 9, 319. 3. wicked, Hit.
ofwApsaras, MBh. 2, 393. i. d. 5. n. evil occurrence, Kathas. 18, 86.
Yatha-ishla + m, adv. 1. according to
TKHJ in'na, i.e. 'ra+i?+a, n. one's wish, Bhartr. 2, 81. 2. carelessly,
^OTen soil, Man. 3, 142. Man. 2, 198. Ptcplo. of the fut. pass.
eshlavya (anomal.), Desirable, MBh. 3,
**N IL, i- 6, Par. 1. To sleep. 2. 8075 ; n. wish, MBh. 14, leoo.-Wit''
the prep. TfT anu, 1. To search, Man. ^gr|9 ishta + tas (vb. 2. ish), adv
6, 84; with isha as base of the present, According to one's wish, Ram. l, 34
etc., MBh. 3, 15753. 2. To try, Man. 35.
8, 190. 3. To ask, Man. 4, 33. Comp. ^TffTsfi^ ishtahrita, i.e. ishta-a (?
ptcple. of the fut. pass., dus-, Difficult
-krita, n. The name of a sacrifice
to be searched through, Ram. 4, 86, 6.
MBh. 3, 10513.
Caus. 1. To search, Paiich. 214, 19. 2.
To expect, Paiich. 182, 24 With T'B'I'JM ishtapurta, i.e. ishta-a-purh
tj<9rf pari-anu, To search, MBh. l, (vb. ya.JAni.pri), n. Sacrifices and piou
works, Ram. l, 23, 8.
1668.With 3T?{Y sam-anu, To search
^fg ishti, f. I. 2.ish + ti, Wish
through, Ram. 3, 66, 1.With *^5lf*T
II. yaj+ti, 1. Sacrificing, Chr. 296, 1 =
abhi, abhishta, 1. Desired, Vedantas. in
Rigv. i. 112, 1. 2. Sacrifice, Man. 4
Chr. 202, 4. 2. Agreeable, Paiich. 77,
10.Comp. Jata- (yh.jan), f. a sacrifici
24.With T5JX a, eshtavya (anomal.), on the birth of a child, Vedantas. ii
Desirable, MBh. 3, 8075; n. Wish, Chr. 202, 16.
^j|r^T ishtika=ishtaka, MBh. 14
MBh. 14, 1600 With TfOfi pari-a,
paryeshtavya (see the last), To be 2633.
searched, MBh. 9, 229. With Tffff 4,pH*f l.ish + min, adj. Hastening
prati, 1. To receive, Sav. 3, 12. 2. To Chr. 293, 6=Rigv. i. 87, 6.
obey, Ram. l, 34, 30. With ^Tff^ f*S(TO **hv&sa, i.e. ishu-2.as+a,m
sam-prati, To assent, Ram. 1, 52, 13. 1. An archer, Ram. l, l, 12. 2. A bow
Cf. icirijs, perhaps IfxipoQ. Ram. 3, 49, 48 Comp. Mafia-, m. ai
3. X$ ISH, ii. 9, ishna, Par. 1. f To archer.

repeat an act. 2. ved. To further, f^ iha, i.e. i + dha, which appear


Chr. 297, l6=Rigv. i. 112, 16. still in the Vedas, cf. idam, adv. 1. Ii
4. "%Tj ish, f. A desirable object, this case, Chr. 55. 2. Here, Man. 9
8 ; in this world, Man. 3, 181. 3
comfort, Chr. 288, i5=Rigv. i. 48, 15. Hither, Chr. 13, 13.
T*ffaTT i.ish + ika, f. Reed, MBh. ^^cy iha + tya, adj. Of this place
l, 4332. Comp. Qara-, f. an arrow, Kathas. 13, 10.
Ram. 2, 104, 43, Gorr.
XaSl Ua, see tela.
^TI l.ith + u, m. and f. An arrow.
Comp. Kusuma-, m. the god of love.
Pancheshu, i.e. paiichan-, m. the god
of love. Pushpa-, m. the god of love
Cf. idc.
TTjftir ishudhi, i. e. ishu-dha (see ^ /, see 1.
nid/ii), m. and f. A quiver. Comp.
f^f IKS/I (like aksh in 1 . aksha
Maha-, a great quiver.
a desider. of a lost vb., see aksha), i. 1
TJ&H ishtaka, f. A brick, Raji^ <
Atm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh
463. i, 826). 1. To look, Kathas. 25, 14*
To behold, Cic. 9, 61. To perceive, 19, 2.With ^ ud, 1. To look up to,
Bhag. 6, 29. 2. To mind, Kumaras. 5,
Ram. 5, 30, 12. 2. To look at, Man.
';; ikshita, n. A look, Cak. d. 44.
4, 77. 3. To see, Ram. 2, 22, 7. 4. To
With the prep, ^jf^ adhi, To suspect, wait, Man. 9, 90 ; to expect, Ram. 6,
Hit i v. d. 101 (satye py apayam adhi- 109, 5.With ^SJHja- abhi-ud, To look
hkate, Suspects injury even in truth).
at, Ram. 6, 11, 2.With HJE& Prati
-With Tjq apa, 1. To see, Earn. 5,
-ud, To look at, Ram. 2, 9, 19.With
42. 6. 2. To mind, Paueh. v. d. 61. To
*TT^ sam-ud, 1. To look, Ram. 3, 73,
pj regard to, Kathas. 17, 12. 3. To
intend, Vedantas. in Chr. 215, 13. 4. 3. 2. To perceive, Ram. 5, 2, l. 3.
To require, Bhashap. 63. 5. To expect, To look up to one, Chr. 3, 7. With
Bhartr. 3, 66. an-apekshita, adj. 1. vg'TJ upa, 1. To look at, Nal. 22, 5. 2.
Xot minded, Man. 8, 309 ; unregarded,
Dacak. in Chr. 193, 3. 2. Regardless, To pay regard to, Chr. 55, 5. 3. To
examine, Ram. 4, 29, 29. 4. To descry,
Prab. 94, 15.With ^rq vi-apa, 1. To Ram. 5, 29, 4. 5. To overlook, Punch.
look back, Ram. 2, 86, 22. 2. To mind, 66. 11 ; Ram. 2, 23, 16 ; to disregard,
Ragb. 19, 6.With ^ at>a, 1. To Rajat. fi, 47 ; to neglect, Ram. 4, 17, 5.
6. To let escape, Man. 8, 344. With
lo-k at, MBh. l, 5923; Ram. 3, 50, 11
{artkshya-avekshya, ever pursuing with ^Wjrjf abhi-upa, To forsake, MBh. 16,
Lis eyes). 2. To perceive, Ram. 2, 45, 160.With i}7TO sam-upa, To neglect,
5. 3. To consider, Man. 7, 10. 4. To MBh. 2, i960 With f%J nis, 1. To
miud, MBh. 2, 2158; to regard, Ram.
behold, MBh. 2, 2463. 2. To look at,
*, 7, 48. dus-aceksAita, n. An unsuit
able look, MBh. 3, 14669. su-avekshita, Man. 4, 38. 3. To look about, Paiich.
*dj. Well pondered, Ram. 4, 31, 5. iv. d. 63, 64 (pass, ou account of the
metre). 4. To perceive, Kathas. 2,
With *q^^ anu-ava, 1. To look at, 19. 5. To consider, Ram. 5, 84, 5.
Bam. l, 64, 9. 2. To look round, Ram. With ?ffJ*r sam-nis, To perceive,
fi, 16, 38. 3. To perceive, Ram. l, 3,
fi. 4. To reflect, Man. 6, 65.With Ram. 2, 21, 55.With tff^ pari, l. To

%*H4 abhi-ava, To look at, MBh. 2, look round, Ram. 5, 17, 2. 2. To ex


amine, Man. 9, 14. 3. To perceive,
2686.With l[e[ ni-ava, To ponder, Rajat. 5, 109. a-parikshita, adj. Incon
MBh. 12, 4975. With f*|<;c| nis-ava, siderate, Lass. 15, 5; foolish, Lass. 14,
To perceive, Mrichchh. 86, I. With 20. See kit-; su-, adj. Well considered,
Paiich. v. d. 16. dnshparikshya, i.e.
T}-^ pari-ava, To regard (?), MBh.
dus-parikshya, adj. Difficult to be ex
14, 636.With inZr? prati-ara, 1. To amined, MBh. 3, 12481. Comp. absol.
look at, Ram. 2, 39, 1. 2. To inspect a-pariksAya, Without due considera
one after the other, Cak. 80, 21. 3. To tion, Paiich. v. d. 16. Caus. pari-
kshaya, To cause to be examined, Man.
mind, Ram. 2, 32, 34.With 9Tf sam
ava, I. To look at, Rit. 6, 17 ; to be- 7, 194.With Tf pra, 1. To look at,
hold, MBh. 4, 218. 2. To consider, Ram. 2, 97, 13. 2. To suffer patiently,
Ram. , 78, 4. 3. To reflect, Rim. l, MBh. 3, 526. 3. To perceive, Paucli.
so, io. 4- To pay regard to, Rum. 4, 23, 11. prekshita, n. A look, Dft-
in Chr. 190, 15. prekshaniya, Worthy sider, Paiich. i. d. 265.With W*rf^
to be looked at, Indr. 5, 13.Comp. sam-ud-vi, 1. To look at, Ram. 3, 4, 3-
Dushprekshaniya and dushprekshya, 2. To perceive, MBh. 3, 12425.Wit
i.e. dus-, adj. difficult to be looked at,
^qf^ upa-vi, To look at, Ram. 2, 5)
MBh. l, 2112 ; Ram. 3, 30, 35. With
32.With Iffrlf^ prati-vi, To percei v<
^rTT anu-pra, To see, Draup. 5, 23.
Ram. 1, 15, 26. dushprativikshaniy
With ,5(ffJT abhi-pra, 1. To look at, and dushprativikshya, i. e. dus-, ad
Draup. 8, 39. 2. To perceive, MBh. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 6, 137
3, 888.With ^fJT ud-pra, 1. To look Ram. 2, 23, 3. With <3*f% sam-t-
up to, Ram. 5, 85, 5 {utprekshyamas, To perceive, Ram. 5, 46, 10. Wit
ii. 2, Par.). 2. To perceive, Amar, xjif sam, 1. To look to, Man. 6, 68. J
38. With ^TftT upa-pra, To overlook, To behold, Ram. 3, 52, 11 ; to perceive
MBh. I, 3022.With fifa ut-pra, To Hid. 4, 26. 3. To mind, Ram. 2, 61, i:
look in different directions, Ram. 3, 52, 4. To consider, Man. 7, 26. Comp. ptcplt
of the pf. pass, a-samikshita, adj. Un
3.With ^m sam-pra, 1. To behold,
perceived, Rum. 5, 81, 8; of the fu
Bhag. 6, 13. 2. To perceive, Chr. 22, pass, dus-samikshya, adj. Difficult t
21. 3. To consider, Man. 7, 127. be looked at, MBh. 7, 1928. Wit
With ^f^xjjf abhi-sam-pra, To be ^jfifxjTf abhi-sam, To perceive, Ran
hold, MBh. 1, 3011With irf^ prati, 2, 100, 39.With "SfflfJT pra-sam, 1. T
1. To wait, Dacak. in Chr. 181, 15 ; see, Man. 7, 214. 2. To perceive, Rare
To expect, MBh. 3, 1726. 2. To en 3, 52, 52. 3. To consider, Man. 5, 49.
dure, Man. 9, 77. Comp. ptcple. of the
f^JTJJ ikshana, i.e. iksh + ana, n. ]
pres. a-pratikshamana, adj. Not ex
pecting, Dacak. in Chr. 201, l.With Sight, Kathas. 18, 300. 2. Care, Mar
7, 141 ; superintendence, Man. 9, 11. :
*J"Rf^T sam-prati, To wait, MBh. 1,
The eye, Hid. 3, 20.Comp. A-sita
2903 ; Ram. 3, 52, 37 ; literally : do not adj., f. na, black-eyed, Ram. 3, 52, 4(
dwell here waiting, i.e. do not stay JUadira-, f. no, a fascinating womar
here a moment ; to expect, Ram. 1, 73, Cak. d. 67.
i3._With f^ vi, 1. To look, Man. 2, f^fljjeir ikshanika, i. e. ikshana -\
192; pass, to appear, Vikr. d. 132. 2. ika, m., f. ka, A fortune-teller, Alar
To consider, Man. 7, 140. Ptcple. of 9, 258.
the pf. pass, vikshlta, n. A look, Rit.
f^f%5T ihshitri, i.e. iksh + tri, m. A
6, 11, v.r.With T5J*ff% anu-vi, 1. To
inspector, Man. 8, 91.
look at, MBh. 4, 1235. 2. To examine,
| f^f iKH, i. l, Par. To go.
Ram. 5, 19, 34.With *?jfTf% abhi-vi,
1. To look at, Man. 7, 6. 2. To per $3|? INKTI, i. l, Par. To vacillat.
ceive, Ram. 3, 53, 62. 3. To consider, With T{ pra, To tremble, Bhartr. i
MBh. 15, 379 (read -vihshate).With 66.
Njf^J ud-vi, 1. To look up, Amar. 24. t ^3fN tJ and f^- lXJ, i. l, Atn
2. To look to, C>k. d. 161. 3. " . To go. 2. To blame.
%3 ID (a change of isht, a denom 1,5138. Caus. 1. To lift up, Ram. 2,
inative based on 2. ish), ii. 2, Atm. and 57, 3. 2. To throw, Ram. 1, 55, 22. 3.
t L lo, Par. 1. To implore, Chr. 296, 1 To excite, Ram. 2, 93, 14. 4. To cause,
=fiigr. i. 112, l. 2. To praise, Ram. Dacak. in Chr. 182, 23. 5. To utter
\ ,8. Man. 2, 161. 6. To speak, Lass. 73, 8.
^fff f ti, f. Calamity, MBh. 3, 7. To show, Kumaras. 2, 6. 8. udirit a

nue Comp. Nit-, adj. free from Quick, Prab. 14, 14.With ^Sfg^;
calamities, Ragh. l, 63. abhi-ud, Caus. To utter, MBh. 1, 2170.
\\ m\ idrihta, i. e. idrig + (a, f. With *?7r? sam-ud, samudirna, Ex
Quality, Ragh. 13, 5. cited, Ram. 4, 43, 69. Caus. 1. To
raise, Chr. 29, 29. 2. To throw, Ram.
i <J ^ idriksha, i.o'. id-drig + sa (see
1, 56, 15. 3. To excite, MBh. 3, 5073.
<faa), adj. Such, Kathas. 25, 176.
4. To utter, Kathas. 24, 41.With Jf
V% H^ idrif, i.e. id-drig (see the
pra, Caus. 1. To move, Ragh, 15, 23.
last), adj. Such, Kathas. 25, 176. 2. To turn, Cak. d. 35, v. r. 3. To
Vf. *l idriga, i.e. id-drig + a (see push on, Rajat. 5, 329; 330. 4. To send,
idriktha), adj., f. pi, Such, Pauch. Ram. 3, so, 23. 5. To excite, Megh.
2, 8. 71. 6. To ask, Dacak. in Chr. 182, 1.
f ^"3(* MWfa + Aa, adj. Such, MBh. With 4JTT sam-pra, Caus. To push
2, 1644. forward, Paiich. 222, 2 With ^Xf
V"*JI '/>*<*> e- ?* desider. of a/j, sam, Caus. 1. To move, Ram. 5, 16, 45.
2. To lift up, MBh. 3, 12185. 3. To
-f-a, f. Desire, MBh. 14, 1025 Comp.
Yatka-, fem., instr. sing., according to utter, Ram. 4, 6, 21 With ^f*Tf*f
wie'a desire, MBh. 3, lie. abhi-sam, Caus. To move, MBh. 10, 579.
^g ipsu, i. e. ipsa, desider. of ap, vf*^ *n?a (c^ irina), n. A desert,
+ , adj. Desiring, Man. 2, si.Comp. MBh. 13, 7257.
Dharmn-, adj. anxious to perform one's t t^ iRKSHY, i. 1, Par. To
duty, Man. 10, 127.
envy (cf. irshy).
t?f^ m (an old ace. of t, f. of t, seo
%V[l irsha, i.e. irshy + a, f. Envy,
idam\ a ved. part, which lays a stress
jealousy, Rum. 4, 24, 37.
upon the preceding word, Chr. 292, 11
= Rigv. i. 85, tl (cf. iv in ovrooti; also f^fcTfT irshila, ptcple. of the pf. pass.,
ved. i=i in ovroo-i, etc.).
and t^rT^f irshilavya, ptcple. of the
$^ Ili (akin to ri), ii. 2, Atm. (| i.
fut. pass, of irshy, Hit. i. d. 107 v. r.;
1 and 10, Par.) 1. To go. 2. To shako, Prab. 49, 11.
to throw.Caus. 1. To move, MBh. 13,
1839. 2. To throw, MBh. 3, 709. 3. ^tf irshu, i.e. irshy +u, adj. En-
To excite, Ram. 5, 11, 8. 4. To utter vious, Hit. i. d. 22.
(a sound), MBh. 1, 4565 ; to pronounce,
$T IRSHY ( probably irshya, and
MBh. 14, 941.With the prep. ^; originally an anomal. frequentat. of
*d, ptcple. of the pf. pass, udirna, 1. rish), i. 1, Par. X. To envy, Hit. i. d.
Excited, MBh. 3, 973. 2. Lofty, MBh. 107, v.r. 2. To be jealous, Prab. 49.
$T2IJ irshy + a, f. 1. Envy, Man. 7, 4=Rigv. i. 87, 4. II. m. A name c
Civa, MBh. 3, 8169. III. f. ni, A sui
48. 2. Jealousy, Bhartr. l, 2.Comp.
name of Durga, Dev. 8, 21.Com]
Sa-irshya + tn, adv. full of jealousy,
Gana-igana, Gane5a, MBh. 1, 75.
Panch. 27, 10.
^U!H*fT igana-kri + t, adj. B<
f^ft^l irshya + lu, adj. Jealous,
having as master, Chr. 290, 5=Rigi
Rajat. 5, 316.
i. 64, 5.
f^[ ig, ii. 2, Atm. 1. To possess,
f^ftp? igitri, i.e. ig+tri, m. A rulei
to be master (with gen.), MBh. 3, 955.
2. To be able (with loc), MBh. 13, 26 ; Prab. 108, 15.

cf. igana.With xfc pari, To be able f^r<S( igitva, i.e. igin + tva, i

(with infin.), Skandap. Kacikh. 19, 61. Supremacy, MBh. 14, 1053.
Cf. Goth, aigan, A.S. agan. f^ftpf ig+in, adj. m. A governo
f^J ig + a, m., f. ga, 1. A proprietor, Man. 7, 116.
Panch. i. d. 16. 2. A master, MBh. 1, f^^ igvara, i.e. ig + van + a (with
1532. 3. A ruler, Man. 9, 245. 4. A for m), I. m., f. ri, 1. A ruler, Man.
name of Civa, MBh. 13, 588. Comp. 99 ; f. ri, Ram. 3, 61, 29. 2. An owne
An-, m., (., not being master, Man. o, II. m. 1. A lord. 2. A husband, Na
104. Amara-, m. a name of Civa, Bam. 4, 2. 3. A king, Man. 4, 153. 4. J
6, 35, 3. Avani-, m. a king, Chaurap. wealthy man, Panch. 110, 23 ; ii. d. 71
22. Kshiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 2, 67. 5. The supreme deity, Man. 7, 14. <
Gauri-, m. a name of C, iva, MBh. 14, A name of Civa, Kathas. 10, 33. II
210. Chandt; m. a name of C^va, f. ra and ri, A surname of Durga, Ki
Bhag. P. 4, 5, 17. Jagadiga, i.e.jagat-, 5, 33.Comp. An-, adj. repugnant 1
m. a name of Vishnu, Git. 1, 5. Jana-, the nature of the supreme deity, Mai
m. a king, Hariv. 8403. Jala-, m. 1. 6, 72. Amara-, m. a name of Vishni
the ocean, Bhag P. 8, 7, 26. 2. a name Ram. l, 77, 29 ; of Indra, Ragh. 19. l
of Varuna, Bhag. P. 3, 18, l. Jivita-, Alaka-, m. a name of Kuvera, Ragl
m. a name of Yama, Ragh. n, 20. 19, 15. Avanti-, m. the name of
Tiryagiga, i.e. tiryatich-, m. a name of sanctuary, Rajat. 5, 45. Almrgran
Krishna, MBh. 7, 6471. JDeva-, m. i.e. atman-, m. one who has subdue
the lord of the gods, Ram. l, 63, 3. his senses, Kumaras. 3, 4(>. Kavi-, n
Nadi-, m. the ocean, Panch. ii. d. 27. the chief of the wise men, Bhartr.
Bhuta-, m. Civa. Rohini-, m. the 21. Kcivyadevi-, m. a sanctuary <
moon. Viihgali-, m. a lord of twenty Civa, erected by the princess Kavyi
towns, Man. 7, 115. Vijaya-, m. a devi, Rajat. 5, 41. Kshiti-, m. a kinj
name of (^iva, Rajat. 5, 46. Vitta-, m. Ragh. 3, 3. Gana-, m. the chief of
a name of Kuvera, Man. 7, 4. Svarga troop, Ram. 4, 28, 22. Chakra-, m-
-loka-, m. 1. Indra. 2. the body. name of Vishnu, Rajat. 4, 276. Chamj'1
f^IT ig+a (lllso t^T isfia), f. The m. a name of Civa, Megh. 34. J"SC
digvara, i.e.jagat-, m. a name of (, ivi
pole of a car, Ram. 6, 69, 46.Comp.
Ham. 3, 53, 60. Jana-, m. a king, Ran:
Ratha-, f. the pole of a car, Chr. 34, u.
1, 43, 17. Jala-, in. a name of Vavui.K
lypi *f + ana (prperly tne PtcPle- MBh. l, 8175. Tunga-, m. a sanctunr
of the pros.), I. adj. Ruling, Ch~ (^iva, Rajat 2, 14. Tri-diva-, a
i name of Indra, Ram. l, 48, 17. Tri an-ihamana, Not desiring, Yajii. 2,
purl; the name of a locality, Rajat. 6, 116. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., ihita,
US ; of a sanctuary, Rajat. 5, 46. Dina- Desired, Prab. 104, 5. n. 1. Exertion,
itJ divasa-, m. the sun, Bhartr. 2, 27 ; Man. 9, 208. 2. Desire, MBh. 1, 1370.
%. Deva-, m. the lord of gods, Ram. l, Comp. Ayati-, adj. referring to future
i:, 13. Deha-, m. the soul, Mark. P. time, Ram. 3, 44, n.With the prep.
st 18. Dvija-, m. the moon, Hariv. 4J*T sam, To desire, Panch, iii.d. 87 ;
u:i. Dhana-, m. a name of Kuvera,
i. d. 105 (Par.), samihita, n. Desire,
Draop. 2, 3. Nandigvara, i. e. nandi-
Hit. 44, 7.
"T nand'at; m. 1. a name of iva, MBh.
is, 10431. 2. a proper name, Bhag. F. f^T ih + a, f. 1. Exertion, Ram. 3,
4.2,2a Prana-, m. a husband. iVifd 43, 38. 2. Desire, MBh. 3, 95 Comp.
-prana-, m. the moon. Bhuta-, m. <^iva. An-iha and wis-, adj. devoid of energy,
.VaAa-, m. C,iva. Pbgra-, m. 1. a teacher MBh, 3, 1240; 14, 1302. Nis-iha, f.
of sacred science, Panch. 24, 23. 2. a indifference, Bhag. P. 4, 22, 24.
nagician. 3. a deity, the object of f^MT iha-tas, adv. By exer
deroot contemplation. 4. Krishna.
Vira-, m. a sanctuary built by Qura, tion, Man. 9, 205.
Rajat. 5, 38. Samba-, m. a sanctuary
built by Sambavati, ib. 295. Sura-,
I- m. Civa. II. f. ri, a name of Durga, U.
EijlL 5, 37; 40, 41.
tg, I. interj. of anger, of command,
i^Hdl igrara + ta, f. and f^"^
<',rfira+tva, n. Supremacy, Prab. 108, Kumaras. 1, 26. II. a part. (cf. ud),
1. Also. 2. Now, Chr. 289, l = Rigv.
15; MBh. 2, 1695.
i. 50, l. Lengthened u, Chr. 296, 1 =
toj /SZ7(akin to I.mA), i. 1, Atm. Rigv. i. 112, 1.Cf. atho under atha,
I- To go, to hasten, to fly. t2- To him, and the ved. combination sa u,
Ml. t 3- To see (or to give), f > h with ou in ov-TO.
l'ar. To glean.
t ^ U, i. l, Atm. To sound.
VtRT uhat (probably ntr. of the
^f^J ukti, i.e. vach+ti, f. 1. Speak
ptcple. of the present of iksh, with sh
for hk), adv. 1. A little, Dacak. in ing, Man. 8, 104. 2. Speech, Panch.
Chr. ig, is. 2. When the former part 44; 20. Comp. Dus-, f. offending
of a comp., especially when followed by speech, Bhag. P. 3, 18, 6. Vakrokti, i.e.
a word denoting the partic. of the fut. vakra-, f. 1. equivoque, pun. 2. sar
P*ss.: Easily, e.g. Uhat-karya (vb. kri), casm. 3. hint. Hita-,f. 1. good advice.
Easy to be made, Ram. 4, 54, 12 (vida- 2. tenderness, compassion.
rane, easy to be cleft), ishat-hara (vb. VJ44JJ uktha, i.e. vach + tha, n. Praise,
*Ti), Easy to be performed, Prab. 36, 6.
Chr. 292, 4=Rigv. i. 86, 4.
V^l **<*, see iga. ^<PQT ukthya, i.e. uktha+ya, I. adj.
\\ *H, i. l, Atm. (sometimes Par.) Praiseworthy, Chr. 288, i2=Rigv. i.
48 12. II. n. The name of the second
L To aim at, Man. 4, 15. 2. To desire,
day of the horse-sacrifice, Ram. 1,13, 44.
Bhartr. , e. 3. To desire to perform,
Man. 3, 205. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. <^a UKSH, i. i, Par- Oed- *
" iiw.
Atm.), ! To sprinkle, Chr. 298, 2= Rajat. 5, 184 j Ram. l, 44, 56.Com
Rigv. i. 87, 2 ; Chr. 36, 15. 2. To wet, A-tatha-, adj. not thus used to, Ni
MBh. 13, 1791 With the prep, ^fa 15, 18. An-, adj. 1. inapproprial
Panch. 61, 3. 2. unused to, Ram.
abhi, To sprinkle on, Cak. 41, 4.With 68, 5. Yatha-, adj. used, Hit. 42, 3.
3T pra, 1. To hallow (by sprinkling) -yatha-uchita, adj. inappropriate,Paitc
for a sacrifice, Man. 5, 27. 2. To sa i. d. 193 (former part of a comp. wor
crifice, Ram. 1, 13, 29 ; 31, Gorr.With in the sense of the adv. ta + m).
*JTT sam-pra, To sprinkle on, Yajii. 1, With the prep. ^JJ sam, in theptcpl
24 With *J?T sam, 1. To wet, Ram. of the pf. pass, samuchita, Used I
Dacak. in Chr. 181, 16.
3, 75, 8. 2. To endow, Ram. 2, 91, 33.
yfrjrl^ uchita + tva (see the las!
^^JMJ5f ukshanaja, i.e. uksh + ana
n. Convenience, MBh. l, 7465.
-ja (vb. /an), adj. Sprung up by con
secration, Ragh. 5, 27. <3^ uchcha, i.e. ud-arich + a, I. ac
^^I*T uksh + an, m. An ox or bull, f. cha, 1. High, Kir. 5, 5. 2. Dee
Chaurap. 44. 3. Loud, Bhartr 3, i
Kir. 5, 42. 2. A ved. epithet of the
II. uchchais (instr. pi.), adv. 1. Hig
Maruts who, by bringing rain (i.e. by
Kumaras. 6, 72. 2. Loud, Nal. 11.
sprinkling), impregnate the earth like
3. Much, excessively, Amar. 94.
bulls, Chr. 290, 2=Rigv. i. 64, 2.Cf.
Powerfully, Panch. iv. d. 22. III. i
Goth, auhsa, base auhsan ; A.S. oxa ;
Culmination, Ram. l, 19, 2.Com
the ved. fem. is vaga, probably =Lat.
An-, adj. low, Raj at. 5, 478.
vacca.
T3^%ff ukshita, ptcple. of the pf. ^^cftH uchchakais, i.e. uchcha
ka, instr. pi., adv. Very loud, Pane
pass, of uksh, and ved. also of vaksh,
ii. d. 166.
q. cf.
y^fJI uchcha + la, f. Superiorit;
t Wv UKH, and <^ UNKH,
i. l Par. To go, to move. MBh. 3, 10635.

^HJ ugra, probably vaj+ra, I. adj. ^J^4 uchchaya, i.e. ud-chi+a,


1. Gathering, Dacak. in Chr. 181, *
f. ra, 1. Very strong (ved.). 2. Terrible,
2. Collection, Cak. d. 42. 3. Plent;
Ram. 4, 22, 35; Bhag. 11, 31. 3. Cruel,
Ram. 5, 13, 61.Comp. fWa-, m. a raout
Man. 4, 212. 4. Rigorous, Man. 6, 75.
tain, Kir. 5, 10. Salila-, adj. bavin
Com par. ugratara, as rigorous as pos
plenty of water, MBh. 3, 8334. Sthula
sible, Man. 6, 24. II. m. and f. ra,
The offspring of a Kshatriya father m. 1. a hollow at the root of an elephant
tusk. 2. the middle pace of an elephnn
and a Cudra mother, Man. 10, 9 ; 19.
3. pimples on the face. 4. a hill at th
III. m. A proper name, MBh. l, 2738.
Comp. Alt; adj. excessively cruel, foot of a mountain.
Panch. iii. d. 76. V333 l*T uchchatana, i.e. ud-chat-\
^T^ UCH, i. 4, Par. To like, to be ana, n. 1. Ruin, Prab. 61, 16. 2. Th
name of one of the arrows of Kanui
accustomed to. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
Lass. 7, 3.
uchita, I. Used, Ram. 4, 8, 57. 2. Ac-
"~^<itomed to (with the gen.), Nd ^3^ I <," uchch&ra, i.e. ud-char+a
^iujtable, proper, Pancv n. Voiding excrements, Man. 4, 50.
<9^
3^14, *Q vchcharaua, i.e. ud-char uchchhedana, i.e. ud-chhid
Cn&, +ana, n. Pronunciation, Ci$. 4, + ana, n. Extermination, Panch. 63,
is; recitation, MBh. 3, 14037. 25.
fl^lK"=! uchcharitra, i.e. ud-cha- \j^f^T uchchhedin, i.e. ud-chhid
ritra in taatra-, n. Immoral conduct, + in, adj., f. wt, Destroying, Hit. Pr. 9.
Kjat , 166. Nj^^f uchchhesha, i.e. ud-gish+a
d^iq^ uchchavacha, i.e. uchcha m. Residue, MBh. 13, 1621.
nra-anch + a, adj. High and low,
vj-^qifr uchchheshana, i.e. ud-gish
iirious, Man. 12, 14.
+ ana, n. Residue, Man. 3, 246.
^t{Hj uchchais + tara (see cA-
^*^| VW uchchhoshana, i.e. ttd
fia), adj. Very tall, Panch. 161, 14.
'laram, adj. Higher, Kumaras. 7, 68. -f*A + aa, I. adj. Drying up. II. n.
Drying up, Ram. 5, 72, 2.
i^j1^,c| uchchaistara + tva, n.
\J-^b4( uchchhraya, i.e. ud-gri+a,
Bting excessively high, Panch. 33, 6.
m. Elevation, Ram. 1, 13, 24 Comp.
T^ UCHCHH, see 2. as. Maha.-, adj. lofty, Ram. 3, 74, 14. Su
-krita-, adj. very lofty, MBh. 1, 6963.
if^pH uchchhUti, i.e. ud-chhid+
> ! Extermination, Kathas. 15, 82. <cJ'W|{J uchchhraya, i.e. ud-gri + a,
m. 1. Rising, Kir. 5, 31 ; Kathas. 25,
Tr^^fY^r uchchhilindhra, i.e. ud
45. 2. Elevation, Rajat. 5, 261. Comp.
nlixdhra, I. n. A mushroom, Megh.
Qringa-, m. a lofty top, Megh. 59.
11. II. adj. Covered with mushrooms,
& v. r. (read uchchAU0). S^j-b I i|^r| -uchchhraya -f vant,
in maha-, adj. Very tall, Panch. 104, 6.
^I^yrjj' uchchhishlata, i.e. d
pataha-, adj. Having tall flags, MBh. 1,
fA<a 4. <a (vb. ftsA), f. Impurity,
4995.
Pnch. 89, 3.
yfrjhfrY uchchhriti, i.e. ud-gri+ti,
T^T^T uchchhirshaka, i.e. ud
f. Exaltation, an exalted birth, Man.
?<rihaK+ka, I. adj. Having the head
5, 40.
erect n. n. A pillow, Man. 3, 89.
^J^gTO uchchhvasa, i.e. ud-gvas+a
'J^fcfi uchc/thuthka,i.e.ud-gushka,
m. 1. Breathing, Ram. 1, 65, 7. 2.
*&}, ( hi. Dried up, Mrichchh. 2, 12. Growing a little more conspicuous (of
i*i|-<!l uchchhrinhhala, i.e. ud a colour), yak. d. 142. 3. Breath, Vikr.
TPnkhala, adj., f. la, 1. Unrestrained, d. 105. 4. Sighing, Megh. 100. 5. A
Hitiii.d.97. 2. Wicked, Kathas. 18, 123. division of a book, Dacak. in Chr. 179,
4. Comp. Nit-, adj., f. sa, without
^^tj uchchhettri, i.e. ud-chhid+ breathing, Ram. 5, 25, 48.
'n. m. A destroyer, Ram. 3, 36, 11. \J-^(f%T uchchhvasin, i. e. ud
'^^ uchchheda, i.e. ud-c/ihid+a, -gvas + in, adj., f. ni, 1. Sighing, Megh.
m 1. Chopping off, Kathas. 18, 29. 2. 100. 2. Rising, Vikr. d. 7. 3. Grow
Detraction, Pauch. ii. d. 196.Comp. ing conspicuous (as colour), Kumavas.
but-, adj. difficult to be destroyed, 7, 82.
Prb. 76, 9. ^3^ UCHH, see 2.txw.
y^f<Jr\ ujjayini, i.e. ud-ji+ in + nJ^TJ udupa, i. e. I. udu (perhar
i, f. The city Oujein, Dacak. in Chr. akin to udan, and a dialectical form c
192, 112. udra in samudra) -pa (vb. 2-pa), n;
and n. A raft, Mrichchh. 123, 20. D
s<j;r3c|<tj njjvala, i.e. ttd-jval + a, adj., udu-pa (vb. 2. pa), m. The moon.
f. la, 1. Splendid, Dacak. in Chr. 195,
s^^j^rj udumbara, see udumbara.
24. 2. Clear, Bhartr. 2, 16. 3. Beauti
ful, Cic. 9, 47. fgWVm uddayana, i.e. ud-di + anc
^fScpjfcf ujjvalana, i.e. ud-jval+ n. Flying up, Panch. 115, 5.
ana, n. Fire (?), Earn. 2, 40, 14. *3r{ uta, part. 1. And, Chr. 34, 7. S
^Taref ujjrimbha, i. e. ud-jrimbh + Also, Chr. 3, 8. 3. utauta, As we!
a, adj . 1. Yawning. 2. Open. 3. Ex a9,MBh.3, 10684. .utavaulautc
panded, blown. As well as, as also, and, MBh. 5, 916
917. 5. uta va, Or, Brahmanav. 3, 5. i
\J55J UJJH (a dialect, form of ud part, of interrogation, What, how. I
-ha), i. 6, Par. 1. To abandon, Rajat. a disjunctive interrogation : Or, Bharti
5, 349. 2. To let fall, Kir. 5, 6. 3. 3, 77; also with following va, Paiich
To throw, Rajat. 5, 108. ujjhita, 1. 68, 14; also with following aho (utaho]
Devoid of, Rajat. 5, 4. 2. Risked, Rajat. Nal. 12, 120 ; also with following afi<
5, 131.With the prep. If pro, 1. To svid, Nal. 19, 27-29 ; also with follow
ing svid only, Panch. 41, 1 ; seldom witl
abandon, Paiich. v. d. 22. 2. To avoid,
preceding kirn (kimuta), Mrchchh. I7i
Hit. i. d. 17 n.With *fW sam, To 3. 7. preceded by kim (kim uta]
abandon, Panch. i. d. 343. samujjhita, Much less, Rum. 4, 35, 8. 8. precede
Free from, Prab. 11.9. by prati (praly ula), Even, Panel
iii. d. 27.
Tj3^ UNCHH, i. 1 and 6, Par. To
collect the gleanings of the harvest, vJrTSJ utathya, m. The name of
Man. 3, 100 With the prep. JT pra, Muni, Man. 3, 16.
To wipe out, Mrichchh. 140, 23. \Jcef) utka, i.e. ud-ka (vb. kam), adj
f. ka, Desirous, Megh. 11. Comp. Sa
^5^ wlchh + a, va. Gleaning grains,
ndy desirous, Kathas. 26, 271.
Man. 10, 112.Comp. Qila-, m. glean
Tc^JZ" utkata , i. e. ud-kata (hat
ing ears and grains, Man. 7, 33.
is probably a change of hashta), adj
\3^5T ufaja, i.e. perhaps vata-ja (vb. f. ta. 1. Excessive, Ram. 5, 13, 37. 1
jari), m. and n. A hut made of leaves, Abounding in, Ram. 2, 65, 30. 3
the residence of anchorites, Ram. 1, 48, Drunk, MBh. 2, 2160. 4. Furiou;
22. Comp. Saha-, m. A hut made of Ram. 6, 78, 7.Comp. Ati-, adj. ox
leaves, the residence of anchorites^ ceedingly great, Hit. i. d. 78. Mada-
I. adj. ]. arrogant. 2. furious. II
t T$ UTH or ^ &TH> ' !.Par.
m. an elephant in rut.
To strike.
drchqg UTKANTH (properly 1
T^Tff udu, f. and n. A star, Malav. denomin. derived from uthantha), Par
\
64, d. 82. 1. To long for, Ram. 2, 53, 2. 2. T<
ffrow, ak. 60, 5.Cans, utkanthaya, ^ft^H utkuja, i.e. ud-kuj+a, m.
To make desirous, Bhartr. 1, 42.
Cry, Ram. 5, 17, 8.
4(4)1(4 "tkantha, i.e. ud-kanlha, I.
\S(til utkurdana, i.e. ud-kurd+
iij. Having the neck erect. II. f. tha., <\
ana, n. Leaping, jumping aloft, Paiich.
I. Longing for, Dacak. in Chr. 190, 18. 124, 17.
1 Begret, sorrow, Cak. d. 81. Comp.
^-, adj., f. tha, 1. ardently longing, ^fhT^ utkocha, i.e. ud-kuch + a, m.
Bijat. 5, 93. 2. regretting, grieving. Bribe, Rajat. 5, 363.
liam, adv. sorrowfully, Kir. 5, 51.
\3cq\|-q<fl utkochaka, i.e. vd-huch
3r<Vi*H utkampa, i.e. ud-kamp + a, + aha, I. adj., One who receives bribes,
L adj. Trembling. II. m. Trembling, Man. 9, 258. II. (n.)'The name of a
Megh. 68. Comp. Gati-, m. haste, holy place, MBh. l, 6914.
Meh. 65. Sa-, adj., f. pa, Trembling,
^rshJJui utkramana, i.e. ud-Aram +
Vikr. , 10.
ana, n. Departure, Man. 6, 63.
"Tr^jf^fif utkampin, i.e. ud-kamp
^3"r^n"3I ulhroqa, i.e. ud-krug + a, m.
+ w, adj., f. nt, Causing to tremble,
Mm. l, 74, 10. An osprey.
Jftft^ utkara, i.e. ud-kri + a, m. A \3rtSitJ utkshepa, i. e. ud-kship + a,
kp, plenty, Ram. 6, 79, 38. Comp. m. 1. Tossing up, Megh. 48. 2. Stretch
llithtta-, m. a mole-hill, Mrichchh. ing out, Oak. d. 126.
ri 6. Prakirna-kusuma-, adj., f. ra, ^rfij l|c|t utkshepaka, i.e. ud-kship +
Hrewed with plenty of flowers, Ram.
aka, m. A purloiner, Y&ju. 2, 274.
1, 77, 7.

TreJJq utkarska, i.e. ud-krish + a, \3rtHMUJ utkshepana, i. e. ud-kship


! dj. Boasting. II. m. 1. Excess, + ana, n. 1. Tossing up, Bhashap. 5.
Dacak. in Chr. 192, 21. 2. Distinction, 2. Lifting up, Cak. d. 29.
Ck. d. 38. 3. Exaltation, Man. 10, ^TTO ultamsa, i.e. ud-taMs + a, m.
<i ; an exalted rank, Mau. 4, 244.
1. An ear-ring, Rajat. 5, 138. 2. A
J^lMII utkarshana, i.e. ud-krish crest.
Lnno, n. Patting off (his clothes), vjT^f%fT uttaMsita,\.e. uttainsa + ita,
MBh. 2, 1665 (cf. 1667). adj. Adorned with, Bhartr. 3, 1.
^"tfy*! utkalika, i.e. utha + la + ^tTTI ultama, i.e. ud+lama, I. adj.,
"a- f. Longing for, Kathas. 22, 105.
f. ma. 1. Supreme, Chr. 289, 10=Rigv.
J^qnj utkashana, i.e. ud-kash + i. 50, 10. 2. Chief, principal, Punch.
"i", n. Teaiing up, Megh. 16. 16, 20; best, Man. 4, 229; greatest,
Rum. 5, 33, 35 ; better, Paiich. 241, 24.
S"3l<"%^ -utkira, i.e. ud-kri + a, adj., 3. Last, MBh. 1, 4674 (cf. uoraroc). II.
f- , Heaping up, Kumaras. 5, 26. acc. sing. n. mam, adv. 1. Most, Ram.
2, 30, 2. 2. Very loudly, Chr. 25, 60.
~*<$Z utkula, adj. X. Stretched out. Comp. An-, adj. (literally, having no
* Erect. 3. (Sitting) with the legs superior), 1. insurmountable, Dacak.
"n<kr one's body, Fausbbll, Dhammap. in Chr. 182, 24 ; most lofty, Rum. 3, 52,
me. 22. 2. most rigorous, Rum. l, 03.
3. most excellent, Bam. 3, 53, 18. n. useless discussion, Hit. 21, 3. A
Dvija-, m. a Brahmana, Man. 2, 49. rottaram, i. e. asra-uttara + m, ad
Purusha-,m. 1. an excellent man, an with tears in the eyes, Kumaras. 5,
excellent servant. 2. a name of Vishnu. Klinna-paksha-,adj. of which the upp
3. a proper name. Mandala-, n. a parts of the wings are wet, Dacak. 1, 1
principal kingdom, Raj at. 5, 262. Guna-, m. superior virtue, Ram. 5, 2, -
Mriga-, m. a most excellent antelope, n. MBh. 3, 13922. Dakshina-, turned
Ram. 3, 49, 54. Raghu-, m. chief of the south and to the north, Mark. P. 1
the race of Raghu, Ram. 3, 50, 6. 34. Dadhi-, n. cream of curdled mil
Hatha-, m. an excellent cart, Bhag. 1, Su5r. 1, 159, 11. Duhkha-, adj., f. r,
24. Qara-, m. a very good arrow, Ram. accompanied by pain, Cak. 61, 1
3, />o, 16. Sevaka-, m. an excellent Dharma-, adj. attached to virtu
servant, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1435. Ragh. 13, 7. Nis-, adj., f. ra, unab
^^71!c uttamarna, 1. e. uttama + to answer, Paiich. 112, 18. Pragu
tarena, i.e. praAch-, adv. nortb-eas
rina, m. A creditor, Man. 8, 47. wards. Vishtara-, adj. covered wit
Kuca grass, MBh. 3, 1881. Saptottart
^TTlfW^T uttamarnika, i.e. utta
i.e. saptan-, adj., f. ra, having a surpk
marna + ika, m. A creditor, Man. 8, of seven (with gala, hundred and seven
48. Yajn. 3, 102.Cf. vortpoc
\jj t\ \ ultara, i.e. ud+tara, I. adj., ^"fl <s*U Parana, i.e. ud-tri -i- ant
f. ra. 1. Superior, Ragh. 1, 60 ; more n. Crossing, passing over, Paiich. 3;
powerful, Chr. 289, lo=Rigv. i. 50, 10. 15.
2. Northern, Pauch. 241, 7. uttarena
^"rT^TnT uttara + tas, adv. To th
(instr. sing.), adv. and prep, (with
the gen. abl. and ace), To the north, north, Ram. 4, 55, 20.
Megh. 73. 3. Left (not right), MBh. ^tRTT Httara (an W instr. sinj;
1, 7212. 4. Posterior, Man. 2, 136 ; of uttara), adv. To the north, e.g. i
subsequent, Hit. i. d. 143 ; becoming, -mukha, adj. Looking to the nortl
fit, Ducak. in Chr. 180, 6. 5. Future, MBh. 2, 1084.
Ram. 2, 88, 22. 6. Answering, Ram.
3, 18, 48 ; Chr. 59, 24. II. m. The name ^TH^T uttariya, i.e. uttara + ig,
of a mountain, Kathas. 25, 23. Ill, f. and ^'TiO*'* uttariya + ka, n. A
ra, 1- The north, Kathas. 18, 57. 2.
A proper name, MBh. 1, 169. IV. n. upper and outer garment, Punch. 236, s
I. Superiority, MBh. 1, 498G ; power, ^Tl ^"t|J uttaredyus, i.e. uttara -\
Rum. 5, 70, 18. 2. Answer, Ram. 3, 70, i-div + as, adv. The following dai
7 ; defence, Lnss. 90, 4. Comp. A- Dacak. in Chr. 183, 5.
dhara-, I. adj. 1. lower and higher,
Yiijii. 1, 96. 2. confused, Man. 8, 53. ^3"TTrT vttana, i.e. ud-tan + a, adj
II. n. a state of confusion, topsy-turvy, f. na, Lying supinely, Dacak. in Chi
Man. 7, 21 ; useless discussion, Cak. 198, 20 (referring to the hand lyin
69, 17. utlarottara, i.e. uttara-, I. adj. with the palm turned upwards).
1. always the subsequent, Yaji'i. 2, 136.
^tTPC uttara, i.e. ud-tri + a, n
2. always increasing, Panch. 84, 23. IT.
-raw, adv. higher and higher, Mm - Crossing, passing over, Prab. 83, 10.
1016 ; more and more, Hit. 2r ^Til^m uttarana, i.e. ud-tri-ane
^r*TT^1
I adj. Causing to cross, MBh. 14, 194. ^rtjprl utpatti, i.e. ud-pad+li, f.
II a. Deliverance, Earn. 4, 52, 18. 1. Springing up, (^ringarat. 20. 2.
*jti US uttala, i.e. ud-tala, adj., f. Birth, Man. 3, 16 ; second birth, 2, 68.
?, Formidable, Kathas. 25, 36. 3. Produce, Rajat. 5, 69.Comp. An-,
f. absence of production, Dacak. in Chr.
Spnrf^ uttitirshu, i.e. ud-titirsha,
j 182, 4.
-feeder, of fr, + , adj. Desirous to step
\irqfr|iTi utpatti + mant, adj.
oat, MBh. 1 1, 160.
Produced, born.
'flTlT uttunga, i.e. ud-tunga, adj.,
^rtf^J utpatha, i.e. ud-patha, m.
f- ya. 1. Prominent, Bhartr. 1, 72. 2.
High, Paiich. iii. d. 260. Wrong way, Chr. 22, 25.
"3"tT3I*! nttejana, i.e. ud-tij + ana, ^rTf^T utpqla, i.e. probably ud-pat
d. Instigation. + a (with / for/), I. n. A blue lotus,
3<q uttha, Le. ud-stha (vb. *Ma), Nymphasa ccerulea, Bhartr. 2, 56. II. m.
A proper name, Rajat. 5, 127.Comp.
dj. 1. Rising, Chaurap. 18. 2. Spring Nila-, m. a blue lotus, Nymphaaa cyanea
ing up, Panch. 257, 4 ; proceeding, Roxb., Ram. 4, 44, 91.
Paiich. i. d. 400 ; Bhashap. 119 ; Rajat.
S, 167. ^rM^sTf utpalin, i.e. utpala + in,

JrSJII utthana, i.e. ud-stha + ana, 1, adj., f. ni, Abounding with lotus-
flowers, Ram. 3, 78, 26. II. f. ni, An
I. n. 1. Rising, Bhartr. 3, 10; of the assemblage of lotus-flowers, MBh. 3,
moon, Ragh, 6, 31. 2. Resurrection, 8564.
MBh. 3, 10811. 3. Exertion, Man. 9,
^3"rTTe|T utpavana, i.e. ud-pu + ana,
115. II. m. A causer, MBh. 13, 1242.
Comp. An-, n. want of exertion, n. Purifying, Man. 6, 115 (Lois.).
Rijat. 5, 252. Su-, adj. clever. \3fMT2'T utpatana, i.e. ud-pat +
4 fjy l*Hr| utthana + vanl, adj., f. ana, n. 1. Eradication, Ram. 6, 83, 34.
tali, Strenuous, MBh. 2, 1941. 2. Destruction, Rajat. 5, 292.
-Scq l<4*1 utlhapana, i.e. ud-stha, ^rMlldt utpatin, i.e. ud-pat + in,
Caus., +ana, n. 1. Raising, MBh. 1, adj., f. ni, Pulling out, Paiich. i. d. 26.
1885. 2. Leading away, Lass. 24, 9. \d n\ \r\ utpata, i.e. ud-pat+a, m.
d f*J I ftl^ utthayin, i.e. ud-stha + 1. A jump, Ram. 5, 53, 25. 2. A portent,
i, adj., f. n't, Rising, MBh. l, 3628. 2. MBh. l, 8287 ; an omen, Man. 6, 50
Appearing, MBh. 1, 2332. Comp. Maha-, adj. terrible, Paiich, 114.
14.
affl1<1l utthitata, i.e. ud-sthita
^HJT^' utpada, i.e. udpad+a, m.
+ta (vb. stha), f. Veneration, MBh. 3,
14687.
Producing, causing, Yajd. 2, 225 (shed
ding).
Jrt(f1l ulpatana, i.e. ud-pat+ana,
vdrMI4 <* utpadaka, i.e. ud-pad +
n. Jumping, Paiich. 118, 13. aka, I. adj. A producer, a causer, Man.
TtTJkPT utpatishnu, i.e. ud-pat+ 4, 168 (ashedder). II. m. A father, Man.
ishnu, adj. 1. Rising, Ragh. 4, 47. 2. 2, 146.
*3rm<^ utpadana, i.e. ud-pr
Being about to jump, Paiich. iii. d. 40.
<3rmfiplN
ana, I. adj., f. ni, Producing, MBh. 1, doning, Nal. 10, 12 ; relinquishing, II a. t
7834. II. n. Producing, Man. 9, 27. 11, 193 (194); dismission, Chr. 9, 3'
4. Donation, Sav. 1, 8. 5. The nam
<!37qTf^f utp&din, i.e. I. utpada
of a ceremony, when suspending th
+ in, adj., f. ni, Produced, Hit. i. d. 202. reading of the Veda, Man. 4, 119.
II. ud-pad+in, adj., f. ni, Producing, Setting at liberty. 7. A general ml
causing, Yajn. 2, 224. Kumaras. 2, 27.Comp. Vrisha-, n
vgrtfi^g utpida, i.e. ud-pid+a, m. setting a bull at liberty on occasion
a sacrifice or obsequial oblation, Panel
I. Drawing out, MBh. 3, 825 (of an
9, 3.
arrow), 2. Forcing, Megh. 88 (tears).
3. Pressing, Prab. 71, 10. 4. Foam, ^iHN uUarjana, i.e. ud-srij -
Ram. 5, 4, 5.Comp. Sa-, adj. covered ana, n. 1. Rejection, Chr. 9, 38. :
with foam, Ram. 4, 15, 23. The name of the ceremony, utsarc,
Sjftffi^ggf utpidana, i. e. ud-pid+ (q. cf.), Man. 4, 96.
ana, n. Pressing, Rit. 1, 20. ^nufaf utsarpin, i.e. ud-srip -+- r
^TjrpjJ utprasa, i.e. ud-pra-2. as + a, adj., f. ini, Soaring upwards, a"
101, 5.
m. Excess.Comp. Sa-, I. adj. violent.
II. m. a horse-laugh. III. m. and n. ^TOni utsava, i.e. ud-su + a, m.
irony. festival, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 5; figur
N^r^cH utplavana, i.e. ud-plu + tively, Amar. 23.Comp. Baddh>
(vb. bandh), adj., f. va, celebrating
ana, n. Taking off (?) Man. 5, 115,
festival, Kathas. 25, 269.
v.r.
^<Ul<41 utsadana, i.e. ud-sad -
\JrMlM utphala, i.e. ud-phal+a,
ana, n. 1. Destruction, Ram. l, 74, 2
m. Jumping up, Kathas. 26, 20.
2. Cleaning with perfumes, Man.
^fQTO utphulla, see phal. 209.
^(frj-^qr utsarana, i.e. ud-sri 4- an
*&<% utsa (akin to und), m. A foun
tain, ved. a cloud, Chr. 290, 6=Rigv. i. n. Removal, Ram. 6, 33, 13.
64, 6. \5(^||^ uts&ha, i.e.ud-sah + a, m.
^7|reF utsanga, i.e. ud-sadj + a, m. Effort, Draup. 8, 56. 2. Energy, Paiic
1. The lap, Ram. 6, 71, 11 ; figuratively, i. d. 44. 3. Ardour, Ram. 3, 33, 4.
Dacak. 199, 7 ; Rajat. 5, 6. 2. The Perseverance, Panch. 79, 1 ; will, <^a
slope of a mountain, Ragh. 6, 3. 3. A 23, 12. Comp. Krita-, adj., f. h
roof, Panch. 128, 8. having made an effort, Sav. 4, a
Dus-, adj. difficult to be resisted, MB
^PQlT'l utsangin, i.e. utsanga +
9, 1130. Nis; I. m. want of energ
in, adj., f. ni, Deep, Rum. 6, 23, 13. Hariv. 14493. II. adj., f. ha, 1. devo
vjcljf^j utsadhi, i.e. utsa-dha. (cf. of energy, Pafich. 123, 23. 2. despon'
nidhi), m. A reservoir of water, a cloud ing, Ram. 1, 21, 6. Maha-, I. ac
(ved.), Chr. 293, 4=Rigv. i. 88, 4. possessing great energy, perseverin
II. m. 1. exertion. 2. a king possessic
\J^J?T utsarga, i.e. ud-srij+a, m. I. all the powers of monarchy. Y'ath
Emission, Megh. 19. 2. Evr ro, -utsAha + m, adv. according to one
Panch. 34, 22 j Man. 12, 2' power or ability, Man. 5, 86. Sa~.
Jj. I. energetic. 2. persevering. II. vl + Tipo, Tart), Goth, and A.S. ut;
4am, adv. carefully, Panch. i. d. 15. O.H.G. Hz.
J4J|^<4<ri utsdha+vant, adj., f. *3^ uda, a substitute for udaka in
rati, Energetic. comp. words, e.g. uda-kumbha, m. A
"JfUTTTT utsahin, i.e. utsaka + in, water-pot, Man. 2, 182. kshara-, m.
The salt ocean, Bhag. P. 5, 1, 34.
ii]-, i. ni, Full of ardour, Punch, ii. d.
kshira-, m. The sea of milk, Ram. 4,
n.
37, 28. gandha-, Fragrant water, Bhag.
i<Q<* utsuka, i.e. ud-su-ka (vb. P. 9, it, 26. ghrita-, m. The sea of
tain), adj., f. ka. 1. Longing for. 2. clarified butter, Ram. 4, 40, 49. lohita-,
Languid. 3. Uneasy, Ram. 1, 17, adj., f. da, With blood-red water, Ram.
k 4. Proud, Ham. 4, 9, 37.Comp. 4, 44, 65. fanti-, n. Lustral water.
.Mi-, adj. careless, Arj. 10, 14. Pari-, VJ i'ef udaka, i. e. udan + ha, n. 1.
adj. 1. longing for. 2. languid. 3.
*>d- So-, adj. languid, Rit. 1, 6. Water, Man. 2, 99. 2. The ceremony
of pouring water at obsequies, Man. 5,
jd^4ir(I utsuka + ta f. 1. Longing 88. 3. Religious ablution, MBh. 1,
far, love, ic,. 9, 2. 2. Care, zeal, Panch. 790. Comp. Kfltna-, n. an optional
o, u.Comp. An-, f. modesty, Vikr. oblation of water, Yaju. 3, 4. Kala-,
16. the name of a sea, Ram. 4, 40, 36.
Kuga-, n. water, (boiled) with kuca-
3<aj4i utseka, i.e. ud-sich + a, m. grass, Man. 11, 212. Krila-, adj. 1.
I'ride, Ram. 4, 9, 88 ; 5, 3, lo.Comp. one who has performed the ceremony
-!-, m. meekness, Bhartr. 2, 54. of pouring water at obsequies, Ram. l,
31^V vtsedha, i.e. ud-sidh + a, m. 25, 3. 2. one who has performed his
religious ablution, MBh. 3, 8141. Tila-,
Height, Ram. 6, 83, 23 ; figuratively, 6,
n. water with sesame, Man. 3, 223.
82,44. Comp. Navotsed/ia, i.e. navan-, Manda-, n. 1. variegated colour. 2.
*, f. rf/ia, having an elevation of nine
painting figures. Samana-, m. a kins
',*. fathoms), MBh. 3, 10207.
man connected by oblations of water
W5TTO UTSVAPNA YA, a de- only to the manes of common ancestors,
nomin. derived from ud-svapna, Atm. i.e. when the sapindas are excluded,
To apeak sleeping, Mulav. 55, 22. a relation from the seventh to the
fourteenth degree.
^T ud (properly ace. sing. n. of ,
\ <fejl udahya, i.e. udaka +ya, f.
probably an obsolete pronominal base,
akin to ra in ava, eva, etc.), a prefix, A woman in her courses,, Mjan. 4, 57.
' Pi out. L Combined and compounded <y<4 i| ud-agra, adj., f. ra. 1. Point
with verb9 and their derivatives, q. cf.
ing upwards, lofty, Ram. 5, 54, 19 ;
II. former part of comp. nouns, e.g.
figuratively, Ragh. 2, 53. 2. Upper
ud-ayvdha, adj. With raised weapon
most, Vikr. d. 156. 3. Excited, Ram.
(literally, having a weapon upward),
6, 14, 15.
Cnr. 4,17. utpakshman, i.e. ud-, adj.
The eye-lids of which are elevated, vj<J'^ ud-anch, adj., f. udichi. I.
(,'*k. d. 90. ud-dama, adj. Unfettered Upper, upwards. 2. Northern, Meph.
(literally, having the fetter out), Ram. 58. udak (ace. sing, n.), adv. To tho
*> 13, 21. Cf. vartpOQ, varans for north, Man. 3, 217.
^T*yi ud-atlch + ana, m. A pail, rg || ndayana, i.e. ud-i + ana, I
n. Rising (of the sun), Chr. 287, 7 =
Dacak. 152, 4.
Rigv. i. 48, 7 ; Ram. 4, 40, 43. II. m
^yf^ udadhi, i.e. uda-dha (cf. ni- A proper name, Kathas. 9, 599.
dhi), m. The ocean, Dacak. in Cbr. 188, \3<^iH<rT udaya + vant, adj., 1
21. Comp. Kshara-, m. the salt ocean,
Bhag. P. 5, 20, 2. Kshira-, m. the sea vati, Risen, Q ic. 9, 43.
of milk, MBh. 12, 12778. Malta-, m. ?$ ^ udara, i.e. ud-ri + a, n. 1. Th
the great ocean. belly. 2. The interior part, Bharti
2, 26.Comp. Kriga-, adj., f. ri, slendei
\*\ udan, i.e. und + an, n. Water,
Vikr. d. 154. Jala-, n. dropsy, MB1
Chr. 291, 5=Kigv. i. 85, 5.Cf. viup, 8, 14664. Dagdha- (vb. dah), n.
with p for n ; cf. also Lat. udor; Goth, hungry stomach, Hit. i. d. 62. JVt
vato, base vatan, represents the organic -nata- (vb. at), adj., f. ri, having
form of the vb. und, viz. vad ; O.H.G. protuberant belly, Ram. 6, 74, i
wazar has r instead of n, like the Braltmandabltanda-, i.e. brahman-and
Greek. -bftanda-, n. the interior of the vessel
^^tT ud-anta, m. Tidings, Kathas. like egg of Brahman, Bhartr. 2, 9;
Malta-, adj., f, ri, having a large bellj
10, 55. Ram. 3, 23, 15. Lamba-, m. 1. a gluttoi
\3,^"*3rT udan + vant,m. The ocean, 2. Ganeca. 5a-, m. a brother, Raja
5, 42. Saha-, m. a brother of who!
Ragh. 4, 32.
blood.
y^ij udaya, i.e. wrf-i-l-a, m. 1.
^4^*^^ udarambhari, i.e. udar
Rising, Ram. 4, 34, 32 (of the ocean) ;
+ m-bhri + i, adj. Voracious, Mala'
Ragh. 12, 36 (of the moon) ; Man. 10,
14, 4.
33 (appearance of dawn) ; figuratively,
Ragh. 9, 9; Raj at. 5, 311. 2. The \J<rf^l udarin, i. e. udara + 'i
eastern mountain behind which the sun adj., f. ini, Paunch-bellied, Kathas. 2
is supposed to rise, Ram. 4, 58, 5. 3. 109.Comp. Udaka-, adj. hydropic.
Beginning, Bhag. P. 1, 7, 12. 4. Ap ^T% udarka, i. e. ud-rich-
pearance, Cak. d. 67. 5. Prosperity,
Rajat. 5, 336. 6. Consequence, Man. (anomal.), m. 1. Future time, Nal.
4, 70. 7. Gain, Ram. 3, 2, 22 ; revenue, 26. 2. Consequence, Ram. 6, 93, 14.-
Man. 7, 55. 8. A gate (?), Ram. 2, 48, Comp. Qublta-, adj., f. Ao, causing hnj
29.Comp. Karuna-, adj. causing com piness, Kathas. 9, 58. Sa-, adj. -wit
passion, MBh. l, 436. Chandra-, m. towers (?), MBh. 2, 1299. Suk/ta-, ad
the vise of the moon, Su$r. 2, 485, 21. causing happiness, Man. 9, 25.
Dus-, adj. appearing with difficulty, -suhlta-, adj. causing pain, Man. 4, 17
Bhag. P. 3, 16, 50. Malta.-, I. in. 1. ^3^1-ri udatta, see da with, tl
prosperity. 2. final beatitude. 3.
prep. Kd-a.
sovereignty. 4. a lord. 5. the country
of Kanoj. 6. a proper name, Rujat. \J<^|J udana, i.e. ud-an + a, u
5, 28. II. n. Kanoj. Yathaudaya One of the five vital airs, that whic
+ tn, adv. in proportion to one's in has its place in the throat and passt
come, Yajn, 2, 43. Sa-, adj. 1. wi^ upward and outward, Vedantas. in Ch
profit. 2. with interest. '", 11.
Uli^ udara, i.e. ud-ri+a, adj., f. up, Ragh. 4, 9. 2. A shoot, Kir. 5. 38.
ri and rx, 1. Distinguished, NaL 1, 8. 3. Appearance, Bhartr. 2, 62. 4. De
t Excellent, Ram. 1, 35, 8. 3. Great, parting, Kathas. 4, 128.
MBh. 3, 13158. 4. Gentle, Ram. 1, 9T| *M w<f-<7affi + ana, n. Spring
u,s. 5. Munificent, Dacak. in Chr. ing up, appearance.
1*3,4.
^j g*i^YT ud-gamanxya (vb. gam),
J4 K^ udara + ka, adj. A poor
n. A pair of bleached clothes, Da^ak.
munificent person, Dacak. in Chr. 186, in Chr. 181, 18.
21 ; used as surname of one who has
\3 f, H! udgatri, i.e. ud-gai + tri, m.
ruined himself by munificence, 187, 16.
A reciter of the Sama Veda, Man. 8,
i< l<fif udara + ta, f. Generosity,
209.
Kathas. 21, 103 Comp. Ati-, f. Ex-
\J ji I ^ udgara, i.e. ud-gri + a, m.
cesMve munificence, Dac,ak. in Chr.
1, 20. 1. Spitting, Ram. 4, 15, 23 ; figura
tively, Ragh. 4, 57 (exhalation) ;
!a<l*J1*ldI ud-dsina + ta (vb As),
Bhartr. 2, 29 (throwing out). 2.
L Indifference, carelessness, Ranch. Saliva, MBh. 3, 15549. 3. Roar, MBh.
M, 12. 3, 11140.
~i$ I ^ < tl udaharana, i.e. ud-a-hri y ft llXl udgarin, i.e. ud-gri + in,
+ona, n. 1. Speaking, Kumaras. 6, 65. adj., f. ini, Spitting, Ram. 3, 33, 37 ;
Z. Declaration, Vikr. d. 32. 3. An figuratively, Ragh. 13, 47 (uttering) ;
(.sample. Megh. 26 (exhaling).
"i^t ^ udichya, i. e. udaiich+ya, ^TTT'Cl udgirana, i.e. ud-gri + ana,
L adj. Northern. II. m. The country n. Vomiting, Vedantas. in Chr. 207, 16.
to the north and west of the river \J jO'vy udgitha, i.e. ud-gai + tha, n.
Caravati, MBh. 3, 14774. pi. Its in
habitants, Ram. 2, 82, 7. A portion of the Sama Veda, Dev.
4,9.
-3^l| udipa, i.e. ud~ap+a, m.
\JfJ~gwJ ud-ghatt -f ana, n. 1. Rub
Inundation, Rujat. 5, 269.
bing, exciting. 2. Inflammation, Megh.
yi"^UI udirana, i.e. ud-ir + ana, 62.
n. 1. Throwing, MBh. 3, 16525. 2. ^TTpU udgharshana, i.e. ud-ghrish
Pronunciation, Kumaras. 2, 12. + ana, n. Thrashing, Mrichchh. 34, 3.
"i<H^ udumbara, also ^-3H4, ^3^ Id* udghataka, i.e. ud-ghat +
uijumbara, m. The glomerous fig tree, aha, m. A key, Mrichchh. 48, 5.
Ficus glomerata, Nal. 12, 4.
^IJTyf udghatana, i.e. ud-ghat +
"3' *4*fl uduhhala, cf. ulukhala, n.
ana, n. A key, Hit. i. d. 146.
A mortar, Ram. 6, 90, 13.
^gngTrT udghdta, i.e. ud-han, Caus.,
"3 jj \r\ udr/ati, i.e. ud-gam + ti, f.
+ a, m. 1. A toss, Cak. d. 192; pnin,
Springing up (of flowers), Kathas. 17, Kathas. 17, 3. 2. Height, Ram. 6, 4,
111. 12. 3. A beginning, Ragh. 4, 20.
'ifiti ud-gam + a, m. 1. Springing Comp. An-, adj. unhurt, Ram. 2, 7?
^TSTf?fT udgh&tin, i.e. udghata + 1. Deliverance from. 2. Taking out,
in, adj., f. ni, Rugged, Cak. 5, 12. separating what ought to be avoided,
Man. 10, 85 (uddhritoddhara, adj. What
\3TTTT uddana, i.e. ud-do + ana, n.
ought to be avoided being avoided). 3.
Binding, MBh. 12, 4902. A selected part, Man. 7, 97. 4. Debt,
\J jfttpj ud-dip + ana, n. Inflaming, Dacak. ill, 12, Wila.Comp. Vaira-,
m. revenge. Qalya-, m. 1. extraction
Rit. 6, 27.
of foreign substances from the body. 2.
xJ^JJ uddega, i.e. ud-dig+a, m. 1. cleansing and purifying a new house.
Pointing to, Kathas. 10, 110. 2. Re Qtipa-, m. deliverance from a curse.
ference, Kathas. 20, 210 ; Paiich. 119, 3 x-j.S'prTjr uddharana, i.e. ud-dhri
(on account of). 3. A sketch, Indr. 4,
Caus., +ana, n. Payment, Panch. 138,
16. 4. Exposition, Ram. 4, 17, 12. 5.
14.
A region, Ram. 5, 51, a ; a quarter,
Dacak. in Chr. 179, 8 ; a part, Hid. l, ^2"^ ud-dhur + a, adj. Brisk, Ka
16 ; a seat, Ram. 6, 33, 47.Comp. thas. 22, 193.
Yatha-uddega + m, adv. according to
the command, Ram. 2, 99, l. JRana-, \3^<fq UDDIltjLAYA,&Amoxa.
m. a field of battle, Ram. 5, 56, 126. derived from ud-dh&li, Par. To strew
Vana-, m. the part of a forest. over, Kathas. 18, 240.
\j t^rm uddega + tas, adv. Short ^3"3lr7 uddhriti, i.e. ud-hri +H, 1.
ly, Bhag. 10, 24. Pulling out (as an arrow). 2. Pre
servation, Raj at. 5, 477.
\3^jT?T uddyota, i.e.ud-dyut + a, I.
adj. Resplendont, Ram. l, 15, 19. II. xT^ST ud-bandh + a,m.,&ni\^^X(<\
m. Splendour, Lass. 2, 11. ud-bandh + ana, n. Hanging, Kathas.
13, 100.
^3^ udd/iara, i.e. ud-hri + a, adj.
Pulling out, MBh. 3, 11188. \3"^Je[ udbhara, i.e. ud-bhu+a, m.
^j3T^TJT uddharana, i.e. ud-hri + 1. Birth. 2. Origin, Man. 11, 244. 3.
When latter part of a comp. adj., Pro
ana, n. 1. Plucking out. 2. Eradica duced, Man. 6, 13 j sprung from,
tion, Lass. 31, 16. 3. Deliverance, Ra- Raj at. 5, 244.Comp. Kshata-, blood.
jat. 5, 114 ; Hit. i. d. 27. Jala-, I. adj. produced by water. II.
^"3Trt uddhartri, i.e. ud-hri + tri, m. m. the name of a country, MBh. 2, 1078.
Tanii-, m. a son. Padma-, 1. adj.
A deliverer, Kathas. 5, 40. Comp.
sbst. born in a lotus-flower, a name of
Chaura-, m. the officer charged with
Brahman. 2. m. a proper name.
the pursuit of thieves, Yaju. 2, 271.
Saihmurchhana-, m. a fish, or aquatic
^^q udd/tars/ia, i.e. ud-dhrish + a, animal. Soma-, f. va, the Narmadu
m. Daring, undergoing, Ram. 4, 9, 47. river.
^STTiT'SJ uddharshana, i. e. I. ud \3^ |3T tidbhavana, i. e. ud-bhi
-hrish + ana, adj. Comforting, Ram. 2, Caus., +ana, n. Neglect, MBh. 1, 5070.
2, 1. II. uddhrish + ana, n. Encou ^^T^f^fi? udbhavayitri, i.e. ud-bhi
ragement, MBh. 15, 476. Caus., +tri, One who raises or exalts,
vjriil^ uddhara, i.e. ud-hri n<;ak. lso, 3.
3$lfa1 ud-bhas+in, adj., f. ni, and n. Exertion, Ram. 3, 31, 34.Comp.
Hesplendent, RAjat. 5, 482. An-, m. andn. want of exertion, Bohtl.
Ind. Spr. 1400. Ms-, adj., f. get, 1.
J?fP5^ ud-bhat + ura, adj. Shin- Lazy, Sund. 4, 3. 2. disheartened,
is-, Amar. 76. Ram. 6, 21, 16. Sa-, adj. 1. active,
dlfj ~e~ udbhijja, i,e. udbhid-ja (vb. persevering. 2. violent (as a disease),
Rajat. 5, 123.
/a), adj., f. ja, Sprouting, Vedantas.
a Chr. J09, 5. ^^Ttf-TTx udyogin, i.e. ud-yuj+in,
"Jl^" ud-bhid, and \jQ{'^" ud-bhid or udyoga + in, adj. Exerting one's self,
Paiich. i. d. 220.
+a, adj. Sprouting, MBh. l, 358*.
"STi <*l udreka, i.e. ud-rich + a, m. 1.
flfifrl ud-bhu + ti, f. Growth, pros
Excess, MBh. 3, 13169. 2. Excellence,
perity, Vikr. d. 162.
MBh. H, 1012. Comp. Saliva-, m.
yfi^ vdbheda, i.e. ud-bhid + a, m. superabundance of wisdom, MBh. 3,
L Opening, Cak. d. 80. 2. Appear- 15818.
, Bhartr. 1, 49. 3. A spring or "*T3["rTT udvartana, i.e. ud-vrit + ana,
fuunttio, Ram. 2, 94, 13. 4. Treason,
n. 1. Jumping, Mcgh. 41. 2. What
Kithas. 3, 42.Comp. Ganga-, m. (the
has served for rubbing the body with,
source of the Ganges) a holy place,
Man. 4, 132.
MBh. 3, 8043.
S""T"5""" -udvasa, Rajat. 5, 378, Unin
Jlr|4i ud-bhranta + ka (vb.
habited (?).
hbam), f. Soaring up, ^ak. 92, 19.
\"T~5"^ ud-vah + a, I. adj., f. ha, Sup
3V*i ud-yam + a, m. and n. 1. porting, continuing, Ram. 1, 13, 56. II.
R*ing, Panch. ii. d. 138. 2. Effort, m. A son, an offspring, Indr. 5, 28.
IWh. 185, 2. 3. Energy, Bohtl. Ind. Comp. Dus-, adj. difficult to be borne,
Spr. 470Comp. Krita-, adj., f. ma, MBh. 5, 3147. Raghu-, m. Rama.
having made an effort, Kumaras. 5, 3. Rata-, m. the Indian cuckoo.
Danth; m. and n. (?) severe punish
ment, Pajjch. i. d. 421. Nit-, adj., f. "~f~$"Tf| ud-vah + ana, n. 1. Lifting
"a.la-y, Ram. 4, 9, 49. Maha-, I. m. up, Ragh. 13, 8. 2. Bearing, Paiich,
great effort. II. adj. making a strenu 68, 23 ; having, Rujat. 5, 384. 3. Riding,
ous effort. Raj at. 5, 136 (with infin.) ; Man. 8, 370.
l (with dat.). *J"S*" BpBJ ud-vashpa + tva, n. Shed
3WPI ud-yam + in, adj., f. ni, ding tears, Vikr. d. 29.
Exerting one's self, Bhartr. 3, 45.
""T'JT'Sf vdvasya (based on ud-i.vas),
"3HT*T udyima, i.e. ud-ya + ana, m. adj. Referring to the slaughter of sacri
and n. A grove, a garden, Paiich. ii. d. fices, Ram. 1, 13, 4.
178Comp. Punya-, adj., f. na, hav \~"^T^ vdvaha, i.e. ud-vah+a, m.
ing pure gardens, Rum. 2, 71, 19.
Marriage, Kathas.i7, 68.Comp. Krita-,
T^TfRir udyana + ka, n. A grove, adj., f. ha, married.
Bam. 3, 61, is. "~n"Tf%rT udvahika, i.e. udvaha +
J^TPI udyoga, i.e. ud-yuj + a, m. iha, adj. Relating to nuptials, Man. o.
T^^gTSJ' udvikshana, i.e. ud-vi-iksh ^^j^jfTT unnamrala, i.e. ud-nam-
+ ana, n. Looking at, sight, Ragh. 3, 1. ra + ta, f. Lifting up, Rajat. 5, 223.
<3^T udvega, i.e. ud-vij+n, m. 1. ^TOfl unnayana, i.e. ud-ni -r am
Going upwards, MBh. 1, 1214 (fluctua n. 1. Raising, lifting up. 2. Infei
tion). 2. Violent motion, Dacak. 189, ence.Comp. Simanta-, n. (arrangin
6. 3. Uneasiness, distress, Ram. 6, 99, of the hair) a purificatory and sacrifici
28.Comp. An-, m. absence of uneasi ceremony observed by women in tl
ness, Ram. 3, H, 20. -ZVts-, adj. fear sixth or eighth month of their fir
less, MBh. 3, 7537. Sa-, I. adj. fearful, pregnancy.
Pauch. 29, 15. II. -gam, adv. eagerly, ^^t^ unnada, i.e. ud-nad+a, s
Paiich. 157, 4. Sound, MBh. 3, H563.
vj^flTtT udvegin, i.e. udvega + in, t3'iJTt1^5' unmattaka, i.e. ud-mati
adj., m. A coward, Pauch. iii. d. 241. +ka (vb. mad) n. A madman, Yajn.
\?^5TT udvejana, i.e. ud-vij + ana, 140.
n. Terror, Man. 9, 248 ; aversion, 8, ^i|$Jf unmathana, i.e. ud-malh
352. ana, n. 1. Shaking, Sucr. l, 25, 17. i
t ^3tni UDHRA S (a combination Throwing down by shots, Ram. 6, 9
of ud-dhras, q. cf.), ii. 9 ; i. 10, Par. To 13.
glean, i. 10, Par. To throw upward. \JJTT unmada, i.e. ud-mad+a-
vjTS" UND (cf. udan, and Lat. m. Ecstasy, insanity. II. adj., f. d<
unda), ii. 7, Par. To wet, or moisten. 1. Drunk, Prab. 3, 12. 2. Though
less, Paiich. 176, l. 3. Furious, De'
With the prep. f% vi, To moisten, Chr.
4, 22Comp. Mah&-, m. 1. intoxici
291, 5=Rigv. i. 85, 5. tion, literally and figuratively. *
xjs^^ undaru, Sj"^ undura, and sort of fish.
^UPPi unmanas, i.e. ud-nmia
^3"?^^ unduru, m. A rat.
adj. 1. Desirous. 2. Agitated, Bagh. 1
TjijjrTjq unnatatva, i.e. ud-nata + 22.
tva (vb. nam), n. Majesty, Ragh. 5, 37. \jiH4cfi unmanas +ka, adj. Ag
N^J^frf unnati, i.e. ud-nam + ti, f. 1. tated, Mrichchh. 76, 4.
Rising, Pauch. i. d. 166. 2. Increase, tjjt51T^ UNMANAYA, a *
Pauch. iii. d. 58. 3. Loftiness, Bhartr. nomin. derived from unmanas by J"
2, 20. Atm. To be beside one's self, Da^al
\JMln*l,1f1 unnati + mant, adj., f. in Chr. 181, 14 (ud-amanayala).
mati, 1. Prominent, Cic. 9, 72. 2. Lofty, ^PUra unmatha, i.e. ud-math^'
Kathas. 24, 20.Comp. Naya-sahasa m. Shaking, Prab. 8, 5.
-unnati + mant, endowed (i. e. per
*3irrfaT unmathin, i.e. unmoA
formed) with wisdom, power, and ma
jesty, Paiich. iii. d. 264. +in, adj., f. ni, Shaking, Prab. *1, '
\JJ^7TT unnamana, i.e. ud-natn + v3*WI<^ unmada, i.e. ud-mad + o-'
ana, n. Erecting. Madness, Ram. 5, 31, 40. Comp. XW"
iij, f. da (MBb. 14, 2009), feigning etc. upa-kanya-pura + m. adv. Near
sadness, Kathas. 18, 342. Sa-, adj. mad. the gyneceum. Cf. Goth, uf, e.g. in
Wrnfl unmadana, i. e. ttd-mad, ufdaupjan (to submerge), ufsneithan
(to cut up), and ufhaban (to lift) ; Lat.
Cfc, +ana, m. Causing madness,
sub is compounded with sa, correspond
tic name of one of the five arrows of
ing to a Sskr. sa-upa ; likewise viro.
luma, Lass. 7, 3.
^WHJ upa-kantha, I. adj., f. tha,
HR unmarga, i.e. ud-marga, m.
Near, Bhartr. 3, 24. II. m. n. Proximity,
L A wrong road. 2. Improper conduct.
Panch. 74, 21 ; 222, l.
J'WI^I unmarjana, i.e. ud-mrij,
\jrjq^m upakarana, i. e. upa-kri
Caus., +aa, n. Eclipsing, Prab. 81, 10.
+ ana, n. Benefitting, Panch. 86, 3.
jlf^nr -unmigra, i.e. ud-migra, 2. Implements, Yajii. 2, 276. 3. Com
adj., f. rd, Mixed, Ram. 3, 34, 34. plement, Man. 2, 105 (of the Veda, viz.
the Vedangas). Comp. Karmopaka-
T^fapt unmilana, i. e. ud-mil+
rana, i.e. karman-, adj. assisting by
, n. 1. Opening of the eye, MBh. labour, Man. lo, 120. (Jastra-, n.
i,H. a. Springing up, appearance. military apparatus.
ifcqr|l unmuhhata, i.e. ud-mukha
VI ^rrj^Hj upakartri, i.e. upa-kri +tri,
+', f. Having the face uplifted, Ka-
m. An assistant, MBh. 3, 1049.
tLa*. 25, 248.
^M4)It1v? upa-k&nta + m (vb.
3'H'B*! unmulana, i.e. ud-mul+
kam), adv. The lover being near at
<>, n. Eradication, Ragh. 2, 34 ;
hand, Kir. s, 19.
figuratively, Prab. 67, 16.
I^q unmesha, Le. wd-wjwA+a, m. ^M<*1*; upakara, i.e. upa-kri + a,
m. 1. Benefitting, Man. 8, 265 (in order
1. Opening of the eye-lids, Bam. 6,
to benefit them). 2. Favour, MBh.
'M, M. a. Flashing (of lightning),
Megh. 79. 3. Opening (of buds), 3, 15024. 3. Assistance, Vikr. 11, 11.
Kumaras. 2, 33. 4. Appearance, Prab. Comp. Sa-, adj., f. ra. 1. beneficial,
119,4.
Man. 8, 143 (which may be used for
one's profit). 2. equipped, stocked. 3.
^^tw unmethana, i.e. ud-mith + assisted, befriended.
m, n. Awaking, appearance. ^gTjqrp[3S upakaraka, i.e. upa-kri
"? *pa, ind. Under, on, near. I. + aka, adj., f. rika. I. Benefitting,
dv. Near, further (ved.). II. prep. Hit. 97, 21. 2. Helping, Bhashap. 102.
Near to (with the ace), MBh. l, 4099. Comp. Sa-, i.e. sa-itpakara+ka, one
DX Combined and compounded with who has been benefitted, Panch. 239, 4.
verbs and their derivatives (q. cf.). IV. vjrjgrrfvT upakarin, i.e. upa-kri
rormerpart of comp. nouns and adv.
implying Inferiority, Nearness, e.g. + in, adj., f. int. 1. Benefitting; a
pa-o<wa (lit., an inferior, a small, benefactor. 2. Supporting. Comp.
forest), n. A grove, upa-kiehaka, m. Para-, adj. supporting others.
A. partisan of the Kicbakas (a people). qprerfrl upak&rya (properly ptcple.
"po^raha, m. A minor planet or any of the fut. pass, of Art), f- * ^ing's
econdary heavenly body, as a comet, house, Kam. 1, 78, 37.
^tfjfira upa-kula + m, adv. Near -gam+in, adj., f. ni. I. Approaching
Kathas. 18, 102. 2. Undergoing, 22, 2
the bank (of a river), Ragh. 15, 28.
^qftlf^ upa-giri, m. A country
v3XJfff^[ upa-kri + ti, f. A benefit, a
bordering on mountains, MBh. 2, 1012
service, Bhartr. 2, 54.
^TTOVS upagrahana, i.e. upa-grai
^mf?T*T*tF upakriti+mant, adj.,
+ ana, n. Holy study, Ram. 1, 4, 4.
'f. mati, Benefitting, Cic. 9, 3'3.
^WHJ upagraha, i.e. upa-grai
^q^;i{ upa-kram + a, m. 1. Abe-
+ 0, m. A present, MBh. 2, 1898.
ginning, Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 3, cf. 5.
2. Deliberate commencement, a design, \3TJfcJM upaghata, i. e. upa-han
Pafich. 263, 2. 3. First designed work, Caus., + a, m. Damage, Yajii. 2, 256.
Raj at. 5, 98. 4. Proceeding, Ram. 5, ^tf^ffj^j' upaghataha, i. e. />'
65, 8. 5. An expedient, Man. 7, 107.
-Aan, Caus., + aka, adj. Injuring, Ram
6. Practice of medicine, Sucr. 1, 5, 11.
7. Use (medical), Kathas. 17, 37. 1, 2979.
Comp. Nis-, adj. without commence v^tpsffaW upaghoshana, i.e. /><
ment, Bhag. P. 6, 9, 44. -ghush + ana, n. Proclaiming, Dacak
^ffsftlT upakriya, i.e. upa-kri + in Chr. 180, 13.
ya, f. Service, Raj at. 5, 177. \^q^ upaghna, i.e. upa-han + a, m
xjrjsli^T upa-krid+a, f. A play Support.
ground, Ram. 3, 78, 27. x^ll^st) upa-chakra, m. The name 0
\JtJ^TtlJ upakroga, i.e. upa-krug a bird akin to the chakra or chakra
+ a, m. Blame, Ram. 3, 62, 26. vaka, MBh. 3, 11613.
^q^fVsil upakrogana, i.e. upa-krug ^Tnr?I upachaya, i.e. upa-clii+a
+ ana, n. Censure, Dacak. in Chr. 180, 24. m. Increase, ^15. 9, 29.
^Tf^TJ upakshepa, i. e. upa-kship S^lHlfijH -upach&yitva, i.e. upo
+a, m. X. Dropping, Dacak. in Chr. ch&yin + tva, n. Veneration, MBh. 1+
193, 14. 2. Mentioning. 2198.
S^tPT -upa-ga (vb. <7m), adj., f. S^M^lRl^ -upachayin, i.e. P<
<7<5. 1. Joining, MBh. 13, 992. 2. Get -cAj+i'm, adj. 1. Increasing, MBh.
ting, Man. 1, 46. 6275. 2. Honouring, MBh. 4, 595.
^rprf^ upagati, i.e. upa-gam + ti, ^M^T-^ upachara, i.e. upa-chari"
m. 1. Homage, Cak. d. 66. 2. Scr
f. Approach, Cic. 9, 75.
vice, Vikr. 56, 9. 3. Courting, Man
^tpTJJ upa-gam+a, m. Approach, 8, 357. 4. Means of doing homage
Ragh. 6, 69.Comp. Vigvasa-, m. get garlands, etc., Ragh. 7, 4. 5. Practic
ting confidence, Cak. d. 14. Man. 1, ill; performance, Man. 9, *5
snjlTOH upa-gam + ana, n. 1. At- 6. Ceremony, Kumaras. 7, 86. 7
Physicking, Sucr. 1, 117, 7; medic
nt, MBh. l, 4149. 2. Under use, Vikr. 19, 17. 8. Behaviour, Ra>
lain. 4, 53, 20. 5, 32, 8.Comp. Dus-, adj., f. ra, diffi
H to bo treated, Panch. 203, 5. Sop
aju. J{t\ upagamm, i.e.
.
tUram, i. e. sa-upachara + m, adv. ^MHJTUT vpa-tata+m, adv. On a
respectfully, Ram. 5, 90, 5.
slope, Megh. 58.
SM^lK*! upacharin, i. e. upa ^tjrjrq upatapa, i.e. upa-tap + a,
-tkar+in, adj., f. ini, Serving, Ram.
m. 1. Heat. 2. Pain, Cak. 38, 7 v.r.
i., 16.

rcfafTf upa-chi + ti, f. Collection, 3. Disease, MBb. 3, 13333.


^Mmf"}*! upalapin, adj., f. ni, i.e.
nan.
I. upa-tap + in, Causing pain, MBb. l,
d<J^^T vpachchhandana, i. e. 3630. II. upatapa + in, Affected with
*l>a-clthand+ana,n. Persuading, Da- illness, Man. 11, l.
t*k. in Chr. 196, 13. vdMrt|<*I upa + t'ja + ka,f. The land
3 k 31 P>v j^ upa-jalp + in, adj., f. nl, lying along the foot of a mountain,
Advising, giving advice, MBb. 1, 6396. Draup. 5, 5.
^ aim upajapa, i.e. upa-jap+a, vJtf^T upa-da, f. A present, Ragb.
Sowing disunion, Pailcu. i. 337. 4, 70.

i'lTHWi upajapaka, i.e. upa-jap ^trf^TVJrTT upa-digdha + ta (vb.


aka, adj. Inciting, encouraging, dih), f. Being covered, Kam. Nitis. 7,
Mitt. 9, 275. 24.

Wwft*r5 vpajxgamishu, i.e. pa ^if^IT. upa-dig, f. An interme


}y}amuka, desider. of gam, +u, adj. diate quarter or point of the compass,
firing to approach, Megh. 43. e.g. north-east, etc., Ram. l, 76, 23.
"JTjfsnrr upa-jihva, f. The uvula, ^M< V. upadega, i.e, upa-dig + a, m.
or soft palate, Tajli. 3, 97. 1. Instruction, Bhartr. 2, 12. 2. Ad
vice, Ram. 4, 40, 4. 3. A pretext, Man.
TTSffa^f vpa-jiv + aha, adj. 1.
9, 268. Comp. Dhartna-, m. instruction
Maintaining one's self by, Ram. 1, 6,
concerning duty, Man. 8, 272. Yatho-
>' 2. Dependent, Kathas. 17, 46.
padegam, i.e. yatha-upadega + m, adv.
JM4i\qi upa-jiv+ana, n. Main- according to the rule, MBb. 3, 8710.
t*nance, Man. 9, 207. Hita-, m. friendly or good advice.
^H^TdT upadega + tct, f. Condi
^^mWi vpa-jiv + in, adj., f. ni,
! Maintaining one's self by, Man. 9, tion of being the rule, Kumaras. 5, 36
"" *. Practising, MBh. 3, 12851. 3. (te gilamupadegataih gatam, Thy vir
Dependent, Ram. 6, 5, 4 Comp. At- tue has become the rule}.
"lopajivm, i.e. atman-, adj. one who VJM<ai*1l upadegana, i.e. upa-dig,
subsists by labour, Man. 7, 138 ; 8, 362
Caus., +ana, f. A sermon (concerning
(by the intrigues of his wife, Kull.).
duty), Paiich. 165, 17.
Candha-, adj. trading with perfumes,
'Cam. 2, 83, 14. Tamra-, m. a copper ^^TTOT upadegin, i.e. upa-dig +
smith, Ram. 2, 90, 27 Gorr. in, adj., f. ni, Teaching, a teacher, Hit.
^M*1l<#f^ vpa-jotha + m, adv. Si- i. d. 9.
lcnt]r. Cak. 66, 16 v.r.Comp. Yatha-, t^q^ff upadeshtri, i.e. upa-dig +
!!. Satisfactorily, Ram. 2, 89, 23. tri, m. A teacher, Panch. 15G, \7.
^3M0^ upadoha, i.e. upa-duh + a, T3'-H1*H upanayana, i.e. upa-ni-{
m. A milk-pail, MBh. 3, 12527. ana, n. The initiation of the thre
xH& <\ upadrava, i.e. upa-dru + a, first classes, Man. a, 36.
^JTjf^^JTT upanikshepa, i.e. vpa-t
m. 1. Distress, Ram. 2, 108, 14 ; Panch.
i. d. 368. 2. Mischief, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. -kship + a,m. A deposit, Yajn. 2, 25
11.Comp. Nis-, adj., f. va. 1. un ^rf*lf*>f upanidhi, i.e. upa-ni-dh
harmed, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1607 ; Ram. 5,
(cf. nidhi), m. A deposit, Man. 8, 141
73, 56 (in an astrological sense). 2.
free from danger, Ranch, 264, 25. yMf*mifd! upanipatin, i. e. up
^Hjr-g upadrashtri, i.e. upa-drig+ -ni-pat+in, adj., f. ni, Meeting, Cal
tri, m. A spectator, Bhag. IS, 22. 81, 8.
yijfm<^ upanishad, i.e. upa-ni-tm
^TP$*I upa-dharma, m. A subor
f. A portion of the religious writing
dinate duty, Man. 2, 237.
of the Hindus, Ved&ntas. in Chr. 202,
sgrtraT upa-dha, f. 1. A false pre
mH(? upanetri, i.e. upa-nl+tr
tence, Man. 8, 193. 2. Deceit, Hit. iii.
m., f. trt, n. One who brings nea
d. 16.
Kumaras. 1,61.
^TVPI vpadhana, i.e. upa-dh&+ \JH^|*J upanyasa, i.e. upa-ni-9.t
ana, n., and f. ni, A pillow, Ram. 2, -fa, m. 1. Giving, Rajat, 5, 461. i
42, 15 ; MBh. 1, 7165.Comp. Ganda
Declaration, Cak. 36, 15 (Prakr.). 1
-upadh&na, n. a pillow, Sucr. 2, 41, 9. Law, Man. 9, 81. 4. Pretext, Ama
^3MWlf*M upadhayin, i.e. ttpa-dha 23.
+ i, adj., f. ni, Putting under, Ku- vjqqfi upa-pati, m. An adultere
maras. 5, 12.
Man. 3, 155.
\g,TTVr^t!I upadh&rana, i.e. upa vgHl|prl upapatti, i.e. upa-pad+t
-dhri, Caus., +ana, n. Consideration, f. I. Taking place, happening, Bhaj
MBh. l, 6561. 13, 9; appearance, MBh. 14, 496; succes
Tgtjf^T vpadhi, i.e. upa-dha (cf. ni- Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 4, cf. 17. '
Suitableness, Rajat. 5, 374 ; 878.Com]
dhi), m. Fraud, Man. 8, 166.Comp. An-, I. f. 1. not taking place, Bhasha]
Nis-, adj. guileless, Lass. 88, 5. Sa-, 81. 2. failure, Vedantas. in Chr. so
adj. guileful, Kir. l, 45.
11. II. adj. not suitable, Rajat. 5, 3"
^qftw upadhi+ka, m. An ex ^tPTHW upa-pdtaka, n. A les*
torter of money by threats, Man. 9,
crime, Yajn, 2, 210.
258.
Vjl|(|r<if%T vpapatahin, i.e. up"
<3 11*1*4 upanaya, i.e. upa-ni + a, m.
pataha + in, adj., f. ni, One who b!
1. Supplying, MBh. 3, 70. 2. Apply committed a lesser crime, Man. H> 10'
ing, Ram. 5, 37, 80.
yMMIi 1 vpapadana, i.e. upa-f><"
Sjq^qq upanayana, i.e. upa-ni +
Caus., + ana, n. Causing to spring ui
ana, n. 1. Bringing, Vikr. 76. 2.
The initiation of the three first classes, MBh. 14, 506.
^TTP upa-parfva, m. and n. Tli
Man. 2, 108.
iioulder (? perhaps the haunch), Nal. ^Vpjr upamarda, i.e. upa-mrid+
Hi;. a, m. Destruction, Kathas. 12, 143.
gtpfopl upa-pid + ana, n. Tor ^JMH44l upamardaka, \.e.upa-mrid
menting, Man. 6, 62. + aka, adj. Destroying, Kathas. 7, 12.
dMMl f<* upa-pauriha (the latter ^l|+H upa-ma, f. 1. Comparison,
Prt is derived from pura, by the aff. Bhashap. 79. 2. Likeness, MBh. 1,
Ha), aij. Belonging to a suburb (?), 6401 ; Bhag. 6, 19 ; atmanam upamaih
Dipk. in Chr. 189, 6. kritva, comparing thyself (viz. with
OTWTI upapradana, i.e. upa-pra others), Rdm. 6, 23, 5 Comp. An-upa-
da+ana, n. Bribe, Ram. 6, 81, 37. ma, adj., f. ma, incomparable, Ram. 4,
62, 17. Alabdhopama, i.e. a-labdha- (vb.
^TORnfl upapralobhana, i.e. tipa labh), adj., f. ma, incomparable, MBh.
pn-lubk, Caus.,+ ana, n. Alluring, 3,16517. Nis-, adj. not having his like,
L'v^k. in Chr. 185, 22 ; 198, 4. Bhartr. 2, 9. As latter part of a comp.
iMu^J upaprekshana, i.e. upa-pra adj. it denotes very often, Like ; e. g.
amaropama, i. e. amara-, adj., f. ma,
-IW+ana, n. Overlooking, MBh. 1, God-like, Nal. 5, 46. amrita-, adj., f.
"57. ma, Amrita-like, Nal. 12, 68.
mm upaplava, i.e. upa-plu+a, viM^IM upamana, i. e. upa-ma +
m- 1. Assault, MBh. 1, 3534. 2. A ana, n. 1. Comparison (the third pra-
portent, or natural phenomenon so con- mana), Bhashap. 139. 2. Likeness, Ku-
lidered, Ragh. 5, 6. 3. An eclipse, maras. 4, 6. 3. An image, Vikr. d. 22.
Ram. 2, 65, 2 Gorr. 4. Misfortune,
^ qfj^frt upamiti, i.e. upa-ma +ti, f.
Kumiras. 2, 32.Comp. Nit-, adj. un-
inned, Cak. d. 31, v. r. Vana-, m. Comparison.
the conflagration of a forest, Megh. 17. ^JM<J4ri upayantri, i. e. upa-yam +
Sa-, m. the sun or moon in eclipse.
tri, m. A husband, Ragh. 7, l.
SaMa-, m. inundation, Raj at. 5, 70.
^<4%J<H upa-yam + a, m. Marriage.
TtTSffWT upaplavin, i.e. upaplava
+ w, adj., f. ni, Assailed, Ragh. 13, 7. ^TflJT^f upa-y&ch+ana, n. Soli
citation.Comp. Satya-, adj. fulfilling,
3 4<t*f upa-bandh + a, m. A kind
or granting what is requested, Ram. 2,
of Bitting (or of love-making ?), Chau-
68, 16.
rp.48.
^IfilM i<payana, i.e. upa-ya + ana,
TOUT upa-bhasha, f. A subor
n. Approach, Ram. 3, 9, 22.
dinate dialect, Lass. 67, 7.
<3M<J|fiH upaydyin, i.e. upa-ya +
^TOTT upabhoga, i.e. upa-bhuj+
in, adj., f. nt. Approaching, Ram. 2,
". m. l. Eating, Kathas. 8, 23. 2.
97,3.
Enjoyment, Man. 2, 94. 3. Use, Man.
s, 285. ^rTHnT upayoga, i.e. upa-yuj + a,
m. Employment, use, Kumaras. 1, 7.
yM*Tlfli upabhogin, i. e. upa
bhvj+in, adj., f. nl, Enjoying, MBh. xjqXlfiT*T upayogin, adj., f. nt.i.e.
3, 13067. 1. upa-yuj-rin, Using, Dacak. 198. "
Wils. 2. upayoga + in, Serviceable, it is probably the loc. sing, slightl
Kathfis. 12, 42. changed; Goth.ufar-; concerning La
super and Gr. uvrip (properly virtpi i
\jqTf^ uparali, i.e. upa-ram + ti,
aeol. vnipp, ep. vweip.) cf. upa.
f. 1. Ceasing, Dev. 11, 8. 2. Resign
xjqf^'gTTf uparishtat, i.e. ve<
ing, indifference, Vedantas. in Chr. 203,
13, cf. 16. upara + bhis (instr. pi.) + tat. I. adv. :
Above, Rtim. 4, 28, 26. 2. Afterward
^TT^U upa-ram + a, m. 1. End, Yajn. l, 106. II. prep. 1. Over, oi
Ram. 4, 19, 13. 2. Death, MBh. l, with the gen., MBh. 3, 13654. 2. Cor
4897. cerning, Dacak. in Chr. 197, 19.
^tJTTH uparamana, i.e. upa-ram ^3M<YV uparodha, i.e. upa-rudli-
+ ana, n. Ceasing, resigning, Ve a, m. 1. Obstacle, MBh. 3, 13670. i
dantas. in Chr. 203, 16. Disturbance, Vikr. 44, 12 ; Cak. 8, !
\jmj<| uparaga, i.e. upa-rarij+a, 3. Injury, Man. 11, 10.
^yO^f uparodhana, i.e. upa-*
m. 1. Painting, Cak. d. 80, v.r. 2.
An eclipse, MBh. 3, 13476. 3. Calamity, rudh+ana, n. Obstacle, Ram. 5, 81, li
Ragh. 16, 7.Comp. nirvishayoparaga, ^q^tfVT vparodhin, adj., f-
i.e. nis-vishaya-, adj., f. ga, unharmed i.e. I. upa-rudh + in, Disturbing, Ragl
by objects of the senses, Prab. 48, 13. 18,17. U.uparodAa + in, Interrupted
^Tjf^ upari, indecl. Over, above, ak. d. 81, v.r.
on. I. adv. Above, MBh. l, 571 ; up ^q^f upala, m. 1. A stone, Mac
wards, Panch. ii. d. 74 ; moreover, n, 167. 2. A rock, Kir. 5, 15.Comp
MBh. 1, 294. II. prep. 1. Over, with Tapana-, m. A fabulous gem =TJ"
the loc, Ram. 6, 85, 3 ; with the ace, 6, -kanta, Raj at. 3, 296. Iiasa-,n. A pearl
3, 26 ; with the gen. MBh. l, 507. 2.
On, with the gen., Yajn. 2, 253 (adding ^JXPsT^TJI' upalakshana, i. e. /"
to). 3. Concerning, with the gen., -laksh + ana, n. 1. Seeing after, Cak
Panch. 94, 12 ; on account of, 214, 6. 46, 6. 2. A mark, Vikr. 69, io. 3
III. Former part of comp. nouns and Including.
former and latter part of comp. adv., e.g. ^q^ff^f upalabd/ii, i.e. upa-labh^
upari-purusha, adj. Mounted by a man
Dacak. in Chr. 188, 16. karparopari, ti, f. 1. Acquisition, Vikr. 65, 2
Perception, MBh. 14, 683. 3. Know
i.e. karpara-, adv. Over earthen pots,
ledge, Vedantas. in Chr. 206, 5.Comp
Panch. 218, 12. taruvaropari, i.e. taru
-vara-, adv. On an excellent tree, Ram. An-, f. Non-perception (the sixth/''"
mana of the Purva and Uttara mi'
3, 35, 92. kathitavelopari, i. e. kathita
-vela.-, adv. After the appointed time, mamsa).
Lass. 44, 16. Doubled uparyupari, \JlH+fl upalambha, i.e. upa-Uw
i.e. upari-upari. 1. adv. Always + a, m. 1. Acquisition, Ram. 5, 34, *
higher, Hit. ii. d. 2 (those who look 2. Observation, Cak. 13, 23. 3 Per'
always above themselves, i.e. to their ception, Chr. 69, 22 (tad-upalambh
superiors) ; one above another, Ve saifiyukta, according with what he h
dantas. in Chr. 209, 2. 2. prep. Over,
with ace, MBh. l, 4648 j with gen.,Nal. heard) ; feeling, Ragh. 14, 2.
l, 2.Cf. upa and ved. upara, of whir' ^M*fHif^r upalambhaka, i.e. "^
hii, Cans., + aka, adj. Causing per-
^Mqx} upavefa, i.e. upa-vig + a, m.
ption, Bboshup. 99.
1. Encampment, Ram. 5, 92, contents.
Tjfsra upaliptu, i.e. upa-lipsa, 2. Undergoing, Ram. 5, 32, 25.
feid. of labh, + u, adj. Desirous to
^Hstl upavegana, i.e. vpa-vig+
km, Dacak. in Chr. 179, 11.
ana, n. Undergoing, Panch. 50, 15.
JImaH*! upalepana, i.e. upa-lip +
^H^Ul^l upavegin, i.e. upa-vig +
, q. Smearing, especially with cow-
ioog, Panch. 116, 21. in, adj., f. !, Undergoing, Rajat. 5,
467.
SHII upa-vana, n. A grove, Ram.
^H3J*T upa-gam + a, m. 1. Ceasing,
> Si, 38.
MBh. 1, 758. 2. Calmness, Bhartr. 2,
isWl vpa-varn + ana, n. De- 80.
scription, Hit. 86, 19.
^^atit upa-gam + ana, n. Ap
3M1[*f upavasa, i.e. upa-vas + a, peasing, Paiich. lis, 22.
a- nd n. Fasting, Man. 2, 188.
^Mill's* upa-galya, m. A space
tonp. Sa-, adj. keeping a fast.
near a village, Ragh. 15, 60.
T^Hnr upavasa+ka, n. Fasting,
^MuWl upaganti, i.e. upa-gam +
3IBb, 3, 13649.
ti, f. Ceasing, Hit. ii. d. 155.
^^HlR*! upavatin, i.e. upa-vas+
^mrrfaT upagayin, i.e. upa-gi +
"> dj., f. hi, Fasting, Bajat. 5, 401.
-Comp. Mata-, f. ironically, a las- in, adj., f. ni. 1. Sleeping, Ram. 5, 14,
eirious woman, Lass. 41, 12. 21. 2. Going to rest, MBh. 1, 3628.

7JTU%T upavahin, i.e. upa-vah ^TSnVT upagobhana, i.e. upa


Tin, adj., f. nf, Flowing to, MBh. 1, -gubh, Caus., + ana, n. Trimming, Ram.
1367. 6, 112, 91.

'SttffaTO UPAVlNAYA, a de- ^Ma(ltq upagothana, i. e. /?a


nom. derived from upa-vina, Par. To -gush, Caus., +aa, adj. Drying up,
entertain somebody (ace.) by playing Prab. 29, 6.
on the vina or Indian lyre, Ragh. 8, 33. \JTTOfrT upa-gru + ti, f. A voico
^^Tlf1IN npavitin, i.e. upa-vita heard in the night, considered as a
(vb. tye) +in, adj. Wearing the sacri deity, MBh. 6, 426 sqq.
ficial cord on the left shoulder, Man. <3Tjite upaglesha, i.e.upa-glish + a,
i, 3_Comp. YajAa-, i.e. yajAopavita
m. An embrace, Prab. 15, 7.
+ ">. adj., invested with the sacred
thread. ^M^H, upasaihhara, i. e. upa
^PrT upa-trrit + ti, f. Collect- -sam-hri+a, m. 1. Drawing back,
Arj. 5, 6. 2. Comprehension, compen
g, folding, Prab. 40, 3.
dium, Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 3 ; 5.
"^^ upa-veda, m. A subordinate ^fmj^jn; upasaihhshepa, i.e. upa
Vtd, a class of writings, MBh. 2,
-sam-kship + a, m. Summary, Ram.
1, 3, contents.
^mjq^ upasarhgraha, i.e. upa pursuing, MBh. 2, 2577. 3. Indulgenc
-sam-grah + a, m. 1. Touching (one's Man. 12, 32.
feet), Panch. 206, 21 (as a token of S^tWf^T -upa-sev + in, adj ., f. r>
respect. 2. Collecting, Ram. 1, 3, 24. 1. Respecting, Man. 2, 121. 2. Ser
^M*i^T^W upasamgrahana, i.e. upa ing, 11, 43. 3. Practising, Panch. ii
d. 208 (ye hitam vakyam utsrijya vipt
-sam-grah + ana, n. Respectful salu
ritopasevinah, they who neglecting goc
tation (by touching one's feet, see the
advice, follow the contrary).
last), Man. 2, 72.
^l|*tl^' upaskara, i.e. upa-kri+i
\?M*J4^ upa-sad+ana, n. 1. Ap
m. (and n. Chr. 36, 18). 1. Implement
proaching for receiving instruction,
MBh. 2, 2063 ; household implement
MBh. 3, 17169. 2. Presence, Ram. 1,
Man. 12, 66. 2. A broom (? vb. Art), Mai
60, H {yajAa-, i.e. at the sacrifice).
3, 68.Comp. Su-, adj. well furnishe
s^q^PQTT upasamdhyam, adv. (from with the necessary implements, Ch
upa-samdhya), Near the twilight, Cie, 25, 52. Susamskrita-, i. e. su-sam-h
9, 5. + ta-, f. ra, one who takes great cai
sjll+jwjri upasamnyasa, i.e. upa of the household furniture, Man. 5, 1
-sam-ni-2.as+a,m. Abandoning, re T3Tn$RT upa-stambh + a, m. A suj
signing, MBh. 3, 125. port, Hit. 29, 19.
^jl|*j?f upasarga, i.e. upa-srij+a, <^q-^JrT upa + stuta (vb. stu), n
m. 1. A portent, supposed to announce A proper name, Chr. 295, l5=Rigv-
future evil, Dev. 12, 7. 2. A preposition. 112, 15.
Comp. Sa-, adj., f. ga, portentous, ^T^gf upa-stha (vb. sthd), m. an
Ram. 3, 44, 11; possessed by an evil
n. 1. The lap (ved.). 2. The male 0
spirit, Ram. 5, 18, 13. female organs of generation, Vedantai
^TTO'Spi upasarjana, i.e. upa-srij in Chr. 207, 8 Comp. Ratha-, m. an
+ ana, n. 1. Obscuration, Man. 4, 105. n. the charioteer's seat for driving-
2. A representative, Man. 9, 121. Cf. iroodr].
^qyqUf upasarpana, i.e. upa-srip ^l|4ji||l upasth&na, i. e. upa-stk
+ ana, n. Approach, Vikr. 64, 8. +ana, n. 1. Waiting on, Ram. 4, 4^
ill ; Vikr. 5, 5. 2. Being at one
\Jimfrf*T upasarpin, i.e. upa-srip command, Yaju. 3, 160. 3. Assembly
+ in, adj., f. ini, Approaching, MBh. 1, MBh. 2, 1767.Comp. An-, n. wantc
1200.Comp. Dus-, adj. approaching compliance, Ram. 6, 72, 49.
carelessly, Man. 7, 9. \JH^|^ upasneha, i.e. upa-snih+o
^?mH3f upa-sev + aka, adj. Court
m. Humectation, Ram. 5, 75, 11.
ing as a gallant, Yaju. 3, 136.
^M4j4<UT upasparcana, i. e. HP
\3TJ*J3T upa-sev + ana, n. 1. Vene -sprig + ana, n. Bathing, MBh. >
ration, MBh. 3, 14677. 2. Service, de 8063.
votion to, Man. 4, 134 ; MBh. 8, 28. ^M*j4^ upasveda, i.e. upa-svid-r"
^X^qT upa-sev + a, f. 1. Attend m. Moistui-e ; in the comp. word fl'
ance, Man. 3, 64. 2. Devotion ' Y\. Moistened, MBh. 1, 1033.
Jlf^rt upahartri, i.e. upa-hri + tri, ana, n. 1. Seizure, Man. 8, 417. 2.
n. One who serves (meat), Man. 5, Learning, Hit. 4, 13, v. r. 3. Material
1L cause, Bhashap. 149.
3H^|^gqi| upahasliha, i. e. w^a CTITTO upadhi, i.e. upa-a-dha (cf.
-Wa + Aa,f. A box, Dacak. 13S. nidhi), m. 1. Deception, Ram. 2, ill, 29.
2. Modifying circumstance, Bhashap. 4.
34^1^ upahara, i.e. upa-hri + a, 3. A condition supplied to limit a too
a. 1. A complimentary present to a general middle term, Bhashap. 137.
'jperior, Vedantas. in Chr. 204, 6. 2. Comp. An-, m. natural disposition,
Exultation (which comprehends laugh Prab. 101, 11 (this country is beautiful
ter, dance, song, bowing, recital of naturally and not through any acci
prayer, etc.), Dacak. in Chr. 181, 20(?). dental circumstance).
dM^lty upahasa, i.e. upa-has + a, S\jMlfVrTT -upadhi+ta, f. in the
m. Sneering, Ragh. 12, 37. Comp. comp. words uthrishfa-, Vedantas. in
Sopahasam, i.e sa-upahasa + m, adv. Chr. 204, 17 ; nikrishta-, 205, 3 ; aspa-
*neeriogly, Panch. 227, 4. shla-, 205, 5. The affix ta does not
i^nH upa-hasya + ta (vb. belong to upadhi alone, but to its com
bination with the preceding part, e.g.
*<"), f. Derision, Ragh. 1, 3. utkrishtopadhi, etc., and these com
3H94, upahvara, i.e. upa-hvri+a pounds are of the Bahuvrihi class.
I. m. L A slope, Chr. 293, 2=Rigv. i. utkrishtopadhi (vb. krish with the prep.
ud) as Bhvr. and adj. would denote
*?, 2. IL loc. sing, re, 1. Near, Arj.
US. X Privately, Dacak. in Chr. 189, 'Having an excellent disguise;' with
the aff. ta, Condition of having an
1 i 191, 7 ; 193, 1.
excellent disguise. ni (vb. krish with
dni J^ upamqu, i.e. vpa-aihgu, I. the prep, ni), Condition of having it
"> A low muttered prayer, Man. 2, 8. vile disguise ; aspashta- (a-sp), Con
IL adv. Secretly, MBh. 3, 17309. dition of having an indistinct dis
guise.
TTIT^f upakarman, i.e. upa-a
bi+man, n. The beginning of holy *3H\ >HIH upa.dhya.ya, i. e. upn
study, Man. 4, 119. -adhi-i+a, m. A spiritual preceptor
who gives instruction in a part only
ymSHll upakhyana, i. e. upa-a
ihga + ana, n. An episode, MBh. 1, of the Veda, Man. 2, 141 ; a spiritual
preceptor in general, C, ;"ik. 61, 11 ; Ram.
101.
l, li, 13 (19 Gorr.).Comp. Patta-, m.
Jl||<sm*|qt upakhyana + ka, n. A a dispatcher of documents (master of
tale, Pinch. 222, 23. the rolls ?), Rajat. 5, 396. Maha-, ra.
a reverend master, Chr. 175,1. 17. Maha
^Miy upa-anga, n. A supplement, -maha-, m. a very reverend master,
KL 12, 17. Chr. 235, 6.
4 M I ^| i upanjana, i.e. upa-anj+ ^TTWrT'fl upadhyayani, i. <
"**> n. Smearing with cow-dung, upadhyaya + , f- The wife of a teacher,
Mm. 5, 106. MBh. 1, 750.
<3TjT*l^ up&nah, i. e. upa-nah, f
WJI^PI upadana, i.e. upa-a-da +
(nom. sing, upanat, inst. du. upanad- ^Trf% upasti, i.e. upa-as + ti,
bhyam, loc. pi. upanatsu). A shoe,
Service, Lass. 56, 20.
Man. 2, 178.
^l|^j<h upekshaka, i.e. upa-iksh
^mrj upanta, i. e. upa-anta, n.
aha, adj. Indifferent, Man. 6, 43.
Proximity, Rajat. 5, 450.
^3M^JW upekshana, i.e. upa-iksh
^mf^rT^T upantika, i. e. upanta +
ana, n. Indulgence, tolerance, Hit. i
ika, n. Vicinity, Panch. 167, 15.
d. 119.
\3TT1 upaya, i.e. upa-i+a, m. 1.
\JMt<JI upeksha, i.e. upa-iksh + a,
Approach, Bhartr. 3, 10. 2. Means of
success, Man. 7, 177. 3. An expedient 1. Indifference, MBh. 14, 1049.
in general, Man. 9, no. 4. Craft, Neglect, Ram. 4, 12, 35. 3. Want 1
attention, Bhashap. 159.
Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 498.
\ ,
\jl||4J| upayana, i.e. upa-i+ana, xjlj^ upetn, i.e. upa-i + tri, m. Or
n. A present, Ram. 2, 70, 23. who must use expedients, Man. 7, 21 ;
j , . \^QjS upendra, i.e. upa-indra, v
\Jl|l Sfif uparjana, l. e. upa-arj +
ana, n. Acquisition, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. A name of Vishnu, Ram. 1, 1, 6 ; Vi
215. dantas. in Chr. 209, 19.
\?MM*fl upalambha, i. e. joa-a \Jlj| '^ I r\ upodghata, i. e. upa-u
-Za&A + a, m. Blame, Chr. 10, 2.Comp. -han, Caus., + a, m. An introductioi
Sa-, adj. censuring, Ram. 6, 99, 27. Kathas. 3, 65.
^3qT'*T1T*T upalambhana, i.e. upa-d \jfjf upti, i.e. vap + ti, f. Sowinj
-labh + ana, n. Blame, C,ak. 59, 14. Man. 9, 330.
y MNnT upavartana, i. e. upa-a g"5| UBJ, i. 6, Par. (originally
-vrit + ana, n. Return. dcnom. derived from ubj'a, i.e. uhh-
^TJpjr^T upa-agraya, m. A retreat, v<f> in xk/ioc, and ja from jan). To in
refuge, MBh. 15, 152 ; 3, 17262. curvate, to restrain.With the prt'|
^l||4]3i upasaka, i.e. upa-as + aka, f%1J w, To let loose, to set free, Chi
m. 1. A servant, Kathas. 19, 78. 2. 292, 9=Rigv. i. 85, 9.
A worshipper, Mrichchh. 113, 11. t^H. UBH, and ^TJ^ UMBII,
^TTIlp upasahga, i.e. upa-a-sadj 6, Par. To fill (ved.), ii. 9, Par. T
+ a, m. A quiver, MBh. 2, 1916. compress (properly ' to incurvate '=
If, see the last, an old form of *kubh
\?<4"l*M upasana, i.e. upa-&s + ana. kumbh).
I. n. 1. Attendance, Man. 3, 107. 2. ^Vf ubha (for original ambha =
Practice, Mrichchh. a, 11. 3. Religious
&fj<p<o, Lat. ambo, Goth, bai), numeral
contemplation, Vedantas. in Chr. 202,
12, cf. 18, 3. 4. The sacred fire, Yajn. m. f. n. dual. Both, Man. 2, u.
3, 45. II. f. na, Service, Chat. 10. \3*t<< ubha+ya, numeral, m. f.
^Mlf%<? upasitri, i.e. upa-as + tri, without dual. Both, Man. 8, 55.
va. A worshipper, Ram. 5, 32, 0. ^WJrT^ ubhaya + las, adv. 1. Oi
l<*k sides, Man. 8, 315. 2. In the one II. f. Urvi, the earth, Ram. 4, 44, 130.
tad the other case, Man. I, 47. Cf. cvpvc, 'Piit}.
J*T?TW ubhaya + lra, adv. In both
^~<(J|3| uroja, i.e. uras-ja (see ttra-
winces, Man. 3, 125. >a), m. The female breast, Cic. 9,
TH^JSJI ubhaya + <Aa, adv. In both 44; 86.

*, Prab. 77, 3 ; Vikr. 43, 17 (on both t ^ URD, or ^ ##>, i. i,


rei-ons). Atm. 1. To measure. 2. To play.
TRJ uma, f. Parvati, or Durga, t ^^ URV, i. 1, Par. To kill or
tie wife of Civa, Ram. 1, 36, 15. hurt.
^ TJMBH, see ubk. ^qsft urvagi, f. The name of an
Apsaras, Vikr. d. no, etc.
i\'\ waga, i.e. uras-ga (vb. gam).
L m. A snake, Kir. 3, 33. II. f. gi, A ^fq^lT vrviya, adv. (probably for
male snake, Prab. 77, 7. m. f. get, urvya, instr. sing. fem. of uru), Far
The name of a city.Comp. Krishna-, and wide, Chr. 294, 9=Rigv. i. 92, 9.
n. a black kind of snake, Draup. 5, 8. ^eJJTJrT urvi-bhri + t (see uru),
Vaki-, m. a sort of demi-god of the
m. A mountain, Amur. 93.
<*rpent genus, inhabiting Patala.
Hrita-, adj. robbed of (its) snakes. ^gPSj ULAND, see land.
3^i urana, i.e. vri + ana (cf. urna), ^Wq uluha, m. 1. An owl, Bhartr.
n. A lamb, MBh. 12, 6535. 2, 89. 2. A name of India, Chr. 46, 26.
i\*% urabhra, i.e. t>ri + a (akin to 3. The name of a country, its people
"rnaybhri+a, m. A ram. (plur.), and its king, MBh. l, 335, etc.
Comp. Kumbha-, m. A kind of owl,
d4^"^^ urafchhada, i. e. ttras MBh. 13, 5499 Cf. Lat. ulula, A.S.
fhhad+a, ra. Mail. Comp. KaAcha- and O.H.G. ula.
"-, adj. having a mail of gold, Ram. 3, ^^^JHsPsT ulukhala (cf. uduhhala), n.
', 16.
A mortar, Panch. 249, 8. .
i^*lN uras, probably for varas, i.e.
S^^ngf^TOT -ulukhaliha, i.e. ulu-
T'-t-ai, and akin to uru, n. The breast,
tyak. in Chr. 184, 8. khala + iha, adj. A substitute for the
last, when latter part of comp. adj., e.g.
i"3T^K -urat-ha, a substitute for danta-, adj. One who uses his teeth
ur'i, when latter part of comp. adj., as a mortar or pestle, Man. 6, 17.
< g. maha- and vipula-, adj. Having
S^^^rt%TN -ulukhalin, i.e. ulu
1 bro*l chest, Ram. 3, 36, 6.
khala + in, in danta-, adj. Using his
"^faai urat + i-ja (\b.jan),m. The teeth as a mortar or pestle, Ram. 1, 52,
' male breast, Ram. 1, 9, 38. 26 Gorr.
^OS "H-, see Ar*. <3^in ulka, i.e. probably jval + ka,
f. 1. A firebrand, Ram. 3, 75, 51. 2.
^ ru, i.e. m' + w, adj., I. f. urvi, Fire falling from heaven, a meteor,
Lfge, MBh. l, 1222. Comparat. vari- Man. 1, 38.Comp. Trina-, f. a burn
Wint, superl. varuhtha, MBh. 14, 879. ing bunch of grass, Hit. i.d. 81. Mi
f. a great fireball, Man. 4, 103. Cf. Comp. Ati-, adj. very violent, Ram.
Lat. Vulcanus. 30, 29.
<3<*U4i ulmuka, i.e. perhaps jcal + \J'ilJ*J vganas, m., nom. sing. u$an
man + ka, cf. ulka, I. n. A firebrand, The name of a Rishi or saint, Rai
Paiich. 38, 20. II. m. A proper name, 6, 31, 14 ; identified with Cukra, regc
MBh. 2, 1275. of the planet Venus, MBh. l, 3204.
\j$^|-T ullanghana, i.e. ud-laiigh + ^af\J{ uginara, m. The name
ana, n. Transgress, Kathas. 22, 57. a country, its people (pi.), and its kin
^3T?rrq ullapa, i.e. ud-lap + a, m. MBh. 1, 227.
Violent cry, Bhartr. 3, 6 (perhaps, with ^lft<^ ugira, m. and n. The ro
the former part khala-, a comp. of the of a fragrant grass, Andropogou mur
Bahuvr. class, denoting a tyrant, cf. catum, Ram. 2, 55, 14.
Galanos' translation). T^TSf USH, i. 1, Par. 1. To burr
tgty|fq<fi ullapiha, i.e. ullapa + to burn up, Man. 4, 189. 2. To cha
ika (?), adj. Betraying (?), Chr. 57, 22. tise, Man. 9, 273.Cf. avu>, (5w, tvoar
tvarpa; Lat. uro prurire ; O.H.G. usi
xj^rrfqSf ullapin, i.e. ud-lap + in,
var, yellow, probably Lat. aurum.-
adj., f. nl, Calling out, Amar. 36. Cf. 2. vas.
^THI uU&ta, i.e. ud-las+a, m. 1. ^frft itshati (ptcple. of an aor. >
Skipping, Amar. 48. 2. Joy, Sah. D. 7tsh ?), f. Inauspicious, MBh. 1, .155
83, 8.Comp. Chidullasa, i.e. chit-, adj.
^tjql^l usharbudh, i.e. ushasbud*
rejoicing the mind, Bhag. P. 9, 11, 33.
adj. Early awake, Chr. 295, is=Rig
^T^TIf ullasana, i.e. ud-las+ana,
i. 92, 18.
n. Delighting, making happy, Raj at.
5, 243 (Jiastagraveshlanollasanasprigah ^mi ushas, i.e. 2.vas + as, f. TT
hhadgasya, Of the sword which seemed dawn, morning, Kir. 5, 40 ; ved. non
to rejoice at being grasped by his hand). pi. ush&sas, Chr. 294. 2=Rigv. i. 92,
OT'HJ ullunchana, i.e ud-lunch + The deity of the dawn, Chr. 287, sq<
Cf. aeol. avug (=the original non
ana, n. Pulling, Yajii. 2, 217. sing, vasas), fas; Lat. aurora.
\3%Tcf ullekha, i.e. ud-likh + a, m.
Tg^l ushtra, I. m. A camel, Mai
Description, Kathas. 25, 225. 3, 162. II. f. ushtri, A she-came
iJf^SJ ullekhana, i.e. ud-likh + Paiich. 87, 6.Comp. Khara-, n. a
ana, n. Scraping, Man. 5, 124. ass and a camel, Yajii. 2, 160.
^^ ulva, n. 1. Amnium, the caul, kjfg<ft| ushtrika, i.e. ushtri + ka, I
Ait. Br. 1, 3. 2. The womb, Bhag. 3, A she-camel, Panch. 228, 16.
38.Cf. Lat. vulva. \jm| ushna, i.e. ush + na, I. adj., I
vg^Hf ulvana (probably akin to uru, na, Hot, Vedantas. in Chr. 203, ir
of which the original form has been II. m. andn. The hot season, Man. n
urvan, cf. evpvy-w for liipvvjv), adj., f. 113. Comp. Ati-, adj. exceed inglj
tia. 1. Abundant, MBh. 3, 340. 2. hot. Man. 3, 236. An-, adj. not hot
Evident, Rujat. 5, 148 (iucarnatc).- 61 ; chilly, Cic. 9, 3.
^3PT
iHflt] ushna-ga (vb. gam), m. The
Lot season, Ram. 5, 31, 16.
S5r|| ushna + ta, f., and yjjlr^
wkaa + tva, n. Heat, MBh. 3, 15101. ^3J 7, see .
J'STTW vthnalu, i. e. ushna + dlu,
t W^ #T-#> 8ee uth.
*5. Hot, Vikr. d. 41.
^3if% w/Ai, i.e. va/+<, f. Bringing,
3rMJ11 ushniman, i.e. ushna +
Rajat. 5, 173.
uiffa, m. Heat, (,'i<;. 9, 65.
^3ff^f uti, f. i.e. I. av + ti, 1. As
^Hlq ushnisha, m. and n. A
sistance, Chr. 288, l4=Rigv. i. 48, 14 ;
diadem, a turban, Chr. 25, 56 ; Rajat. help, Lass. 98, l6 = Rigv. v. 9, 6 ; uti,
S, 306. ved. instr. sing, Chr. 291, 13=Rigv. i.
'iH!f\[y4f ushnishin, i.e. ushnisha 64, 13. 2. Quickness, Bhag. P. 8, 6, 44.
-in, m. A name of Civa, MBh. 13, II. ve+ti, Web, tissue, Bhag. P. 2,
His. Comp. Katichukoshnishin, i.e. 10, 1 ; 4.
1'i'u.hvka-ushnisha + in, the affix be \31*<1 udhan, and, with r for n,
longing to both parts of the compound,
wearing jackets and turbans, Ram. 6, ^d\V|4^ udhar, and ^%|4J udhas,
M, . based on original *vad-dhant (cf. udan,
vb. dha, and payodhas), n. An udder.
TiR uih + man, m. 1. Heat, MBh. Cf. o50ap, uber; O.H.G. utar; A.S.
J. 11969. 2. Ardour, Paiich. ii. d. 67 ; uder.
'.!<; 9, 85. 3. Hot moisture, Man.
\*VJ^ udhas +ya, n. Milk.
i. 45 Comp. Dhana-, m. ardent
1 lining for wealth, Man. 9, 231. A7i- V34<gn udhas + vant, adj., f. wrti,
dltatui-, m. ardour, courage, caused by
Having exuberant udders.
tin- possession of a treasure, Panch. 118,
'* Au-, adj. cold, MBh. 14, 476. ^Tn UN, i. 10, Par. (properly a

3*J< usar, i.e. 2.vas + ar (r for n, denom. of the following), To detract.


and originally for vasant, identic with ^3f | una (probably for van + na from
*'htu for vasant), f. Dawn, morning ; van=Goth. van, vans ; cf. O.H.G. wen-
ace. pL utrat, Lass. 100, 15 = Rigv. vii. ag, few, perhaps ivvif, etc.), adj., f. na.
15, 8. Cf. i{pi = loC. vasri, Ufnarov, 1. Lessened, Yaju. 2, 295. 2. Inferior,
breakfast, alptov. Man. 9, 123. 3. Wanting, usually a.s
former or latter part of a comp., e.g.
**<* vsra, i. e. 2.ra* + ra, I. m. A
alpa-, adj. Wanting a little, Man. 8,
n7 of light, Kir. 5, 31. IL f. ra, A
217. kiihehid-, adj. A little less, Sav. 4,
row, Chr. 293, i=Rigv. i.87, 1 ; Chr.
26. tri-bhaga-, adj. Reduced by a third,
4, 4=RigV. L 92, 4. Rujat. 6, 170. dagona, i.e. dagan-, adj.
"Tr^RIT turiya, i.e. twa + tya, f. A Wanting ten, Ram. 1, 46, 12. If one
<, CLr. 297, 12 = Rigv. i. 112, 12. only is wanting, eha may be added, e.g.
ekonachatvarimga, i.e. eka-una-, ord.
\ ^ UH, i. i, Par. To hurt or to The thirty-ninth, MBh. 1, adhy. 39,
kill but usually it is dropped, e.g. '
^3f^
-riiiiga, ord. The nineteenth, MBh. 3, Qnf^liT urjaskara, i.e. urj+as-k
ndhy. 19. As former part, e.g. una-dvi + a, adj. Causing strength, MBh..
-varshika (i.e. -dvi-varsha + ika), adj. 14181.
A child under two years, Man. 5, 68 ;
una-shodagavarsha (i. e. -shash-dagan ^3t^T*5^T urjas + vala, adj., ar
-varsha), adj. Under sixteen years,
^Slfe'T urjas + vin, adj., f. n
Ram. l, 22, 2 Cf. probably Lat. un-,
or umlf-, e. g. in unde-viginti = una Strong, Ragh. 2, 50.
-viiiigali. ^Ul*rtN urj + & + vant, adj.,
t T3TT uY, i. 1, Atm. (properly ve, vaii, Abundant with food, MBh. 1
i. 4, Atm.). To sew, to weave. 1842.

xi^ uri, see kri. xgjTJ urna, i.e. vri + na, n., and f. *<
Wool, MBh. 2, 1847.Comp. Karnorni
^3f? uru, perhaps akin to uru, m.
i.e. karna-, adj. having wool near tli
The thigh, Ram. 3, 52, 32. When the ears, Bhag. P. 4, 6, 21. Patrorna, i.<
latter part of a comp. adj., the fem. patra-, n. 1. Wove silk. 2. A garni <?i
ends in ru, or ru, e.g. vamoru, i.e. of wove silk.Cf. Goth, vulla ; A.J
vama-, f. ru, Having beautiful thighs, vull; Lat. vellus, ovAoc.
MBh. l, 1903; but ru (against \ the
grammatical rule), MBh. 1, 2988. ha- ^fXH?r?J urna + maya, adj., f. y,
rabhopamoru, i.e. harabha-upama-uru, Woollen.
f. ru, and karabhoru, i.e. karabha- f. Tgf^ tlRNU, ii. 2, Par., Atm. (pre
ru, Having thighs like the proboscis of
perly vb. vri, ii. 5). To cover ; Atm. T
iiu elephant, Ragh. 6, 83 ; Ctik. d. 69.
hide one's self, Bhag. P. 2, 9, 27Wit
rambha-, f. ru, Having bambu-like
thighs, Malav. d. 45. vara-, f. ru, the prep. TSfTJ apa, To discover, Chi
Having beautiful thighs, Ram. 3, 52, 294, 4=Rigv. i. 92, 4.With f% vi, T
53.Comp. An-, I. adj. thighless. II.
discover, Chr. 295, n=Rigv. i. 92, 11.
m. Aruna, the charioteer of the sun,
Skandap., Kacikh. 2, 13. \3Jff' URD, see urd.
vdT<5.5l uru-ja, adj. Born from the WKJ urdhva, i.e. ridh + va, adj., f
thigh, MBh. 1, 6820. va. 1. Erect, Hid. 3, 2. 2. Raised (a
^T3T tJRJ, i. 10, Par. (properly a dust), Man. 11, 110. 3. Upper, MBli
denomin. derived from the next). 1. 1, 1034. 4. The name of a kind o
To nourish, to strengthen. 2.f To live. flying, Paiich. ii. d. 57. vam, adv. 1
urjita, 1. Swollen, Rsijat. 5, 214. 2. Upwards, Ram. 4, 8, 5. 2. Above
Strong, Hariv. 9920. 3. Distinguished, Man. 1, 92. 3. After, Ram. 3, 53, 4
Ragh. 9, 38. 4. Violent, Ram. 2, 85, 2. after death, Man. 9, 104. Cf. vp0u>.
Cf. opyati), opyac, perhaps Lat. ur- Lat. arduus.
gerc. \3ffce[*T urdhva-ga (vb. gam), adj., f.
\3t^ urj, f. Strength, food, Chr. ga. 1. Going upwards, MBh. 3, 850.
295, l7=Rigv. i. 92, 17 ; Bhiig. P. 4, 24, 2. Being in the air.
38. ^RVmiivgqi urdhva-pundra + ka, ni.
^f^ iirj+a,m. Strength, Man. ' -pendiculor line on the forehead
made with sandal, etc.; a sectorial mark, understand, Hit. iii. d. 33.With ^rf*T
La*. 70, 11.
abhi, To infer, Kathas. 7, 11.
^jfl? urmi, probably hvri + mi, m. 2- ^t; UH (derived from vah, and
ui (. A wave, Bhartr. 2, 4.Comp. appearing only after prep.), i. 1, Pur.
KAira-, a wave of the sea of milk, and Atm. uhyam&na, Raj at. 6, 33, is
lUgh. 4, 27. to be corrected to uhy, pass, of vah,
i|*lJ urmin, i.e. rmi+t, adj., Being carried.With the prep. T5jq
I m, Wavy (ved.). Comp. Maha-, apa. 1. To remove, Man. 8, 414; n,
*'j. having great waves, MBh. 3, 793. 102 (Atm.); apohita, Prab. 116, 7. 2.
To press, to follow immediately, Ragh.
AUl*lrt urmi + mant, adj., f. matt, 19, 5. 3. To avoid, Man. 10, 86 (Atm.).
adj. Surgy, Ram. 4, 9, 38. With the prep, gjlj vi-apa. 1. To
Ifq /ra, m. The name of a saint remove, Man. 2, 102. 2. To expiate,
from whose thighs (urn) proceeded the Man. 11, 81. 3. To keep off, Ram. 6,
submarine fire, Hariv. 2527 sqq. 75, 57 (Atm.). With ^ ud. To
raise, Bhag. P. 4, 8, 15.With sgrj
1 1^ t!SH, ii. i, Par. To be dis
eased. upa, To bring near, Ram. 2, 52, 6.
Pass. To begin, MBh. 2, 2051. upodha,
ire *Aa, I. m. Saline earth, Man.
Produced, Cak. d. 169.With Wflq
J. uo. n. f. shi, Salt ground, Bhag.
sam-upa in samupodha, 1. Near, Man.
P. I, 15, II.
6, 41. 2. Commenced, Ram. 2, 75, 29.
iq^ uthana, i.e. ush(=uth) + ana,
With Tff^ prati, pratyudha. 1. De
n. Pepper.
nied, Ram. 5, 31, 14. 2. Exceeded,
*m, iuha + ra, adj., f. ra, Im Bhag. P. 4, 22, 38. 3. Interrupted,
pregnated with saline particles, MBh. Man. 5, 84. With f^ vi, To arrange
ls) w*i. a. Salt ground, barren land, an army, Man. 7, 191. vyudha,'La.Tgc,
Man. j, |i 2t
Ram. 6, 36, 45. With f%f^ nis-vi,
4 HI itkman(=ushman). 1. Heat, nirvyudha. 1. Brought out, MBh. 1,
IBh. H, 4{8- 2. A name compris 6257. 2. Achieved, Kathas. 17, 159.
es ie iibilants and h, Bhag. P. 3,
With Tffrlfq prati-vi, To arrange an
12,47.
army against, MBh. 3, 16370, pra/y-
SUM u$hmapa, i.e. xuhntan-pa (vb. avyuhat, instead of prativy-auhal ;
'P)- L adj. Drinking the steam of prativyudha, Large, Ram. 6, 35, 18.
food only, MBh. 13, 646. II. m. pi.
The name of a class of Pitris or Manes, ^3n"^ uh + a, m. Connected reason
MBh. 2,841. ing, MBh. 13, 6725. Comp. An-uha,
adj. without (long) reflection, quick,
! ^^ fin, i. l, Atm., with prepo
Bhag. P. 3, 5, 48 ; 18, 12. Duruha, i.e.
sitions also Par. To apprehend, MBh. dus-, adj. difficult to be inferred, Man.
l, ssis.-Caus. To observe, MBh. 2, 11, 238. v.r.
woWith the prep, ^rfa apt, To
s^^
opvvfii, apvvfiat, apoc, fiwBapviw, m\Xw,
okXvfii (Lat. abolere), apta, aprtfr ; Lnt.
^ Rl- orior, adorior, adolesco, adultus ; Goth,
aids; A.S. aid; O.H.G. amen.
^ RI, i. 1, richchha (in epic poetry
m^H\ rikvan, i.e. rich + van. L
also archchha = ipyofiai), ii. 3 ; 5 ; 9
Par. 1. To go. 2. To go to. 3. To adj. Praising. II. m. A praiser, Chr.
undergo. With abstracts (cf. ) : Man. 293, 5 = RigV. i. 87, 5.
1, 53, glanim richchhati, To become f ^gN RIKSHil), ii. 5, Far. To
inert ; MBh. 3, 2166, mrityum, To die;
kill or hurt.
archh, Nal. 7, 4 ; MBh. 3, 84 ; Nalod.
^g riksha, I. m. A bear, Ram.
2, 10, yuddharangatam ara, To become
the field of battle. 4. To rise, ri-nu. 3, 52, 45. II. f. hski, A she-bear,
5. To meet, Man. 8, 351; to attain, Ram. 1, 16, 21. III. m. and n. 1. A
Nalod. l, 32; to fall on, Man. 8, 18, star, Ram. 5, 73, 67 ; MBh. is, 625. 2.
richchha. 6. To gain, to acquire. 7. Bears and stars, Cic. 9, 31. IV. m. and
To move, to raise, ved. ii. 3, iyarmi. f. ksha, Proper names, MBh. 1, 37i2;
8. To open, ii. 5. 9. To attack, MBh, 8790.Cf. &pkto ; Lat. ursus.
4, 1059, richchha. 10. To hurt ; rita, qg^lfl riksha + vant, m. The
and rite, see separately.Caus. arpaya,
1. To cast ; arpita, thrown, Ragh, 8, name of a mountain, Ram. 6, 3, 10.
87 ; turned, Bhag. 8, 7. 2. To fasten, ^^ RICH, i. 1, Par. 1. To shine,
Cak. d. 133. 3. To pierce. 4. To put, ved. 2. i. 1, and t i. 6, Par. To prai*\
Ragh. 9, 74. S. To deliver, Yajn. 2, ved. 3. To honour, Man. 3, 93; anoina!.
65 ; Dacak. in Chr. 183, 24 ; 201, 11. absoI.arcAya,Man.l,4.-Caus.arcM",
6. To restore, Man. 8, 191. arpila. To honour, Man. 2, 181. archtia. Re
1. Cut in, Cak. d. 74. 2. Written, spectfully bestowed, Man. 4,235. With
Ragh. 17, 79. Comp. Chitra-, adj. the prep. ^f*T abhi, To honour, Man.
painted, Cak. d. 143 With the prepos.
8, 391.With UflfiT sam-abhi, To
^fH abhi, To attack, MBh. 3, 11726,
honour, Yajn. i. 226 ; to adore, % 1I!i
richchha, 11875 archchha. With ^JT
With uf?f prati, 1. To salute i"
a. 1. To meet, MBh. 3, 17226. 2. To turn, Ram. 2, 71, 31. 2. To salute one
adapt (ved.). With Tf pra, To rise,
by one, MBh. l, 72li.-With ^ ""'
Chr. 288, 3=Rigv. i. 49, 3.With Tffff To adore, Ram. 2, 3, 48 ; to honour,
prati, Caus. 1. To fasten, Ragh. 6, 28. 2.
MBh. 3, 11090 (properly 10190).
To deliver, Ragh. 15, 41. 3. To restore, ^^ rich, f. X. A verse or text of
Dacak. in Chr. 195, 15 ; 189, 15 ; 192, 16.
With f^ vi, To open, Chr. 288, 15= the Vedas, Man. 11, 142. 2. The?'?
veda, Man. 1, 23.Comp. An-, adj. un'
Rigv. i. 48, 15.With Jjxj sam, Caus.
learned in holy texts, Man 3, 131. W
1. To cast, MBh. 1, 6978. 2. To deliver, rich, i.e. tri-, f. pi. three holy verses.
Fauch. 36, 13. 3. To restore, Hit. 72, Man. a, 77.
20.samarpita. 1. Fastened, Kumaras. S-^^ fich + a. A substitute fr
6, 63. 2. Put together, Dacak. in Chr.
200, 2. 3. Resting, Ram. 1, 77, 25. 4. rich when being the latter part .
-<ip., e. g. an-, adj. Unlearned lD
Painted, Ragh. 3, 15. Cf. <pxf>"
texts, Man. 2, 158. tryricha, i.e. adj. free from obligation or debt, Man.
<n-, n. A strophe consisting of three 9, 106.
Terses, Man. 11, 254.
4i4J4Hlv rina-y + van, m. A
^^flqi richika, . 1. The name
pursuer of debts, Chr. 293, 4=Rigv. i.
of a saint, Rm. 1, 35, 7. 2. The name 87,4.
Mi country, Daak. 193, 11. ^W^ff4 rina + vant, adj., f. val,
BICHE (properly the base of
Indebted, Hit. Pr. d. 20, v.r.
ihepres. etc. of ri, q. cf.), i. 6, Par.; .
4SK4N rinin, i.e. rina + in, adj., f.
also Atm. (MBh. 4, 1056), 1. To go. 2.
To attack, MBh. 3, 16375, narchha, pf. n. 1. Obligated, MBh. i, 8341. 2.
1 f To fail in faculties. 4f To be m. A debtor, Yjn. 2, 86.
come stiff. ^Jrf^ , the base of the prs.,
^T5f RU (for primitive raj), i. 1, impf., imptve., and potent., and option
Atm. I. + To go. 2. t To stand or ally of all the other forms, is ^^ft^T
be firm. 3. f To gain. 4. f To be ritiya, Atm. (properly a denorain. de
strong. 5. To live.Ved. i. 4, Par., rived from riti). 1. f To blame. 2.
Md Atm. 1. To stretch. 2. To desire, To pity, Mlav. 55, 23. 3. f To rival.
to strive for.Cf. raj under riju, pyw,
4. To domineer. 5. | To go.
wyrvfu, ptyrofiai, Lat. regere, rectus;
Goth.rakjan; A.S.reccan; Goth, railits, ^fT ri+ta, I. adj., f. ta, True, Man.
etc. 8, 82. . n. 1. Truth, Ram. 5, 31, 19.
2. Gleaning, Man. 4, 5 Comp. An-,
rijisha (vb. rij), n. The
1. adj. untrue, Ram. 3, 53, 18 ; unjust,
of a hell, Man. 4, 90. Man. 4, 170. II. n. 1. untruth, Ram.
^*"1 rijUhin (vb. rij), adj. 3, 53, 16 ; a lie, Chr. 48, 12. 2. agri
Quick, Chr. 291, I2=Rigv. i. 64, 12. culture, Man. 4, 5. Apnrita, i.e. apa
-an-rita, adj. true, Rm. 2, 34, 38.
*i^i rij-u, adj. 1. Straight, Man. Satya-an-, I. adj. true and false at the
*. *T- X Right, Rm. 4, 34, 31. same time, Panch. 98, 17. II. n. com
Compart rijiyams, and ved. also raj't- merce, traffic.Cf. Lat. ratus, irritus ;
<; superl. rijishtha, and ved. also prto, vaprw, vpoio, Xiriti), X
rajishtha.Comp. An-, adj. crooked, rarw, a\iTtvu, aKiTT/fiwi'.
Man. 4, i:;Cf. pyvta, f. of , -^ri+TT ritaibhara, i. e. rita -f m
properly the measure of a tall upright
-bhri + a, I. m. A name of Brahman,
mn, i.e. rix feet in general.
Bhg. P. 6, 13, 17. II. f. r, Under
4s4rH riju + ta, f. 1. Straightness, standing, Prab. 68, 3.
turnaras. 4, 23. 2. Plainness, Amar. 67. '^ rita + vant, adj., f. a/1,
t ^^ RINJ, i. i, Atm. To fry. Possessing truth, Bhg. P. 1, 15, 19.
'"td+OT rita-stubh, adj. Praising
t ^T^ RIjy, . g, Par., tm.
'properly the base of the prs. etc. of truth, Chr. 297, 20=RigV. . 112, 20.
. $), To go. "^frf ri + ti, f. 1. Way, Lass, a, e.
V<f rina, n. Obligation, Man 6, 2. Attack (ved.).
35 ; debt, Man. 9, 218.Comp. An-, ^Jr^r^? ritishah, i.e. riti-sah, adj
Braving an attack, Chr. 291, 15 = prosper, Man. 9, 322 (ii. 5) ; MBh. 2
Eigv. i. 64, 15. 1693 (i. 4) ; pass. To prosper, MBh. 3
8488. 2. To augment (ved.). 3. t T'
^jjT ri + tu, m. 1. Order (ved.). 2.
please ; riddha, Prosperous, Eagh, 2, 5U
Eight time, Chr. 288, 3=Eigv. i. 49, 3.
With ^JT sam, To prosper, Man
3. A season (of the year), Man. 3, 217.
4. The menstrual discharge, MBh. 14, 9, 315 (ii. 5), MBh. 2, i960 (i. 4); sam
2739. 5. The season approved for riddha. 1. Completed, Earn. 1, 44, U
sexual intercourse, Man. 3, 46, sqq. 2. Abundant, Earn. 2, 104, 26. 3
Comp. An-, ra. wrong season, Man. 4, Abounding in (with instr. or abl.'
104 ; for sexual intercourse, 5, 153. Dacak. in Chr. 184, 14 ; Man. 3, 6. 4
The aff. tu is a form of tvan and ri of Wealthy, Dacak. in Chr. 185, 15.CI
ar ; the older form would be * artvan a\6u> ; also aXiaivw, etc., and opofapw
=Lat. ordo, base ordon.Cf. aprvru but ridh being compounded, viz. t
for u.pTW-]u>, apruf, apTvw. -dha, and the Vedas having a vb. rk
which may be considered also as di
<q}M|{#ft ritumati, i.e. riiu + mant rived from ri, the base d\2 or opoc ma;
+ i, f. 1. A woman in her courses, be another derivation from ri; cf. als'
Sucr. l, 317, 4. 2. A marriageable Lat. ordior.
girl, Man. 9, 89. 3. A woman in the
f -^tR RIPH, and ^q RIMPB
period approved for sexual intercourse,
MBh. 1, 750. i. 6, Par. To injure, to kill.Cf. riph
^JrT r*le (I00, Bm8- ntr> f l^e Ptcple- ^JW ribhu, i.e. rabh + v, m. Th<
v
pf. pass, of rt, To go ; properly, In defi name of certain deities, MBh. 3, 15*
ciency), prep, with abl. and ace. 1. ^rvj? RIMPH, see riph.
Wanting, Yajn. 2, 117. 2. Except,
MBh. 3, 16144 ; 3090. 3. Without, 5OT RISH, i. 6, Par., ved. also i
Dacak. in Chr. 182, 4 ; 191, 1. 1, Par. X. t To go. 2. To flow, ti
rain, to drip (ved. i. l). 3. To pierc
^f^TST ritvij, i.e. ritu-yaj, m. A
(ved. i. 6) Cf. Lat. rigare, rivus
priest, who receives a stipend for pre
paring the holy fire and conducting Goth, rign ; A.S. regen.
sacrifices, Man. 2, 143. ^S^tJ rishabha, i.e. rish+an-bh
^Sf^T T*ddhi, i.e. ridh + ti, f. 1. (vb. bha), m. I. A bull, Bhag. P- '
14, 19. 2. Chief, Bhag. P. . *> M.
Plenty, Indr. 5, 26. 2. Wealth, Ku- especially as latter part of compound
msiras. 2, 58. 3. Prosperity, Earn. 2, words, ' best, excellent,' e.g. parthwaf
105, 33. 4. Perfection, Bhag. P. 9, shabha, i.e. parthiva-, m. Au excelled
21, 12. 5. The deity of wealth, MBh. king, Chr. 55, 4. purusha-, m. An ?x
13, 6750. cellent man, Earn. 3, 49, 11. bharatu-.
^f^^nT^ riddhi+tnant, adj., f. m. A noble descendant of Bharat*
mail. 1. Wealthy, Earn. 5, 9, 63. 2. Chr. 24, 48. siihha-, m. A fierce li
Prosperous, MBh. 3, 244. 3. Besplen- ^f^ rish + i (for original rishanS1
dent, Dacak. in Chr. 187, 3 ; beautiful,
ahshi for akshan, asthi for asthan, t'1"
MBh. 3, 11077 (p. 572). =&P<tt)v, &ppr,v), m. 1. A bard or auit'r
^Vf RIDH, i. 4, Par., ii. 5, Par. of sacred hymns, Chr. 287, 1. 3; M-
and ved. also i. 6 and ii. 7. X. P 243. 2. An old saint, MBb. '*
!724; Hariv. 417, seq. 3. A pious prononi. base a, cf. idam and elat; ka
-rsoD. especially an anchorite, Man. cf. ii'm), num., m., f. ka, andn. I. sing.
, >.Comp. Derarshi, i.e. deva-rishi, 1. One (cf. enad), Man. 2, 43 ; ekasmat,
z. a sage of the class of demi-gods, At once, Rajat. 5, 407. 2. Alone, Man.
:* Narada, VP. 284 ; Rani. 1, 1, 83. 1, 3 ; Only, Hit. i. d. 81 ; punyaika-
Rrahmarshi, i.e. brahman- and viprar- karman, i.e. punya-eka-karman, adj.
iki, Le. ripra-, in. a sage of the class Practising only virtue. 3. Same, Man.
of Brahmanas, as Vacishtha, VP. 284 ; 8, 204 ; Panch. iv. d. 10. 4. Preemi
thr. 22, 20; 14, 17. Rajarshi, i.e. nent, chief, Megh. 31. 5. When im
rajan-, no. a prince who has adopted a mediately repeated, 'one by one,' Ram.
life of devotion, as Vigvamitra, VP. 284 ; 2, 91, 51. 6. A, an, Paiich. 242, 6,
Chr. 11, 16; Paiich. 76, 9. Saptarshi, purusham ekam, ' a man.' 7. Some
see separately. body, Kathas. 18, 330. II. plur. Some,
^ffl((3 rishi-tca, n. State of a Man. 9, 61. III. Former and latter
part of compounds, e. g. Eha-chara,
ritU, MBh. 13, 2896. adj. living alone, Man. 5, 17. An-,
^?fe rwA/i, i.e. rish + ti, f. 1. A adj. many, Man. 5, 159; several, Yajii.
.'pear, Chr. 290, 4=Rigv. i. 64, 4. 2. A 2, 120 ; manifold, Yajii. 3, 144. Ka-
.-ivord, Arj. 10, 20. rapadaikahinaka, i. e. kara-pada-eka
^flTT"?^ !"'**/* + tnant, adj., f. -hina + ka, adj. one who has had a
hand and foot cut off, Yajii. 2, 274.
matt, Bearing spears, Chr. 293, 1 = Tad-eka, one of these, Hit. 25, 10.
Iiigv. i. 88, 1. Cf. Lat. aequus.
"^"5J rishya, m. The painted or {Tqr^f eka + ka, adj. I. Solitary,
white-footed antelope, Bhag. P. 3, 31, Paiich. iii. d. 51. 2. Same, Man. 9,
36 ; in ruhyarupin, i.e. -rupa + in, adj. 38.
Having the shape of an antelope. In T* frj t\ r\ | eka-chilia + ta, f. 1.
the Veda it is written rift/a ; cf. O.H.G.
elan, aXtij. Fixing one's mind only on one object,
Paiich. 244, 23. 2. Unanimity.
^f^y rishya + ka, adj. Of the
Trqfgj eka-ja(vb.jan), adj. Solitary,
colour of the painted antelope, Bam. 5,
12, 35.
Hid. 1, 39.
^YfTTQT fishya-muka, m. The XJ^rrT eka + ta, m. The name of a

name of a mountain, Bam. l, 3, 22. deity, MBh. 12, 12772.


"^J^ rishva, adj. Lofty, Chr. 290, Tf^JrlvT eka + tama, adj., f. ma, n.
a=Rigv. i. 64, 2. mad, 1. One of many, Paiich. 169, 15.
2. One of two, Paiich. 92, 5. 3. A, an,
Ram. 5, 14, 2.
TJ^frT^ eka + tara, adj., f. ra, n. ram,
One of two, Ram. 6, 6, 12.
Tj3>r|q eka + tas, adv. l.=abl. of
TT E. eka, Rajat. 5, 90. 2. On one side, Kir.
5, 2; ekatas-ekatas, on one side, on the
w^ e-ka (e, old loc. sing, of the other, BOhtl. Ind. Spr. 523.
T^qTrTT cka + ta, f. L Unity, Prab. TT2R"3{*r eka + Qas> b&v- 0Qe D7 one
18, 9. 2. Harmony, Ram. 4, 33, 26. 3. Ram. 4, 8, 12.
Conjunction, MBh. 3, 14272. T^pSJfPfC'J ekagrutadharalva, i.e
XT^fff^f^pT ekatirthin,\.e.eka-tirtha eka-gru + ta-dhri+a + tva, n. Retain
+ in, adj. Dwelling in the same re ing what one has heard once, Kathas
ligious retreat, Yajii. 2, 137. 2, 40.
T^T^ eka + tra, adv. l.=loc. of IJ<4)4^| eka-stha(vh.slha), adj. United
dta, Man. 5, 136. 2. At the same Rim. 3, 30, 26.
place, MBh. 3, 1446. 3. Together, "Q^T+JUdl ekastha + ta, f. Union.
Punch. 25, 10. MBh. 1, 6328.
Tjqjf^ eka+tva, n. Unity, MBh. 14, Tr^n"3JfTr ekamgata, i.e. eka-amga -4-
'J52. ta, f. Being a"part, Ragh. 3, 66.
XfefTTT eka+da, adv. 1. Once, Raj at. TJ^rrf%T ekakin, i.e. probably eku
5, 249. 2. Sometimes, Pauch. iii. d. 60. -eka + in (anom.), adj., f. ni, Solitary,
T^TVT cha + dha, adv. Once, MBh. alone, Man. 4, 258.
14, 1166. T3T|iM*j ekagratas, i.e. eka-agra
TJ^TMfSMI ekapatnita, i.e. eka-patni \-tas, adv. Attentively, Lass. 21, 2.
+ ta, f. Having one wife in common, TfetTPRI ekatmya, i.e. eka-atman +
MBh. 1, 7274. i/(i. adj. 1. Alone, Bhag. P. 4, 21, 29.
TT^fmsf^H eka-patni + tra,\\. Faith 2. Homogeneous, Bhag. P. 4, 13, 8.
fulness to a husband, Ram. 5, 49, 21. Uj*|<^"Ul ekadaga, i.e. ekadagan + a.
Tqrq^ eka-pad + i, f. A path, I. ord. numb., f. gi. 1. The eleventh,
Ram. 4, 31, 13. Man. 3, 47. 2. Lasting eleven (months),
MBh. 13, 4247. II. f. ft, The eleventh
IgOniVI eka + maya, adj., f. yi, Only
day of the half month, MBh. 13,
consisting of, in charana- (of mimes), 4234. Comp. Vrishabkaikadaga, i.e.
Kathas. 23, 85. vrishabha-, adj., f. go, having a bull as
Tf^T^TM^r ekardtrika, i.e. eka-ratra the eleventh, i.e. ten (cows) with a
bull, Man. 11, 116 (117).
+ ika, adj. Sufficing for one night (or
day), Man. 4, 223. TM<f 3J3T ekadagaka, i.e. ekadagan
T3R^,IJ<H eka-rupa + ta, f. Equality, + ka, adj. Consisting of eleven, MBh.
Panch. ii. d. 7. 13, 4914.
TJ3fr cka + la, adj., f. IA, Solitary, T<tl HTini ekadagan, i.e. eka-dagnn,
alone, Bhag. P. 5, 7, 10. card. numb. pi. Eleven, Man. 2, 89.
^<*cjf%qr ekavarnika,i.<s.eka-varna TT.in ^ y^M^ekadagama, i.e. ekadagan
+ ika, adj. Incumbent on one caste + ma, ord. numb. Eleventh, Bhag. P.
ouly, MBh. 3, 11298. 8, 13, 25.
inn cj m r\ I eka-vastra + ta, f. Having Qj^T^rfiriT^ ek&dagin, i.e. ekadagan
one garment only, NaL 10, 16. >i, I. adj. Consisting of eleven, MBh.
U, I08. II. f. ni, Eleven (hymns), T/^TRJrTT ekartha + ta, f. Having
Tijn. 3, 309.
the same intention, MBh. l, 3413.
UjHlft ekanta, i.e. eka-anta, I. adj.,
T^^ftTTW ekibhava, i.e. eka-bhu + a,
f (a. Alone, Ram. 4, 28, 1 ; only, Bhartr.
m. Union, Vedantas. in Chr. 217, 10.
2, : ; Parich. 154, 20 (the only one, i.e.
dispensable). II. m. and n. 1. A TJ^fgR" ekaika, i.e. eka-eka, I. adj., f.
jliary place, Pauch. iii. d. 6. 2. An ka. 1. Every one, Draup. 8, 17. 2.
strerae, Ram. 4, 21, 36. 3. One only, One successively, Kathas. 18, 265. II.
MBh. 12, 13618. m. The ace. torn, kam, adv. One by one, Ram. l, 13, 27.
i istr. Una, and loc. te, are used as adv. III. comparat. ekaikatara, adj. Always
L Exclusively, Bhag. 6, 16 ; Paiich. one of many, Bhag. P. 2, 10, 41.
m, 8. 1. Privately, Dacak. in Chr. Sk
Tr^T^TSpr ekaika + gas, adv. 1. One
19", 10. 3. Necessarily, MBh. 3, 1240.
IV. As former part of comp. words, 1. by one, Nal. 1, 25. 2. One after ano
Perfect, Ram. 6, 93, 24. 2. Altogether, ther, Ram. 4, 45, 16.
Sand, i, is. 3. Necessary, Ragh. 2, 57. ujn<?iy<l ekaikagya, i.e. ekaikagas
V. As latter part, Only, Pauch, 2, 21.
+ya, n. Singleness, MBh. 3, 14903
"*-, adj., f. ta, Relative, Bhartr. 2, 87.
(fighting one by one).
ItlPHrR ekanta +tas, adv. Tho
yjai^qir ekodaka, i.e. eka-udaka,
roughly, Bhartr. 3, 14.
ra. A kinsman who is connected by
y*lr|^ ekantara, i.e. eka-antara, oblations of water only to the manes
a lj., f. ra, Separated by one caste, Man. of common ancestors, Man. 5, 71.
i". 9 (the father belonging, e.g. to the TJT^ EJ, i. 1, Par. 1. To stir,
K-htriyas, the mother to the udras,
MBh. l, 800. Ptcple. of the pres.
ilie Vaicyas being between them), dvje-
Living, Bhag. P. 7, 3, 22. 2. To trem
lintara, i.e. dvi-eha-, adj. Being sepa
ble, to quake, cf. ejatka. 3. f i. 1, Atm.
rated by one or two castes.
To shine.Caus. To move, to turn,
P*lr|fl ekanta 4- tea, n. Exclu Bhag. P. 5, 2, 14.Cf. lit-tiyii), alynpoc,
sive adoration, Bhag. P. 7, 9, 35. alylc; Lat. aeger.
TjTtyr^i ejatka, i.e. ejant+ka (vb. ej),
H^Upflfl ekantitva, i.e. ekantin +
'ra, n. Identity, Bhag. P. 9, 2, 11. aHj. Trembling, Bhag. P. 9, 6, 42.

1*lf*rl,1 tkantin, i.e. ekanta + in, J ^ ETH, i. 1, Atm. To annoy,


adj., f. ni, Adoring one being only, to resist.
Bliag. P. 6, 9, 38. TT^qr edaka, m. A ram, MBh. 3,
l|4i|qi ekayana, i.e. eka-ayana, I. 10935.
dj. 1. Passable by one only, MBh. 3, Tf^^r eduka, m. A building enclos
1U3. 2. Adoring one only, MBh. 12,
ing bones (a Buddhistic stupa), Mlih.
7872. H. n. l. A solitary place, MBh.
3, 10374.
3. 11695. 2. Adoration of one only,
MBh. 14, 532. Trqf ena, ra., f. ni, A kind of

U<*ilH ekartha, i.e. eka-artha, m. antelope, Man. 3, 269.


The same intention, Nal. 3, 7. Tf?^ e-tad (cf. eka and er
TO edha, i.e. indh (or rather idh
deraonst. pron. This here, Nal. 20, 17 ;
this, Man. 3, 147; with the first person, + a, m. Wood for fuel, Man. 4, 247.
Hid. 4, IS ; with the second, Nal. 11, TpHJ edhas, I. n. indh + at (se
9 ; with tad, Kathas. 3, 48 ; with idam,
the last), Wood for fuel, Man. 11, :<
Punch. Pr. 3 ; with kim, Cak. 101, 19 ; II. edh + as, Prospering ; in sukhat
with yad, Man. 1, 71. -edhas, adj. Well prospering, MB1
Jtjn [(H\ etadatmya, i.e. etad-atman
13, 5191.
+ya, adj. Having the nature of this, jrsra* enad, i.e. e-na (cf. etad an
Vedantas. in Chr. 216, 6. era; na is an old pron. base), proi
TJTTf! etarhi, i.e. etad + rhi, adv. which forms only the ace. sing., du. pi
Now, Bhag. P. 1, 17, 43. instr. sing., and gen. loc. du., which ar
substituted for the corresponding case
TJfTTTTT etadrig, i.e. etad-drig, adj.
of idam and etat, This, when used sub
Such, Bhag. P. 9, 11, 17. stantively, He, She, It, and without au
TjyjT-apjr etadriga, i.e. etad-drig + a, stress, Man. 2, 50.Cf. Goth, ainahs
ains; A.S. an; Lat. oinos, unus; Av\
adj., f. ft, Such, MBh. 3, 579.
nrTO enas, n. 1. Sin, Man. 5, W
1TfITnir elavattva, i. e. etavant +
2. Fault, Dacak. in Chr. 194, 17.Comj
tva, n. 1. Greatness, Bhag. P. 2, S, io.
An-, I. adj. guiltless, Man. 8, 19. U
2. Sufficiency, Bhag. P. 4, 30, 28 {et&-
vatlvambhavyam, it must be suffi m. a proper name, Hariv. 669.
n7lf%T enas + vin, adj., f. > m
cient).
U,r|| <=lTf etavant, i.e. etad+vant, A sinner, Man. 11, 189.
nr^qr eraha, I. m. A proper Dame
I. adj., f. vati. 1. So much, Man. 9,
45. 2. Such a one, Brahman. 1, 8 ; MBh. i, 2154. II. f. U, The name o
such, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 4 ; etavati, a grass, MBh. l, 620; bent-grass, Blw<;
In this distance, Cak. 8, 10. 3. With P. 1, 3, 18.
lim, Of this kind, Kathas. 20, 58. II. l^Hj eranda, m. The castor oi
vat (ace. sing, n.), adv. 1. So far, plant, Ricinus communis, Panch. I d
Ram. 4, 40, 68. 2. Thus, Hit. 27, 19.
108.
T^V EDH (a form of ardh, the Tj;|T^ erv&ru, m. and f. A kindo
original form of ridh), i. 1, Atm. (in cucumber, Cucumis utilissimus, Boil)-
epic poetry also Par., MBh. 3, isosi).
1. To prosper, MBh. 2, 510. 2. To in Yaju. 3, 142.
Tj^TT ela, f. Small cardamoms,
crease, Ram. 2, 62, 34; to grow up,
Cak. d. 51.Caus. edhaya. 1. To cause Ragh. 6, 64.
to prosper, Bhag. P. 7, 1, 11. 2. To JljH e-va (cf. enad, va is au old pi*
glorify, Kumaras. 6, 90. With the
nominal base), a particle (properly K
prep, ^5lfw <"**'> T increase, Bhag.
old instr. sing.). 1. Only, Man. 1, 9" "'
P. 5, 11, 17.With H*T^ *am> To in 87; 190; Cak. 69, 15. 2. Still, M""
crease, Bhag. P. 3, 21, 25. samedhita, 2, 168. 3. Just, Man. 5, 61 ; F**
1. Strengthened, MBh. 3, 104*3. 2. 223, 9. 4. Also, Man. I, 48. 5. *j
United, Ram. 2, 64, 35. Caus. To cm (especially after tad), Man. 3, 23.^
to prosper, MBh. 13, 7510. loc, oiaZov.
l?4W e-va + m (see the preceding), tT^JTJfZT axkamatya, i.e. eka-mati+
i particle (originally ace. sing, n.), ya, I. n. Unanimity, Hit. 19, 22. II.
Thus, Pauch. 24, 4. Very often former adj. Unanimous, Ram. 5, 77, 15.
frt of comp. words, e.g. evaihrupa, *tfpK aihafapha,i.e.eka + gap/ia
vi)-, f. pa, Having such a form, Ram.
J. Ji. 36. evamvidha (cf. vidha), adj. + a, adj. Belonging to a quadruped
It* such a kind, <^ak. d. 104. evamgata with a hoof not cloven, Man. 5, 8.
'vb. gam\, adj. Being in this state, TfcRTTTT^^f aikagarika, i. e. eka
Kim. 2, 39, 31 ; loc. sing, te, Under -ag&ra + ika, m., f. ki, A thief, Dacak.
these circumstances, Clir. 23, 33. evaih- in Chr. 197, 18.
ywio. L m. Such a quality, Ram. 1, 1,
JO. IL adj. Having such qualities, Itqiiiq aihagrya, i.e. eka-agra +ya,
Xal. c, 12. evam-adi, adj. Beginning n. Attention fixed on one subject,
thus, i.e. This and the like, Man. 9, 260. Vedantas. in Chr. 202, 20.
tram-bhu -f ta, adj. Being thus, such a
Tfr<?fT"jf aikanga, i.e. eka-ahga + a, m.
one, Hit. 7, 13.
One of the bodyguards, Rajat. 5, 249.
H$ ESH (cf. i,2.wA), i. l, Atm.
Cafter anu and pari in epic poetry also t^TTJ2l aihatmya, i.e. eha-atman +
Par.). 1, To go. 2. To strive to attain, ya, n. Unity with the universal soul.
BLag. P. 3, 13, 44. 3. To search, Bhag.
ifefTf^qi^qa aikadhikaranya, i.e.
P., 4, 52.With the prep ^ff{ anu, To
eka-adhikarana+ya, n. Residing in
search, MBh. l, 5253 ; to investigate, the same subjects, Bhashap. 68.
Ram. 1, 3, 2. With Tjf^; pari, To T^TT'rT^r aikantika, i.e. ekanta +
search, MBh. 13, 4033 (Par.). ika, adj. 1. Perfect, Bhag. 14, 27. 2.
Trq-QT eshana, i.e.uh + ana, I. n. 1. Exclusive, Bhag. P. 3, 20, 2.Comp.
An-, adj. 1. indeterminate, Paiich. 58,
Wish, desire, Bhag. P. 7, 9, 39. 2.
22. 2. going astray, (a fallacious middle
Searching MBh. 1, 8399. II. f. na,
term,) Bhashap. 71.
Desire, Rajat. 5, 281.
T^5J diliyii, i.e. eka+ya, n. Unity,
T|tpT ethin, i.e. ifh + in, adj., f.
Vedantas. in Chr. 203, 23.
mi, Wishing, MBh. 3, 12513. Comp.
Dhana-, adj. one who asks payment of T$^m aikshava, i.e. iks/iu + a, I. adj.,
a debt, Man. 8, 60. Sarva-bhuta-hita-, f. vi, Made of sugar. II. n. Sugar.
adj. wishing the well-being of all
V^m? aikshv&ka, i.e. ifts/ivaAu + a,
creatures, Chr. 26, 64.
patron., f. At, Descended from Ikshvaku,
Ram. 2, 36, 1 ; MBh. 1, 3719.
tt^F<^ ainguda, i.e. iAguda + a, adj.
Produced from the inguda plant, Rum.
}}\*m\ aikadhyam, i.e. ekadha + 2, 103, 29.
ya + m, adv. At once. l^J aina, i.e. ena +a, adj. Belong
W<*UfU aikapatya, i.e. eka-pati + ing to the black antelope (as flesh).
ya, n. Supreme power, Bhag. P. 7, 3, Yajn. l, 258.
17. ?t!TCJ aineya, i.e. ena + eya, I. adj..
Belonging to a she-antelope, Ram. 2, ^3EP1 aindhana, i.e. indhana+a
56, 18. II. m. = ena, Draup. 4, 15. adj. Consisting of fuel, epithet of tin
^fS[^7{%e|r aitiliasika, i.e. itihasa + sun, MBh. 3, 149.
ika, adj. Occurring in old legends, ft J l^tj airavana, i.e. iravan + t
Prab. 91, 7. (the base is curtailed iravant, ved., an<
^tf?TW aiti/iya, i.e. iti-ha + ya, n. cf. iravatx), m. Indra's elephant, MBh
Oral tradition, Ram. 5, 87, 23. I, 1151.

^73 aindava, i.e. indu + a, adj., f. j)^|e|fj airavata, i.e. iravant+t

vi, Referring to the moon, lunar, Man. (see the last), I. m. 1. Indra's elephant
considered as the elephant of the ea?
11, 125.
quarter, MBh. 1, 2627. 2. A kind 0
^^ aindra, i.e. indra + a, adj., f. t. elephant, Ram. 2, 70, 22. 3. A pa
1. Belonging to India, Arj. 4, 32. 2. tronymic name of a Naga, MBh. 1, 829
Like that which belongs to Indra, 4. The name of the northern path 0!
Man. 5, 93. 3. Indra-like, Man. 8, 344. the moon, MBh. 3, 11836. II. m. "!
4. Devoted to Indra, MBh. 3, 1494. n. A particular'shape of the rainbow
ffaj^gjx{%eir aindraj&lika, i.e. indra Ragh, 1, 36. III. in., f. ti, and n,
Lightning, MBh. 13, 7391. IV. m. Th<
-j&la + ika, I. adj., f. ki, Referring to
orange-tree ; n. its fruit, Sucr. 1, 211.
witchcraft, Prab. 101, 4. II. m. A II. V. f. ti, The name of a river, MBh
wizard, Prab. 55, 1.
8, 2055.
&*JTCT6| aindradyumna, i.e. indra
fr^f aila, i.e. ifa (=id&) + a- "
-dyumna + a, 1. adj. Relating to In- metronymic name of Pururavas, MBh.
dradyumna (a proper name), MBh. 1,
1, 3149.
325. 2. The name of a locality, MBh.
X^jr atfa, i.e. ifa + a, adj. Belong
3, 10624.
ftj* fjIT aindra-gira, m. A kind ing to ^iva, Bhag. P. 9, 10, 6.
of elephant, Ram. 2, 70, 22. X^Tift aif&ni, fem. of aigana, i*|
frvp^l aindragnya, i.e. indra-agni ifana + a, The north-east quarter,Vikr.
+ ya, adj. Sacred to Indra and Agni, 6,4.
^5^ aifvara, i.e. ifvara+a, adj., '
MBh. 12, 2307.
X^f^ aindri, i.e. indra + i, patron. ri. I. Befitting a lord, majestic, MBh-
Offspring of Indra, MBh. 1, 2751. 1, 3315 ; 14, 411 ; powerful, Ram. 3, 10'
21. 2. Belonging to Civa, Ragh. Hi :6'
^f^^J aindriya, i.e.indriya + a, adj.
frsg^ aifvarya, i.e. ifara+t/! "'
Referring to the senses, Bhag. P. 3, 10, 1. Control, Man. 6, 95. 2. Dominion.
15 ; sensual, 3, 25, 26. Ram. 6, 22, 31. 3. Supreme dominio"'
frpjiijcff aindriya+ka, adj. Per Man. 4, 235. 4. Superhuman po*'1''
Bhag. P. 3, 25, 37. Comp. Dhano^
ceptible by the senses, Bhag. P. 7, 2,
48.
n. the dominion over wealth, Man. ~,*1
ftfaqtft aindriyedhi, i.e. aindriya i^ <H<r| aifvarya + vant, $
+ i-dhi, adj. Attached to sensuality, valt, Endowed with superhuman pov'l'r-
Bhag. P. 5, 18, 22. MBh. 15, 389.
ffTl* aishika, i.e. wAtAa + o, adj. ^TT^f off/ia, i.e. probably aA + a, m.
-Vide of reeds, Ram. I, 29, 7. 1. A stream, Man. 9, 54. 2. A multi
^fg^nrTfTf^r auhtikapanrtika, i.e. tude, MBh. 1, 4448. 3. Density, Cic.
iM+iha-purti + ika, adj. ReferriDg to 9, 27.Comp. Qara-, m. a multitude
orifices and pious works (cf. hhta- of arrows, Chr. 34, 15. Sarva-, m. 1.
firta), Man. 4, 227. assembling a complete army. 2. great
speed.
t^^SlJqiqi aihalaukiha, i.e. j'Aa
^VeR^ oglia + vant, I. adj., f.
-Ua + Ha, adj. Belonging to this
world, MBh. 3, 12616. rati, Rapid, MBh. 3, 10538. II. m. A
proper name, MBh. 13, 121. III. f.
uf^T aihika, i.e. I. iha+ika, adj. vati, A proper name, ib.
Terrestrial, temporal, Dacak. in Chr.
^IT"* I <, offtkara, i.e. om-firi + a, m.
l"3. U. II. iha + ika, n. Business; in
trynhaihika, i.e. tri-aha-aihika, adj. m. 1. The holy syllable om, Man. 2, 75.
A shopkeeper who gathers as much 2. Thanksgiving, Rajat. 5, 134. 3.
rn onljas may suffice for three days, Grumbling, Panch. 158, 7.
Mm, 4, 7. t ^ft"*^ OJ, i. 1, and i. 10, Par. 1.
To be strong. 2. To live.
^T o. ^ITaTU ojas, i.e. vqj + at,I.n. 1.
_s Strength, Matsyop. 2. 2. Light, splen
^1* *, i.e. uch + a, m. A house ;
:n ""-ofta-fi'ii/in, adj. Not sleeping in a dour,, Man. 12, 18. II. ojasa (in.-tr.),
lwi8e,MBh. l, 8631. adv. Powerfully, Chr. 291, 4=Rigv.
i. 85, 4 ; courageously, Ram. 3, 53, 22.
Sl^fl oAa*, i.e. uch + as, n. A Comp. Amilavjas, i.e. a-mita- (vb. met),
dwelling-place, Bhag. P. 3, 3, 15 ; a adj. all-mighty, Man. 1, 4. Mahaujas,
house, MBh. 2, 805. Comp. ^74ra-, i.e maha-, adj. eminent in power, Man.
B- god, Kumaras. 5, 79. Aranya-, 1, Ci. Cf. Lat. augus in augus + tu.*,
an anchorite, yak. d. 81. A/ta-, and aiiyii, -atiytf in livravyfo, eg.
monkey, Ram. 5, 65, 7. Jala-, I. 'Hi if^fs ojas + vin, adj., f. 1,
ty living in water, MBh. 13, 2660. II.
Strong, MBh. 14, 100.
f- leech, Sucr. 1, 28, 10. Tri-diva-
n<l rf.ra-, m. a god> Man> ^ 95 . n> ^Slr^f oc/ra, m. pi. The name of a
Hi. Minasa-, m. the wild swan or people and their country, now Orissa,
goose. Vana-, I. adj. living in woods, Man. 10, 44.
Chr- U, 61. II. m. 1. an anchorite,
t ^STTW^ ON, i. 1, Par. To take
Chr- , 18. 2. a wild beast, Ram. 3,
. S. 3. a monkey, 6, 26, 5. Fan'-, away (probably a form of arn for ar-
"> leech, Man. 7, 129. Varn-, n. the nu, i.e. ri ii. 6, cf. apwfiai).
PfiTite apartments; a sleeping-room. THV^fft odati (fern, of a ptcple. of
' "a-, m. anv ammai iiving ;n \w\^ ud=und), f. The dawn, Chr. 287, 6 =
Mn, 10, 4. Seo^a^ m. a deity
Rigv. i. 48, 6.
t ^fv OKH, i. 1, Par. 1. To Tsfr^Sf, odana, i.e. ud(=und) + ana,
* dry 'cf. wA, ,A ig often changed to m. and n. 1. A pap, see comp. 2.
% * To be able. Boiled rice, Man. 8, 329.Comp. Kshi
raudana, i.e. kshira-, m. rice boiled -oshtha (vb. damf), adj . Biting the lips
with milk, MBh. 13, 947. Gudodana MBh. 3, 427. sphuradoshtha, i.e. sphu-
(sic instead of cdau), i.e. guda-, boiled rant-oshtha, adj., f. fhi, With trembling
rice with sugar, MBh. 13, 6162. Tila-, lips, Indr. 5, 51.
n. a dish of rice, milk, and sesamum,
Ram. 2, 69, 10 (tilodana instead of lau).
Dadhi-, m. a mess prepared of curds,
Yajn. 1, 303. Mamsa-bhutodana (in
stead of tau), i.e. -bhuta-, a dish of ^fnTpg] auhthya, i.e. uktha+ya, n.
rice and meat ( ?), Ram. 2, 52, 83. QMi;
Acomplex of hymns (?), MBh. 3, 10686.
boiled rice, Bhartr. 2, 79.
^jY?ZT augrya, i.e. ugra+ya, n.
^\ff om> m&- * my8**0 word Pre"
facing all prayers, Ranch. 33, 11 ; used Formidableness.
at the commencement and end of holy ^SftfefiTS^I autkanthya, i.e. utkantha
recitations, Man. 2, 74 ; 73 ; and writ + ya, n. Desire, Bhag. P. 1, 6, 17.
ings, Man. ; used to commence respect
^VfZffXRIWrT autkanthya + vant,
ful salutations, and on other occasions,
e.g. Man. 2, 75 ; and the subject of adj., f. rati, Desirous, Bhag. P. 2, 6, 33.
many mystical speculations, Man. 2, T5fl"^ffjJ auttami, i.e. uttama + i,
79 ; 84. patron, m. The name of a Manu, Mau.
^h~*41H'"Tl omyavant, i.e. av + man
1, 62.
+ya + vant, adj., f. rati, Agreeable, T5j\ ^|^ auttara (? if correct it
Chr. 296, 7=Rigv. i. 112, 7 ; kind, Chr.
would be ul/ara + a), adj. Inhabiting
297, 20=RigV. i. 112, 20.
the north, MBh. 3, 10546 (probably >i
^JTtJpTjs* OLAND, see land. must be corrected yatrott").
^yrfv an<* V^ oshadhi, i.e. ush + Ty| -j\ |i<4|7 auttanapada, ai.'l

a-dha (cf. nidhi), f. 1. A plant, Man. -tfrf^" -padi, i.e uttana-pada (a prop r
1, 46. 2. A medicinal herb, Chaurap. 47. name) + a or i, patron, m. Dhruva i f
Comp. Mahaushadhi, i.e. ma/ia-, f. a
the polar star, MBh. 13, 195 ; Bhag. 1'.
kind of sensitive plant, Mimosa pudica.
4, 8, 82.
TJjfafv^I oshadhi-ja (\b.jan), adj. ^rfrtrf^HT autpattiha, i.e. utptlh
Produced from plants, Kir. 5, 14 (i.e.
+ ika, adj. Innate, Bhag. P. 3, 15, 45.
a phosphorescent light).
^Il rtJlfrY^T autpatika, i.e. ulpala r
^flff oshtha, i.e. probably ava-stha
ika, adj., f. kt, Prodigious, Ram. 5,
(vb. st/ia), m. 1. The lip, Man. 8, 282.
52, 1.
2. The upper lip, Bhag. P. 4, 8, 46.
In comp. words a preceding a may be ^fogqij autsukya, i.e.utsuka+ya-
dropped, and the fem. of a comp. adj. I. n. 1. Perturbation, Ram. 3, 1, 4- 4
may end in tha or fhi, e.g. ruchira Desire, MBh. 3, 114. II. iustr. yeno.
-dantaushfhi, Having beautiful teeth adverbially, Quickly, Panel). 35, 9 !
and lips, Ram. 3, 52, 16. bimboshtha, 95, 25.Comp. Manda-, adj. having""
adj. Having bimba-like lips, Knthas. great desire, ^ak. 18, 22. Sa-, adj.,
4, 8. samdashfaushfha, i.e. sum-'' f- ya, full of desire, Panel). 186, 20.
VT79 audaka, i.e. udaka+a, adj. 'Ml MMpri4 aupapattiha, i.e. pa-
L Referring to water, Man. 3, 215. 2. paWt + *A, adj. Suitable, MBh. 13,
Aquatic, Man. 1, 44 ; 6, 13. 2742.

JR B3| audaiichana, i. e. udan- ^| qq aupamya, i.e. upama + ya, n.


<haa+a, adj. Contained in a tub, Resemblance. Only at the end of comp.
FiLig. P. 8, 24, 19. words, an-, adj. Incomparable, Ram.
6, 87, 10; atmaupamya, i.e. atman-, n.
''il^R,* audarika, i.e. udara + ika, Taking one's self as measure, Hit. i. d.
*Jj,f.Ai, Gluttonous, Vikr. 39, 14. 10 (atmaupamyena, as they wish for
themselves) ; svaprta-, n. Resemblance
UT^If audarya, i.e. ttdara+ya, adj.
to a dream, Bhag. P. 9, 19, 28; vatya-,
Being in the womb, Bhag. P. 3, 24, 4. adj. Resemblance to a storm, Bhag. P.
"^1 < I q audarya, i.e. udara +ya, n. 5, 14, 9.
1. Excellence, Nal. 16, 17. 2. Dignity, ^STTjf^gr aupayika, i.e. upat/a + ika,
Ram. 3, 18, 25. 3. Generosity, Dacak. the a of the base shortened (aupayika
in Chr. 187, 24. with a, MBh. 5, 7019, and Chr. 18, 37,
Vl<t Hf)*SJ audasinya, i.e. ud-asina see n.), adj., f. hi, Suitable, Ram. 2, 54,
38.
+ya (vb. as), and ^T^T^I audasya,
*JTl|*l aupala, i.e. upala + a, adj.,
i.e. ttd-a + a + ya, n. Indifference,
apathy, Dacak. in Chr. 183, 17 ; Ve- f. li. Made of stone, Man. 4, 194.
dantas. in Chr. 219, 2. ^HTH^J*^ aupavasya, i.e. upavasa
^JTifcJ^' audumbara, i.e. udumbara +ya, n. Fasting, Ram. 2, 87, 18.
+ o, I. adj., f. ri, Made of Udumbara ,Mi TT1 W aupavahya, i.e. upa-vah
*ood, Man. 2, 45. H. m. pi. The name + a+ya, adj. Serving for riding on,
of a people, MBh. 2, 1869. III. f. rt, Ram. 2, 39, 10.
A branch of the Udumbara tree, Ram.
^n 4*324 aupasthya, i.e. upastha +
1. 4, 21.
ya, n. Sexual intercourse, Bhag. P.
^T^lR^T auddhariha,\.e. uddhara
7, 6, 13.
+ika, adj. Deducted, Man. 9, 150.
^TM^lR^f aupaharika, i.e. ty>a-
^\<a rTCV audvahika, i.e. udvaha //ara + tAa, n. Oblation, MBh. 13, 0039.
+ ikn, adj. Received on account of
^H Mlfy^ aupadhika, i.e. upad/ii+
"urriage, Man. 9, 206.
ika, adj. Reflectional, conditional (as
^TTTVnq aupadharmya, i. e. upa the crystal's red colour from a china
'Ihnrma + ya, n. A false doctrine, rose near it),
heresy, Bhag. P. 2, 7, 37.
^SM C|| 4i1 aupasana, i.e. upasuna +
^U^KIH^i aupanayanika, i. e. a, m. The sacred fire, Yajii. 3, 17.
"pa-nayana+ika, adj. Relating to the
initiation, Man. 2, 68. ^f\ ^4if aurabhra, i.e. urabhra + a,
adj. Belonging to a ram, MBh. 3, 268.
^Wl'TT^" aupanishada, i.e. upani-
^|VTf*=Ri aurabhrika, i.e. urabhra
*<*+ a, adj., f. </i, Contained in an
I'paniBhad, Man. 6, 29. + ika, m. A shepherd, Man. 3, 16*
141
^Vrai
^5|T^"3J auraga, i.e. uraga + a, m. An ointment made of Ucira, Ck. d.
An inhabitant of Uracil, Rajat. 5, 216. 57, v.r.
^gi .^tj aurasa, i.e. uras+a, I. adj., ^JT^V amhadha, i. e. oshadhi \ a,
f. f, Dwelling in one's breast, innate, m. and n. A medicine, Man. 8, 324.
Man. 3, 1314. II. m. A legitimate son, Comp. Maha-, I. n. 1. garlic. 2. long
Man. 9, 166 ; Yajn. 2, 128. pepper. II. n. and f. dhi, dry ginger.
'^Hr aurna, i.e. urna + a, adj., f. ni, ^ffafV and ,?!IT^ft aushadhi
Woollen, MBh. 2, 1823. oshadhi, Kir. 5, 24 ; MBh. 13, 454.
'^U'SeTT'^ aurdhvadeha, i.e. urdhva ,)STnf aushtra, i.e. ushtra + a, adj.
-deha + a, n. Obsequies of a deceased Produced from a camel, Man. 5, 8.
person, Ram. 2, 83, 24. ^SJTSSJT aushnya, i.e. ushna+ya, n.
^5jYvT2rf%3r aurdhvadehika, i. e. Heat, Yajn. 3, 77.
urdhva-deha + ika, I. adj. 1. Serving ^IT^J aushmya, i.e. ushman+ya,
for the acquisition of merit, Man. 11, n. Heat, Ragh. 17, 33.
10. 2. Belonging to the obsequies of
a deceased person, Panch. 9, 3. II. n.
Obsequies, Ram. 4, 24, 24.
^5JJXef aurva, i.e. Mri?a-|-a, I. m.
The patronymic name of a Rishi or 3T ka, I. see Mm. II. m. (properly
saint, MBh. l, 2610. II. adj., f. vi. 1. nom. sing, of hint), A name of the
Produced by tlrva, MBh. 1, 1242. 2. highest deities, viz. PrajSpati, Bhag.
adj. or m. (supple agni), Submarine P. 6, 6, 2 ; Brahman, MBh. 1, 32 ;
fire, Rajat. 3, 170. Vishnu, 13, 7027. III. n. Water, Yajn.
^5fT^T*W auganasa, i.e. uganas-\-a, 2, 108.

1. adj., f. si. 1. Belonging to Ucanas. | e|f^ KA MS (or grJTN KAg, or


2. Descended from Ucauas, Bhag. P.
qpj^ KAS), ii. 2, Atm. 1. To go. 2.
7, 5, 48 ; 9, 18, 20. II. n. 1. A law
book ascribed to Ucanas, Panch. 253, To command (v.r. to destroy).
1 2. 2. The name of a holy place, MBh. ^T kamsa, I. m. A proper name,
S, 7005. MBh. 1, 357. II. f. sa, A proper
^ftfjJ^T augija, i.e. ufij (i.e. pro name, Hariv. 2029. III. m. n. Bell
metal.
bably vag + i-j, vb. jan), 4 a, adj.
Covetous (?), Chr. 297, il=Rigv. i. Jjnj^rft kamsavatl, i. e. kaihsa +
112, 11. vant 4 i, f. A proper name, BhSg. P.
^^ftTT augiuara, i.e. uginara 9, 24, 24.
4 a, I. m. The king of the Ucinaras, t gr^T KAK, i. 1, Atm. 1. To be
MBh. 1, 3669. II. f. ri, A proper name, proud. 2, To be unsteady. 3. To be
Vikr. 30, 18. thirsty.
^af\^ aufira, i.e. ugira + a, n. ^^151 kahutstha, i.e. kahidslha
1. The handle of a fan, MBh. 12, 2299. (vb. stha), m. A proper name, Ram.
2. A bed, Dacak. in Chr. 200, 8. 3. 1, 70, 38.
140
f|Z kakud (a reduplicated form t cTf^ KAKK, see kakh.
of i lost base, kud, probably akin to
<*oi, etc., cf. hakudmant), f. 1. A ^"WT^f kakkola, m. (?) A plant
uamit, Bhag. P. 6, 25, 7. 2. The bearing a berry, the inner part of which
bap of the Indian bull, Bhag. P. 9, is an aromatic substance, Ram. 3, 39,
. 15. Comp. 7Vt-, m. a name of 22.
Krishna, or Vishnu, MBh. 12, 1508. t ctfSRj^ KAKKH, see kakh.
4<a^ kakud -{-a, m. and n. 1. Chief,
eU^J kaksha, I. m. 1. A spreading
Rim. 6, J7, 12. 2. The hump of the
Indian bull, MBh. 13, 835. 3. An en creeper, MBh. 3, 12548 ; weed, Man. 7,
sign or symbol of royalty, Ragh. 3, 70. 110. 2. A dry wood, Ram. 5, 5, 24. 3.
A forest, MBh. 15, 1082. 4. The side
Comp. Tri-, adj. having three horns,
or flank, Ram. 6, 36, 108 (of an army).
MBh. 12, 13252.
5. pi. The name of a people, MBh. 6,
*$ VI kakud +mant, I. adj., f. 356. II. m. and f. ksha. 1. The arm
s<m'. Hiving a hump, Ragh. 4, 29. II. pit, Ram. 4, 10, 19; Mrichchh. 34, 11.
m. 1. A mountain, Ragh. 13, 47. 2. A 2. The end of the lower garment tucked
bull having a hump, Kumaras. 1, 27. into the waistband, MBh. 2, 902 ; Pai'ich.
tt. Lat cacumen. 32, 25 (used for keeping money). III.
^$K|*f kakud +min, I. adj., f. f. ksha. 1. A girdle, MBh. 4, 1749.
2. A wall, Ram. 2, 32, 32. 3. An en
, Having a hump, MBh. 13, 4935. II. closure, a part of an edifice, Man. 7, 224.
m. L A bull having a hump, Bhag.
Comp. Hirnnya-, adj., f. ksha, wear
P- J, 3, 4. 2. A proper name, Hariv.
ing a golden girdle, MBh. 4, 2108.
Hema-, adj. having a golden wall, Ram.
5&tM kakudruma, i. e. kakud 3, 54, 15.
-<lruma, n. A proper name, Ranch, i. 3T"^T5T kakshaghna, i.e. kaksha-hnn
i. 230.
+ , adj. Destroying a dry wood, MBh.
^sjj^Sjf kakud i vant, m. A bull 1, 5756.
hiving a hump, Ram. 5, 7, 11.
^T^TeprT kakshivant, m. The name
^$*^A kokuiidara, and eh eh ^T of a Rishi, Chr. 297, n=Rigv. i. 112,
loikundara, n. The cavities of the 11.
luins, Yajn. 3, 96.
eJTSl hakshya, i.e. kaksha +ya, I.
3T^T kakulh (a reduplicated form
f. ya, 1. A girdle, MBh. 2, 900. 2. An
f)f a lost base , kubh ; cf. icvtpdc, Lat. upper garment, Kathas. 18, 5. 3. An
ciibare, and humbh), f. 1. A summit enclosed court, MBh. 2, 827 ; Ram. 2,
(u-d.). 2. A quarter or point of the 57, 22. II. n. 1. The cup of a balance,
"."mpass, Kathas. 21, 13. 3. A proper
Mit. 145, 20. 2. A certain part of a
i arac, Bhag. P. 6, 6, 4. chariot, Ram. 6, 106, 23. Comp. Su-
<*<5T kakubh+a, m. 1. A tree, varna-, adj. having a golden girth,
Ram. 2, 92, 32. Saptakakshya, i.e.
Tenninalia Arjuna, Ram. 1, 26, 15. 2.
saplan-, having seven courts, Ram. 4,
A certain musical mode, Vikr. 61, 1.
3. The name of a mountain, Bhag. P. 33, 24.
5. l, 16. + clf^ KAKH, or eK*raN KAKKF
or qr^ KAKK, or ^R^ KHAKKH, qr^tyftf kach&kachi, i.e. kacha

i. l. Par. To laugh.Cf. Lat. cachin- -kacha + i, adv. Seizing one another


nus ; t.ax<i<", cayX"^ yXaX > by the hair, MBh. 8, 2377.
O.H.G. hoh (sneer). qff^?" kachchid, see kad.
| qj?T X4G,i. l.Par. To perform
qf^ hachchha (a form of kaksha,
an action. q. cf.), m. and n. A shore or bank,
f qpff RANK, i. i, Atm. To go. land contiguous to water, Paiich. 8, 17.
Comp. Maha-, m. 1. the ocean. 2.
gp|f kanka, I. m. 1. A heron, Ram.
Varuna. 3. a mountain.
6, 90, 25. 2. The name of a king, MBh.
1, 227. 3. pi. The name of a people, qr^flj kachchha-pa (vb. pa), m.
MBh. 2, 1850. II. f. ha, A proper 1. A tortoise, Panch. si, 13. 2. A
name, Hariv. 2029. proper name : a. of a Naga, MBh. I,
<^^Z kankata (for kankatra, from 4828 ; b. of a country, Kathas. 18, 253.
the base kaAch, cf. katlchuka), m. 3T^F kachchhu, f. Scab, Su9r. l,
Mail, Ram. 5, 80, 32. 269, 12.
qr^qj kankana (a reduplicated form t ^ KAJ (>.), I. l.Par. To be

of kan, and aff. a), m. and n. 1. An or glad.


nament, MBh. 3, 15757. 2. A bracelet, ctisijH kajjala, i.e. kad-jala, n. 1-
Bhartr. 2, 63. 3. The name of a cer
A collyrium prepared from lamp-black.
tain weapon, Ram. 1, 29, 13 ; 56, 12
(Gorr. has kinkini, q. cf.). 2. Shame, Bhag. P. 6, 2, 27.
t gr^v RANCH, i. l, Atm. 1. To
gr^f^JT kankanin, i.e. kankana +
bind. 2. To shineCf. kach, and
in, adj., f. ni, Wearing a bracelet,
Kathas. 22, 91. kanch.
qPro kanch + uka, m. 1. A jacket,
qps-lrj kankata (perhaps for *kan-
karta, i.e. an old redupl. form of Irit Ram. 6, 99, 23; Kathas. 18, 16. *
Dress, MBh. 12, 816. 3. Mail, Bhag
and aff. a) m., f. ti, and n. A comb, P. 8, 7, 15. 4. The skin of a snake
Ram. 2, 91, 70. Panch. i. d. 73 (and mail).-ComP
yyreT hankala, m. A skeleton, Utkanchuka, i. e. ud-, adj. naked,
Bhartr. 1, 49. Mukla-, m. a snake thai
Sund. 2, 24.
has cast his slough. Su-bhashita-ras*
qr^v KACH, i. 1, Atm. X. To bind. -asvada-jata-romaiicha-kaiicliukn,^
2.fCf.Tokanch
shine.and Ji.
kanch.
l, Par. To sound. covered with a mail-like horripila''0"
(a token of pleasure), produced I'.1
tasting the flavour of beautiful words.
qj^j kach -t-fl, m. 1. The hair, MBh.
1 4982. 2. A proper name, MBh. 1, MBh. 12, 816.
3193. Comp. U'kacha, i.e. ud-, adj. qfafafT hanchvkita, i.e. kanM'
1. blown, Bhag. P. 3, 23, 38. 2. opened, + ita, adj., f. ta, Armed with a coat of
MBh. 1, 6079 (?) Vi; adj., f. cha. 1.
mail, Bhartr. 3, 66.
bald, MBh. l, 6078. 2. blowr
qraf%Ts kanchukin, i.e. kanch^1
13 ; Indr. 5, 8.
sfirftrcfT
t in, m. An attendant on the women's cr>i | q kataksha, i.e. kata-aksha, m.
ipsriments, Paiich. 156, 20. A side-look, MBh. 1, 3009; an amorous
^rsf^Rrr karichnlika, i.e. kanch + look, Dacak. in Chr. 190, 12.
*la+ka, f. A bodice, Amar. 23. ^T2T^ kataha, I. m. and n. A fry
JH kafnja, i.e. ka + m-ja (vb. jari), ing vessel, MBh. 14, 1927. II. m. The
i. A lotus, Ram. 4, 41, 59; Bhag. P. name of a dvipa of the grand divisions
5, 14, 14. of the terrestrial world, Kathas. 13, 74.
T|%|4i| kanjika, f. A plant, Si- mfZ and m\ kali (cf. kafa), f. 1.
photunthns indica, Panch. 184, 18. The hip, MBh. l, 6293. 2. The but
\^ZKAT, i. l, Par. 1. To go. tocks, Man. 8, 281.
t To rain. 3. To encompass.Cf. gffa^TT kati + * f- The hip, MBh.
firakataya. 13, 5390.
$7 kata (for harta, i.e. krit+a), ^JT? kalu (for kartu, i.e. krit+u),
si- 1. A twist of straw, a mat, Man. adj., f. tit or tvt, Sharp, pungent ; of*
1. *M. 2. The hip, MBh. 13, 2796. 3. taste, Panch. 61, 11 ; of smell, MBh. 14,
The temples of an elephant, Ragh. 4, 1408; of the wind, Ram. 3, 22, 11; of
5". 4i A certain cast in a game of words, Paiich. i. d. 191.
luiard, Mrichchh. 33, 10. 5. The name
of a Rakshasa, Ram. 5, 12, 13.Comp. Qi<l$i katu+ka, I. adj., f. ka, Sharp,
Baddha-, adj., f. fa, made of plaited pungent; of taste, Kathas. 11, 23; of
piss, Ram. 2, 56, 17. Qruti-, m. 1. smell, Ram. 3, 16, 17; of words, MBh.
]*n*nce. 2. a snake. Sa-, adj. bad, 13, 6645. II. n. Pungency. Comp. Sa-,
'ile. Sam-, I. adj. (properly 'having adj. Harsh, MBh. 2, 1551.
the hips thronged together '). 1. "^jTrTT katu + ta, f. Wickedness,
crowded. 2. impervious. 3. narrow,
contracted. II. n. 1. a defile. 2. diffi Hariv. 1022.
culty, trouble. III. m. a proper name. 'R'iJT'^r kata-udaha, n. Obsequies
Maha-tam-, adj. full of great diffi of a deceased person, Bhag. P. 7, 2, 17.
culties, Bhartr. 2, 98.
t gr*Z KA TB (a form of kasht in
*4*~ kataha, m. and n. 1. A
kashta), i. 1, Par. To live in distress.
bracelet, Kathas. 9, 73. 2. The hill of
qfg hatha, m. The name of a sage,
mountain. 3. An army.
MBh. 1, 962.
3Ti<*i| katakafa, Imitation of the
qff'jrsj kafhina, perhaps for kashla
sound of fisticuffs, MBh. 3, 11516.
-f t'na (cf. kafh), I. adj., f. na. 1. Hard,
yrgreura ka taka tApa ya, solid, Panch. 190, 16 ; Bhartr. 2, 77. 2.
* denotnin. derived from the last, To Cruel, Kathas. 19, 89. II. f. ni, Chnlk,
gnash, Ram. 2, 35, 1. Paiich. Pr. 7. III. n. A pat, MBh. 3,
'Jitf.^i katankata, m. A surname 8484.
of Civa, 31Bh. 12, 10372. yf^lTTI kathina + ta, f., and qrfz-

*4^f11 kataputana, m. A demon, leel kafhina + tva,n. Hardness, Bhag.


called Kataputana, Man. 12, 71. P. 3, 26, 36.
WW
qr?t^ kalhora, i.e. probably kashla 1. Seed, Bhag. P. 7, 9, 33. 2. A proper
name, MBh. 1, 6544. II. f. ka, A drop,
+ var (for van) + a (cf. kathina), adj. 1.
Hard, solid, Bhag. P. 3, 19, 15. 2. Full Megh. 96.
grown, Mrichchh. 115, 13. 3. Sharp, f qng: KANT, i. l, Par. To go.
Bhag. P. 5, 13, 3. 4. Violent, Panch.
93, 1. 5. Loud, Panch. 248, 17. 6. cfiU^eti kantaha (the base kant is a
Hard-hearted, Panch. iv. d. 62. dialect, form of krint (originally karvt),
t arT KAD, i. l and 6, Par. To the base of the present, etc. of krit),
m. 1. A thorn, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 483.
be glad. i. 6, Par. To eat. i. 10, Par. 2. A sharp bone, Man. 8, 95. 3. An
To remove the husk of grain. enemy, Paiich. 176, 8 ; a wicked person,
f ^ KADD, i. 1, Par. To be Man. 9, 252 ; 253. 4. Stinging pain,
rough (a dialectical form of kasht ; cf. Sucr. 1, 93, 4. 5. Obstacle, Hit. hi. d.
76.Comp. A-, adj., f. ika, free from
kath).
thorns, i.e. obstacles, Ram. 2,46,29;
f efTTSr KAN, i. l, Par. 1. To from danger, 2, 81, 6; from harm, 3, 53,
sound. 2. To cry as in distress. 3. 15. Amara-, n. the name of the eastern
To go. i. 10, Par. To wink, to cover table-land of the Vindhya mountain,
the eye with the lids. Ram. 2, 73, 3 Gorr. Nishkantaka, i.e.
qn!T kana, I. m. 1. Grain, Hit. 9, nit-, adj. = akantaha, MBh. 4, arc.
Bhurja-, m. the son of an outcu-t
14 ; broken rice, Man. 11, 92 ; also
Brahmana, Man. 10, 21. So-, ai'j.
the fine red powder which adheres to
the rice berry beneath the husk. 2. thorny.
A drop, Bhartr. 3, 15 ; spray, Cak. efcU^f^Trf kanlakita, i.e. kanfaka +
d. 55. 3. A spark, Paiich. 93, 3. 4. ita, adj., f. ta. 1. Thorny, Dranp. I.
A little bit, Prab. 29, 13. II. f. na, 14. 2. "With bristling hair (a sign ol
Long pepper, Sucr. 2, 418, 16.Comp. pleasure or love, according to the
Tushara-, ttthina-, m. a flake of snow, Hindus), Rajat. 5, 2; Cak. d. 63.
Kathas. 19, 50 ; Amar. 54.
37Uif<*1 kantakin, i.e. kantaka f
qniTtf kanapa, m. A kind of spear,
in, adj., f. ni. Thorny, MBh. 1, 2851.
MBh. 1, 8257 ; with n instead of n,
t 3fT!^ KANTH, i. l, Par., Attn., i.
MBh. 3, 810.
10, Par. 1. To grieve. 2. To desire,
3fT!ro kanabha, m. A kind of fly
to long for. Cf. utkanth.
(an autumn fly ?), Sucr. 2, 258, 1.
qrTJJ kantha (probably a dial, for"1
3TW3H3' kana + fas, adv. In small
of *kandhra, for handhara), ro. *
pieces, Kumaras. 4, 27. The neck, Ram. 2, 66, 32 Gorr. *
3TWT^ kanada, m. The name of The throat, Mrichchh. 128, 20 ; M-
a sage, the founder of the Vaiceshika 11, 205. 3. Voice, MBh. 3, 829. *
or atomic school of philosophy. Proximity, Paiich. 247, 14. 5. Th
proper name of a Rishi, Ram. 4, if, "
cjfTJiy5lr|T kanannata, i. e. kana When latter part of a comp. adj., '
-anna + ta, f. Eating broken rice, (hi and tha, e.g. agru- adj. With tear5
Man. 11, 167. in the throat, i.e. the voice interrupt'1'
qrf^jcft kanika, i.e. kana + by tears, Ram. 2, 74, 28 ; f. thi, Dacak
in Chr. 191, 3. nishka-, I. adj., f. thi, eft iijSCjff kanduyana, i.e. kanduya
Wearing a golden ornament on the
+ ana, n. X. Itching, Bhag. P. 8, 7,
wck, MBh. 3, U694. II. m. A golden 10. 2. Scratching, 3, 31, 26. 3. Strok
ornament of the neck, 13, 4928. nila-, ing, Vikr. d. 151.
Ladj. With a blue throat, MBh. 10,
m. IL m. 1. A peacock, Megh. 77. <* i!^<4*f3T kanduyana + ka, adj.
LA Dame of Civa, Ram. 5, 89, 41. III. Titillating, Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1106.
i- Mi, A peahen, 5, 11, 23. mukta ^TTJJjiJ fij kanduyitri, i.e. kanduya
iartfha + m (vb. much), adv. Aloud,
ss shouting or crying, citi-, m. 1. A + tri, m., f. tri, n. Who or what rubs,
peacock. 2. A gallinule. 3. (('ivu. Ragh. 13, 43.
pi; m. 1. Civa. 2. A proper name. cfciy kanva, m. The name of a Rishi,
Mnna- (fb. sad), adj. Choked, scarcely MBh. 1, 2874. Superl. kanva + tama,
able to articulate, sutra-, m. 1. A The first of the Kanva tribe, Chr. 287,
Brihmana. 2. A wagtail. 3. A dove. 4=Rigv. i. 48, 4.
qm^l^q kanthirava, i.e. kanthi- ^TrW kataka, m. The nut plant,
(f. of kantha with the same significa Strychnos potatorum, which clears
tion) rcj-t-a, m. A lion, Pauch. iii. d. water, Man. 6, 67.
^TrT'R ka + tama, superl. of kirn, pron.
5HI^J kanthya, i.e. kantha +ya, adj.
n. mad. Who, what, which of many,
1. Being at the throat. 2. Salutary MBh. l, 4312; of two, 13, 3044 With
to the throat. 3. Guttural.
na and api, Not the least, Bhag. P.
t T^ KAND, i. l, Atm. To be 7, 15, 59.
glad. i. l and i. 10, Par. To remove grfTf^ ka-\-tara, compar. of him,
the hoak of grain, i. 10, Par. To pre
serve.Cf. had. pron. n. rad, Who, what, which of
two, MBh. 1, 3645 ; of many, Vikr. 5,
4i "if hand + ana, I. n. The chaflf, 14. Cf. Lat. uter for cuter (ubi : ali-
Sucr. l, as, 4. II. f. ni, A mortar, Man. cubi), utrum; Kurtpov, o-irdrtpoe ; Goth,
MS. hvathar ; A.S. hviidhcr.
$13, L kandu, and, usually, efc 03 eJffrT hati, i.e. ka, base of kim +ti,
H, f. The itch, Bhtig. P. 2, 7, 13. pron. 1. How many, Ram. 5, 73, 2.
H. kandu, m. The name of a Rishi, 2. Some, Panch. 171, 2 j usually with
Kao. 2, 21, 31. following chid, Panch. 87, 22 ; with
api, Amar. 25. 3. A proper name,
ysfrt kanduti, i.e. kanduya + ti,
Hariv. 1461.Cf. Lat. quot.
f. Wantonness, Rajat. 5, 281.
3ffFpJT hati + dha, adv. In how
3Pr?*r A'^.V/>f)'F^, a denomina
tive derived from kandu, Par. (Atm. many ways, Bhag. P. 3, 6, 11.
-MBh. 13, 5023). 1. To scratch, MBh. 9n*f?PTO katipaya (from hati), adj.,
i, 5932. 2. To rub, Cak. d. 144. 3. f. ya and yi, Some, Panch. 9, 6.
I o stroke, Man. 4, 82. hhara-kanduyita,
gj-^r KA TTH, i. l, Atm. 1. To
n. (proverbially) Scratching with a
thorn for ' doing an absurd action,' boast, Chr. 24, 39. 2. To praise, Ram,
MBh. 3, 1329. 3, 55, 8. 3. To blame, Bhag. P. '
33 With the prep. f% vi, 1. To boast, Cak. d. 81 ; with na, How much les
Ram. 1, 33, 9.With following chan
Ram. 6, 36, 42. 2. To disparage, MBh.
1. In any manner, Man. 5, 143; wi
4, 1299. Caus. To humble, Draup. 9,
na, In no manner, never, Man. 4, l
10. 2. Not without difficulty, Ram. 1, 6
gr^Spf kattk + ana, I. adj. Boasting, 4. 3. kathamkatham chana, A litti
a boaster, Ram. l, 6, 10. II. n. Boast Vikr. 29, 15. With following chid, 1.
ing, Ram. 3, 35, 23. little, Cak. 65, l. 2. Scarcely, Ram.
f ^^ KA TR, see hartr. 24, 20. 3. With difficulty, Panch. 9, ;
MBh. 13, 2797. kathaih chid apt, Eve
3TO KATH, i. 10, Par., in epic a little, Man. 3, 190; Scarcely, Ram.
poetry also Atm. (probably a denomin. 99, 50. hathaih chidna, In no wa;
Ram. 5, 75, 7. na katham chid ap
of katham). 1. To tell, MBh. I, 2206 ;
Atm. ib. 3, 13180 ; to tell of, with the Never, Chr. 19, 4. na katham chidm
By nil means, Arj. 10, 17.Comp. 1
ace., Cak. 7, 18. 2. To announce, MBh.
tha-katha + m, adv. with followin
H, 144. 3. To declare, Man. 7, 157.
4. To command, Paiich. 57, 22 j Vikr. chid, by all means, Man. 11, 220 (221
d. 7. S. To converse, Ram. 2, 57, 1 ; qT*}T kath + a, f. 1. A tale, Una
Brahman. 1, n Pass. To be called, l, 2, 38. 2. A speech, discourse, Man
Hit. Pr. d. 32.Anomalous ptcple. of 3, 231; Cak. d. 76. 3. Mention, >"al
the pres. Atm. kathayana, MBh. 2, 21, 33. 4. With preceding kd (fern, o
1906. kathita, n. Talk, Cak. 33, 3. kim), and a following loc, or prati witl
With the prep. Tf pra, To announce, ace, No question, out of the question
Ragh. 10, 29 (you are out of the qui"=
Ram. 5, l, 93.With HW^ sam, 1. To
tion); in a prodosis, Cak. d. 52, *
tell, Bhag. P. 8, 5, 13. 2. To explain, hatha. vanasaOidhane, There is nono
MBh. 3, 14000. to fix the arrow to the bow; in
3TJ3f kath + aka, adj. Telling, apodosis, Kathiis. 4, 123, how mud
less?Comp. Dharma-, f. a conversa
Cantic. 2, 27. m. A narrator, MBh. l,
tion concerning law or duty, PA<*
7778.
117, 13. Pura-, f. a tale of past iff*
q?^JJ hath + ana, n. Relating, Sam-, f. conversation.
Bhartr. 2, 54. ^rn)^M + a(i + k,n. Alittlo
ZRHH ha + tha + m (cf. Atm), adv. tale, Lass. 15, 13.
1. In what manner, Nal. 3, 10. 2. qfSnTTT katha. 4 maya, adj., f- '/'
How, Cak. u, 13; Man. 5, 2. 3. What, Consisting of tales, Kathas. 8, I.
Cak. 94, 1 (katham mam evoddifati,
^TSfT^imrTr. kathacaceshata, > f-
What! dares he defy me?). 4. Whence,
Cak. 98, 23.Witli following apt, 1. katha-ava$eshata, f. Condition"'
By some means, by accident, Paiich. one of whom nothing but the mentm
127, 25; 261, 13. 2. A little, Cak. d. is left, i.e. death, Prab. 83, 1.
73. 3. Slowly, with difficulty, Paiich. ejf^ ka + d (the old nom. ace s'"?'
236, 7. 4. kalhamkatham apt, Not
n. of kim ; cf. Lat. quod; O.H.G.hM;
without great pain, Dacak. in Chr. 187,
AS. In-Lit). 1. With following d>il
11.With following nu, 1. How now?
Nal. 17, 20 (19). 2. How l "s qff%^ kach chid, particle of interrog
cos, Perhaps, Nal. 4, 24. 2. As former Panch. 22, 10. With following chid,
-1 of compound nouns, Bad, e.g. Once, BriUiman. 1, 2 ; preceded by na,
L*d-a*Ro, n. Bad food, Bhug. P. 5, 9, Never, Man. 4, 74. 3. Followed by
*. kad-apatya, adj. Having a bad api, and preceded by na, Never, Hit.
oC-pring, 4, 13, 43. had-indriya, n. pi. 58, 12.Cf. Lat. quando, quandoquc=
Tbe paltry organs of sense, 8, 3, 28. hada chid.
3. Combined with vb. da, To blame, 7,
Zf\jr hadru, f. The wife of Kacjapa,
J. 23 ; with artA, q.v.
and mother of the serpent race, MBh.
$T A/10, or I qrs5^ KAND, or 1, 1074.
^^T^ KRAND, or tST5^ KLAND, gfT KAN, i, l, Par. (perhaps pro
'.. 1, Atm. l. f To be confused. 2. f ceeded from ham, q. cf., by ham + nu, ii.
To confound. 3. To kill ; chakada, 9, cf. ran). 1. To love, to be satisfied,
Rim. 6, 65, 23. etc. (ved.). 2. f To shine. 3. f To go.
V7i| kud+ana, n. Killing, Rain. qT*^? han + aka, n. Gold, Rit. 6,
, 65, 13. 28; 30.
^^T^ hadamba, I. m. A tree, Nau
3JT3fJT?J kanaka + maya, adj., f. yi,
sea cadamba (its flower, when full- Golden, Paiich. 235, 13.
Mowd, is covered with projecting gfSJTJ hanapa, see hanapa.
anthers), Ram. 5, "4, 4 ; Kir. 5, 9. II.
n. Plenty, Cak. 87, 15 (Prakr.). efffsfg" hanishtha, superl. of alpa
^^k|<B kadamba + ka, n. Plenty, and yuvan, f. sktha. 1. Smallest, very
Cak. d. 39. small, Ram. 3, 51, 7. 2. Youngest,
^"^ KADARTH, see artA. Man. 9, 113. 3. with and without
ahguli, f. The little finger, Yajn. 1,
44 V| hadartha, see hadarthi under 19.
in. 3Tf%ftr3iT hanishthika, i.e. hanishtha
4ld ^i hadarthana. i.e. had-arth + + ka, f. The little finger, MBh. 13,
ana, n. and f. no, Tormenting, lJa<;iik. 5059.
19, 7. 5T0*i*J kaniyarhs, I. comparative
^~SJ kad-arya, adj., f. ya, Avari of alpa and yuvan, f. yasi, Very small,
cious, Man. 4, 210. Pauch. 16, 7. II. m. A younger brother,
Ram. 1, 26, 5.
Sf^T hadala, I. m. and f. /, The
qjSf^TO kaniyasa, i. e. haniyafris
plaintain tree, Musa sapientum, Megh.
75. II. f. U, A kind of deer, MBh. 2, + a, adj. 1. Smaller, MBh. 13, 25G0.
2. Younger, MBh. 1, 3518.
3i<ifH4i( kadalika, i.e. hadali + ha, qr^TT hantha, f. A patched cloth,
f. The plaintain tree, Prab. 65, 13. Bhartr. 3, 16. Cf. perhaps Lat.
3T?r Aa + rfa (see Atm), adv. At cento (?).
t qr^ KAND, i. 1, Par. 1. To
what time, Nal. 22, 7. With following
call. 2. To cry or shed tearsCf.
ehana, L. Once, some time ; preceded
l')na, Never, Man. 2, 58. 2. Perhaps, had.
gp^ kanda, m. A bulbous root, Dagahandhara, i.e. dagan-, adj. hav
ing ten necks, epithet of Ravana, MBh.
Paiich. ii. d. 161.Comp. Maha-, ro.
3, 16516.
1. garlic. 2. a sort of yam. 3. a plant,
Hingtsha repens. Rahla-, m. 1 . coral. ^JJ^TT kanyaka, i.e. kanya \-ka, F.
2. a sort of onion. A girl, Paiich. 44, 18.
qj-^jr kandala, n. The white es <+A|o(j S| kanyakubja, i. e. kanya.
culent water lily. -kubja (with shortened a), f. The
qf^T kanda-da (vb. da), adj. One name of a town, Ram. 1, 34, 37.
who makes roots (?), MBb. 12, 10403. ^f^JTT kanyasa, i.e. kanyams (for
qj?^ kandura (probably ka + m, kaniyams) + a, adj., f. si, Younger,
old nom. and ace. n. of Mm, -dri + a), Ram. 5, 33, 10.
ra., f. ri, and n. A cave, Paiich. 93, 8. m~Z$T kanya (akin to kaniyams), f.
cfc wA <4rl kandara + vant, adj., f. 1. A girl, Nal. 1, 8. 2. A virgin, Man.
vati, Abundant in caves, Ram. 3, 21, 13. 8, 367. 3. A daughter, Man. 9, 71.
Comp. Kagi-, f. a daughter of the king
3i"^j["Tj kandarpa (probably kam, of the Kacis, Chr. 20, 18. Jahnu-, f.
see kandara, -drip + a), m. 1. A name a name of the Ganga, Bhartr. 3, 79.
of the god of love, Ram. 1, 25, 10. 2. Sama-, f. a girl fit to be married.
Love, MBb. l, 7920. 3^4"T<^ kanya + tva, n. Virginity,
qr7W kandala (perhaps kam, see MBh. 1, 2406.
the last, and dala), n. 1. The flower ^^TTHT kanya +maya, adj., f. yi,
of the handall (q. cf.), Bhartr. 1, 43.
Consisting of a girl, Ragh. 16, 86.
2. A new shoot. Comp. Rakta-,
ratna-, and hema-, m. coral. qnj KAP, see krap.
<* tL *i?ft kandali, see the last, f.
qfTf kapa, m. The name of a kind
The plaintain tree, Musa sapientum,
of demons, MBh. 13, 7329 sqq.
Vikr. d. 78.
3TTJ2T kapata, m. and n. Fraud,
3f?rfir*T kandalin, i.e. kandala +
Panch. 217, 15.
in, adj., f. ni, Abundant in new shoots,
Bhartr. l, 42. 9iTT<r kaparda, m. 1. A small shell
gfTff kandu, m. f. An iron pan, used as a coin, a cowrie. 2. The
Malav. 24, 21 (Prakr.). braided hair of (^iva.
o
fi"Ff^r kanduka, I. m. A ball for ^RTfT^eff kaparda + ka, m. and

playing with, Bhartr. 2, 83. II. n. A ^q-fj^qiT kapardika, f. A small shell


pillow, Bhartr. 3, 42. used as a coin, Hit. lis, 2.
3f*J^ handhara [i.e. kam (see kan
3Tqf^*f kapardin, i. e. kaparda +
dara), according to the grammarians,
in, m. A name of Civa, MBh. 3, 1624.
Head, -dhri + a], m., and f. ra, The
neck, Yfiju. 2, 220. Comp. Utkan- 5HTI kapata, m., f. ft, and n. 1.
dhara, i.e. ud-, adj., f. ra (cf. Ko>' half of a folding-door, Ram. 5, 15,
20, 8), with raised neck, Panel' *. A door, Mrichchh. 16, 17.
S3TWI<1<* -kapata + ka, a substitute qrfqp? kapi+tva, n. Condition of
* the last when latter part of a comp.
a monkey, Ram. 5, 2, 15.
*zy tphalika-uru-, adj. Having large
folding-doors of crystal, MBh. 2, 1673. SffW kapi+la, I. adj., f. la, Red
f. tiki, Bhag. P. 3, 15, 29. dish, Man. 8, 8 (with reddish hair),
<*MI<!I kapala (probably for * Aar- Ram. 6, 3, 2. II. m. The name of a
sage, MBh. 3, 1896 ; of a mountain,
/w/; cf. karpara), I. m., f. /t, An Bhag. P. 5, 16, 27. in. f. la. I. A
earthen water-pot, especially of the reddish or brown cow, MBh. 3, 8067.
religious mendicants, Man. 6, 44; 2. A proper name, MBh. l, 2520. 3.
Bhartr. 3, 24; of beggars in general, The name of a river, MBh. 3, 14233.
Dacak. in Chr. 194, 1. II. m. and n.
1. Either half of a water-jar, Bhashap. ^rf^ST kapi+ga, adj. Reddish, Cilk.
io. 2. The skull, MBh. w, 273. III. d. 75 ; brown, Vikr. d. 26 ; Megh. 21.
m. 2. A potsherd, 2. Either half of *Ml*^ kapindra, i.e. kapi-indra,
an egg, Kathas. 2, 15. 3. The glene,
m. A name of Vishnu, MBh. 13, 7002.
Socr. l, 265, 8. 4. A kind of leprosy,
Sucr. 1, 268, 1. ^n^'rTN kapivant, i.e. kapi+vant,
<<4lRl< kapalika, I.= kapalika H. 1. in. The name of a sage, Hariv. 426.
II. f. vati, The name of a river, Ram.
(q.cf.), Paiicli. i. d. 239 (with shortened
i on account of the metre?). II. f. 2, 71, 15.
ka, i.e. kapala + ka, f. A potsherd, qrqYrf ka-pota (see kirn), I. m. A
Man. 4, 78. dove or pigeon, Panch. iii. d. 139. II.
<*Mll1N kapalin, i.e. kapala + in, f. tt, A she-pigeon, Panch. iii. d. 179.
I. adj., f. nt, Wearing skulls (as a neck Snftfjgr kapota+ka, m., f. tika, A
lace), Kumaras. 5, 78; covered with little pigeon, Panch. ii. 9 ; iii. 144.
skulls, Bhag. P. 4, 4, 16. II. m. and f.
A follower of a certain sect, Prab. 56, ^T^V^T kapola, m. A cheek, Panch.
13- HI. m. A name of Civa, MBh. 2, d. 225.Comp. Su-, adj., f. la, having
l4i; of one of the Rudras, l, 2567. beautiful cheeks, Bhag. P. 4, 25, 22.
TV. f. tit, A name of Durga.
^PTT'JJ^rm' kapolahasha, i.e. kapola
^Tp? kapi, i.e. kamp + i, m. 1. A -kash + a, m. That which rubs the
monkey, Man. n, 154. A name of cheeks (viz. of the elephants), as a
Vishnu, MBh. 13, 7045. branch, etc., Kir. 5, 26.
*fH^*l kapinjala, m. 1. A bird, gpjf kapha, ra. Phlegm, one of the
the francoline partridge, Bhag. P. 6, 9, three humours of the body, Sucr. 1,
5. X A proper name, Panch. 163, 20. 4, 8.

*N<| kapittha (probably kapi-stha, &<* kapha + la, adj. Phlegmatic,


vb. ttha), I. m. A tree, Feronia ele- causing or exciting phlegm, Sucr. 1,
pbantum, Corr., MBh. l, 2830. II. n. 224, 7.
Iu fruit, Sucr. i, 148, 16. t q^ KAB, or gr^ KAV, i. 1,
*ftrJ kapittha + ka, m. A tree, Atm. 1. To colour. 2. To praise.
Feronia eiephan turn, Corr., Ram. 5, 16, 2. qj^^J kabandha, and W9f
vandha, m. and n. 1. A headless trunk, WWS kamatha, m. 1. A tortoise
especially one retaining the power of Pauch. ii. d. 199. 2. A proper name
action, B6htl. Iud. Sp. 106. 2. A belly, MBh. 2, 117.
MBh. 3, 806. 3. A cloud, or vapour,
qr9nE3*3 kamandalu, m. (and n)
MBh. 3, 13087. 4. The name of a
demon, Ram. 3, 75, 24, sqq. Cf. A water- pot used by ascetics and reli
Kauvdoe. gious students, Man. 2, 64 ; Ram. 3
qr^T ka + m (old ace. s. n. of kim), 52, 9.
qrJ*T kam + ana, adj. Desirable
a particle, Indeed, Chr. 293, 2=Kigv.
i. 88, 2. -Cf. V. Bhag. P. 1, 9, 33.
3TYM kam + ala, I. n. 1. A lotus
JJTU KAM, i. 10, Atm. (in epic
Nelumbium, Megh. 32. 2. Water, Kir
poetry also Par., Hid. 4, 4 ; Ram. 3, 51,
5, 25. II. f. la. 1. A name of Lakshmi
28), in the pres., impf., imptive., and
Bhag. P. i. p. xcv. 2. A proper name
potent., and optionally in all the other
RSjat. 4, 424.Comp. Kara-kamala, n
forms, kamaya. I. To love, MBh. 1,
a lotus-like hand, Rit. 3, 23. WtasiK
2400; Bam. 1, 34, 16. 2. To desire,
-vadana-kamala, adj., f. la, opening
Sav. 5, 52 ; to wish, with infin., MBh. 1,
6582 ; to intend, with infin., MBh. 3, her lotus-like mouth, Pauch, 129, 10
Vikasita-nayana-vadana-kamala,oyw
2249. Anom. ptcple. of the pres. ka-
ing his lotus-like eyes and mouth, l^,
wayana,e.g. MBh. 13, 1891; kamamana
11. Sa-, adj. abounding in lotus-flowery
(probably to be corrected to kamayana),
Ram. 5, 24, 37; 38. Pf. pass, kanta. 1. Eir. 5, 25.
Loved, Hid. 4, 35. 2. Amiable, graceful. 5tf-Wr?HJN KAMALAHAS, t
Comp. Chandra-, m. the moon-stone. denomin. derived from kamala-a-ha^
Rama-, m. Vishnu. Ravi-, m. the Par. To smile like a lotus, Lass, cr,
sun-stone. Radha-, m. Vishnu. Surya-, 15.
m. 1. the sunstone, Cak. d. 40; a gem. ^^f%5ft kamalini, i.e. kamala+i*
2. Hibiscus phoeniceus. Compar. kanta
+ lara, Most beautiful, Ram. 3, 17, 6. + {, f. A group of lotus flowers, Megh-
kamita, n. Wish, MBh. 1, 2187. 90.
Ptcple. of the fut. pass, kamaniya. 1. gr*^ KAMP, i. 1, Atm. (in <Tic
To be loved, Kumaras. l, 37. 2. Beau poetry also Par., MBh. 4, 1290). ! To
tiful, Bhartr. l, 45. kamya, see sepa
move to and fro, Ram. l, 14, i8-
rately Caus. To cause to desire, Ram. To tremble, Ram. 3, 53, 61. ComP-
3, 38, 20 (Par.) ; Rit. 6, 30 (Atm.) ptcple. of the pf. pass, a-kampito, n-
With the prep. ^Sff^f ati, in ati-kanta, Trembling a little, Ragh. 2, 13. Cw*
adj. Excessively loved, Bhartr. 2, 30. To cause to tremble, Ram. l, l*> 15j
3, 33, 38 (Atm.). Comp. ptcple-
With ^5jf5"f abhi, To desire, MBh. 1, the pf. pass, a-kampita, Without bert?
stirred, by themselves, MBh. *> 1J
3347._With f^[ m, To desire, Bhag. P.
Comp. ptcple. of the fut. r693, "
5, 18, 21. Cf. Lat carus = kam-ra,
-kampya, immoveable, Ram. 3, 53,
Beautiful, charming (Grammarians),
amo (cf. katara), amoenus, etc.; Kijcoc With the prep. TflSl anu, To pW
(aft*. Zoi=tvas) ?vof, etc.; pro* with loc. and ace, MBh. 14, 29 ; R,lin'
O.H.G. gaman, AS. gamene. 37, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. <""'
3T*r
ktmpita, n. Compassion, Bhdg. F. 1, ting the heart, causing it to throb (with
t 22. Caus. To pity, Kumaras. 4, 39. indignation), Draup. 4, 22.
With m\*\ sam-anu, To pity, Ragh. I ^\TSf KAMB, see karb.
s. u.With ^rfa abhi, To tremble,
q\e(<r hambala, I. m. and n. 1. A
MBh. 3, 15721 (? v.r.).With ^fT a, woollen blanket, MBh. 3, 181. 2. A
Caw. To cause to tremble, MBh. l, woollen garment, Raj at. 5, 460. II. m.
jisj. akampita, Excited, Rit. 6, 32. The name of a Naga, MBh. 1, 1555.
With t&& ud, To tremble, Kathas. 15, Comp. Pandu-, m. 1. a white woollen
blanket. 2. a kind of stone.
i.With T\ pra, To tremble, Ram. l,
^fra kambu, m. and n. 1. A shell,
65, 13. Cans. To cause to tremble,
Ram. 3, 25, 26. Comp. ptcple of the Bhag. P. 4, 7, 20. 2. A bracelet (made
fat. pass, dushprakampya, i. e. tins-. of shells, MBh. 2, 2067), MBh. 4, 54.
1. Difficult to be made to tremble, qn^TST kamboja, m. pi. The name
Ilariv. 12824. 2. Difficult to be made
of a country and its inhabitants.
to reel, MBh. 5, 718.With *pr sam
^T^ kara, i.e. A. kri + a, I. latter part
-pra, Caus. To cause to tremble, Ram. of comp. adj. and subst., f. ri, Making,
S, 6, 16.With nfFf prati, Caus. 1. To causing, producing ; e.g. vaira-, Caus
cause to tremble, MBh. 4, 298.With ing enmity, Man. 9, 227. a-ya^as-,
Causing disgrace, Hid. 3, 18. deha-,
f=f n". 1. To tremble, Bliag. 2, 31.2. m. A father, MBh. 5, 3657. II. m.
To retreat (with abl., from), MBh. 4, 1. The hand, Man. 5, 136. 2. An ele
109. 3. To change, Ram. 2, 60, 17. phant's trunk, Nal. 13, 12. B. kri + a,
rikampUa, Trembling, Rit. 1, 3. Caus. m. 1. A ray of light, Ram. 6, 11, 44.
To cause to tremble, Ragh. n, 19. 2. Hail. 3. Royal revenue, Man. 7,
With mT *" To tremble, MBh. 4, 128 ; toll, Man. 7, 127. Comp. Agra-,
m. 1. the tip of the extended hand. 2.
574. Caus. To cause to tremble, MBh. the extremity of the hand and of a ray,
1, 1167.Cf. perhaps Kii/ixrw najiirvXos. Cic. 9, 34. A-tushara-kara, m. the
gfHJ, kamp + a, m. Trembling, sun, Cic. 9, 7. Kula-kara, m. ancestor,
Bhartr. 1, 50.Comp. Nishkampa, i.e. MBh. 1, 6562. Chitra-, m. a painter,
i-, adj., f. pa, unmoved, unmovable. Kathas. 5, 30. Dina-, divasa-, and
Kihiti; bhu- and bhumi-, m. an earth diva.-, m. the sun, Bhartr. 2, 65. Dus/t-
quake, MBh. 7, 7867 ; Rum. 1, 41, 15. kara, i.e. dus-, adj., f. ri, difficult,
Man. 7, 55 ; dushharam yadi, scarcely,
4\H|f kamp + ana, I. adj., f. na. 1. Ram. 2, 73, 7. Padma-, I. m. a lotus
Causing to tremble, MBh. 13, 662. II. like hand, Bhag. P. 7, 9, 26. II. adj.,
m. 1. A certain weapon, Ram. 6, 7, 24. f. ra, holding a lotus, Prab. 86, 3. HI.
2, A proper name, MBh. 2, 117. 3. f. ra, a name of Cri, Bhag. P. 4, 20, 27.
The name of a country, Rajnt. 5, 446. Bhoga-, adj., f. ri, procuring food,
III. f. na. The name of a river, MBh. Bhartr. 2, 17. Qulodyatakara, i.e. fiila
3, 8094. IV. n. Trembling, MBh. 3, -udyuta- (vb. yam), adj. with a spear in
13539.Comp. Sa-, adj., f. na, accom his uplifted hand. Sa-.adj. 1. bearing
panied by earthquakes, Chr. 36, 23. toll. 2. with rays. Su-, I. adj., f. ri.
Sro-, m. wind. IJridaya-, adj. ogita- 1. easv, Man. 7, 55. 2. doing welj
IL f. r, a tractable cow. III. n. 51. 7. Musical time, Kumfiras. 6, 41
charity, benevolence. A-su-, adj. to III. m. The son of a Vrtva Kshatriyi
be shunned, Bhartr. 2, 61. Man. 10, 22.Comp. A-, n. non-doins
q^ karaka, ., i.e. A. kri+aka, Vedntas. in Chr. 202, 15. Anta-, ad
causing destruction, Man. 9, 221. An
The waterpot of the student or ascetic, tahkarana, i.e. antar-, n. the intern
Man. 4, 66. B. kri + aka, Hail, Megh. 55.
sense, Vedntas. in Chr. 206, 24 ; th
^: KARAKSR, a de heart, k. d. 21. A-hita-,n. awicke
nominative derived from karaka-sra, action, Bhartr. l, 87. Trivrit-, n. tri
Par. To rain like a shower of hail, plication, Vedntas. in Chr. 208, 2(
Lass. 67, 16. Prahra-, n. beating, Pach. 245, is
Virpa-, n. disfiguring, Rm. 1, 3, ig
^T^if karaka, m. The skull, Mlat. esha-, n. doing what is still to b
79, 18. done, Rm. 4, 17, 56.
qr^5f kara-ja (vb. jan), m. A 3R"^T!^ karanda, m. and n. (Bhtl
finger nail, Man. 4, 70. Ind. Spr. 392), A basket or coverei
44^=51 karatija, m. The name of a box of wicker work, Bhartr. 2, 82.
plant, Pongamia glabra, Vent., MBh. ^^ karanda -\- ka, m. A box
3, 14488 sqq. k. 89, 15 (Prkr.). Comp. Ptushpa-
45X4pi karmija + ka, m.=the last, . the name of a garden, Mrichchh. us
19. Bhramara-, m. (?) a dark Ian
Ram. 3, 79, 37. tern, Daak. in Chr. 186, il. Raks-
"^^ karata, m. 1. An elephant's . an amulet, k. 5, 15 (Prkr.).
temples, MBh. 3, 16039 ; Bhartr. 3, 73. ^ karatoy, i.e. kara-toya
karata-muhha, with lengthened a, f. The name of a river, MBh. 2, 374
MBh. 3, 441, etc., perhaps on account
of the metre. 2. A crow, Bhug. P. e, ^^'' karatoyini, i.e. kar\
14, 29. 3. pi. The name of a people, -tnya + in + i, f. The name of a river
MBh. 6, 370.Comp. Pra-bhinna-, m. MBh. 13, 4887.
an elephant in rut, or from whose qr^" kara-da (vb. da), adj. j
temples the juice is exuding, Sund. 2, 20.
Paying taxes, MBh. 1, 7170. 2. Tribu
^ karata +ka, m. 1. A crow, tary, 3, 15288.
Mrichchh. 104, 13 (Prkr.). 2. A proper 4SXV karaidhama, i.e. kara + n
name, Panch. 9, 19. -dhm + a, m. A proper name, MBh
5(^Tn: karana, i.e. kri + ana, I. adj., 14, 78.
f. ni, Making, causing, e. g. vaidha- <1< kara-pla, <{^[ kara
vya-, Causing widowhood, Rum. 6, 95, bala, and ^^ karavala (with i
27. samjiva-, Causing health, Rum.
v for p), m. A sword, MBh. 1, 1432.
6, 26, 5. II. n. 1. Making, MBh. 3,
15297 ; performing, Panel). 40, 15. <^ kara-pra-da (vb. da), a.ij
2. Action, Rm. 1, 11, 17. 3. Instru Tributary, MBh. 3, 14774.
ment, Bhshp. 57. 4. An organ of
^" karabla, see karapla.
sense, Ragh. 8, 38. 5. The body, Ru
caras. 4, 5. 6. A document, Man. 8, ^ kara-bha (vb. bh\ m. J
The metacarpus, the hand from the Mrichchh. 47, 2. 2. Formidable, Hid.
wrist to the root of the fingers, MBh. 2, 5 ; MBh. 2, 296. II. m. 1. A certain
1 16138. 2. An elephant's trunk, Ragh. beast, Sucr. 1, 200, 8. 2. The name of
?.*J. 3. A young elephant, Bhag. P. a locality, Rajat. 1, 97. III. f. la, A
K t, 22. 4. A young camel, Punch. name of Durga, Malat. 75, 6 Comp.
=:>, s. 5. A camel, MBh. 2, 1200. A-, adj. Mild, Bhag. P. 3, 13, 28.
5XH2fT karabha -f ka, m. A proper Daifishtra-, adj. Gaping with project
ing teeth, Hid. 2, 3. Vi-, adj. For
aarne, Cak. 29, 15. midable.
^T^TT? karamarda, i.e. hara-mrid 3T<J<!lhl karala + ta, f. Formid-
-a, L m. A small acanthaceous tree, ableness, Panch. 217, 23, tam gatah,
Carissa carandas, Lin., MBh. 1, 11571. It became formidable.
II. n. Its fruit, Sucr. 1, 210, 18.
fcf^f karin, i.e. kara + in, I. m.
3)^14 karamba, m. = karambha, q. cf.
An elephant, Kir. 5, 7. II. f. inl, A
4t4,|Hrl karambita, i.e. karamba + female elephant, Bhartr. 3, 82.Comp.
ita, adj. Mingled, Git. i. 27. Dikkarin, i.e. dig-, m. an elephant of
a quarter or point of the compass, one
+ < HJ karambha, I. m. 1. A cake of the eight supporting the globe,
of flour or meal mixed with curds, Bhag. P. 8, 10, 24. Vana-, m. a wild
Man. 12, 76. 2. Mixture, Bhag. P. 3, elephant. Sura-, m. an elephant of
is. 45 (a mixed smell). 3. A proper the gods, Kir. 5, 26.
came, Ram. 4, 39, 35. II. f. bha, A qr^^ karira, I. m. and n. The
proper name, MBh. 1, 3775.Cf. per
haps ccif>u/3oc. iifTfia i>WTi)fiivov tic' av- shoot of a bamboo, Sucr. 1, 28, 6. II.
dfHUtff,
m. A leafless plant, Capparis nphylla,
Roxb., Bhartr. 2, 89.
3T^?)Pir karambha + Aa, m. A cake,
^T^ffa karisha, i.e. kri + isha, m.
Rujat. 5, 16.
and n. 1. Dry dung, Ram. 2, 100, 7; 3,
*<*j^ kara-ruh + a, m. A finger
3, 2. 2. Dry cow-dung, Man. 8, 250.
nail, Megh. 94. gr<^Hr karuna, I. adj., f. na, 1. Dole
4i^^4, kara-vira, m. 1. A fragrant ful, Vikr. 4, 1 ; Rum. 2, 63, 32. 2. La
plant, Oleander or Nerium odorum, mentable, Ram. 3, 51, 25. II. nam (ace.
Karn. 3, 17, 10. 2. The name of a sing, n.), adverbially, Miserably, Ram.
magical weapon, Ram. 1, 30, 7. 3. The 1, 2, 14; <^Iic. 9, 67. III. m. Moving com
name of a Naga, MBh. 1, 1557. 4. The passion, one of the rasas, or sentiments
name of a mountain, Blmg. P. 5, 10, of a poetical production, Ram. 1, 4, 7.
2. 5. The name of a city, MBh. 13, IV. f. na, Compassion, Bhag. P. 1, 2, 3.
1730. Comp. A-karuna, adj., f. na, cruel,
3N *!Ul' *1 karasthalin, i.e. kara Cic. 9, 67 ; Bhag. P. 9, 14, 37. Nish-
karuna, i.e. nit-, adj. cruel, Paiich. iv.
sthala + in, m. A name of Civa, MBh.
d. 16. Sa-, adj. compassionate, Bliug.
IS, 1243.
P. 1, 13, 12.
<M iNl^T karayiha, f. A small qnpgqft r[ \ karunavedita, i.e. ka-
kind of crane, Paiich. 157, 3. ninn-vedin + ta, f. Benignity of heart,
*<I*fl karala, adj., f. la, I. Gaping, Man. 7, 211.
1AI
5.

qr^SJT*! KARUNAYA, a denom. female crab, Draup. 6, 9. III. n.


poisonous bulbous plant, Sucr. 2, 252,
derived from karvna by ya, Atm., but
in epic poetry also Par. To be in dis tjfeJffjqfT karkafika, i.e.. karkata -
tress, MBh. 3, 336 (Par.). ka, f. The name of a plant, probabl
^^UJT3tT karuna + vant, adj.,/. a sort of cucumber, Panch. 248, 2.
vati, Distressed, Ram. 8, 33, 14. qf^TStl karkandhu, I. m., and
gr^q karusha, m. pi. The name of dhu, The jujube, Zizyphus jujuba. X
n. Its fruit, Yajn. 1, 240 ; also tl
a people, MBh. 2, 124 ; Ram. 1, 26, 20.
fem. dhu, Bhag. P. 3, 31, 32. HI. n
Coinp. Nishkarusha, i.e. nis- (krt +
A proper name, Chr. 296, 6=Rigv.
usha), adj. free from dirt, Ram. 1, 27, 20
112, 6.
Gorr.
qf^T^ karkara, I. adj., f. ra, Han
qr^^JT karusha + ka, I. m. A
Malat. 79, 18. II. m. The name of
proper name. II. n. A certain fruit,
Naga, MBh. l, 1561. III. f. rt, .
MBh. 3, 10039.
small water-jar, Bhartr. 1, 47. C
qPTJTO karenu (base hard), I. m. f. perhaps Lat. calculus, calx ; icpo*.-
A male or female elephant, MBh. 13, KpoKaXri, Kii\\iiH.
4899 ; 1, 4477. II. m. The name of a ^^Tir karkaga, adj., f. fa. 1. Han
plant, Sucr. 2, 171, 16. Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 740. 2. Firm, Bbart:
gr^xn=|f kare/iu + ka, I. n. The fruit 2, 66. 3. Cruel, Ram. 3, 36, 23.
of the plant karenu, II. f. ka, A fe elf^nr^ karkafa+tva, n. 1. Han
male elephant, Pailch. 43, 5. ness, Kumaras. 1, 36, 2. Harshnes
^P^T karota, I. m. A basin ; pro MBh. 13, 542.
bably also cymbals in takkaraghata- gf^f TJ^f karkofaka, I. m. 1. Tfc
safafhkarakarofikah Rajat, 5, 417. II. name of a Naga or snake, Nal. 14,
m., and f. fa and fi, The skull, Rajat. 2. A plant, Momordica mixta, Sucr.
6, 157. 137, 15. II. n. Its fruit, 2, 343, 1.
grcfi" karha, m. A white horse, t ^ KARJ, i. l, Par. To pai
MBh. 13, 4921. or make uneasy.
n
qfSff^ kurkafa, a form of *karkarta, | 1T& KARN, i. 10, Par. T
i.e. an old reduplicated form of krit-\- a, pierce or bore.Cf. akarnaya.
I. m. I. A crab, Panch. iv. d. 10. 2. qfTJT karna, m. 1. The ear, Man. I
The sign of the zodiac, Cancer, Ram.
1, 19, 2. 3. The name of a plant, Sucr. 125 ; with da, To listen, Cak. 8, 21. 1
2, 253, 12. II. f. ft, A female crab, A rudder, Ram. 6, 23, 30. 3. A pro[n-
MBh. 4, 272. III. m., f. fi, The curved name, MBh. l, 2427.Comp. Who
end of the beam of a balance, Pailch. the latter part of a comp. adj. the I
ii. d. 74.Cf. Lat. cancer ; rapiaVoc. ends in no. and ni. Agva-, m. a timbe
tree, Vatica robusta, Ram. 1, 26, II
3>=R2^> karkafa + ka, I. m. I. A Utkarna, i.e. ud-, adj. with the car
crab, Panch. l, 237. 2. The name of a erect, Ragh.(Calc.ed.) 15, 11. Kumbha-
plant, Sucr. 2, 527, 4. 3. The name of m. 1. a name of Civa, MBh. 12, lOSSd
a Naga, Ram. 5, 78, 9. II. r " A
2. the name of a Rakshasa, Ram. i, '
J. Go-, m. I. a kind of deer, Ante of a country and its inhabitants, MBh.
lope picta, Ram. 2, 103, 41. 2. a kind 3, 16352. II. f. ft, A proper name,
of arrow, MBL. 8, 4668. 3. a span Rajat. 4, 152.
from the tip of the thumb to that of the c
<5"nJTZ'3 karnata + ka=karnata,m.
little finger, MBh. 2, 2324. 4. the name
of a holy place, Ram. l, 42, 13. 5. a Bhag. P. 5, 6, 8.
came of Civa, Kathas. 22, 218. Cha- ^rftr^rT karnika, i.e. karna + ka or
tatkharna, i.e. chatur-, adj. heard only
t'Ao, f. 1. An ornament of the ear,
by four ears, Panch, i. d. 112. Tri-, Dacak. in Chr. 199, l. a. The pericarp
adj., f. ni, having three ears, Ram. 5, of the lotus, Ram. 3, 22, 25. 3. The
18, 24. Dadhi-, in. a proper name, name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 428.
Panch. 165, 9. Latnba-, m. 1. a goat. Comp. Padma-karnika (perhaps to be
2. an elephant. 3. a Rakshasa. Vi-, corrected to nika), the pericarp of a
adj. earless. Qanku-, I. adj., f. net, lotus, i.e. a manner of arraying an
having ears like a javelin, MBh. l, 6662 ; army, MBh. 7, 2674.
si. Ram. 5, 18, 24. II. m. 1. an ass. 2.
a proper name, Panch. 87, 12. Shat- ^ffw^KT^ karnikara, I. m. The
iarma, i.e. shash-, adj. heard by six name of a plant, Fterospermum aceri-
ears, Lass. 3, 10. Stabdha- ( vb. stambh), folium, Ram. 3, 21, 15. II. n. Its
adj. having the ears erect. Hastikarna, flower, Rit. 6, 6.
Le. kastin-, m. 1. the castor oil tree. ^fWT karnin, i.e. karna + in, adj.
2. the Butea frondosa. 3. a demigod.
1. Mischievously barbed, Man. 7, 90.
4. the name of a district, Rajat. 5,
2. In -ardhakundalakarnin, MBh. 13,
32.
886, where the aff. in belongs to -ardha
4>(04 9| karna-kubja, n. The name -kundala-karna, not to karna alono :
of a city, Lass. 8, 9. Wearing in his ear half an ear-ring.
c Snf i^\ karniratka (cf. ratha), m.
'JH-II tS4*v| karnagrahavant, i.e.
karna-grah + a + vant, adj., f. vati, A litter, Rajat. 6, 2 18.
Having a helmsman, Ram. 2, 52, 5. 3Rjf^cT karntsuta (cf. su), m. A
^TOT^rnC karnadhara, i.e. harna proper name, Dacak. in Chr. 185, 16.
-dkri + a, m. A helmsman, Ram. 2, 52, 3T*lnM4t UU4I karnopakarnika, i.e.
7S.Comp. A-, adj., f. ra, without a karna -upa- karna + ka, f. Gossip,
pilot, Hit. iii. d. 2. Panch. 36, 19.
( , ,. f. rati,. I qf?T KART, see kartr.
<* Ul <4 *r) karna + vant, adj.
Having ears, Ram. 2, 45, 15. jTrTf kartana, i.e. krit+ana, n.
c
^ftp^T^ karnagrava, i.e. karna-gru Cutting, Yajn. 2, 229.
4- a, adj. Heard by the ear, Man. 4, 3><1<4|r|I kartavya + ta (vb. kri), f.
102. Business, Man. 7, 61.
3TWr<* fU harnakarni, i.e. karna qTrfarPRf kartukama, i. o. kartum
-harm -f 1, adv. From ear to ear, Ram. -karna (vb. kri), adj. Desiring to do,
*, 21, 39. Ram. 3, 49, 51.
$<NT karnata, L m. pi. The name yfoppg kartumanat, i.e. kartum
*1
-manas (vb. kri), adj. Intending to ^i(Z karpata (this and some of th
do, Panch. 12, 19. following words seem to be derive
qH karlri, i.e. kri + tri, m., f. /r, from a base karp=Lai. carpo), m. an
and n. 1. An agent, a maker, Ram. 4, n. Rags, Paiich. 236, 25.
24, 6; Man. 4, 172; 3, 160; 5, 105 (n.); gRTJTjr karpana (see the last), j
Kathas. 25, 153 (f.). 2. A founder, MBh.
spear, Dacak. 56, 17.
13, 1662. 3. Creator, Ram. 3, 69, 7. 4.
An author, Panch. ii. d. 34.Comp. 4TmT karpara (see karpata), n. 1
Adi-, m. the first creator, Ram. 6, 102, 18. A pot, Paiich. 218, 11. 2. A potsherc
Dina-, m. the sun, Hariv.9367. Mishta-, Paiich. -217, 22. Comp. Ghata-, m.
m. a confectioner. Rajya-, m. an broken jar, Ghatak. 22.
officer of the government, Ram. 2, 67,
^TtflU kaipasa (see karpata), n
l. Qarira-, m. a father, Chr. 15, 28.
Su-varna-, m. a goldsmith. Hema-, and n. Cotton, Sucr. 2, 481, 13.
m. a kind of bird (?), Man. 12, 61. gjrjr KARPtjR, a denominate
S^fo m -kartri + ka, a substitute for derived from the next, Par. To smol
A.
kartri, when the latter part of a comp. like camphor, Lass. 67, 15.
adj., e.g. sa-, adj., f. ka, Accompanied qi"q^ karpura, m. and n. Camphor
by an agent, Bhashap. 46.
Paiich. 47, 7.
qfrf*^ karlri + tva, n. Being agent,
f grws KARB, and qTR^ KAMB
MBh. 3, 1232.
grYlf^ and ^ karttari (for karttri, i. 1, Par. To go.

i.e. krit+tri+i), f. Scissors, Sucr. 2, cfi"^ karbu, adj. Of a spotted 01


13, 16. variegated colour, Yajli. 3, 166.
Hr^KARTR, or ^f^ KART, gr^ karbu + ra, or ^4^ karvura

or gr^ KATR, i. 10, Par. To loosen (with A for v), adj., f. ra. 1. Of
variegated colour, Sucr. 1, 40, 12. *
(akin to krit, a denominative). Grey, Kumaras. 4, 27.Cf. probably
^TpM^rr karttrika, i.e. 1. krit+tri+ Kepfiepoc
i + ka, f. A hunter's knife, Hit. 43, 19 S^Tf^i" -karmaka, i.e. kartnan+ia,
v. r.With karttri, cf. Lat. culter. A substitute for karman when the
f qrf KARD, i. l,Par. To grumble, latter part of a comp. adj., e. g- /-
as the bowels. bhuta-, adj. One who has done sur
3ujT?f kardama, I. m. 1. Mud, prising works, MBh. 3, 8102.
Yajn. 1, 197 ; Ram. 3, 78, 31 (rudhira- qr^gr^ karmakara, i. e. karma*
kardama, Gore, Panch. iii. d. 107). 2. -kri + a, adj., f. ri, A hired labourer,
Dregs, MBh. 14, 2683. 3. A certain a servant, Panch. 10, 4; Kathas. 13, "
plant, Sucr. 2, 100, 20. 4. The name Comp. Grika-, m. a domestic s r'
of a Naga, MBh. 1, 1561 ; of a Prajapati, vant, Panch. 30, 2.
12,2211. II. adj. Soiled, Sucr. 2, 309,
^TTWnC karmakara, i.e. karman
5.Comp. Kshara-, ra. the name of a
hell, Bhag. P. 5, 26, 7. Yaksha-, m. a -kri + a, adj. A hired labourer, Taucli
sort of perfumed paste. 116, 20.
CJfRrT karmakrit, i. o. karman Man. 2, 35. Chaura-, n. roguery,
bi+l, m. A workman, Raj at. 5, 90. Pauch. 96, 22. Jata-, n. the ceremony
-Comp. Krura-, i.e. krurakarman-, on the birth of a child, Man. 2, 27.
*ij. doiDg cruel works, Man. 12, 58. Jala-, n. fishery, MBh. 13, 2B53.
&-, m. an independent workman. Tor/a-, n. a religious ceremony per
formed with water, MBh. 1, 589. Tri-,
Ilfo karmaja, i.e. karman-ja (vb. adj. one who performs the three duties
/), adj. Proceeding from actions, of a Brahmana, MBh. 13, 6455. D&ra-,
Man. 12, 3. n. marriage, Man. 4, 5. Durga-, n.
defences, Rim. 5, 49, 14. Dushkarman,
STJfJ karmatha (base karman, pro-
i.e. dus-, I. n. a bad action, MBh. 5,
taUy a dialect, form of karmustha), 415. II. adj. wicked, MBh. 5, 4478.
*jj. Eager, Raj at. 5, 24. Dushkrita-, i.e. dus-krita-, m. a sinner,
* *i*1*f hirmatas, i.e. karman + Man. 4, 248. JVama(n)-, n. the cere
mony of giving a name to a child, Ram.
to*, adv. 1. Out of one's works (or
itli, etc. ?), Man. 12, 98. a. Concern 1, 19, 14. Nau-, a. labour in boats,
Man, 10, 34. Punya-, adj. having
ing one's business, Dacak. in Chr.
done meritorious actions, Indr. 1, 22.
l, 8.
Putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on
**il karman, i.e. kri + man, n. 1. the birth of a son, Chr. 55, 4. Mula-,
Anion, Bhashap. 5; Sav. 2, 28. 2. n. a machination with (poisonous)
Wl*k, Cik. 22, 17. 3. Business, Bhag. roots, Man. 9, 290 Yatha-, ace. adv.
' *i sqq. ; Panch. 7, 9. 4. Religious according to the work (allotted to
*"tion as sacrifice, etc., Chr. 296, 2 = them), Man. 1, 41. Vigva-, m. 1. the
fog*. L 112, 2. 5. The actions of a sun. 2. a son of Brahman, the artist
Winer life as the cause of men's subse of the gods. 3. a saint. Shatk0, i.e.
quent births and fate, Panch. v. d. 77; shush-, m. a Brahmana who performs
cf. karmatas, and Panch. 134, 9.Comp. the six acts proper for him. Sa-, adj.
Mbhtta-, adj. one who performs sur 1. performing any act. 2. following
prising deeds, Ram. 1, 21, 18. An the same business. Sajja-, n. prepara
-arya-, adj. one who acts like one who tion. Su-, I. adj. 1. one who performs
not an Arya (like a Cudra), Man. beautiful works, Rajat. 5, 115. 2.
'"> *3. Antya-, n. funeral rites, Man. virtuous. II. m. the artist of the gods.
"> W. Indra-, m. a name of Vishnu, Hina-, adj. neglecting religious acts.
Ram. 6, 102, 16. Kala-, m. (?) death,
3T^TT7rj karmanaga, i.e. karman
"im.6, 72, 1 1. See Ku- ; Krita-, adj. one
who baa done his duty, Ram. 1, 66, 1. -nag + a, f. The name of a river, the
%<-, n. dressing of the hair, MBh. water of which destroys religious merit,
* ? Krura-, I. n. 1. a cruel deed, Bhashap. 161.
Su?r- 1, 106, 1. 2. a hard work, Cak. gWJTO karmamaya, i.e. karman +
11 * T.r. IL adj. 1. practising cruel
maya, adj., f. yl. \, Produced by
J'*ds, Patch, i. d. 74 2. f. ant, cruel,
action, MBh. 3, 129. 2. Having tho
m. 2, 75, 6. Griha-, n. domestic
business, Panch. 121, 14. Gramya-, nature of action, MBh. 14, use. 3.
"sensual pleasure, Bhag. P. 5, 14, 31. Active, Bhag. P. 7, 9, 21.
C*"ra-, n. a picture, Kathas. 6, 50. ir^nF harmaranga, m. A plant,
-*?-, n. the ceremony of tonsure, Averrlioa carambola, Lin., Ram. 3, 17, 8. ^
qrvf^fl karmavant, i.e. karman + A cultivator, one who lives by tillage,
vant, adj., f. vati, Working, MBh. 3, Yajn. 2, 265.
1263. ^nSfnj karshana, i.e. krish+ana, n.
qi4lr| karmanta, i.e. karman-anta, 1. Bringing, Cak. 69, 15, v.r. 2. Tor
m. 1. Business, Ram. 5, 12, 39 ; Man. menting, Man. 7, 112. 3. Bending (a
8, 419 (public affairs). 2. Cultivated bow), Ragh. 11, 46. 4. Tillage, Man.
land, Man. 7, 62. 4, 5. 5. Cultivated land, MBh. 3,
10082. 6. At the end of a compound
qi)lT1^ karmantara, i.e. karman
adj. Overpowering, e.g. gatru-, Over
-antara, n. A pause in the perform powering his enemies, Ram. 4, 38, 51.
ance of sacred actions, Bam. l, 13, 21.
^R'fq'Sf karshin, i.e. krish + in, I.
SF^ll Hr|"J karmantiha, i.e. karmanta
adj., f. int. 1. Dragging, Mrichchh.
+ ika, m. A workman, Ram. 1, 12, 7. 96, 6. 2. Attracting, Ragh. 19, 11. II.
^rTT^ karmara (base karman), m. m. A cultivator, Kathas. 18, 41.
A blacksmith, Man. 4, 215. flTw harshu, i.e. krisk+u, f. A
cfffR'T karmin, i.e. karman+in, furrow, an incision, Sucr. 2, 33, 17.
adj., f. iwt. 1. Attached to worldly grf% ka+rhi (see him), adv. At
action, Bhag. 6, 46. 2. When latter
what time ; with following chid, Al
part of a compound word, the aff. in
any time, Nal. 24, 22 ; with a negation,
generally belongs to the whole com
Never, e.g. na karhi chid, Man. 2, 4.
pound, not to karman alone, e.g. an-arya
karmin is anaryakarman + in, adj. With following apt, Sometimes, Bhag.
P. 5, 17, 24.
Doing the work of an Anarya, Man.
10,73. papa-karmin is papakarman + f l.qr^I KAL, i. 1, Atm. 1. To
in, m. A sinner, MBh. 18, 51. punya- sound. 2. To count.
vagbuddhikarmin,'\apunya-vach-buddhi
2. qr^f KAL (akin to kri), i. 10,
-karman + in, adj. Pure in word, mind,
and action, MBh. 17, 96. in three forms, kalaya, kalapaya, and
kdlaya, Par. {kalaya Atm. Ram. 4, 18,
t <ff3N KARV, i. l, Par. To be 28) : kalaya, 1. To impel, Kathas. is,
proud. Cf. garv. 90 ; kalaya, to drive, MBh. 4, 100*,
qrqy karvata, I. m. and n. A Bhag. P. 3, 30, 1. kalita, Incited by,
Ci9. 9, 69 ; greedy of, Ram. 6, 83, 10.
market town, Yajn. 2, 167. II. m. pi. Comp. Dhairya-, adj. steady, calm.
The name of a country or people, MBh.
2. kalaya, To drive onwards, MBh. 1,
2, 1098.
6300; to pursue, Ram. 4, 18, 28. 3.
qmf kargana, i.e. krig+ana, I. kalaya, To provoke, Ram. 3, 41, 26. 4.
adj. Causing to grow lean, Sucr. 1, etc. kalaya, To bear, Git. 1, 16. 5. To
189, l. II. m. Fire, MBh. 13, 6307. perform, Bhartr. 3, 20. 6. To put in,
to fasten, Git. 12, 26. 7. To utter,
qnj karsha, i.e. krish + a, I. m.
Git. 11, 9. 8. To endow, Cic. 9, 59.
Dragging, Yajn. 2, 217. II. m. and n. 9. To reckon, Bhartr. 2, 37. 10. To
A certain weight, equal to 16 mashas, perceive, (^ic. 9, 83. 11. To consider,
about 280 troy grains, Sucr. 2, 175, 15. ic- 0. 68. 12. f To go : cf. ud.With
gf^^f karshaka,, i.e. krish -' the prep, ^rr : kalaya, L To shake,
3ra
MBh.i. 28*3. 2. To catch, Cic. 9, 72. malous compound, kala-ahka), m. 1.
3. To fasten, Kathas. 20, 52 ; ^'ic. 9, A spot, Rim. 6, 86, 42. 2. The rust of
. 4. To surrender, Bhag. P. 5, 20, 2. iron, Ragh. 13, 15. 3. Defamation,
5. To regard, Prab. 5, 5. 6. To per Panch. 4, 6, 3 Comp. /farina-, m. the
ceive, Hit. 88, 10.With HfiJI prati-a, moon. Cf. kala; KtXaivoe, kvXIc, KqXag ;
Lat. caligo.
Maya, To enumerate one by one,
<J^n**I KALANKA YA, a denora.
Dseak. in Chr. 185, 10.With ^y
derived from the last, Par. To dis
id, I. kalaya, To loosen, to deliver, grace, Dacak. 124, 1. kalankita, I
Bhag. P. 7, 8, 26 ; utkalita, 1. Opened, Painted, Bhartr. 1, 9. 2. Disgraced,
Pafich. iM, 18 (where kdP must be Kat has. 12, 24.
changed to kal). 2. Joyful, Bhag. P.
qr?T^ kalatra, n. A wife, Bhartr.
', 8, 34. II. kalapaya, To beg for
2, 58.Comp. Sa-, adj. with his wife,
dismission, Panch. 244, 25.With Tff^
Panch. 46, 14.
pari, I. kalaya, To pursue, MBh. 15,
^T^^fT^ kalatra + vant, adj. 1.
1060. II. kalaya, To reckon, Cic. 8, 9.
Having a wife, Mrichchh. 67, 3. 2.
To perceive, Naish. 2, 54.With 3J With his wives, Rajat. 5, 427.
pra,kalaya, 1. To drive onwards, MBh. qr?lf%T kalatrin, i.e. kalatra + in,
1, 7178. 2. To pursue, 3, 10778. With
adj. Having'a wife, vasumatya. nripah
Wf tarn, kalaya, 1. To drive, Hariv. kalalrinah, Kings are wedded to the
1131. 2. To put to flight, MBh. 4, 1981. earth, i.e. the earth is the wife of kings,
Cf. Lat. celer, cello, procella ; KtWw, Ragh. 8, 82.
<AA|, o'XlJC, KtXofiai, K(\f I'M, kd\c- ^T^nTT kala-dkauta, I. n. 1. Gold,
'mi; O.H.G. halon, holdn, holen.
Git. 8, 4. 2. Silver, Cic. 4, 41. II.
TO kala, I. adj., f. la, 1. Dumb adj. Golden, Ram. 3, 60, 12.
(ved.). a. Low, Brahman. 3, 21 ; soft, 3T|T halana (cf. kalanka), I. n. A
Vak. d. 85; Rit. 6, 29. kalam, adv.
Softly, Ram. 1, 19, 10. 3. Indistinct, spot, Bhag. P. 3, 31, 2. II. f. na, Sub
confused, Megh. 31. 4. Uttering a jection, Anandal. 29. III. As latter
low aound, Vikr. d. 119. II. m. A part of a comp., Bhartr. 3, 72, causing,
kind of Pitris or Manes, MBh. 2, 463. perhaps to be corrected to karana.
III. Often in compound words after ^HrTH kalabha (cf. karabha), m. \,
"fK and viU/ipa, adj. Indistinct on A young elephant, Paiich. 159, 16. 2.
account of tears, Ram. 2, 106, 33 ; 2, 34, A young camel, Panch. 229, 3.
w. vithpa-kala + m, adv. MBh. 3,
108J9. vathpa-kala, f. A torrent of gf^TJT kalama, m. A kind of rice,
tears, Bhag. P. 3, 22, 55Comp. Mada-, Ram. 5, 74, 11. Cf. KaXafiot; Lat.
' *dj- speaking like a drunken person. calamus; O.H.G. halm; A.S. haelme.
2. m. an elephant in rut ; see kala.
'fHH^* kalavihha, m. A sparrow,
*W<W kala-kala, ra. 1. A con- Man. 5, 12.
Cosed noise, Ram. 3, 34, 34. 2. A name
<n"*rl"3I kalaga, or JinST*! kalasa, I.
f Viva, MBh. 12, 10378.
m. (and f. fi, and n.), A water-pot, a
^Ty halahka (probably an ano- cup, Panch. 252, 10; i. d. 226; desi
nation of the ocean when churned, ITCTPWI kalapa + vant, adj., f
MBh. l, 1149. II. f. (i, 1. A plant, rati, MBh. 1, 1957 in tat&yudha-, i.e
Hemionitis cordifolia, Roxb., Sucr. l, tata-ayudha- (vb. tan), the aff. van,
139, 15. 2. The name of a holy place, belongs to the whole comp., Wearing a
MBh. 3, 650. strung bow and a quiver.
mrani kalaha, m. and n. Quarrel, qr^rrTnrT kalapa + gas, adv.
MBh. 2, 1780.Comp. Vakkalaha, i.e. (Made) into bundles, MBh. 13, 4509.
vach-, m. a contest about words, Prab.
^T^TTfaT halapin, i.e. kalapa +
55, 12. Qushka-, m. a quarrel about
trifles, Panch. 171, 25. Sa-, adj. quarrel in, I. adj. 1. Wearing a quiver, MBh.
4, 141 (the aff. in belongs to the whole
ing, Kir. 5, 13.
comp.). 2. With its tail spread out,
3r<jr^I kala-haMsa, m., f. si, A MBh. 3, 11585 (a peacock). II. m. I.
kind of duck or goose, Ram. 2, 82, 9 ; A peacock, Panch. ii. d. 85. 2. A
Kir. 5, 13 ; Ragh. 8, 58. proper name.
qrWTPSf KALAHAYA, a denom. K^IT'i'rT kala-bhri+t, m. An
derived from kalaha by ya, To quarrel, artist, Man. 2, 134.
Panch. 207, 22 (Par.). gr^lT^J kalaya, m. 1. Peas, MBh.
<J[tjJT kala, i. e. kri + a, f. 1. A
13, 5469. 2. An unknown plant, ic.
small part, Man. 8, 36. 2. A part, Man. 13, 21.
2, 86. 3. The sixteenth part of the
gftn^'ri kala, + vant, I. m. The
moon's disc, Hit. pr. d. l. 4. Interest
on capital, Cic. 9, 32 (at the same time, moon, Kumaras. 5, 71. II. f. raft, A
a sixteenth part of the moon's disc). proper name, Kathas. 9, 38.
5. A division of time, Man. 1, 64. 6. 3fitf kali, i.e. kri + i,m. 1. A die
One of the seven elements of the (ved.). 2. The game at dice personifieil,
human body, as blood, etc., Sucr. l, 326, Nal. 6, 14. 3. The fourth age of the
13. 7. One of the sixty-four mechanical world, Man. 9, 302. 4. Quarrel, MBh.
or elegant arts, Ram. l, 9, 8; Dagak. 3, 12282; Hit. iii. d. 47. S. A very
in Chr. 180, 7; 9.Comp. JSTishkala, i.e.
wicked king, MBh. 12, 361; 363. 6.
nit-, adj., f. la, 1. undivided, MBh. 13, The name of an inferior deity, MBh. I,
1044. 2. maimed, infirm, MBh. 3, 13851. 2552. 7. A proper name, Chr. 297, 15
Sa-kala, adj. f. la, 1. whole, Vikr. d. Rigv. i. 112, 15.
95. 2. all, Panch. 53, 21; 55, 12.
qff%qrT kalika, i.e. kala + Aa, f. 1-
gj rjTTTJ kala-pa (vb. 2. pa), m. 1. A
The sixteenth part of the moon's disc
bundle, MBh. 3, 10772. 2. A string, Bhartr. 3, 1. 2. A bud, Rit. 6, 17.
Kumaras. l, 43 (of pearls). 3. A band
(of belts, laces, etc., worn by women ^fljTJF halinga, m. pi. The name
round the waist), Rit. 3, 20; Bhartr. l, of a people and their country, Ram. 'I
56. 4. Totality, Bhag. P. 9, 4, 21 ; 71, 16.
perfection, Paiich. v. d. 23. 5. A gff%^ kalinda, I. m. The nmitf
quiver, MBh. 3, 11454. 6. A peacock's
of a mountain, on which the Yamuna
tail, Paiich. ii. d. 84.
rises, Git. 3, 2 ; Ram. 2, 71, 6. II.
<fl H 1 M<*' kalapa + ha, m. 1. A string, f. kalindi, Ram. 2, 55, 4 ; 12 ; 13 ; il
MBh. 3, 10055. 2. A band, n ", 45. must be corrected to kal".
fftg kalila (vb. An) I. adj., f. /a, sacred precepts, MBh. 13, 953 ; of Cjva,
Filled, MBh. 1, 3717. II. n. Confu 12, 1*368. 7. A day of Brahman, a
sion, Bhag. 2, 52. period of looo yugas, the duration of
the world, Bhag. P. 3, II, 23. 8.
<Kfq kalusha (cf. kalanka and AaZ- Toxicology, Sucr. l, 8, 5. III. Comp.
aiAa), I. adj., f. *Aa. 1. Turbid.Vikr. when the latter part of a comp. adj.,
! 2. Impure, Man. 10, 57. 3. f. pa, almost like, Ram. 1, 5, 21 ; 3, 52,
Choked, Cak. d. 81. 4. Unable, Ragh. 46. A-, adj. unable, with loc, Bhag.
i, M. II. n. 1. Dirt, Kit. 3, 22. 2. P. 7, 12, 23 ; with infln., 4, 3, 21. Pura-,
Impurity, Ram. 2, 97, 27. m. 1. a former creation, Man. 9, 227.
WmW KAL USHA YA, a denom. 2. a tale of past ages. Purva-, m.
time of old, MBh. 9, 2732. Prathama-,
derived from the last by ya, Atm. To
m. a principal rule, Man. 11, 30. Pra-
become turbid. sanna- (vb. sad), adj. almost quiet,
$M3^ kalevara, n. The body, Dacak. in Chr. 200, 6. Yatha-kalpa+m,
adv. according to rule, Rum. 1, 11, 14.
Bhag. 8, 5.Comp. Dushka, i.e. dus-,
n. the vile body, Bhag. P. 5, 19, 13. 3Sf?Tn" kalpa +ka, m. Rite, MBh.
3T^ kalka, m. (and n.) 1. Sedi 14, 1571.
ment, Yajn. 1, 276. 2. Paste, Dacak. 9TWI kalpana, i.e. kfip + ana, I. n.
inChr. 199, 13. 3. Foulness, MBh. 1,
1. Determination, Prab. Ill, 8. 2.
it Comp. TUa-,m. a paste of ground Caparisoning or decorating an elephant,
*ame, Mark. P. 35, 10. Dacak. 53, 13. 3. Ornament, MBh.
{VfH -kalka + ka, a substitute for 13, 2784. II. f. na. 1. A rule, Man. 9,
ilw last, when the latter part of comp. 116. 2. Performance, Mrichchh. 47,
vlj., o- adj. Candid, MBh. 3, 4053. 17. 3, Making, Bhag. P. 2, 5,42; 4,
18, 32. 4. Imngination. Comp. A
9<gVpl kalkana (akin to kalka), n. salkalpana, i.e. a-sant- (vb. as), f.
Fraud, Bhag. P. 1, 14, 4. deceit, (^ak. 66, 3.
yf^j kalki (MBh. 3, 13111), and gpjTjtJj'fr^TJ' kalpalatika, i.e. kalpa
Vfapi kalkin (MBh. 3, 13101), m. -lata + ka, f. A creeper yielding all
wishes, Bhartr. 1,89.
A name of Vishnu in his tenth or future
avatara. gfRjl^ halmasha (cf. kalusha), m.

^Rir kalpa, i.e. k(ip + a, I. adj., f. and n. 1. Dirt, sediment, Bhag. P. 8,


7, 43. 2. A spot, Ram. 2, 36, 27 ;
pa. I. Able, Bhag. P. l, o, 7 ; with Dacak. in Chr. 186, 9. 3. Guilt, Man.
iiifin., 4, 13, 42. 2. Being a match for,
12, 104; sin, 12, 22.Comp. A-, adj.
able to protect (with gen.), Bhag. P. 8,
sinless, Lass. 52, 7. Nishkalmasha,
si, 22. II. m. 1. A sacred precept,
i.e. wis-, adj., f. ska, spotless, sinles.",
Man. 5, 74. 2. A rule, Man. 3, 147. 3. Panch. iii. d. 212. Vi-, adj., f. ska,
Performance, MBh. 13, 4728 j usage, sinless, Ram. 2, 29, 16. Vi-gata-, adj.
Dacak in Chr. 189, 17; an act, Cak. 99, 1. Unsoiled. 2. Pure. Vita-, i.e. vi
is. 4. Manner, Man. 1, 112. 5. The -ita, adj. free from sin or soil.
rule* concerning rites, one of the six
gf^rra kalm&sha (cf. the last), I.
Vedanga*, Man. 2, 140. 6. A desig
nation of Vishnu as containing all the adj., f. shi, Of a mixed or variegate!
1 169 M
colour, spotted, MBh. 2, 1043; Ram. 1, f ff3 KA V, see Aa.
52, 20. II. m. The name of a Naga,
qr^S Aaa-, i.e. Aa-ra (cf. kirn an
MBh. l, 1552. III. f. ski, 1. A cow of
variegated colour, Ram. 5, 13, 16. 2. Aa). Former part of comp. wordi
The name of a river, MBh. 2, 2575. denoting inferiority, cf. kavoshna.
^fWrom^" kalmasha-pada, m. A <ftc(<ft kavaka, n. A mushroon
proper name, Ram. 1, 70, 39. Man. 5, 3.
q^l kalya(i.e. kri+ya, cf. kalyaiia, qr^ kavacha, m. and n. Mai
of which the lingual n proves that the Ram. 3, 50, 3.Comp. Nari-, adj. ha\
original form was karyana, cf. also ing wives as a coat of mail, protected b
Kaipoc), I. adj., f. ya. 1. Healthy, MBh. wives, Bhag. P. 9, 9, 40. Nivata
2, 1974. 2. Ready, MBh. 1, 865. II. (wearing an impenetrable coat of mail
n. Dawn, MBh. 1, 6304. III. kalya + m. a class of demons, Arj. 5, 10. Sa
m, adv. At break of day, MBh. 1, 6304. adj. clad in armour, mailed.
kalyam-kalyam, Every morning, Ram.
qreff%T havachin, i.e. kavacha + ti
4, 44, 112.Comp. Ati-kalyam, adv. too
early in the morning, Man. 4, 140. I. adj. Mailed, Ram. 3, 56, 30. II. n
^TWTP9 kalyapala, see kalpa-pala. A proper name, MBh. l, 2738.
grcfaj kavandha, see kabandha.
^T^RrT kalyavarla, m. 1. kalya
-vrit + a, Breakfast. 2. A trifle, m^J^ kavara, m., f. ri, and n. J
Mrichchh. 34, 10. braid of hair, Amar. 59.
qrerPQ kalyana (cf. kalya), I. adj., ^R^ffT kavari-bhri r t, in war
f. (na, and) ni. 1. Prosperous, Nal. -chandrika-ktauma-tamah-kav , a<ij
12, 92. 2. Blessed, Man. 8, 91 ; Nal. 8, Wearing darkness (i.e. black) like
10. II. n. 1. Prosperity, welfare, Man. braid of hair, adorned with the yomi|
3, 60. 2. A virtuous action, Ram. 2, 54, moon as with fresh flowers, Ci<?. 9, **
29. 3. An entertainment, Man. 8, 392.
qfqtjT kavala (cf. kavi, iii.), m. 1
^f'SETPSJ^F kalyana + Ao, adj., f. nika.
A mouthful, Bhartr. 2, 22 ; a moral
1. Prosperous, Ram. 6, 23, 7. 2. Use Ram. 2, 41, 9. 2. Water for rinsinj
ful, excellent, Sucr. 2, 285, 3. the mouth, Sucr. l, 39, 3.
^f^rrfWT kalyanin, i.e. kalyana + gr^fsTrf kavaiita, i.e. kavala + '''
in, adj. f. ?>i, Blessed, Katlias. 26, 49. adj. Devoured, Paiich. 213, 6.
t gr^ KALL, i. l, Atm. I. To 3TTrZ" kavata, ti=kapala, ti, q. cf.
sound indistinctly. 2. To be mute. Ram. 2, 71, 34 (and at the end of i
qnijT'jf kallola, i.e. had-lola, m. A comp. adj. kavataka, Kathiis. 19, i*)-
billow, Bhartr. 3, 37. qrfif kavi, i.e. ku + i, I. adj. Vi')St
3Wt"f%*ft kallolini, i.e. kallola +- (ved.). II. m. 1. A wise man, Ma
7, 49. 2. A poet, Raj at. 5, 203. 3. '
in + t, f. A river, Prab. 73, 1.
proper name, MBh. 13, 4123. IH '
Jff^TJt kalhana, m. The name of The bit of a bridle, Ram. 1, 53, 18 (cE
the author of the Rajatan-' kavala).Comp. Su-, m. an excellen
vf^rTT
poet, Rajat. 5, 204..Cf. mat in tiipv ^!V( KA SH (probably a dialectical
im( Aao-Kovy, i.e. Aafo-noFuv, and kit. form of karsh, vb. krish). 1. i. l,Par.,
Sforfl Aavi + ta, [. Poetry, Earn. Atm. To scratch, to itch, Bhag. P. 2,
Pr. l.Comp. Sit-, f. excellent poetical 7, 13 (kashana, anomalous, or ii. 2). 2.
ulent, Bhartr. 2, 18. i. I, Par. To injure, to destroy, Prab.
90, 3.Cf. chhash, vrus, and gag.
jf^H kavi+lva, n. Poetic art,
^p? hash + a, m. The touch-stone,
Lss. 5, 18 ; pi. Dacak. 196, 5.
Mrichchh. 48, 12.
Ml**!! kavoshna, i.e. kava-ushna,
^T^trj kashana, i.e. kash + ana, n.
tdj. Slightly warm, Ragh. 1, 67.
Rubbing, Kir. 5, 47.
T3f kavya, i.e. kavi+ya, n. An
aRTTT kasha, see kaga.
oblation to deceased ancestors (the wise
men of old), Man. 1, 95. $m\H kashaya (probably vb. krish),
l*T[ KAQ, i. 1, Par. To sound. I. adj., f. ya. 1. Being of an astringent
Cf. kams, has, chhash and gag. taste, MBh. 14, 1411. 2. Fragrant,
Megh. 32. 3. Red, subst. m. and n.,
WJ( kaga, m., and f. a, A whip, red colour, Yajn. 1, 272 ; MBh. 14,
MBh. s, 13268 ; 13272; also ^T^T kasha, 1263 ; of a colour composed of red and
Rim. 3, 30, 23. yellow, Mrichchh. 113, 3. II. m. and
n. 1. An astringent juice, Man. 11,
4i]l(M kagipu, m. and n. A cushion,
153. 2. A decoction, Sucr. 2, 175, 9.
Bhag. P. 2, 2, 4. Comp. Hiranya-, m. 3. Ointment, MBh. 13, 5970. 4. Dirt,
* Daitya, or demon, slain by Vishnu. Bhag. P. 2, 6, 45 ; impurity, 4, 22, 20.
^1T^ kageru; also 3i 4J 4J kaseru, m. 5. Stupor, Vedantas. in Chr. 218, l
Comp. a-nishkashaya, i.e. a-nis-, adj.
and f. (Hi) and n. A kind of grass,
full of impure passions, MBh. 12, 68.
Sn^T. 1,377, 18; 2, 223, 11.
gnsrrfilrT kashayita, i.e. kashaya +
3TJr^f Aactrw + Aa; also *'^^*
ita, adj. Coloured, Prab. 102, 9.
lateruka, m., and f. (ka) and n. A kind
of grass, Sucr. 1, 156, 21. TfTS kashta, i.e. hash + ta, I. adj. 1.
STiffal kagoju, i.e. kagas-ju, adj. Bad, Ram. 3, 51, 23 ; comparat. worse,
Man. 7, 53. 2. Miserable, Bhartr. 2,
Hastening to the water (passing a
22. 3. Heavy, Yajn. 3, 29. 4. Severe,
river?), Chr. 297, l4=Rigv. i. 112, 14.
Man. 12, 78. 5. Dangerous, Man. 7,
*'Jfcf kagmala, I. m. and n. 1. 186 ; 210. 6. Pernicious, Man. 7, 50.
Fainting, Chr. 31, 15 ; 85, 4. 2. Pusil II. n. 1. A blameable action, Ram.
lanimity, MBh. l, 2060. 3. Weakness, 1, 2, 32. 2. Misfortune, Hit. 72, 15. 3.
Bliag. P. s, 14, 15. II. adj., f. la, Dirty, Misery, Panch. 123, 22. Ace. kashtam,
Las*. 75, n. adv. Woe! Ram. 3, 79, 46.Comp.
Adhi-, n. excessive misery, Bhag. P.
<*<hH kagmira, m. The name of
5, 7, 12.
a country, Cashmere, Rajat. 1, 27.
TeftKAS (or 7*?%KAQ),\. i,Par.
WISH kagyapa, m. The name of a
To go^Nal. 2, 2.With the prep. tW
Muni, or sage, Man. 9, 129.Comp.
nis, Caus. To turn out, Panch. 127, 1"
Bhu-, m. a name of Vasudeva.
(with f instead of s) ; 224, 5.Comp. the crow and the palmyra tree, a:
ptcple. of the pf. pass, danta-nisAk&gita, unknown fable, and denoting, 1. Incori
Hit. 91, 16, showing his teeth (perhaps siderate, Ram. 3, 45, 17. yam, adi
from A&g, q. cf.).With If pra, Caus. By accident, MBh. 12, 6596.
To cause to open, Ghat. 19 With fif <*l*(11<)*H7!v AaAataliya + va
vi, 1. To burst, Sucr. l, 247, 12. 2. To adv. By Occident, Hit. Pr. 34.
open as a flower, Malat. 15, 3. 3. To ^TT^r^^r AdAaruAa (perhaps kith
rejoice, Bhartr. 2, 71. Caus. To cause
to blow, Bhartr. 2, 65 (g for s).With -ru + Aa), and qrPfT^^T Adkaruka, adj
f. Ad, Timid, Panch. 9, 15.
^5ft% anu-vi, To blossom, Bhajr. P. 3,
15, 17.With T|f% pra-vi, To blow, 3!T3ff% and qrTgf^ft Aakali (cl
Cic. 11, 63.Cf. Aams. Aala), f. 1. A soft sound, Rit. 1, 8
Bhartr. 1, 35. 2. AaAali, A dog-whistle
4i4J4) kaseru, and ^H^^T kaseru-
used for trying whether one be aslec]
ha, see Aageru and kageruha. or awake, Dacak. in Chr. 186, 10.
^njjf^^TT hasturika, and ^T<^<^ 35"T3rr,!^<* AahandaAa, i.e. hak<
Aasturi, f. Musk, Paiich. 47, 8 ; Crin- -anda+Aa, The name of an unknowr
gftrat. 7. plant, MBh. 3. 12880.
3T*JTTfTv kasmat (abl. sing. n. of 3TTf%Wt AaAini, and qrrf^T^t **
Aim), adv. Why, on what account, Aini (perhaps A&Aa + in + i), f. .A
Ram. l, 9, 26.Comp. A-, adv. 1. with small coin, a quarter of a Pana, Paiicli,
out a cause, Hit. i. d. 102. 2. instantly, ii. d. 70.
Hit. 18, 2. 3. Suddenly, Sav. 6, 53.
^TT^f AAAu, f. Change of voice in
^"fnT Aahlara, n. The white
fear, grief, etc. ; Vikr. d. 42, asmakam
esculent water-lily, Rit. 3, 15. . . . pratidinam iyam . . . sevahahu-
giTS Ad- (see Aim), former part of parinalir abAut, My lot is to beobligeJ
by my office to use every day another
comp. words, Bad.Cf. e.g. Aapatha,
voice.
Aapurusha, AdsAna.
^rT^^H* AahutstAn, i.e. Aakulttha
t grf^ KAl&S=Adg, i. 1, Atm.
+ a, patron. A descendant of Kakut-
?b\m AdtHsya, i.e. Aafhsa+ya, I. stha, Ram. 1, 23, 3.
adj. Made of brass, Man. 4, 65. II. grT^PHtf AaAota (cf. A&Aa), I. m. A
n. 1. Brass, Man. 5, 114. 2. A drinking raven, Man .5, 14. II. n. A division
vessel, MBh. 2, 1751.
of the infernal regions, or hell, Y*j&
qrijr A&Aa (onomatop.), I. m. A 3, 223.

crow, Man. 7, 21. II. f. M. 1. A ^rrePr^ffa A&AoluAiya, i.e. kak


female crow, Paiich. 62, 23. 2. A -uluAa + iya, n. The war of the cro s
proper name, MBh. 3, 14396.Comp. and owls, Panch. 148, 1.
BAu-, m. a small kind of heron.
n"^te?T AaAsAivata, i. e. kakshi-
^T^Trn^iffaj AdAatdliya, i.e 't
vant+a, patron., f. tx, A descendant
-tala + iya, adj. literally, r f Kakshivant, MBh. 1, 4695.
<* I ^1 l T\^kakahivant=hakshivant, t ^T^^KANCH, i. i, Atm. X.To
MBh. i, 24.X
shine. 2. To bind.Cf. kach, kaAch.
T^ KA&KSH (an old desider. 3>T1pT kaAchana, I. n. 1. Gold,
of ktm, *kankams, by intermediate Man. 2, 239. 2. Wealth, Bhartr. 2, 33.
kmkas), i. l, Par. (in epic poetry also II. adj., f. ni, Golden, Man. 5, 112;
W, MBh. 13, 769). J. To wish, Bhag. Ram. 3, 62, 21. III. m. A proper name,
il 17. 2. To desire, Ram. 4, 17, 18. Bhag. P. 9, is, 3.
3. To wait for, MBh. 3, 414. 4. To <*l ^l*l| kaAchana +maya, adj.,
attend to (with the dat.), Ram. 2, 25, 43.
f. yi, Golden, Panch. 236, 5.
iakkthita, n. Desire, Ram. 5, 29, 9.
With the prep, ^rf anu, To desire, 3u"^pnniT kaAchana-varman, m.
A substitute for the proper name
MBh. 2, 2135 (Atm.). _ With 'Sfftr
Hiranyavarman, Chr. 53, 21.
abhi, To desire, Ram. 2, 49, 15. Caus.
5nT"Wn^ hatichaniya, i.e. kaAch-
To desire, MBh. 3, 12457.With TSfT
ana + iya, adj., f.y&, Golden, MBh. 13,
i, L To desire, MBh. l, 4286. 2. To 5039.
strive for, Tajn. 1, 153. 3. To seek
3fTf^J k&nchi, m. pi. 1. The name
(with the gen.), Man. 2, 162. 4. To turn
towards, Man. 3, 258. 5. To want, of a people, MBh. l, 6684. 2. see
Man. 10, 121. 6. To expect, Ram. 2, kanchx.
i, 19With TrajT prati-a, To expect, <I>1 ^[ kaAchx, f. A woman's zone
MBh. 12, 4870 (Atm.) ; to wait for, 4, or girdle, usually adorned by small
bells, Ram. s, lo, 12Comp. Sva-kara
734 (Atm.). With xjxrr sam-a, To -avalambana-vi-mukla-galat-kala-kan-
desire, MBh. 4, 1664. With Jf pra, chi, adv. so that her girdle fell down
To desire, Sucr. l, 52, 6.With Tjfrt with a sound when loosened by his
taking hold of it with his hand, Cic.
prati, To long for, Ram. 2, 112, 12
9, 82.
( Atm.).With f% vi, To intend, Hariv.
<*I1^J{ k&Ajika, n. Sour gruel,
13136.Cf. perhaps Goth, huhru ; A.S.
Sucr. 1, 34, 4.
bnngor.
3M \6**\ kathinya, i.e. kathina+ya,
*T^M AokA^ + o, f. Desire, Nal. n. 1. Hardness, Cak. d. 58. 2. Firm
16, I. ness, Raj at. 5, 440.
I*ll^-fll kankshita, i.e. kaiikthin qrpjT kana (probably a syncope of
+ I&, f. Desire, Ram. 2, 34, 28. eka-akshan + a by intermediate kaksh-
na; cf. Lat. codes, i.e. *coclo + vit,
<* I f^-fN kanhsh + in, adj., f. s>|. see cashpa), adj., f. na. 1. One-eyed,
1. Desiring (with ace.), Ram. 2, no, 20. monoculous, Man. 3, 155. 2. Perforated,
2. Expecting, Ram. 5, 33, 27. Panch. ii. d. 74. 3. Blind, Vedantas.
in Chr. 210, 20; Hit. Pr. d. 11 ; Bhartr.
^rT^ kacha, m. 1. Glass, Panch. 3, 5 (used of a worn-out coin).
i. d. 87. a. A disease of the eyes, Sucr. ^T^^sT^IT^? kaneli-malri, m. An
i, 305, 4 sqq. abusive word; according to glosses-
son of an unmarried woman, Mrichchh. *I4H0 kddambari (for kadam
14, 5. ba-v&ri), f. 1. The rain-water whicl
qi|Ug kanda, m. and n. 1. The collects in the hollow of the tree Nau
clea cadamba when the flowers are ir
part of a plant from one joint to ano perfection, and which is supposed to b<
ther (ved.)- 2- A slip, Man. l, 46. 3. impregnated with their honey, Hariv
A stalk, Ram. 2, 91, 15. 4. A switch,
5417. 2. A spirituous liquor, C,ak. 76
Ram. 2, 89, 19 (97, 24 Gorr.). 5. An
6 (Prakr.). 3. A proper name, Sah.
arrow, Hit. 85, 5. 6. The section of
a book, Bhag. P. 4, 24, 9 ; Ram. (title of D. 79, 18.
the first, of the second book, etc.); e.g. qjTjT^I kadraveya, i.e. kadru + eya,
aranyaka-, The section comprising the metron. m. A serpent, MBh. l, 2549.
sojourn in the forest (title of the third qfjl^f kanaka, i.e. kanaka + a, adj.
book). 7. A bone, Sucr. 2, 31, 5. 8.
A multitude, Malav. d. 43; Ram. 1, 30, Golden, Sucr. l, 99, 5.
15 (corr. kanda for kanda).Comp. A-, qfTTT kanana, n. 1. A forest, Hid.
adj., f. da. i. unjust, Rajat. 4, 655. 2.
l, 42. 2. A grove, Ram. 3, 68, 12.
sudden, Hit. iv. d. 82; loc. de, suddenly,
Comp. Krida-, n. a grove, Bhartr. 3,
Cak. d. 45. Jangha-, a stalk-like leg,
15. Mam-, n. 1. a wood abounding
Dacak. in Chr. 198, 19. Danta-, a stem
in jewels. 2. the throat.
like tusk, 188, 18.
qrT^f kanina, i.e. kanina (ved.
Qi\r\-^ katara, i.e. katara + a (pro
young) +a (cf. kanya), adj., f. ni. I
perly, irresolute), adj., f. ra, Timid,
A son, a daughter, of an unmarried
Ram. 4, 9, 103 ; disheartened, Cak. 66,
woman, Man. 9, 172. 2. Serviceable
is. Comp. A-, adj. resolute, coura
for the pupil of the eye, Sucr. 2, 353, IS.
geous, Ram. 3, 19, 27. Sa-, adj.
cowardly, Nal. 13, 18. ypffft hanla + ka (see kam), m. A
ynTTTTT katara + ta, f., and proper name, Dacak. in Chr. 195, 13.
cKTrp3 kanta + tva (vb. kam), "
qfPHTEf kdtara + tva, n. Fear, Cak.
d. 59; Panch. 216, 11. Charm, grace, MBh. 3, 14437.
gfj7P katarya, i.e. katara +ya, n. qrT^fTPq KANTAYA, a denomina
Fear, Ram. 4, 9, loo; apprehension tive derived from kanta (vb. kam) by
ya, Atm. To play the lover, Bhartr.
(care), Ragh. 17, 47.
grrWP9l katyayana, i.e. kati, or l, 50.
gfT"r| \ \ kdnlara, m. and n. ! *
k&tya + dyana, I. patron., f. mi, A de
scendant of Kati or K&tya, used as largo forest, Ram. 2, 28, 6. 2. Wilder
proper name, Ram. 2, 67, 2. II. f. ni, ness, Ram. 4, 44, 27. 3. A difficult
A name of Durga, Dev. 8, 28. road, Dacak. in Chr. 188, 10.
eJTTT^ kadamba, I. m. A kind of qrPffR^ kantara + ka, m. pi- ^
goose, Ram. 3, 78, 27. H. i.e. kadamba
name of a people, MBh. 2, 1117.
+ a n. The flower of the Nauclea ca-
damba', Roxb., Ragh. 13, 27 -Cf. Per SFTf^T *<', i-e. kam + ti,f. Beau'?'
haps, Lat. columba; KoXv/i/ioc; Indr. 5, 7.Comp. Surya-, f. 1- ?un'
tuba ; A.S. duua. *hine. 2. the flower of the sesarnuif'
*lf*fl*1TII hantimatta, i.e. kanti- f. yt, Peculiar to monkeys, Ram. 6, ill,
matf+ta, f. Beauty, Kumaras. 4, 5. 19.

^T|fl4<fl kanti + want, adj., f. ^TT'TtrT kapota, i.e. kapota + a, I.


mart, Beautiful, Ram. 4, 44, 103. adj., f. ri, peculiar to pigeons, MBh. 3,
15408. II. f. rt, The name of a plant,
4||^3( kamdiq, i.e. Aa (ace. sing.
Sucr. 2, 173, 12.
f. of kirn) -dif (based on an ace. kam
&yu*, literally ' to what quarter'), adj. giT*? kama, i.e. Aam + a, I. m. 1.
Fugitive, MBh. 12, 6320. Wish, Ram. 2, 90, 23. 2. Desire, Indr.
STu^lffaf kamdif + ika, adj. Fugi 5, 61. 3. Love, Man. 2, 94 ; 214. 4.
Intention, Man. 9, 248. 5. A desired
tive, <|!ukas. 62.
object, Man. 9, 304. 6. The god of
*I**^9J kanyakubja, i.e. kanya- love, Indr. 5, 49. II. ace. kamam, adv.
iulja + a, n. The name of a city, the 1. At one's pleasure, Man. 2, 189. 2.
modern Canouj, Pajich. 244, 22. Willingly, MBh. 3, 298 ; Ragh. 12, 75.
3. With following na, Rather than, Hit.
*I<4*J ka-patha, m. A bad road,
i. d. 125 ; Man. 9, 89. 4. Indeed, Cak.
Kam. 2, 108, 7. 26, 16. 5. Only, Ram. 5, 94 ; 21. III.
^TTPsT kapala, i.e. kapala + a, adj. When the latter part of a comp. adj.,
Mude of skulls, Ram. 1, 66, 12. f. ma. 1. Desiring, Man. 2, 37. 2.
Loving, Ram. 3, 55, 29. 3. An infin.
"MMlRl^t kapalika, i.e. kapala +- ending in turn drops its final before it ;
wo, I. m. A follower of a certain Caiva cf. kartukama.Comp. A-, adj., f. ma,
*t, Bhartr. l, 64. II. adj. Practised exempt from desire, Man. 2, 4. 2.
1>7 a Kapalika, Prab. 57, 12. Cf. kapa unwilling, without one's consent, Man.
lika l 8, 364. Artha-, I. m. du. wealth and
pleasure, Dacak. in Chr. 181, 24. II.
*IMlRl1 kapalin, m. l.=kapa-
adj. desiring wealth, Nal. 17, 47.
K* m. MBh. 13, 1217 (perhaps with
Nishkama, i.e. nit-, adj. disinterested,
lengthened a on account of the metre).
Man. 12, 89. Puihs-, adj., f. ma, wish
* A proper name, Hariv. 9196. ing for a lover or husband, Hid. 3, 15.
*llM<9 kapila, i.e. kapila + a, adj. Priya-, adj. benevolent, Brahman. 2,
deferring or peculiar to Kapila, Rim. 23. Banditti-, adj. one who loves his
'.,3; MBh. 12, 12218. kinsmen, Prahman. 1, 23. Yatha-kama
+ m, adv. at pleasure. Vita-, i.e.
^*TT>h?i | kapileya, i.e. kapila + eya, vi-ita-, adj. free from desire. Sa-, I.
"> A descendant of Kapila, MBh. 12, adj. 1. one who has attained his desire,
7^86. Ram. 3, 52, 52. 2. being in love, Rit.
^TmTRnT kapi^ayana, n. A 6, 2. IT. -mam, adv. 1. with pleasure,
spirituous liquor, Cic. 10, 4. Panch. 44, 9. 2. indeed, Dacak. in Chr.
195, 4 (for aught I care). Svapna-,
*IJj^ ka-purusha, I. m. 1. A adj. wishing to sleep. Hita-, adj. wish
contemptible man, Pailch. i. d. 31. 2. ing well to, friendly to, Pauch. i. d.
A coward, Ram. 6, 89| 6. Jj. adj. 360.
Cowardly, Ram. 6, 88, 13. 3TT*raTT kama-hara, m. Free will,
Tl kaprya, i.e. kapi + eya, adj., Ram. 3, C6, 6.
<RT*WPC?Tir kamakara + tas, adv. qr|4|4 kama-duh, adj., noca. sing
Voluntarily, Man. 11, 41. -dhuk, Yielding every wish, MBh. 13
2700.
3nTTT kama-ga (vb. gam), I. adj.,
yTHSH kama-duh + a, adj., f. hi
f. ga, 1. Coining by one's own free will,
Nal. 18, 23. 2. Going as one lists, Ram. Yielding every wish, MBh. 3, 12725.
3, 48, s. II. f. fl>d, A lascivious woman, qrnpgf% kamandaki, patron, (ka
Yfijn. 3, 6. mandaka + i). A proper name, Pauch
3\TTPT*T kama-gam + a, adj., f. ma, 122, l.
Going as one lists, Ram. 5, 13, 5. ^TT'TO kama+maya, adj., f. y<
Comp. Sarva-, yielding every desired Meeting all wishes, Ram. 4, 33, 6.
object, MBh. 13, 357. qmrerr kama +3"* adv- (either tll(
ynT^C k&ma-char+a, adj. One
ved. instr. sing, of kama, or that of i
who comes by his own free will, MBh. lost noun kama), For my sake, MBh
4, 222. 2, 728.
<R\ M ~^X^ kamachara + tva, n. Rov 3RTfl^f%qr kamarasika, i.e. kamt
ing at will, Kathas. 18, 208. -rasa + ika, adj. Libidinous, Bhartr
qrr?T^r^ kamachara, i. e. kama 3, 51.
-char+a, I. adj. Going as one lists, RT*n|^TOT kamarupadhara, i- a
MBh. 13, 4175. II. m. Free will, in k&ma-rupa-dhri + a, adj., f. ra, Chang'
tention, Yajn. 2, 162. ing one's shape as one lists, Ram. l, ii
<a|+HT<d*J kamachara + tas, adv. 27.
^TT^fa^ kamarupin, i.e. kamt
Through sensual indulgence, Man. 2,
rupa + in, adj., f. ml, Changing one's
220.
g^r7}5f kama-ja (vb.jan), adj. Pro shape as one lists, MBh. 3, 367.
|HH kamala, I. (m. and) f- '*>
duced from love of pleasure, Man. 7,
46 ; 9, 107. A disease of the bile, Sucr. 1, i, >5'
II. f. li, A proper name, Hariv. l*53'
3\T*re kamatha, i.e. kamatha + a,
ct?fTtf^TT kamalin, i.e. kumala'r
adj. Belonging or proper to the tortoise,
in, adj., f. ni, Jaundiced, Suer. *
Ram. 1, 45, 30.
3TT*T7T^ kama + tas, adv. 1. By 469, 3.
^TTT^nT kama + vant, adj., f- t"'''
inclination, Man. 3, 12. 2. At one's
pleasure, 5, 90. 3. Intentionally, 4, Loving, MBh. 1, 3869.
207. Comp. A-, adv. 1. unwillingly, *fiT*T^; kama-u, adj. Granting
Man. 2, 181. 2. unintentionally, 9,
desires, Ragh. 5, 33.
242.
gfj^f^ kama-tva, n. Love of plea ^rr^TT^fTr kamatmata, i.e. **"'
tman + ta, f. Sensuality, Man. % *
sure, Lass. 40, 5.
VTiHW kamatman, i.e. ^"""'
3TTT^ kamadugha, i. e. kama
-atman, adj. Voluptuous, Man. 7i *'
-duh + a, adj., f. gha, Yielding e-
""T'frpJT kamika, i.e. Aamo + '*fl' '
wish, MBh. 13, 3165.
^rrfa?TT 1?TT
*rj,f.Ai. 1. Wished, wish, MBh. 13, interested, Man. 12, 89. III. f. ya, The
(42S. 2. Wishing, 1969. 3. In sarva- name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 4820. IV.
iimika the aff. ika belongs to the f. ya, Desire, Man. 5, 27. Comp. Ita-
romp, tarta-hama, Attaining all one's retarakamya, i.e. itara-itara-, f. ; instr.
tains, MBh. 3, 13860. sing, according to their several fancies,
STmrTI kamila, i.e. kamin+ta, f. Man. 3, 35. Tvaddhitakamya, i.e. tvad
-hita-, f. desire of benefitting thee,
Lore, Hit. i. d. 104. Chr. 15, 2. Badha-k&mya, f. intention
4 1 fii*| kamin, i. e. kama + in, I. to hurt, Man. 4, 165. Sarva-kamya,
fy, f. j. 1. Desiring, MBh. 13, 7060. adj. deserving to be wished for by
t Having sexual intercourse, MBh. l, every one, Sund. 4, 7. HUa-, f. ya,
. ZL m. A lover, MBh. 4, 978. concern for another's welfare.
IH. f. ni, A beloved one, Man. 8, 112. 3UW1<? kamya+ka, n. The name
Comp. A-, m. one who is not in love,
of a forest, MBh. 3, 218.
frach. i. d. 180. Kama-, adj. foster-
in; wishes, Bhag. 2, 70. Sarva-, i.e. grT?q?TT k&mya + ta, f. Beauty,
"maiama + in, adj. abounding in all MBh. 13, 1032.
?'a*sores, Sund. 1, 31 (v.r.).
4i|( kaya, I. (base ka, a name of
4i|*iqi kamuka, i.e. kam + uka, I.
si the god Prajapati). 1. m. A nuptial
4J-, f. Aa and Ai, Desirous, Ram. 2, 74,
form called Prajapatya, Man. 3, 38. 2.
: II. m. A lover, Ram. 6, 16, 42. n. The root of the little finger, Man. 2,
Comp. Vanchitaneka-, i.e. vaiichila-an
**a-, adj., f. ka, one who has deceived 59. II. i.e. cki+a, m. The body, Bhag.
5, 11. Comp. Ati-, I. adj. gigantic,
oinv lovers, Kathas. 12, 190.
Ram. 5, 56, 124. II. m. the name of a
<Mi<*i<^ kamuka + tva, n. Lascivi- Rakshasa, Ram. 6, 51, 3 sqq. Puma-,
OT-ness, Megh. 25. m. the fore-part of the body, Cak. d.
7. Yagah-k&ya, m. a body consisting
4i||*q<3( kampilya, i.e. kampila (the of glory, i.e. glory, Bhartr. 2, 21.
cime of a country) +ya, I. adj., f. ya, Svarna-, m. Garuda.
Belonging to Kampila, Kathas. 25, 53;
*ith pura or puri, or without a subst., Qmn9 khya-stha (vb. stha), m. A
"' Its capital, MBh. 1, 5512; Ram. 1, mixed tribe or caste, the writer caste ;
M;Chr. 52, 14. II. m. A proper a writer, Rajat. 5, 174; 264; 438.
nsme, Bhag. P. 9, 21, 32. <fi|f|4\ hayika, i.e. kaya + ika, adj.,
^IHI^l kamboja, i.e. kamboja -V a, f. ka (Man. 8, 153) and ki. 1. Corporeal,
I- adj. Originating from Kamboja, bodily, Man. 12, 8; Sucr. 1, 12, 2. 2.
Rani. S, 12, 36. II. m. The king of (viz. vriddhi, Immoderate profits)
Kamboja, MBh. 1, 6995. HI. m. pi. from a pledge to be used by way of
The name of the people and of the interest, Man. 8, 153.
country of Kamboja, MBh. 1, 2668.
l.^TTC kara, i.e. kri + a, I. adj., f.
*ll kamya, i.e. I. the ptcple. of the ri. Latter part of a comp. adj. Making,
f"'- pas?, of ham. I. Amiable, Ragh. a maker of, e.g. andha-kara, mala
6. JO. a. Agreeable, Ram. 5, 43, 13. -kara, ratha-kara. danta-, m. An
3- Precious, Ram. 2, 25, 9. II. kama artist in ivory, Ram. 2, 83, 14. dyuta-
+W, adj. Connected with a wish, (vb. div.) m. A gamester, Pafich. i.
d. 431. parva(n)-, adj. "Working at Panch. 246, 6. 2. A-k&ranam ai
festivals, bhasmain)-, m. A washer a-karcuiena, without cause, Vikr.
man, su-varna-, svarna-, and /tenia-, 54; Yajii. 2, 234. Anna-karanam, t
m. A goldsmith, II. m. Latter part account of (supplying) food, Man.
of comp. substantives, Making, action. 94. Karya-, n. aim and motive, Piuic
Cf. e. g. hama-hara, purusha-kara; i. d. 462. Nishkarana, Le. nis-, a<1j.
especially used after letters to form not proceeding from any cause, Blia
their name, e.g. a-k&ra, the letter a ; P. 8, 3, 15. 2. disinterested, Pane
u-kara, the letter u; ma-kara, the ed. orn. 41, 19. 3. Ace. nam, and at
letter ma(m), Man. 2, 76. nat, ad v. without a special motive, M 1?
12, 4993 ; Ram. 6, 10, 23. VatMranm
2. flTTT ^ara, i-e. Anra f a, adj. Pro and nat, i.e. yad-, adv. because, Paiic
duced by hail, Sucr. 1, 170, 1. 30, 21 ; 135, 16.
grprjqr karaka, i.e. hri+aha, I. adj., 3TRT5<T*J karana + tas, adv. I
f. WAo, Making. Latter part of nominal some reason, Ragh. 10, 19. karya
comps., e.g. kshema-, adj. Causing se adv. From the relation of cause at
curity, Panch. v. d. 89. griha-, m. A effect, Hit. i. d. 33.
carpenter, Yajii. 3, 14.6. priya-, adj. IHTW^rr Parana -f la, f., and 3H
Causing love, Man. 7, 204; guru-va-
chana-, adj. Performing the order of ^t^ harana + too, n. Causalit;
one's teacher; man gala-, adj. Giving Kumaras. 2, 6 ; Bhasliap. 14. Being il
joy, MBh. 2, 1925; $ilpa-, adj. Versed in cause, Bhag. P. 3, 26, 26.
an art, Malav. 65, 15. II. m. An agent; qrr^fW^' karanika, i.e. karano-
doing, Yajii. 2, 233; causing, 3, 150; an
author, MBh. 13, 247. simha-, m. A ika, m. A judge, Paiich. 237, 20.
maker of lions, Panch. v. d. 31. III. <M "C?l karandava, m. A fort (
f. rika, A metrical explanation, a me
duck, Ram. 2, 27, 18.
morial verse, MBh. 2, 453.
<FT<nro karamdhama, i.e. hara
3TTTJW harana, i.e. hri, Caus., -4- ana.
dhama + a, patron. I. m. MBh. U, ft
I. m. 1. Motive, Panch. iii. d. 99. 2. II. n. The name of a holy place, MB1
Cause, Sucjr. 1, 310, 4; Kathits. 3, 31
1, 7843.
(with the loc). 3. Primary cause, Man.
3TR^T<? harayitri, i.e. kri, Cans
5, 152 ; Bhartr. 2, 82. 4. An element,
Yajii. 3, 148. 5. Basis, Man. 11, 84. + tri, m. Giving the power of actmj
6. Argument, Nal. 16, 27 ; proof, Man. MBh. 3, 7ooo ; Man. 12, 12.
8, 200. 7. An instrument, a means, qnTT kara, f. A gaol, Dacak. '1
Ram. i, 65, lo (cf. Gorr. 1, 67, 4, who
reads upayaih). 8. An organ of sense, Chr, 198, 9.
Ragh. 16, 22. 9. Abl. karariat, and loc. cFTTT'n: Mravara, m. Tbe na*
rie, On account of, Ram. 5, 56, 136; 5. of a mixed caste, viz. of the offspn"?
28, 9. Instr. nena, By some reason, of a Nishada by a Vaidchi worn*".
Chan. 23. yena haranena, Because, Man. 10, 36.
Panch. 175, 10. kiM pvnah karanam,
grif^ harm, i.e. kri+in, adj.. '
From what motive, MBh. l, 3600. II.
f. na, Torture, Dacak. in C* 16. mi, An agent, Ram. 2, 78, 8 ; MBn> 1
Comp. A-, adj. 1 4304 ; acting, Man. 7, 26.It is geDC
mm*
nilj the latter part of a comp. adj., e.g. n. 1. Hardness, Panch. i. d. 205. 2.
a-karya-, adj. 1. One who does a Harshness, Amar. 24. 3. Rough labour,
*.-ong action, Man. 11, 239. 2. One MBh. 13, 5551.
bo does not what ought to be done, p
"?\Tq*7"*rS kartayuga-, i. e. krita
i.e. \rbo neglects his duty, Man, 5, 10?.
t-klislita-, adj. Indefatigable, Ham. 3, -yitga + a, adj. Belonging to the age
si, 1. iipla-, adj. Acting properly, called Krita, MBh. 1, 3600.
Mm. 9, 12 (in a trustworthy manner). <"h I <1ll"2"f kartavirya, i.e. krita-virya
<t'5"a-, m. f. ini, A hair-dresser, MBii.
+ a, patron, m. A name of the Arjuna
4, 412. kskipra-, adj. Clever, Ram. 3,
killed by Paracurama, MBh. 3, 141.
is, lo. griha-, m. A kind of wasp,
Man. 12, 66. tatkarmakarin, i.e. tad "tfTTfTtSI^ kartasvara, i.e. hrita-scara
hirman-, adj. Doing the same, Man.
+ o, n. Gold, MBh. 13, 4196.
>. 61. dridha-, adj. Persevering in "jrrcTTl^ri'Jl kartantika, i. e. krita
good actions, Man. 4, 246. vighna-, adj.
1. Obstructing. 2. Fearful. -anta + ika, m. An astrologer, Da<;ak.
in Chr. 180, 13 ; 197, 12.
$"PCta karisha, i.e. karisha + a, I.
*A]. Sprung up from dung, Sucr. l, ^rTf^eR" hartlika, i.e. krittika -f a, I.
iH, 11. II. n. A great quantity of m. The name of a month (October-
i-ng, Hariv. 4355. November), MBh. 2, 918. II. f. ki,
<ftl\ karu, i.e. kri + u, adj. and s., The day of tjiis month on which the
moon is full, MBh. 3, 4073.
f. ru, Working, an artisan, Man. 8,
Ju>. <*"lfr1<"h"S"f kartlikeya, i.e. krittika +
4i|^4i karu + ka, in., and f. ka, An eya, m. The god of war, Ram. 1, 37,
20.
artisan, Man. 4, 219.
qil (E{ kartsna, i.e. kritsna + a, n.
*Hs.Ub* karunika, i.e. karuna-\-
Totality, Su9r. l, 94, n.
ika, adj. Compassionate, MBli. 4, 1500.
<n I (M( kartsnya, i.e. kritsna+ya,
* Hj.fal'^dT karunika + tit, f. Com
n. Totality ; instr. yena, Comprehen
passion, Bhag. P. 5, 13, 24. sively, Man. 3, 183.
4i|^|| karunya, i.e. karuna f ya,
eKTT"fl hardama, i.e. kardama + a,
n. Compassion, Pauch. ii. d. 35.
adj. 1. Muddy, Ram. 5, 27, 16. 2. Be
<4i |f y karvsha, m. The offspring longing to the Prajapati Kardamu,
of aVratya, or an outcast of the Vaicya Bhag. P. 3, 24, 6.
tribe, Man. 10, 23. ^TmfE^f karpatiha, i.e. karpala +
<IVy harutha, m. I. The name ika, m. A pilgrim, Skandap. Kagikh.
of* a country, MBh. 2, 1864. 2. pL Its 12, 14 ; 30, 66.
people, Bhag. P. 9, 2, 16. 3. Its king, cm H"$ karpanya, i.e. Aripana+ya,
Hariv. 49 S4. n. 1. Misery, Bliag. 2, 7 ; Ram. 5, 19,
qtl^Cfqi karusha-ka, adj. Belong 17. 2. Compassion, Bhag. P. 6, 8, 10.
ing to the Karushas, MBh. l, 2700. BfTT'PTH harpasa, i.e. karp&sa + a,
VPrm karkafya, i.e. karkaga+ya, I. adj., f. *, Made of cotton, Man. 3
44. II. in. and n. 1. Cotton, Man. 8, Ram. 6, 97, 21 ; 2, 99, 11. 3. not want
326. 2. Cotton cloth, Sll'T. 1, 25, 3. ing (with instr.), MBh. 13, 386;
Griha-, n. the affairs of the hous(
qTr^Tni^r k&rpasika, i. e. karpasa Man. 5, 150. Charmakarya, i.e. chat
\-ika, adj. Made of cotton, Ram. 5, man-, n. leather work, Man. 10, 4'.
49, 6. Deva-, n. an oblation to the deities
<RTT*i^r karmika, i.e. karman + ika, Man. 3, 203. Dharma-, n. a sacre
duty, Man. 9, 76. Pitri-, n. an oblatio
n. A figured web, Yiijii. 2, 180. .
to the Pitris or Manes, Man. 3, 20:
3\"T<RNr karmuha, i.e. krimuka (the Putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice 01
name of a tree, ved.) +a, n. A bow, the birth of a son, Chr. 50, 16. Mitra-
Man. n, 138.Comp. Bhima-, adj., f. n. duty, service, of a friend, Ram. 6
ka, having formidable bows, MBh. 4, 107, 12. Samuha-, n. the affairs of 1
1241.
community, Yaju. 2, 189.
SiT^forrS KARMUKA YA, a de- ^TT^Jc^ karya + tva, n. Condition 0
nomin. derived from the last by ya, being an effect, Bhag. P. 3, 26, 26.
Atm. To become a bow, Cringarat. ^rr^^^T karyavatta, i.e. k&ryavan.
13.
+ ta, f. Business, Ram. 5, 46, 17.
^TTff%*f armukin, i.e. karmuka 3"7^T*rt karya + vant, adj., f. vut'i.
+ in, adj. Wearing a bow, Ram. 3, 55, 12. Occupied, Man. 9, 74.
qiT'SJ karya, I. ptcple. of the fut. fi('<tj|%| hary&rtha, i.e. karya-ariha,
pass, of X.kri, cf. kri. 1. What ought to m. An important matter, Man. 7, 16*.
be made, to be done, etc., Man. 3, 248 ; Ace. "tham, adv. 1. For a special end,
Buperl. karyatama, That which must Man. 7, 164. 2. On account of judicial
be done first, Ram. 6, 77, 16. 2. With proof, 8, 110. 3. For the purpose of
uu instr. To be used ; use.Paiich. i. d. work, 10, 55.
81 (trinena karyairi bhavatigvaranam,
^fT'Efrfel'T karyarthin, i.e. karya
kings use a blade of grass); with a,No
use, Rum. l, 30, 5 (we do not care for -arthin, adj. Demanding justice,
possessing the etirtli) ; 2, 21, 60 (I am Mriehchh. 138, 9.
indifferent to life and joy). II. n. 1. "JTrf^qr karyika, i.e. k&rya + ihu
Intention, Ram. 1, 18, 15. 2. Duty, adj. Demanding justice, Man. 7, l*4-
Man. 3, 80. 3. Service, Man. 10, 47.
JTrfgrff karyin, i.e. karya + in, "ll-
4. Business, Man. 9, 299 ; affairs, 7,
59. 5. A law-suit, 8, 43. 6. Effect, Demanding justice, Man. 8, 2.
Vediintas. in Chr. 207, 29.Comp. A-, "fiT~19 karcya, i.e. kriga +ya, n.
I. adj. not to be done. II. n. a wrong
action. Agni-, n. the management of Meagerness, Megh. 30. 2. Smallnw-S
the sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 69. Vdaka-, Ragh. 5, 21.
II. 1. ablution, MBh. 1, 791. 2. ob ""fTqBir karshaka, i.e. krishi+aka, m-
sequies, Ram. 3, 73, 38. Eka-, I. n.
A husbandman, Raj at. 5, 169.
the same work, MBh. 2, 791. II. adj.
having the same intention, Paiich. 182, <?TT'J)T'4"1t!J karshapana, i.e. harM
6. Krita-, adj. 1. having acco- "Ved -apana + a, m. and n. A coin, MaD-
a business, Yaju. 2, 189. 8, 136.
+ ||cjqi karshika, i.e. karsha + ika, time approved for sexual intercourse,
*Ay Being of the weight of a karsha, Man. 3, 45. Eka-kala + m, adv. once,
Man. 8, 136. Man. 6, 56. Karya-, m. time of action,
y Bohtl. Ind. Spr. 1809. Krita-, I. m. ap
fc({! karshna, i.e. krishna + a, adj. pointed time, Yajfi. 2, 184. II. adj. having
t i. l. Made of the hide of the black waited a certain time, MBh. 2, 1875.
antelope, Man. 2, 41. 2. Composed by Chaturtha-kala + m, adv. at the fourth
Krishna, MBh. 1, 261. meal-time, i.e. on the evening of every
second day, Man. 11, 109. Tad-hala +
4|^i|4J4J karshnayasa, i.e. krish-
m, adv. instantly, Panch. 192, 6. Ta-
wyaj, or yasa + a, I. adj., f. si, Of vatkala -f m, i.e. tavant-, adv. such a
iron, Man. 11, 133. II. n. Iron, Man. long time, MBh. 3, 16889. Tri-, n. 1.
10,52.
past, future, and present time, Bhag.
=tll^!j karshni, i.e. kris/ina + i, pa P. 5, 23, 8. 2. morning, noon, and
tron., m. Offspring of Krishna, MBh. 1, evening, MBh. 13, 6607. Dushkala, i.e.
4S12.
dits-, m. the formidable, all-destroying,
time, Ram. 2, 33, 21; a name of Civa,
TTOgf karthnya, i.e. kriskna+ya, MBh. 12, 10418. Nitya-kala + m, adv.
< I. Blackness, MBh. 1, 4236. 2. continually, Man. 2, 58. Parva(n)-,
btfkness, Rajat. 5, 94 (in a comp. adj. m. the periodic change of the moon.
ti/akla-, vb. anj with n't, Dark). Prapta-kala + m (vb. ap with pra), adv.
* *Iff KAL, i. 10 (rather a denom. in due season, Panch. 16, 6. A-prapta
-kala + m,&dv. Outof due season, Bohtl.
ceriTed from the next), Par. To count
Ind. Spr. 173. Yalha-kala + in, adv. At
time.
the proper time, Man. 2, 39. Sa-kala
' *lt kala, in. 1. Due season, + m, adv. Betimes, early in the morn
Man. -i. 80; instr. kalena, In due season, ing. Surya-, m. day.
Man. 9, 246. 2. Time, Man, 1, 24; 7,
'33 j instr. kalena, and abl. Ao/iW, In 2- ^TpsT &ala (cf. kalanka), I. adj.,
the long run, Pai'icli. 32, 24; Man. 8, f. II, Dark blue, black, Ram. 6, 67, 2;
*5l; gen. dlrghasya kalasya, After a MBh. 16, 57. II. m. 1. A black and
long time, Nal. 18, 1 ; kasya chit kalasya, poisonous snake, Coluber naga, Lass.
Aftr some time, Cak. 110, 15. 3. Meal- 16, 13. 2. The black in the eye, SuQr.
t'me; there are two meal-times a day, 2, 336, 20. 3. A name of Rudra, Bhag.
therefore, skashtha kala, The sixth P. 3, 12, 12. 4. A proper name, Hariv.
meal-time = the evening of the third 189. 5. The name of a mountain, Rum.
day, MBh. 13, 5175; Rain. 3, 31, 47. 4. 4, 44, 21. III. f. la. 1. The name of
A period, Rajat. 5, 73. S. Death, Blmg. several plants, Sucr. 1, 131, 19, etc. 2.
P. 9, 9, J. 6. Time personified, fate, A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520. 3. The
MBb. 13, 56; Ram. 6, 70, 35; endowed name of a female demon, Hariv. 11552.
with the attributes of Yama, the regent IV. f. ft. 1. A name of Durga, MBh. 4,
of the dead, Ram. 1, 21, 18; 3, 85, 195. 2. A surname of Satyavati, Chr.
4J, etcComp. A-, m. unscasonable- 6, 1.Comp. Bhadra-kali, f. 1. a name
ntss, Sand. 2, 31; loc. le, unseasonably, of Durga. 2. a fragrant grass, Cyperus.
Man. j, 105. Adi; m. beginning of Malta-, I. m. a name of Civa. II. f.
time, Rim. 3, 20, 6. Ritu-, m. 1. ft, Durga. Cf. Kt\aiv6t, etc., under
seasonable time, MBh. 8, 14763. 2. kalanka.
^TT^T^r kala + ka,I.m. 1. The black 3i| <<f I M kalapa, i.e. 1. kalapa + a,
in the eye, Sucr. 2, 304, 2. 2. A sort m. Hair, Cantic. 1, 27. . 2. kalapin
of grain, Sucr. 1, 73, 5. 3. The name + a, m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 113.
of a Rakshasa, or demon, Ram. 3, 29,
%H| l|4i kalapa + ka, n. The
30 ; of an Asura, Hariv. 2286. II. f.
ka, The name of a female demon, MBh. name of a grammar, Kathas. 7, 13.
3, 12203. Comp. Tila-, m. a mole, a 1TTWTT5 kalayasa, i.e. kala-ayas
dark spot on the body, Sucr. 1, 31, 18.
+ a, n. Iron, Ram. 5, 37, 38.
<4i I H<h *s| kalakanja, m. The